Profibus from IKPI 2000[1]

Siemens IK PI · October 2000 3/1

3PROFIBUSacc. to IEC 61158/EN 50170

Introduction Overview................................. 3/2Process or field communication ....................... 3/3Data communication .............. 3/6Communications overview for SIMATIC ............................ 3/8Communications overview for PG/PC................................ 3/9Configuration examples ......... 3/10Topologies .............................. 3/11Technical specifications ......... 3/14

Network components Network selection criteria ....... 3/15Overview................................. 3/17Connection examples............. 3/18

Electrical Networks (RS 485)

PROFIBUS FastConnect......... 3/20LAN cables............................. 3/21RS 485 bus connector ........... 3/28830-1T PROFIBUS connecting cable.................... 3/33830-2 PROFIBUS connecting cable.................... 3/34Busterminals for PROFIBUS... 3/35Active RS 485 bus terminating element ............... 3/37RS 485 repeater ..................... 3/38DP/DP coupler.......................... 3/40DP/RS 232C link ..................... 3/42Hardware Test Device BT 200 for PROFIBUS-DP ...... 3/43

Electrical Networks(PROFIBUS-PA)

SpliTConnect .......................... 3/45Bus cables.............................. 3/47DP/PA coupler and DP/PA link 3/49

Optical Networks/OLM

Fiber-optics cable................... 3/52Glass FO cable (duplex cable) 3/53Plastic and PCF FO cable ...... 3/57PROFIBUS Optical Link Module (OLM) ........................ 3/61

Optical Networks /OBT / int. Interface

Plastic and PCF FO cable ...... 3/64Optical Bus Terminal (OBT).... 3/68

Wireless Link PROFIBUS Infrared Link Module (ILM) .......................... 3/70

Distributed I/Os SIMATIC ET 200 ....................................................... 3/73

SIMATIC Machine Vision ............................................ 3/229

Connection possibilities forSIMATIC S5 ............................................................. 3/237SIMATIC S7 ............................................................. 3/244SIMATIC C7 ............................................................. 3/262SIMATIC 505 ............................................................ 3/270

SIMATIC PG/PC ....................................................... 3/276

SICOMP ................................................................. 3/306

SIMATIC HMI ........................................................... 3/309

SINUMERIK ............................................................. 3/319

SIMODRIVE ............................................................. 3/322

SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVE......................................... 3/329

MICROMASTER/MIDIMASTER Vector/COMBIMASTER ... 3/331

SIPART ................................................................... 3/334

SITRANS ................................................................ 3/342

MOBY identification systems ..................................... 3/352

Low voltage switching devices SIRIUS NET.................. 3/356

Engineering toolsCOM PROFIBUS ....................................................... 3/367SIMATIC PDM ........................................................... 3/369

Technology componentsASICs .................................................................... 3/373Development packages ............................................. 3/377PROFIBUS-DP interfaces ........................................... 3/379

Partner solutions ..................................................... 3/381

Network transitions see chapter 6

PROFIBUS

Siemens IK PI · October 20003/2

3

IntroductionStandard according to IEC 61158/EN 50 170

Overview • Bus system – for process and field

communication in cell networks with a few stations and with field devices

– and for data communication according to IEC 61158/EN 50 170

• Ensures openness for connecting components in conformity with standards from other manufacturers

• PROFIBUS – the field bus standard in production and process automation:– Definition of the standards

for physical bus charac-teristics and access methods

– Definition of user protocol and the user interface

• Process or field communica-tion– PROFIBUS-DP for fast,

cyclic data interchange with field devices

– PROFIBUS-PA for applications in process automation in the intrinsically safe area

• Data communication– PROFIBUS-FMS

for data communication between automation devices and field devices

Fig. 3/1 PROFIBUS in the SIMATIC NET communication landscape

Designed for Industry PROFIBUS is a powerful, open, rugged bus system that guarantees problem-free communication.

The system is fully standard-ized which enables standard components from different manufacturers to be connected without prob-lems.

Configuration, startup and troubleshooting can be performed from any point on the network. This means that the freely selectable commu-nication links are extremely flexible, easy to implement and easy to modify.

PROFIBUS


3

IntroductionProcess or field communication

Communication functions The process or field communi-cation (PROFIBUS-DP, PROFIBUS-PA) is used to connect actuators/sensors in an automation system, HMI® or management system.Connection takes place via integrated interfaces on the CPU or via interface modules (IMs), interface submodules (IFs) and communication processors (CPs).

In the case of modern, high-performance automation systems it is often more prac-tical to connect several PROFIBUS-DP lines to one automation system not only to increase the number of I/O devices which can be connected but also to be able to handle individual product areas independently of each other (segment formation).With the IEC 61158/EN 50170 standard PROFIBUS a power-ful, open, rugged field bus system with short response times and the following proto-cols is available:

PROFIBUS-DP(Distributed I/O) serves for connecting distributed I/O's, e.g. SIMATIC ET 200 with very fast response times according to standard IEC 61158/EN 50170.

PROFIBUS-PA(Process automation) expands PROFIBUS-DP with the intrinsically safe transmis-sion system according to the international standard IEC 61158-2.

DP PA

Fig. 3/2 PROFIBUS-DP master

SIM

ATIC

SIM

ATIC

CP 5511CP 5611CP 5613/CP 5613 FOCP 5614/CP 5614 FO

PC/PG

SIMATIC S5 SIMATIC S5S5-95U

SIMATIC C7 C7-626 DPC7-633 DPC7-634 DP

SIMATIC S7-300 CPU 31x-2 DP

SIMATIC S7-400 CPU 41x

SIMATIC S7/C7CP 342-5/CP342-5 FO

CP 443-5 ExtendedIM 467IM 467 FO

CP 5431 FMS/DP

IM 308-C

505 FIM

SMATIC S5

SMATIC 505

WinAC Basis V3.0 via CP 5613WinAC Pro via integratedinterface of SlotPLC

SIMATIC C7

S7-300

S7-400

1) Also for SIMATIC S7-400H2) Combimaster for FMS + DP

WinAC

Integrated interface

1)

2)

G_I

K10_

deP0

002s

PROFIBUS


3


Communication functions(continued)

With PROFIBUS-DP/-PA field devices such as distributed I/O devices or drives with automation systems such as SIMATIC S7 or PCs are connected.PROFIBUS-DP/-PA is used when actuators/sensors are widely distributed in the machine or in the system (e.g. field level) and can be grouped in one station (e.g. ET 200) (>16 inputs/outputs).

In this case, the actuators and sensors are connected to field devices. The field devices are supplied with output data in accordance with the master/ slave procedure and supply the input data to the controller or PC.

Powerful tools such as STEP 7 and COM PROFIBUS are available for configuring and parameterizing the distributed I/O devices. These tools can be used for testing and star-tup from any connection point via PROFIBUS-DP.

Fig. 3/3 PROFIBUS-DP slaves

0 1

Drive (e.g. SIMODRIVE)

ET 200M

S7-300 (slave) with CPU 31x-2 DP or CP 342-5

G_IK10_deP0108s

S7-200 (slave)

ET 200S

ET 200L

ET 200X

C7-626 DP/-633 DP/-634 DP

Customizedsolution withSiemens ASICs

Customizedsolution withSiemens ASICs

PC withCP 5511CP 5611CP 5614CP 5614 FO

Image evaluation systemVS 710

S5-115U with IM 308C

DP/AS interfacelink 20

DP/PA link

DP/EIB link

PROFIBUS-DP - SlavesPROFIBUS-DP - Slaves

PROFIBUS-PAPROFIBUS-PA

DP master e.g. PLC or PC

Master drive

PROFIBUS


3


DP device types PROFIBUS-DP distinguishes 3 different device types

DP Master class 1The DP master of Class 1 is the central component in the case of ROFIBUS DP. In a defined, repetitive message cycle, the central controller or PC exchanges information with distributed stations (DP slaves). The new DP func-tional expansions (DPV 1) enable non-cyclic read and write functions as well as alarm acknowledgement to be performed parallel to cyclic data traffic. The non-cyclic transmitted data (e.g. parameterization data) are changed very rarely in comparison with the cyclic measured values and are transmitted with low priority parallel to the fast cyclic useful data transfer. The inter-rupt acknowledgement in the master ensures reliable trans-mission of the interrupts from the DP slaves.

DP Master class 2Devices of this type (program-ming devices, configuring devices or operating devices) are used on startup, for configuring the DP system or for operating the system during normal operation (e.g. diagnostics). A DP master of Class 2 can read, for exam-ple, input, output, diagnostic and configuration data from the slaves.The extended DP functions (DPV 1) also include non-cyclic access to the parame-ters and measured values of a slave (e.g. field devices of the process automation, intelli-gent operator interfaces. This type of slave has to be supplied with extensive parameter data during startup and normal operation.

DP slaveA DP slave is an I/O device that reads input information and supplies output informa-tion to the I/O. The quantity of input and output information depends on the type of device and can be up to 244 bytes.

DP-M DP-S

Fig. 3/4 DP master classes

e.g. PLC/PC e.g. PC

e.g. ET 200

Engineering and diagnostics

Read input dataRead output dataSlave diagnosticsRead configurationChange address

Read/write data record(non-cyclic)

ConfigurationParameterizationRead input dataWrite output dataRead diagnostic data

Alarm acknowledgementRead/write data record(non-cyclic)

Control tasks and diagnostics

Master diagnosisRead bus parametersDownload/upload etc.

Slave

DPDP master class 1 master class 1 DPDP m m aster aster cc lass 2lass 2

DPV

1

DPV

0

DPV

1

DPV

0

G_I

K10_

deP0

004s

PROFIBUS


3

IntroductionData communication

DP-M DP-S PG/OP S7 C S5 C FMS OPC

Communication functions Data communication (e.g. PROFIBUS-FMS) is used for exchanging information between programmable controllers or between a programmable controller and intelligent partners (PCs, computers, etc.).The following communication functions are provided for this purpose:

PG/OP communicationThis comprises integrated communication functions which are used by the SIMATIC automation systems to exchange data with HMI devices (e.g. TD, OP) and SIMATIC PG (STEP 7). The PG/OP communication is supported by MPI, PROFIBUS and Industrial® Ethernet networks.

S7 routingUsing S7 routing PG/OP communication can be used between networks.

S7 CommunicationThe S7 communication is the integrated communication function which has been opti-mized in SIMATIC S7/C7.It is also used for interfacing to PCs and workstations. The volume of useful data per task is up to 64 Kbytes.S7 communication provides simple, powerful communica-tion services and a network-independent software inter-face for MPI, PROFIBUS and Industrial Ethernet networks.

S5-compatible communica-tion (SEND/RECEIVE)The SEND/RECEIVE interface (in the case of PROFIBUS, via FDL) is optimized for commu-nication between SIMATIC S5 and S7 controllers and there-fore facilitates migration from SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7 controllers and PCs via PROFIBUS and Industrial Ethernet.

Standard communicationThis is covered by standard-ized data communication protocols.

• PROFIBUS-FMS(Fieldbus Message Specifi-cation)is ideally suitable for com-munication between differ-ent automation systems (e.g. PLC, PC) from different manufacturers in the cell range with a few stations (max. 16). Communication to field devices equipped with an FMS interface is also possible.

With the FMS READ, WRITE and INFORMATION REPORT services, an appli-cation program has read or write access to variables of the communication partner or may transmit its own vari-able values to a communica-tion partner. Partial access to variables is supported. Communication is handled via non-cyclic connections (master/master, master/slave), non-cyclic connec-tions with slave initiative or cyclic connections (mas-ter/slave). With the INFOR-MATION REPORT, it is also possible to send a message to all other nodes in the net-work via a broadcast ser-vice.Additionally, the FMS IDEN-TIFY (requesting the identifi-cation features of the part-ner) and STATUS (request-ing the partner's status) services may be initiated.

OPC serverThe OPC-Server is included in the delivery of this product.

System connections For many field devices, communication processors (CPs) which have already implemented the communica-tion functions in the firmware

and which therefore relieve some of the load on the termi-nal by communication tasks (e.g. flow control, blocking etc.) are available.

PROFIBUS


3

IntroductionData communication

System connections

Fig. 3/5 Data communication for SIMATIC and PC

CP 443-5 BasicCP 443-5 Extended

CP 342-5CP 342-5 FOCP 343-5

S7-300/C7

S7-400

SIMATIC C7

Automation system Communication processor

S5-115U to 155U

S5-95U

SIMATIC 505

CP 5434 FMS

Integratedinterface

CP 5431 FMS/DP

PG/PC

CP 5511CP 5611CP 5613/CP 5613 FOCP 5614/CP 5614 FO

PROFIBUS

G_I

K10_

deP0

005s

PROFIBUS


3

IntroductionCommunications overview for SIMATIC

Fig. 3/6 Communications overview for SIMATIC

Hard

war

ePR

OFI

BUS-

DP

SIM

AT

IC S

5CP

543

1FM

S/DP

IM 3

08-C

505

FIM

505

RBC

CP 5

434

SIM

AT

IC 5

05

1)S5

-com

patib

le c

omm

unica

tion;

mea

ns S

DA (P

LC/P

LC c

onne

ctio

n) a

nd S

DN s

ervic

es o

f PRO

FIBU

S la

yer 2

2) A

dditio

nmal

SRD

ser

vices

of P

ROFI

BUS

laye

r 23)

DP

mas

ter,

DP s

lave

can

not b

e op

erat

ed s

imul

tane

ously

4)hi

gh a

vaila

bility

DP

mas

ter a

nd S

7 co

mm

unica

tion

cann

ot b

e op

erat

ed s

imul

tane

ously

3)Mas

ter

class

1DP

sla

veM

aste

rcla

ss 2

SIM

AT

IC S

7-30

0S

IMA

TIC

C7

CP 3

42-5

CP 3

43-5

SIM

AT

ICS

7-40

0

CP 4

43-5

Basi

c

CP 4

43-5

Exte

nded

IM 4

67 F

O

IM 4

67

IF 9

64

3)

Read

Writ

eIn

fo /

Repo

rt

PRO

FIBU

S-FM

S

Put/G

etcli

ent

Put/G

etse

rver

BSEN

DBR

ECV

USEN

DUR

ECV

H co

m-

mun

i-ca

tion

S7 c

omm

unic

atio

nTi

me

Rece

iver

forw

ard

Send

er

S5-K

1) 2)

PG/

OP

In th

est

anda

rdsy

stem

In th

eH

syst

em 4)

G_I

K10_

deP0

100s

4)

PROFIBUS


3

IntroductionCommunications overview for PG/PC

Fig. 3/7 Communications overview for PG/PC

Softw

are

Ope

ratin

g sy

stem

SIM

AT

ICP

U/P

CCP

with

DP-B

ase

4)

5)

S7 c

omm

unic

atio

n

Mas

ter

class

1M

aste

rcla

ss 2

DP slave

PRO

FIBU

S-DP

Read

Writ

e

PG/

OP

OPC

Hard

war

e

CP 5

613

CP 5

613

FO

CP 5

614

CP 5

614

FO

Win

98

Win

NT

Win

dows

2000

Pro

DP-5

613/

xxx

FMS-

5613

/xxx

S7-5

613/

xxx

Put/G

etcli

ent

Put/G

etse

rver

BSEN

D/BR

ECV

USEN

D/UR

ECV

H co

m-

mun

i-ca

tion

S5-C

Info

/Re

port

PRO

FIBU

S-FM

S

1) 4

)

CP 5

511

CP 5

611

1) d

elive

red

with

the

CP 5

613/

CP 5

614

2) D

P m

aste

r and

DP

slave

can

not b

e op

erat

ed s

imul

tane

ously

3) M

aste

r cla

ss 1

and

mas

ter c

lass

2 c

anno

t be

oper

ated

sim

ulta

neou

sly o

n on

e CP

4) D

P Ba

se a

nd C

P-56

13 c

anno

t be

oper

ated

sim

ulta

neou

sly5)

onl

y in

CP

5614

xxx)

Spac

e ho

lder

for

oper

atin

g sy

stem

Furth

er in

form

atio

n ca

n be

foun

dwi

th th

e se

arch

func

tion

thro

ugh

the

ID in

Inte

rnet

.

http

://ww

w.ad

.sie

men

s.de

/net

/ik-in

fo

You

will f

ind

appl

icatio

nex

ampl

eson

the

Qui

ck S

tart

CD

SOFT

NET-

DP

SOFT

NET-

DPsla

ve

STEP

7

SOFT

NET-

S7

2) 3)

2) 3

)

2)

G_I

K10_

deP0

058s

PROFIBUS


3

IntroductionConfiguration examples

Configuration examplefor process orfield communication

Fig. 3/8 PROFIBUS-DP configuration for SIMATIC S5/S7 and PG/PC

0 1

PROFIBUS-DP

S7-400 with CP 443-5 Extended (DP master)S7-300 with CP 342-5 (DP master)

PG with STEP 7 and STEP 5Third-party device

S5 withIM 308-C

PROFIBUS-DPPROFIBUS-DP

ET 200S ET 200X

G_I

K10_

deP0

007s

Configuration examplefor data communication

Fig. 3/9 PROFIBUS-FMS configuration for SIMATIC S5/S7 and PG/PC

PROFIBUS-FMS

S7-400 with CP 443-5 BasicS7-300 with CP 343-5

PG with STEP 7 and STEP 5Third-party device

S5-115 - 155U withCP 5431 FMS/DP

PC/WinCC withCP 5613 andFMS-5613

PROFIBUS-FMSPROFIBUS-FMS

G_I

K10_

deP0

008s

Configuration examplefor PG/OP communication

Fig. 3/10 PG/OP communication with S7 routing

0 1

PG/OPPG/OP communication communication PG withCP 1613and STEP 7 V5

S7-400 with CP 443-1

Industrial Ethernet

PROFIBUS DP

S7-400 withCP 443-1

S7-400 with CP 443-1

ET 200XET 200S

CP 443-5 Extended CP 443-5 Basic

S7-300 with CP 342-5 S7-300 with CP 343-5

S7-400 with CP 443-5 Basic

PROFIBUS FMS

G_I

K10_

deP0

009s

PROFIBUS


3

IntroductionTopologies

Electrical network Siemens offers a wide range of PROFIBUS network compo-nents for the electrical and optical transmission technol-ogy.PROFIBUS is standardized according to IEC 61158/ EN 50170 for universal automation (PROFIBUS-FMS and PROFIBUS-DP) as well as according to IEC 61158-2 for process automation (PROFIBUS-PA).

Electrical network The electrical network uses

a shielded, twisted-pair cable. The RS 485 interface operates on voltage differ-ences. It is therefore less sensitive to interference than a voltage or current interface. In PROFIBUS the nodes are connected to the bus by a bus terminal or a bus connector (max. 32 nodes per segment).

Individual segments are connected via repeaters.

Transmission rates may gradually be selected between 9.6 Kbit/s and 1.5 Mbit/s.For extremely time-critical PROFIBUS-DP applica-tions, additional transmis-sion rates of 3. 6 and 12 Mbit/s according to IEC 61158/EN 50170 are possible.

The maximum segment length depends on the transmission rate.

The electrical network can be configured as a bus or tree topology (see Fig. 3/11).

For applications in the intrin-sically safe area, PROFIBUS-PA uses trans-mission technology according to IEC 61158-2. In this case the transmission rate is 31.25 Kbit/s.

Features: High-quality LAN cable Transmission method

RS 485 (according to EIA) Bus topology with bus termi-

nals and bus connectors for connecting the PROFIBUS nodes

Transmission method according to IEC 61158/ EN 50170 for universal auto-mation (PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP) as well as IEC 61158-2 for intrinsically safe area (PROFIBUS-PA)

The DP transmission method is implemented by RS 485 (bit coding by voltage differ-ence signals according to IEC 61158-2 (bit coding by current signals) by the net-work components (DP/PA coupler or DP/PA link)

Simple, system-wide mounting and grounding concept

Simple installation.

Fig. 3/11 Electrical PROFIBUS network configuration

0 1 0 1

PC

S7-400

ET 200S

Drive

ET 200X

PGOP 17ET 200M

DP/PA link

Repeater

Intrinsically safe area

PROFIBUS-PA

Repeater

Bus cablefor PROFIBUSConnecting cable

G_I

K10_

deP0

012s

PROFIBUS


3


Optical network The fiber-optic cable version of PROFIBUS has the follow-ing properties:

– Resistance to electromag-netic interference

– Suitable for wide ranges– Galvanic isolation– Either plastic, PCF or

glass fiber-optic conduc-tors can be implemented

Optical PROFIBUSwith OLMsAn optical network can be constructed in a bus, ring or star topology using Optical Link Modules (OLMs).The maximum distance between two OLMs can be up to 15 km. The transmission rate can be adjusted in steps from 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s.

Optical PROFIBUSwith integrated interfaceand OBTThe Optical PROFIBUS with integrated interface and OBT is configured in line topology. A cost-optimized solution in the form of devices with inte-grated optical interface is available for this.Data terminals with RS 485 interfaces can be connected via an Optical Bus Terminal (OBT). The maximum distance between two stations is 50 m with plastic fiber optic cables. Special fiber optic cables are offered for cover-ing distances up to 300 m.

Fig. 3/12 Network configuration Optical PROFIBUS with OLMs

G_I

K10_

deP0

136s

OLM OLM

S7-300

OLM OLM

ET 200S

S7-400

Drive

Glass-FOCBus cablefor PROFIBUS

Mixed network Mixed structures combining electrical and optical network are feasible.The transition between the two media is provided by the OLM.In the communication between the stations on the bus there is no difference between the two-wire and fiber optic technology.Up to 127 stations may be connected to a PROFIBUS network.

The optical transmission method offers the following advantages: Plastic or glass fiber-optic

cables are insensitive to electromagnetic radiation and make the EMC measures necessary in elec-trical networks superfluous

In outdoor installations, an additional lightning protec-tion concept is not neces-sary.

The voltage levels on the modules are isolated auto-matically thanks to the fiber optic cable properties

Large distance can be covered by fiber optic cables.


PROFIBUS

3


Mixed network(continued)

Fig. 3/13 Network configuration combining an electrical and an optical version of the PROFIBUS network

0 1

G_I

K10_

deP0

135s

OLM OLM

ET 200XOP 17

S7-300 ET 200M

ET 200S

OLM OLM

ET 200S

Glass FOCBus cablefor PROFIBUS

Wireless Link Using the PROFIBUS Infrared Link Module (ILM), one or more PROFIBUS slaves or slave segments can be coupled without the need for wires.At a maximum transmission rate of 1.5 Mbit/s and a maxi-mum range of 15 m, commu-nication is possible to moving parts, e.g. to fully automatic transport systems. It can also be used to replace mecha-nisms that are subject to wear (slip rings or slip conductors).

Fig. 3/14 Connection to moving stations

0 1

Slave e.g.ET 200S

Slave e.g. ET 200L

Master e.g. S7-300

ILM

ILM ILM

G_I

K10_

deP0

134s

Slave e.g.ET 200X


PROFIBUS

3

IntroductionTechnical specifications

Technical specifications

Standard PROFIBUS according to IEC 61158/EN 50170 Volume 2

Topology Electrical network Optical network Wireless Link

Bus, treeBus, tree, ringPoint-to-pointPoint-to-multiple points

Transmission medium Electrical network Optical network

Wireless Link

Shielded two-wire cableFiber-optic cable (glass, PCF and plastic)Infrared

Network size Electrical network max. Optical network Wireless link

9.6 kmup to 90 km15 m

Data transfer rate 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s(adjustable)

Number of stations max. 127

Access method Token passing with lower level master/slave

Protocols PROFIBUS-DPPG/OP communicationsS7 CommunicationS5-compatible communication(SEND/RECEIVE)PROFIBUS-FMS

Ordering data Order No.

Manual for PROFIBUS networks Network architecture, configuration,network components, installation German English French Italian

6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA06GK1 970-5CA20-0AA16GK1 970-5CA20-0AA26GK1 970-5CA20-0AA4

Electronic Manuals Communication systems,protocols, products on CD-ROMGerman/English

6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0

PROFIBUS


3

Network componentsNetwork selection criteria

Overview • The table below contains an overview of the transmission media.

Fig. 3/15 Overview of transmission media

Criteria Electrical network

EMC

Optical network Wireless link

RS 485acc. to IEC 61158/

EN 50170

IEC 61158-2(PA)

Plastic PCF

Networkingbetween buildings

Range

Suitability for hightransfer rate

Simple connectormounting

Simple cablelaying

Potential equali-zation measuresnecessary.

Cable programfor specialapplications

Use in mobilestations

Use inintrinsically safeenvironment

1) Lightning protection necessary2) Depending on transfer rate3) Trained personnel and special tools required4) Careful laying necessary5) External cable necessary (on request)

1)

2)

4)

3) 3)

yes yes no no no np

Irrelevant for this application

5)

Glass Infrared

G_I

K10_

deP0

010s


PROFIBUS

3

Network componentsNetwork selection criteria

Overview • In the following table you will find the selection criteria for electrical and optical networking.

Fig. 3/16 Selection criteria for electrical/optical networking

up to 15 km up to 300 mup to 1 km

All DPAll

9.6 km 9.6 km90 km

G_I

K10_

deP0

133s

Criteria Electricalnetwork

Transition media

Distances

Topology

1) Plastic FOC is also known as Polymer Optical Fiber (POF)2) Depending on type of cable used3) Depending on data rate and type of performance used4) Integrated interfaces (ET 200M, ET 200X)5) For PROFIBUS-PA 1.9 km

1)

Optical network

Plastic

PCF

Glass

Shielded 2-wire cable

Max. network size

between two stations

Bus

Line

Tree

Ring

3) 2) 2)

Transmissionprotocols

Connection ofstations by

OLM

Integrated interfaces

Bus terminal

Bus connector

Electr. Networksegments can beconnected

ElectricalPROFIBUS

With OLM With integr. interface/OBT

5)

4)

Irrelevant for this application


PROFIBUS

3

Network componentsOverview

Overview • An overview of the PROFIBUS network components and accessories is shown in the following table as well as the transitions between the different types of transmission media

Fig. 3/17 Overview: PROFIBUS network components and accessories

G_I

K10_

deP0

016s

Bus, treeNetwork topology

Documentation

RS 485 acc. toIEC 61158/EN 50170

IEC 61158-2(PA)

with OLM With integr. Interface/OBT

Wireless link

Bus, tree Line, star, ring Line

Manual forPROFIBUS networks

Diagnostic toolHardware testdevice BT 200

Not available Signal contact and int.measuring sockets andlevel meter on request

Level meter on request Signal contact anddisplay of signalstrength

Electr. networksegments

Repeater Optical Link Module(OLM)

Infrared Link Module(ILM)

Lightning protectionCoarse protectionFine protection

To be implemented byconstructional means

Not required Not required

Pre-assembledcables

Connecting cable 830-1TConnecting cable 830-2

INDOOR cable with BFOCStandard glass cable with BFOCTrailing cable with BFOCStandard PCF cable with BFOCStandard plastic cable with BFOC

Standard PCF cablewith simplex connectorsand draw-in tool

Connection methodBus connector SpliTConnect System BFOC connectors Simplex connectors Integrated terminals

Tools andaccessories

FastConnectStripping Tool

FastConnectStripping Tool

Tools for pre-assemblingBFOC connectors forplastic FOC

Tools for pre-assemblingsimplex connectors forplastic FOC

Transmission mediaShielded2-wire cable

Shielded 2-wire cable forintrinsically safe and non-intrinsically safe areas

Plastic FOCPCF FOCGlass FOC

Plastic FOCPCF FOC

Wireless,infrared

Electrical network Optical network

Point-to-pointPoint-to-multipoint

Connectingcomponents

Bus terminal SpliTConnect System OLM OBT ILM





Optical Bus Terminal(OBT)

Fig. 3/18 Transitions between the transmission media

ElectricalPROFIBUS

OpticalPROFIBUS/int./OBT

Electrical PROFIBUS

OpticalPROFIBUS/OLM

Wireless link

Opt. PROFIBUS/OLM

Opt. PROFIBUS/int./OBT Wireless link

Repeater

OLM

OBT

ILM

OLM

OBT + OLM

OBT + OLM

OBT, integr. Optic

OBT + ILM

OLM + ILM

OBT + ILM

ILM

OLM

OLM + ILM

OBT ILM

G_I

K10_

deP0

017s


PROFIBUS

3

Network componentsConnection examples

Fig. 3/19 Connection example for the electrical networking with PROFIBUS FastConnect® bus connector RS 485 or bus terminal

PROFIBUS FC bus cable

PROFIBUS FC bus cable

Bus terminal 12Mfor connectingbus nodesto PROFIBUS

PROFIBUS FCbus connectorRS 485 Plug 180

PROFIBUS modulee.g. CP 5613

G_IK10_deP0055s

Fig. 3/20 Connection example for an electrical networking

PROFIBUS modulee.g. CP 5613

PROFIBUS FCbus connectorRS 485 Plug 180

PROFIBUS FCbus connector

OLM

PROFIBUS FCbus cable Pre-assembled glass FOC

G_I

K10_

deP0

056s

Fig. 3/21 Connection example for optical networking with plastic fiber optic cables

G_I

K10_

deP0

061s

PROFIBUS PCF-or Plastic FOC

CP 342-5 FO(IM 153-2 FO, IM 151 FO, BM 143-DESINA)

Plastic FOC withSimplex connector

PROFIBUS modulee.g. CP 5613 FO


Electrical Networks

3

Network componentsConnection examples

Fig. 3/22 Connection example for networking with PROFIBUS-PA

TAPDP/PA coupler

SITRANS P SITRANS F

Coupler

TAPTAP

SITRANS P

PROFIBUS-PA

G_I

K10_

deP0

057s

FC process Cable

Fig. 3/23 Connection example for networking with DESINA-conform devices

G_I

K10_

deP0

062s

DESINA-connector

SIMATICET 200X DESINA

DESINA cable


Electrical Networks

3

Network componentsPROFIBUS – FastConnect

Overview

Measure the length of the cable to be stripped by placing it in the template. Stop with the index finger of your left hand.

Insert the measured cable end into the tool. The stop for the insertion depth is indicated by the index finger of the left hand.

Fix the cable end in the stripping tool up as far as the stop.

Rotate stripping tool 4 times in the direction of the arrow to strip the wire.

Pull the closed stripping tool away from the end of the cable.

Remove core protection film.

After stripping the cable it can be mounted directly in the PROFIBUS connector.

• Fast and easy assembly of PROFIBUS copper cables

• Rules out mounting errors suchas short-circuits between the shield and adapter

Application PROFIBUS FastConnect is a system for fast and easy assembly of PROFIBUS copper cables.

Design The system comprises 3 compatible components:

FastConnect bus cables for rapid installation

FastConnect stripping tool

FastConnect PROFIBUS bus connector

Note:The PROFIBUS FastConnect bus cables can also be connected to conventional bus connectors.

Functions The FastConnect stripping technique enables fast and easy connection of PROFIBUS-connectors to the PROFIBUS cables.

The special structure of the FastConnect bus cables enables the use of the Fast-Connect stripping tool with which the outer casing and the woven shield can be stripped with perfect preci-sion

in one step. The cable prepared in this way is connected in the FastConnect bus connector by means of insulation displacement method.

Designed for Industry Shorter connection times for terminals by stripping of the outer casing and woven shield in one step

Rules out mounting errors suchas short-circuits between the shield and adapter

Easy assembly due to preset insulation stripping tool (FC stripping tool)

Termination can be checked in the assembled state through the transparent cover for the insulation piercing terminals thanks to color-coding.

Electrical Networks


3

Network componentsLAN cables for PROFIBUS

Overview • Different versions for differ-ent applications (e.g. for burying in the ground, trail-ing cables)

• High immunity to interfer-ence due to double shield-ing.

• Flame-retardant bus cable (halogen-free)

• Length can easily be deter-mined due to meter length markings printed on the cable

• Hybrid cable for common transmission of data and power supply

Application Different types of cables are offered for the different appli-cation possibilities forconfiguring PROFIBUS networks.

Generally, the cables listed should be used. For further details on network configura-tion, refer to the PROFIBUS network manual.

The ECOFAST hybrid cable is particularly suitable for connecting locally installed ECOFAST components.

Design Shielded, twisted-pair cable with circular cross-section.The following applies to all PROFIBUS LAN cables:

Due to double-shielding, these cables are particularly suitable for industrial envi-ronments subject to electro-magnetic interference.

Grounding continuity may be implemented via the outer casing of the LAN cable and the bus terminal's ground terminals.

Meter length markings are printed on the cable.

Cable types The new FastConnect (FC) bus cables are of a radially symmetric design which allows a stripping tool to be used. In this way bus connec-tors can be assembled quickly and easily. PROFIBUS FC

Standard Cable:Standard bus cable specially designed for fast assembly.

PROFIBUS FC Robust Cable:This cable is specially designed to withstand aggressive chemicalsand mechanical stress.

PROFIBUS FC Food Cable:By using a PE casing mate-rial this bus cable is suitable for use in the food, bever-ages and tobaccoindustry.

PROFIBUS FC Underground Cable:This cable is specially designed for burying in the ground. It differs from the standard PROFIBUS bus cable in that it is equipped with an additional casing.

PROFIBUS FC Trailing Cable:Bus cable for special appli-cation of forced movement guidance in a track chain, e.g. in continuously moving machine parts (stranded conductor).

PROFIBUS FC FRNC Cable:Two-wire shielded, flame retardant and halogen-free bus cable with copolymer outer casing FRNC (Flame Retardant Non Corrosive).

Bus cables without FastConnect technique(design-related) PROFIBUS Festoon Cable

Flexible bus cable (stranded conductor) for special appli-cation in festoons.For round cables, the opera-tion of a cable cart is recommended.

PROFIBUS Flexible CableBus cable for highly flexible applications: Special cable (stranded conductor) for use on moving machine parts (5 million torsional movements on 1 m cable, ±180 °).

PROFIBUS ECOFASTHybrid CableThe rugged and trailable hybrid cable contains two copper conductors for data transmission and four copper conductors for power supply of ECOFAST stations.


Electrical Networks

3


Installation hints LAN cables are sold by the meter.If a bus segment has to be assembled from two parts (e.g. >1000 m segment length), two sleeves can be used (connect wires with low resistance to terminals, provide for complete connec-tion of shields).

FastConnectUsing the FastConnect strip-ping tool it is possible to strip the outer casing and the shield of the new FastConnect LAN cables to the right length in one step.

In this way the bus connectors (except 6ES7 972-0BA30-0XA0) can be connected quickly and easily to the LAN cable.

Cable installationKeep the LAN cable sealed with a shrink-on cap at each end during storage, transpor-tation and installation.Do not exceed bending radii and tensile stress!

The ground cable should be used for laying outdoors, e.g. directly in the ground, in sand or in concrete as well as in underground or overground protective steel or plastic conduits.The surge voltage protection regulations must be observed particularly when burying cables in the ground.

Designed for Industry Wide range of applications due to special bus cables

Resistance of network to interference due to double shielded cables and consis-tent grounding concept

Time saved by simple and fast connector mounting with FastConnect cables

One cable (ECOFAST hybrid cable) for common transmis-sion of data and power supply


Electrical Networks

3


1) Electrical characteristics at 20 ºC, tested according to DIN 47 250 Part 4 or DIN VDE 0472.


Cable type 1) PROFIBUSFC Standard Cable

PROFIBUSFC Robust Cable

PROFIBUSFC Food Cable

Applications Universally applicable Environments exposed to chemical and mechanical stress

Food, beverages and tobacco industry

Attenuation at 16 MHz at 4 MHz at 9.6 kHz

<=42 dB/km<=22 dB/km<=2.5 dB/km

<=42 dB/km<=22 dB/km<=2.5 dB/km

<=42 dB/km<=22 dB/km<=2.5 dB/km

Impedance at 9.6 kHz at 38.4 kHz at 3 to 20 MHz

270 ± 27 Ω185 ± 18.5 Ω150 ± 15 Ω

270 ± 27 Ω185 ± 18.5 Ω150 ± 15 Ω

270 ± 27 Ω185 ± 18.5 Ω150 ± 15 Ω

Rated value 150 Ω 150 Ω 150 Ω

Loop resistance ≤=110 Ω/km ≤=110 Ω/km ≤=110 Ω/km

Shield resistance ≤=9.5 Ω/km ≤=9.5 Ω/km ≤=9.5 Ω/km

Effective capacitance at 1 kHz approx. 28.5 nF/km approx. 28.5 nF/km approx. 28.5 nF/km

Operating voltage (rms value) ≤=100 V ≤= 100 V ≤=100 V

Type of cable(standard code)

02YY (ST) CY1 ×= 2 ×= 0.64/2.55--150 KF 40 FR VI

02YSY (ST) C11Y1 × 2 × 0.64/2.55-150 KF 40 FR VI

02YSY (ST) C2Y1 ×= 2 ×= 0.64/2.55--150 KF 40

Sheath Material Diameter Color

PVC8.0 ± 0.4 mmpurple

PUR8.0 ± 0.4 mmpurple

PE8.0 ± 0.4 mmblack

Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Installation temperature

–40 ºC to +60 ºC–40 ºC to +60 ºC–40 ºC to +60 ºC



Bending radii First & final bending Repeated bending

≥= 75 mm≥= 150 mm

≥= 75 mm≥= 150 mm

≥= 75 mm≥= 150 mm

Permissible tensile force 100 N 100 N 100 N

Weight 76 kg/km 73 kg/km 67 kg/km

Free from halogens no no no

Behavior in fire flame-retardantacc. to VDE 0472T804C test type

flame-retardantacc. to VDE 0472T804B test type

flammable

UL listing yes yes no

Resistance to mineral oils and greases

conditionally resistant good resistance conditionally resistant

UV resistance no yes yes


Electrical Networks

3


1) Electrical characteristics at 20 ºC, tested according to DIN 47 250 Part 4 or DIN VDE 0472.2) Trailing-type cables for the following requirements: min. 4 million bending cycles at the specified bending radius

and an acceleration of max. 4 m/s2

3) Restricted segment lengths (see the manual for PROFIBUS networks).


Cable type 1) PROFIBUSFC Underground Cable

PROFIBUSFC Trailing Cable 2) 3)

PROFIBUSFestoon Cable 3)

Applications Suitable for burying in ground. Track chain application Suitable for suspension from railings


<=42 dB/km<=22 dB/km< =2.5 dB/km

<=49 dB/km<=25 dB/km< =3 dB/km


Impedance at 9,6 kHz at 38.4 kHz at 3 to 20 MHz

270 ± 27 Ω185 ± 18.5 Ω150 ± 15 Ω

270 ± 27 Ω185 ± 18.5 Ω150 ± 15 Ω

270 ± 27 Ω185 ± 18.5 Ω150 ± 15 Ω



Shield resistance ≤=9.5 Ω/km ≤=14 Ω/km ≤=19 Ω/km

Effective capacitance at 1 kHz approx. 28.5 nF/km approx. 28.5 nF/km approx. 28 nF/km

Operating voltage (rms value) ≤=100 V ≤=100 V ≤=100 V


02YSY (ST) CY2Y1 ×= 2 ×= 0.64/2.55--150 KF 40 SW

02Y Y (ST) C11Y1×=2×0.64/2.55--150 LI KF 40 FR petrol

02Y (ST) CY1 × 2 × 0.65/2.56-150 LI petrol FR


PE/PVC10.8 ± 0.5 mmblack

PUR8.0 ± 0.4 mmpetrol

PVC8.0 ± 0.3 mmpetrol






≥= 80 mm≥= 150 mm

≥= 40 mm≥= 60 mm

≥= 30 mm≥= 70 mm


Weight 117 kg/km 74 kg/km 56 kg/km

Free from halogens no no no

Behavior in fire flammable flame-retardantacc. to VDE 0472T804B test type


UL listing no yes yes


conditionally resistant good resistance conditionally resistant

UV resistance yes yes yes


Electrical Networks

3


1) Electrical characteristics at 20 ºC, tested according to DIN 47 250 Part 4 or DIN VDE 0472.2) Restricted segment lengths (see the manual for PROFIBUS networks).3) Torsionally resistant cable for following requirements: min. 5 million torsional movements on 1 m cable ±180°4) at 800 Hz5) Outside diameter >8 mm; bus connectors can only be connected after removing the outer casing


Cable type 1) PROFIBUSFC FRNC Cable

PROFIBUSFlexible Cable 2) 3)

SIENOPYRFR Shipboard Cable

Applications Halogen-free and highly flammable applications

Moving machine parts Marine engineering

Attenuation at 16 MHz at 4 MHz at 38.4 kHz at 9.6 kHz

<=42 dB/km<=22 dB/km

<=2.5 dB/km

<=49 dB/km<=25 dB/km

< =3 dB/km

<=45 dB/km<=22 dB/km<= 5 dB/km< =3 dB/km

Impedance at 9,6 kHz at 38.4 kHz at 3 to 20 MHz

270 ± 27 Ω185 ± 18.5 Ω150 ± 15 Ω

270 ± 27 Ω185 ± 18.5 Ω150 ± 15 Ω

250 ± 25 Ω185 ± 18.5 Ω150 ± 15 Ω



Shield resistance ≤=9.5 W/km ≤=14 Ω/km –

Effective capacitance at 1 kHz approx. 28.5 nF/km approx. 28.5 nF/km approx. 30 nF/km 4)

Operating voltage (rms value) ≤=100 V ≤=100 V ≤=100 V


02Y SH (ST) CH1 × 2 × 0.64/2.55-150 VI KF 25 FRNC

02Y (ST) C 11Y1 ×= 2 ×= 0.65/2.56--150 LF VI FRNC

M-02Y (ST) CH X1 × 2 × 0.35 100 V


FRNC8.0 ± 0.4 mmlight purple

PUR8.0 ± 0.4 mmpurple

Polymer 5)

10.3 ±0.5 mmblack






≥= 40 mm≥= 75 mm

≥= 60 mm≥= 120 mm

≥= 108 mm≥ 216 mm


Weight 67 kg/km 67 kg/km approx. 109 kg/km

Free from halogens yes yes yes

Behavior in fire flame-retardantacc. to VDE 0472T804C test type


flame-retardantacc. to VDE 0472T804C test type

UL listing no yes no


conditionally resistant good resistance very good resistance

UV resistance yes yes yes


Electrical Networks

3


1) Electrical characteristics at 20 ºC, tested according to DIN 47 250 Part 4 or DIN VDE 0472.2) Restricted segment lengths (see the manual for PROFIBUS networks).3) Torsionally resistant cable for following requirements: min. 5 million torsional movements on 1 m cable, ±180 °.


Cable type 1) PROFIBUSECOFAST Hybrid Cable

PROFIBUSCable for ET 200X

Applications Connection for ECOFAST station ET 200 X



–––

Impedance at 9.6 kHz at 38.4 kHz at 3 to 20 MHz

150 ± 15 Ω185 ± 18.5 Ω270 ± 27 Ω

––135 – 165 Ω

Rated value ≤ 150 Ω –

Loop resistance ≤ 168 Ω/km –

Shield resistance ≤=15 Ω/km –

Effective capacitance at 1 kHz 30 pF/m 30 pF/m

Operating voltage (rms value) =100 V 35 V


02Y (ST)C 1×2×0.65/2.56 –150 LI LIH-Z 11Y 4×1 ×1.5 VI FRNC

02Y (ST)C 1×2×0.65/2.56 –150 LI LIY-J Y 3×1 ×0.75 VI KF30


PURapprox. 1.0 mmpurple

PUR approx. 0.8 mmpetrol





38 mm55 mm

70 mm140 mm

Permissible tensile force ≤ 300 N ≥ 300 N

Weight approx. 154 kg/km approx. 105 kg/km

Free from halogens yes no

Behavior in fire flame-retardantacc. to VDE 0472T804B test type


UL listing no yes


conditionally resistant conditionally resistant

UV resistance no no


Electrical Networks

3


1) Order from:DEHN & SöhneHans-Dehn-Str. 1D-92318 Neumarkt/Opf., Germany

Note:Additional components for the SIMATIC NET cable range can be ordered from your local contact. For technical support, please contact:J. Hertlein, A&D SE V22Tel.: +49-911/750 44 65Fax: +49-911/750 99 91E-mail: [email protected]


LAN cables for PROFIBUS:PROFIBUS FC Standard Cable Standard type specially designed for rapid installation, two-wire, shielded,sold by the meter;Consignment max. 1000 m,min. ordering quantity 20 m

6XV1 830-0EH10

Preferred lengths 20 m 50 m 100 m 200 m 500 m

6XV1 830-0EN206XV1 830-0EN506XV1 830-0ET106XV1 830-0ET206XV1 830-0ET50

PROFIBUS FC Robust Cable 2wire, shieldedcut to length:max. consignment 1000 m,minimum order 20 m

6XV1 830-0JH10

PROFIBUS FC Food Cable 2wire, shieldedcut to length:max. consignment 1000 m,minimum order 20 m

6XV1 830-0GH10

PROFIBUS FC Ground Cable 2wire, shieldedcut to length:max. consignment 1000 m,minimum order 20 m

6XV1 830-3FH10

PROFIBUS FC Trailing Cable 2wire, shieldedcut to length:max. consignment 1000 m,minimum order 20 m

6XV1 830-3EH10

PROFIBUS FastConnect Stripping ToolPre-set stripping tool for rapid strippingof insulation from PROFIBUS FastConnect bus cables

6GK1 905-6AA00

PROFIBUS FastConnect Blade CassettesSpare blade cassettes for thePROFIBUS FastConnect stripping tool, 5 pieces

6GK1 905-6AB00

PROFIBUS FastConnect BusConnector RS 485with 90° cable outletwith insulation displacement technique without PG interface with PG interface

6ES7 972-0BA50-0XA06ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0

PROFIBUS FastConnect Bus Connector RS 485Plug 180with 180° cable outletin insulation displacement method

6GK1 500-0FC00

Order No.

PROFIBUS RS 485 Festoon Cable 2wire, shieldedcut to length:max. consignment 1000 m,minimum order 20 m

6XV1 830-3GH10

PROFIBUS FC FRNC Cable 2wire shieldedflame retardant,with copolymer outer casing FRNC, cut to length:max. consignment 1000 m,minimum order 20 m

6XV1 830-0LH10

PROFIBUS Flexible Cable 2wire, shieldedcut to length:max. consignment 1000 m,minimum order 20 m

6XV1 830-0FH10

PROFIBUS ECOFAST Hybrid Cable 6wire; 2 wires shielded for PROFIBUS; 4 wires for auxiliary power (4 × 1.5 mm2)cut to length

6XV1 830-7AH10

Preassembled with ECOFAST connectors 1.5 m 3 m 5 m 10 m 15 m

6XV1 830-7BH156XV1 830-7BH306XV1 830-7BH506XV1 830-7BN106XV1 830-7BN15

PROFIBUS Cable for ET 200X 5wire, cut to length,

for bus signals, power supply: oil resis-tant, conditional resistance to welding, can be used as trailing cable, PUR casing

6ES7 194-1LY10-0AA0-ZZ = length (specify in m)

5wire, cut to length, for bus signals, power supply: standard,PVC casing

6ES7 194-1LY00-0AA0-ZZ = length (specify in m)

Special bus cablesSIENOPYR PROFIBUS- Shipboard CableCopper cable for laying on board ships and offshore installations cut to lengthmax. consignment 1000mmin. order 20 m

6XV1 830-0MH10

Manual for PROFIBUS-networksNetwork architecture, configuration,network components, installation German English French Italian


Lightning protection module forreliable transmission betweenbuildings due to overvoltageprotection 1)

Coarse protection Basic unit Protection module type B Protective housing Shield connection terminalFine protection Basic unit Protection module Shield connection terminal

919506919510906055919508

919506919570919508

Electronic Manuals Communication systems,protocols, productson CD-ROMGerman/English

6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0

Electrical Networks


3

Network componentsRS 485 bus connector for PROFIBUS

Overview • Used for connecting PROFIBUS nodes to the PROFIBUS cable

• Easy assembly

• Extremely short mounting times with FastConnect con-nectors due to insulation dis-placement method

• Integrated terminating resis-tors (not with 6ES7 972-0BA30-0XA0)

• PG connection possible with special bus connector with-out additional installation of network nodes.

Application The RS 485 bus connectors for PROFIBUS are used for connecting a PROFIBUS node or

PROFIBUS network compo-nent to PROFIBUS LAN cables.

Design Different versions of the bus connectors are available opti-mized for the devices to be connected: Bus connectors with axial

cable outlet (180°) e.g. for PCs and SIMATIC HMI® OPs, for transfer rates up to

12 Mbit/s with integrated bus terminating resistor.

Bus connector with vertical cable outlet (90°);

This connector enables a vertical cable outlet (with and without PG interface) for transfer rates up to 12 Mbit/s with integrated bus terminat-ing resistor. With transfer rates of 3, 6 or 12 Mbit/s, the SIMATIC S5/S7 connecting cable is required for the connection between the bus connector with addi-tional PG interface and a programming device.

Bus connector with 30° cable outlet (low-cost version) without PG interface for transfer rates up to 1.5 Mbit/s and without integrat-ed bus terminating resistor.

PROFIBUS FastConnect RS 485 bus connector (90° or 180° cable outlet) with transfer rates up to 12 Mbit/s for fast, easy mounting with insulation displacement method (for rigid and flexible wires).

Functions The bus connector is plugged directly to the PROFIBUS interface (9-pin Sub-D female connector) of the PROFIBUS-node or a PROFIBUS network component.

The incoming and outgoing PROFIBUS LAN cable is connected via four terminals in the connector.The line termination inte-grated in the bus connector can be connected by an externally accessible switch (not with 6ES7 972-0BA30-0XA0).

Here, incoming and outgoing bus cables are separated in the connector (isolating func-tion).This is mandatory at both ends of a PROFIBUS segment.


Electrical Networks

3



Bus connector 6ES7 972-0BA11-0XA06ES7 972-0BB11-0XA0

6ES7 972-0BA40-0XA06ES7 972-0BB40-0XA0

6ES7 972-0BA30-0XA0 1)

Cable outlet 90° cable outlet 35° cable outlet 30° cable outlet

Data transfer rate 9.6 Kbit/s...12 Mbit/s 9.6 Kbit/s...12 Mbit/s 9.6 Kbit/s...1500 Kbit/s

Terminating resistor Integrated resistor combination to be enabled via slide switch.Isolation function: With the resistor connected, the outgoing bus is isolated

Integrated resistor combination to be enabled via slide switch.Isolation function: With the resistor connected, the outgoing bus is isolated

No terminating resistor, cannot be used for the 1st and lastdevice in the bus segment

Interfaces PROFIBUS stations PROFIBUS LAN cable

9-pin Sub-D female connector4 modular terminal blocks forwires up to 1.5 mm2


9-pin Sub-D female connector4 insulation displacement terminals for wires 0.644 ± 0.040 mm2

Supply voltage(must be supplied by the terminal)

4.75 to 5.25 V DC 4.75 to 5.25 V DC –

Current consumption Max. 5 mA Max. 5 mA –

Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity

0 °C to +60 °C–25 °C to +80 °Cmax. 75% at +25 °C

0 °C to +60 °C–25 °C to +80 °Cmax. 75% at +25 °C

0 °C to +60 °C–25 °C to +80 °Cmax. 75% at +25 °C

Design Dimensions (W ×=H ×=D) in mm/in Weight

15.8 ×=54 ×=34approx. 40 g

16 ×=54 ×=38approx. 40 g

15 ×=58 ×=34approx. 30 g

PG connection socket 0BA11: no; 0BB11: yes 0BA40: no; 0BB40: yes no

Degree of protection IP 20 IP 20 IP 20

Use in PLCS7-200/-300/-400® 2)

C7-626 DP

S5-115U to -155U

I/O deviceET 200M

ET 200 B

ET 200L

ET 200 S

Programming devicePG 720/720C/PG 740/PG 760

InterfaceIM 308-C.

CP 5431® FMS/DP

CP 342-5

CP 343-5

CP 443-5

IM 467

CP 5511/CP 5611/CP 5613®/CP 5614®

SIMATIC OP

OLM/OBT

RS 485 repeater

Is suitable for operation 1) Flexible bus cables cannot be used with this connector2) S7-400: Not to be used with MPI/DP interface, when DP interface occupied;

not to be used with IFM1 interface, when IFM2 interface is occupied

Electrical Networks


3


Is suitable for operation


Bus connector 6ES7 972-0BA50-0XA06ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0

6GK1 500-0FC00 6GK1 500-0EA02

Cable outlet 90° cable outlet 180° cable outlet 180° cable outlet

Data transfer rate 9.6 Kbit/s...12 Mbit/s 9.6 Kbit/s... 12 Mbit/s 9.6 Kbit/s... 12 Mbit/s

Terminating resistor Integrated resistor combination to be enabled via slide switch.Isolation function: With the resistor connected, the outgoing bus is isolated. Connection with insulation displacement method for FastConnect system

Integrated resistor combination to be enabled via slide switch.Isolation function: With the resistor connected, the outgoing bus is isolated.

Integrated resistor combination to be enabled via slide switch.Isolation function: With the resistor connected, the outgoing bus is isolated.

Interfaces PROFIBUS stations PROFIBUS LAN cable

9-pin Sub-D female connector4 insulation displacement terminals for all FastConnect PROFIBUS cables (except FC Process Cable)

9-pin Sub-D female connector4 insulation displacement terminals for all FastConnect PROFIBUS cables (except FC Process Cable)


Supply voltage(must be supplied by the terminal)

4.75 to 5.25 V DC 4.75 to 5.25 V DC 4.75 to 5.25 V DC

Current consumption Max. 5 mA Max. 5 mA Max. 5 mA

Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity

0 °C to +60 °C–25 °C to +80 °Cmax. 75% at +25 °C

0 °C to +60 °C–25 °C to +80 °Cmax. 75% at +25 °C

0 °C to +60 °C–25 °C to +80 °Cmax. 75% at +25 °C

Design Dimensions (W ×=H ×=D) in mm/in Weight

72.7 ×=16 ×=34approx. 50 g

15 ×=57 ×=39approx. 100 g

15 ×=57 ×=39approx. 100 g

PG connection socket 0BA50: no; 0BB50: yes no no

Degree of protection IP 20 IP 20 IP 20

Use in PLCS7-200/300/400.

C7-626 DP

S5-115U to -155U

I/O deviceET 200M

ET 200 B

ET 200L

ET 200 S

Programming devicePG 720/720C/PG 740/PG 760

InterfaceIM 308-C.

CP 5431 FMS/DP

CP 342-5

CP 343-5

CP 443-5

IM 467

CP 5511/CP 5611/CP 5613/CP 5614

SIMATIC OP

OLM/OBT

RS 485 repeater


Electrical Networks

3


Note:Additional components for the SIMATIC NET cable range can be ordered from your local contact. For technical support, please contact:J. Hertlein, A&D SE V22Tel.: +49-911/750 44 65Fax: +49-911/750 99 91E-mail: [email protected].


RS 485 bus connector with axial cable outlet (180°)For industrial PC, SIMATIC HMI OP, OLM; max.transmission rate 12 Mbit/s

6GK1 500-0EA02

RS 485 bus connectorwith 90° cable outletWith insulation displacement technique,max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s without PG interface with PG interface

6ES7 972-0BA11-0XA06ES7 972-0BB11-0XA0

RS 485 bus connectorwith angular cable outlet (35°)With insulation displacement method,max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s without PG interface with PG interface

6ES7 972-0BA40-0XA06ES7 972-0BB40-0XA0

RS 485 bus connector with 30° cable outletWith insulation displacement methodlow-cost versionmax. transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s

6ES7 972-0BA30-0XA0

PROFIBUS FastConnect BusConnector RS 485with 90° cable outletWith insulation displacement technique,max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s without PG interface with PG interface

6ES7 972-0BA50-0XA06ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0

Order No.

PROFIBUS FastConnect Bus Connector RS 485Plug 180with 180° cable outletfor Industrial PC, SIMATIC HMI OP, OLM; max transfer rate 12 Mbit/s

6GK1 500-0FC00

SIMATIC S5/S7 Connecting Cable for PROFIBUSPreassembled with two 9-pin sub-D male connectors;max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s; 3 m

6ES7 901-4BD00-0XA0




6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0


Electrical Networks

3


Dimension drawings

Fig. 3/24 RS 485 bus connector

_

G_I

K10_

deP0

121s

G_I

K10_

deP0

122s

Contact surfaceSub-D connector

Thread4-40 UNC

6ES7 972-0Bx11-0XA0

6ES7 972-0Bx50-0XA0

35.6

11.6

35.4

54.5

15.8

7.9_

64

10

25

28.4

5

34 + 0.2

75.15 + 0.2

25

5

15.8

7.9_

_10+ 0.1

34 + 0.2

28,434,3

61,75

44,1

6GK1 500-0FC00

15,8

G_I

K10_

deP0

123s

6GK1 500-0EA02

G_I

K10_

deP0

124s

15

35

56

39

10

ON

OFF

Dimensionsin mm


Electrical Networks

3

Network components830-1T PROFIBUS connecting cable

Overview • Pre-assembled cable for fast, low-cost connection of PROFIBUS nodes to OLM or OBT

• Flexible PROFIBUS connecting cable

Design The 830-1T connecting cable consists of a twisted-pair cable (wires made of stranded copper) with a woven shield.

It has a 9-pin Sub-D male connector at both ends.

Both cable ends are termi-nated by a resistor combina-tion (cannot be switched off).

Functions The PROFIBUS 830-IT connecting cable is used for connecting the electrical PROFIBUS interface to the PROFIBUS nodes (OLM, OBT and data terminals) for data transmission rates of up to 12 Mbit/s.

Designed for Industry Trouble-free connection of end stations by pre-assem-bled connecting leads

Reliable data transfer to the end station in EMC-exposed environment by direct cable shielding and termination.


830-1T PROFIBUS connecting cablefor terminal connection, pre-assembled,with two Sub-D male connectors, 9-pinterminated at both ends1.5 m long 1,3 m long

6XV1 830-1CH156XV1 830-1CH30


Electrical Networks

3

Network components830-2 PROFIBUS connecting cable

Overview • Pre-assembled cable for connecting PROFIBUS nodes (e.g. HMI) to automa-tion devices

• Flexible PROFIBUS connecting cable up to 12 Mbit/s.

Design The 830-2 connecting cable comprises a standard PROFI-BUS bus cable.

It is pre-assembled with two 9-pin connectors (6GK1 500-0EA02 and 6ES7 972-0BB11-0XA0).

One plug of the preassem-bled connecting cable is equipped with a PG interface.

Functions The connecting cable 830-2 is used to connect PROFIBUS nodes (e.g. HMI) to automa-tion devices for transfer rates up to 12 Mbit/s.

Designed for Industry Trouble-free connection of end stations by pre-assem-bled connecting leads

Direct connection of a PG by the PG interface without in-terrupting the connection between the stations.


830-2 PROFIBUS connecting cablePreassembled, with two 9-pin connectors3 m long 5 m long

10 m long

6XV1 830-2AH306XV1 830-2AH506XV1 830-2AN10


Electrical Networks

3

Network componentsBusterminals for PROFIBUS

Overview • For connecting PROFIBUS nodes with RS 485 interface to a segment

• Versions for transmission rates from 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s.

• Easy to install (can be snapped onto a standard DIN rail).

• Unambiguous localization of bus termination faults with the 12M bus terminal

• PG connection possible with special bus terminal and PG connecting cable with-out additional installation of network nodes for bus termi-nal RS 485.

Application The PROFIBUS bus terminals enable a bus station to be connected to a PROFIBUS network. Pre-wired device connection

for PROFIBUS node

Easy connection of stations to PROFIBUS networks by plugging the radial line with Sub-D- male connector

Implementation of multi-point connections by directly interconnecting several bus terminals (up to 32 stations per segment) with the 12M bus terminal.

Design Different versions are avail-able: Up to 1.5 Mbit/s

RS 485 bus terminal Up to 12 Mbit/s

12M bus terminal.The following is applicable to all variants: Housing to IP 20 Wall mounting or mounting

on deep standard mounting rail

External 6-pole terminal block for connecting incoming and outgoing LAN cable and equipotential bonding conductors

Integrated connecting cable with Sub-D male connector for connecting the nodes

Terminating resistor combi-nation can be connected by rotary switch.

The 12M bus terminal has the following additional features: Ranges can be set for data

transmission rates via a rotary switch.

Supply of bus terminal 12M by connected PROFIBUS node (DC 5 V/90 mA) by 9-pin Sub-D-female connector

For maximum segment lengths, see table onpage 3/36

Incoming and outgoing LAN cables are isolated when the terminating resistors are inserted.

Functions Connecting the stations with flexible connecting cable with Submin-D male connector

Easy connection of the LAN cable by a terminal block

No interruption of the bus when a data terminal is missing.

Bus termination possible by integrated terminating resistor combination.

The 12M bus terminal has the following additional features: Unambiguous localization of

bus termination faults within a segment (incoming and outgoing bus cables are isolated when the termi-nating resistors are connected).

If the 12 M bus terminal is used together with RS 485 bus terminals within a segment, the configuration rules for the RS 485 bus terminal apply (see PROFIBUS network manual).


Electrical Networks

3

Network componentsBusterminals for PROFIBUS

Functions(continued)

Fig. 3/25 System connection with PROFIBUS terminals e.g. for SIMATIC S7

PROFIBUS

e.g. SIMATIC S7-300 withcommunication processor

Bus terminal

G_I

K10_

deP0

020s

Designed for Industry Clear and simple connection of PROFIBUS nodes by pre-assembled, integrated con-necting cable

Simple cabinet pre-wiring by connecting the PROFIBUS connecting cable with inte-grated interfaces

Maximum segment lengths for bus terminal 12M

Data transfer rate Maximum segment lengths

9.6 to 187.5 Kbit/s500 Kbit/s1.5 Mbit/s

3 to 12 Mbit/s

1000 m400 m200 m100 m

Connectable systems for bus terminal 12M

System BT 12M System BT 12M

SIMATIC S5IM 308 CCP 5431 FMS/DPS5-95U/DP

SIMATIC S7-200CPU 215

SIMATIC S7-300CP 342-5CP 343-5CPU 313CPU 314CPU 315CPU 316CPU 315-2 DP

SIMATIC S7-400CP 443-5 BasicCP 443-5 ExtendedIM 467CPU 413-2 DPCPU 414-2 DP

PC modulesCP 5412® (A2)CP 5511CP 5611CP 5613CP 5614

SIMATIC DPET 200M, IM 153ET 200U, IM 318-CET 200 BET 200LET 200 XET 200 S

SIMATIC 505SIMATIC 505 FIMSIMATIC 505PROFIBUS-DP RBC

MiscellaneousRS 485 repeaterDP/AS-Interface link 20 DP/RS 232 Link

–

–––


RS 485 bus terminal for PROFIBUSTransfer rate 9.6 Kbit/s to1500 Kbit/s with connecting cable3.0 m in length 6GK1 500-0AB00

RS 485 bus terminal for PROFIBUS with fitted PG interface and connectingcable 1.5 m in length

6GK1 500-0DA00

PROFIBUS Bus Terminal 12M Bus terminal for connecting PROFIBUS nodes up to 12 Mbit/swith connecting cable 1.5 m in length

6GK1 500-0AA10




6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0


Electrical Networks

3

Network componentsActive RS 485 bus terminating element for

PROFIBUS

Overview • For terminating bus segments for transfer rates of 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s

• Power supply independent of bus stations.

Application The active RS 485 terminating resistor terminates bus segments. Power supply is independent of the stations.

The terminating resistor is supplied with power sepa-rately from the other I/O components, either perma-nently or with a voltage applied ahead of the I/Os.

By terminating the bus system the stations (e.g. ET 200M/S) can be coupled and decou-pled selectively without malfunctions.

Design 1 terminal block for the segment connection

Terminal block for supply voltage (24 V DC external).

Functions The active RS 485 terminating element terminates the PROFIBUS and therefore en-sures a defined level of the RS 485 signal and suppres-sion of reflections on the line.

Since it is operated indepen-dently of the field devices, they can be decoupled from the bus without reactions.

Designed for Industry Separate power supply makes bus terminator inde-pendent of data terminal equipment.


Data transfer rate 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s

Interfaces Connection for bus segment Connection for power supply

Screw terminal blockScrew terminal block

Supply voltage Rated voltage DC 24 V (20.4 V to 28.8 V)

Current consumption Approx. 30 mA

Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity max.

0 °C to +60 °C–40 °C to +70 °C95% at +25 °C

Design Dimensions (W ×=H ×=D) in mm/in Weight approx.

60 ×=70 ×=4395 g

Degree of protection IP 20


Active RS 485 terminating element for PROFIBUSFor terminating bus segments for transfer rates of 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s

6ES7 972-0DA00-0AA0


Electrical Networks

3

Network componentsRS 485 repeater for PROFIBUS

Overview • Automatic transfer rate search

• Data transfer rate of 45.45 Kbit/s possible

• 24 V DC voltage display

• Display bus activity segment 1 and 2

• Isolation of segment 1 and 2 possible by a switch

• Isolation of the right segment part when terminating resis-tor is inserted

• Decoupling of segment 1 and segment 2 in the event of static interference.

Application The RS 485 repeater connects two PROFIBUS or MPI bus segments in RS 485 technique with a max. 32 stations, includingrepeaters.

It allows transfer rates of 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s (including 45.45 kbit/s for PROFIBUS-PA).

Design Housing with IP 20 protec-tion

2 terminal blocks for connecting the segment

24 V DC voltage display Terminal block for power

supply (24 V DC external)

PG/OP interface.

Functions Increasing the number of stations (max.127) and the expansion

Regenerating the signals in amplitude and time

Electrical isolation of the connected bus systems

Data transfer rate Max. segment length

9.6 Kbit/s19.2 Kbit/s

45,45 Kbit/s93.75 Kbit/s187.5 Kbit/s

500 Kbit/s1500 Kbit/s3000 Kbit/s6000 Kbit/s

12000 Kbit/s

1000 m1000 m1000 m1000 m1000 m400 m200 m100 m100 m100 m

Designed for Industry To increase the number of stations and the expansion

Galvanic isolation of segments

Startup aids– Switch for disconnecting

segments– Display of bus activity– Isolation of a segment

with incorrectly inserted terminating resistor.


Electrical Networks

3

Network componentsRS 485 repeater for PROFIBUS



Interfaces Connection for bus segment Connection for power supply

2 terminal blocksTerminal block

Supply voltage Rated voltage DC 24 V (20.4 V to 28.8 V)

Current consumption at rated voltage without consumers connected to

PG/OP socket with consumers connected to

PG/OP socket (5 V/90 mA) with consumers connected to

PG/OP socket (24 V/90 mA)

200 mA

230 mA

300 mA


0 °C to +60 °C–40 °C to +70 °C95% at +25 °C


45 ×=128 ×=67350 g



RS 485 Repeater for PROFIBUSTransmission rateup to max. 12 Mbit/s24 V DC housing to IP 20

6ES7 972-0AA01-0XA0


Electrical Networks

3

Network componentsDP/DP coupler for PROFIBUS-DP

Overview • Used to connect two PROFIBUS-DP networks.

• Data is exchanged between the two DP networks by means of internal copying within the coupler.

Application The PROFIBUS-DP/DP coupler is used for the inter-connection of two PROFIBUS-DP networks. Byte data (0–244 Byte) are transferred from the DP master of the first network to the DP master of another network and vice versa.

The principle corresponds to the hardware wiring of inputs and outputs used today. The coupler has two independent DP interfaces with which the two DP networks are connected.

The DP/DP transceiver is a slave on each DP network. Data is exchanged between the two DP networks by means of internal copying within the coupler.

Design The DP/DP transceiver is in a compact 40 mm housing intended for DIN rail mount-ing. The couplers can be mounted alongside each other without any gaps, preferably in the vertical position.

Connection of the coupler to the PROFIBUS-DP networks is via an integral 9-pin sub D connector.

Functions The DP/DP coupler continu-ously copies data output from one network to the input of the other network in both direc-tions.

Parameterization The PROFIBUS-DP addresses are set via two DIP switches on the top of the unit.

Configuration is performed via the GSD (device data) file using the configuration tool of the connected PROFIBUS-DP master.

The data length is also set using this configuration tool.


Electrical Networks

3

Network componentsDP/DP coupler for PROFIBUS-DP

Note:The manual is available free of charge in the Internet.

Further details on SIMATIC distributed I/O and customer support are available in the Internet.

http://www.ad.siemens.de/simatic-dp

Designed for Industry Time and cost savings since time-consuming wiring no longer required.


PROFIBUS transfer rate max. 12 Mbit/s

Interfaces PROFIBUS-DP 9-pin Sub-D female connector

Supply voltage 24 V DC

Current input typ. 170 mA (100 to 250 mA)

Mounting Upright (DIP switches above)


0 °C to +55 °C–20 °C to +80 °C95% at +25 °C


40 × 110 ×=70500 g



DP/DP coupler For connecting two PROFIBUS-DP net-works; including documentation and GSD file on 3½″ diskette

6ES7 158-0AD00-0XA0


Electrical Networks

3

Network componentsDP/RS 232C link for PROFIBUS-DP

Note:The manual is available free of charge in the Internet.

Further details on SIMATIC distributed I/O and customer support are available in the Internet.

http://www.ad.siemens.de/simatic-dp

Overview • Converter between anRS 232C (V.24) interface and PROFIBUS-DP

• The DP/RS 232C link supports the following procedures:– 3964 R– Data traffic with start and

end characters– Character delay mode– Data traffic with fixed-

length messages

• Devices with an RS 232C interface can be directly connected to PROFIBUS-DP with the DP/RS 232C link.

Application The DP/RS 232C link imple-ments the conversion between an RS 232C (V.24) interface and PROFIBUS-DP.

Devices with an RS 232C interface can be directly connected to PROFIBUS-DP with the DP/RS 232C link.

Design Compact 70 mm housing for DIN rail mounting; preferably mounted vertically, side by side without gaps.

9-pin Sub-D female connector for connecting to PROFIBUS-DP.

Functions PROFIBUS-DP/RS 232C link is connected to the device via a point-to-point connection.

Conversion to the PROFIBUS-DP protocol takes place in the PROFIBUS-DP/RS 232C link.

The data is transferred consis-tently in both directions. Up to 224 bytes of useful data can be transferred per message.

Parameterization The PROFIBUS-DP address can be set with two rotary switches on the front panel.

Configuration is performed via the GSD file with the configu-ration tool of the connected device.


PROFIBUS transmission rate max. 12 Mbits/s

Data transfer rates max.via RS 232C

19 200 bit/s, no, even or odd parity, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit

Interfaces PROFIBUS-DP RS 232C

9-pin Sub-D female connector9-pin sub D male connector


Current consumption 300 mA


0 °C to +55 °C–40 °C to +70 °C95% at +25 °C


70 ×=95 ×=80300 g



PROFIBUS-DP/RS 232C link For coupling RS 232C devices to PROFIBUS-DP,including GSD file and documentation file

6ES7 158-0AA01-0XA0


Electrical Networks

3

Network componentsHardware Test Device BT 200 for PROFIBUS-DP

Overview • Used to check bus cables, RS 485 interfaces and the accessibility of slaves

• Compact and very easy to operate

• Choice of 6 languages

• For installers, start-up engi-neers and service personnel

• Optional logging kits available for compiling acceptance reports/documentation

Application During installation, the BT 200 test unit can be used to check the PROFIBUS cable. Wiring can also be checked with stations plugged. Installation errors can be detected quickly and without any effort; no special knowledge of PROFIBUS is required.

Even before the plant is commissioned it is possible to test the RS 485 interface of the PROFIBUS-DP-slaves and masters with the BT 200. The listing of obtainable slaves on the wired up bus is also possi-ble, and this without a master on the PROFIBUS-DP.

Single bus segments can be function tested in advance like this which reduces commis-sioning times. In case of faults, the latter two test func-tions are useful in localizing the fault and so minimizing plant down times.

Functions Checking the PROFIBUS cable: Cable break/interruption in

the shield Short-circuiting among lines

or line and shield Determining the location of

fault in case of breakage/shorting of data lines

Detecting reflections that may cause a fault

Line change Determining the length of

the installed cableChecking slave obtainability: Listing of obtainable slaves

Specific addressing of indi-vidual slaves

Checking the RS 485 inter-face of slaves/masters: RS 485 driver Power supply for line

termination RTS signal.

Designed for Industry Minimizing errors during installation and commis-sioning

Shorter service and plant standstill times


Electrical Networks

3

Network componentsHardware Test Device BT 200 for PROFIBUS-DP



Interface: PROFIBUS-DP 9-pin Sub-D female connector

Supply voltage Via built-in NC battery

Languages German, English, French, Spanish, Italian, Portuguese (adjustable)


+5 °C to +45 °C–20 °C to +60 °C95%


210 ×=100 ×=55350 g



HW Test Device BT 200 With point-to-point cable for station testing, with test connector for wiring test,without charging unit,with operating instructionsGerman/English/French

6ES7 181-0AA01-0AA0

Charging unit for the rechargeable batteries:

ChargersAC 230 V/DC 2.4–10 VAC 110 V/DC 2.4–10 V

6ES7 193-8LA00-0AA06ES7 193-8LB00-0AA0

Logging Kit BT 200Consisting of data transfer cable BT 200/PC and log-ging software for PC (Win 95/98/NT);German/English/French

6ES7 193-8MA00-0AA0

Test connectorSpare part

6EP8 106-0AC20

NiCd battery packSpare part

6EP8 106-0HA01

Point-to-point cablefor station testSpare part

6EP8 106-0HC01


Electrical Networks

3

Network componentsSpliTConnect ® for field bus systems

according to IEC 61158-2, e.g. PROFIBUS-PA

Overview • Used for configuring field bus segments according to IEC 61158-2 (e.g. PROFI-BUS-PA) with field device connecting points

• Simple mounting of LAN cable by the FastConnect connecting system (FastConnect Stripping Tool, FC Process Cable accord-ing to IEC 61158-2)

• Terminals connectable by FC Process Cable or SpliTConnect M12 Outlet

• Terminating resistorcombination can be integrated (SpliTConnect Terminator)

Application The SpliTConnect Tap enables configuration of field bus segments according to IEC 61158-2 (e.g. PROFIBUS-PA) with terminal connecting points.

The SpliTConnect coupler can be used to construct a PROFIBUS-PA hub by connecting SpliTConnect taps in series.

By replacing the contacting screw with the SpliTConnect Terminator, the SpliTCon-nect Tap can be used as a bus terminating element.

Design Rugged plastic housing made from PBTP in IP 67 design

Full shielding by integrated metal housing

Easy cable connection by use of FC Process Cable

Contacting and connection of the FC Process Cable by insulation displacement contacts by means of contacting screw

The SpliTConnect taps can be grounded via a contacting screw

For DIN rail mounting or wall mounting.

SpliTConnectTerminator

SpliTConnectM12 Outlet

SpliTConnectCoupler

Functions The SpliTConnect Tap enables configuration of field bus segments according to IEC 61158-2 (e.g. PROFIBUS-PA) and connection of terminals

Easy pre-assembly of the SpliTConnect Taps by the FastConnect connection system (FastConnect Stripping Tool, FC Process Cable)

Connection of the terminals directly via FC Process Cable or SpliTConnect M12 Outlet.


Electrical Networks

3

Network componentsSpliTConnect for field bus systemsaccording to IEC 61158-2, e.g. PROFIBUS-PA

Procedure

Strip end of cable with FastConnect

Fit heavy-gauge threaded joint to end of cable with seal, shield contact and strand holder

Insert prepared cable end into SpliTConnect tap and fix it by tight-ening the heavy-gauge threaded joint

Insert blade contacts into SpliTConnect tap

By screwing down the blade contacts, contact is made with the cable end

Designed for Industry Easy terminal connection by use of the FastConnect connection system

Wide range of applications due to the modular SpliTConnect system


Data transfer rate 31.25 kbit/s

Type of connection Insulation displacement method

Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature

–40 °C to +50 °C–40 °C to +85 °C

Implementation in area subject to explosion hazards

EEx ia IIC IIB T6


84 ×=54 ×=49170 g



SpliTConnect Tap For assembling PROFIBUS-PA seg-ments and connecting PA field devices, insulation displacement method, IP 67Type of delivery: 10 pcs. = 1 packet

6GK1 905-0AA00

SpliTConnect M12 Outlet Element for direct connection of PROFIBUS-PA field devices to the SpliTConnect Tap via M12 connectionType of delivery: 1 pack = 5 pieces

6GK1 905-0AB00

SpliTConnect Coupler Coupling element for connecting SpliTConnect taps in series to configure star pointsType of delivery: 10 pcs. = 1 packet

6GK1 905-0AC00

SpliTConnect Terminator (Ex) For terminating PROFIBUS-PA seg-ments, can be used in the Ex areaType of delivery: 1 pack = 5 pieces

6GK1 905-0AD00

SpliTConnect Terminator (Non-Ex)For terminating PROFIBUS-PA seg-ments, use in Ex areanot possibleType of delivery: 1 pack = 5 pieces

6GK1 905-0AE00


Electrical Networks

3

Network componentsBus cables for field bus systems

according to IEC 61158-2, e.g. PROFIBUS-PA

Overview • Bus cable for field bus systems according to IEC 61158-2, e.g. PROFIBUS-PA

• High immunity to interfer-ence due to double shield-ing.

• Different versions for differ-ent applications (suitable for hazardous areas, not suit-able for hazardous areas)

• Length can easily be deter-mined due to meter length markings printed on the cable

Application Color coded wires are offered for assembling field bus networks according to IEC 61158-2 (e.g. PROFIBUS-PA) for different applications.

Design Shielded, twisted-pair cable with circular cross-section.

Grounding continuity may be implemented via the outer shield of the bus cable and the ground terminals of the SpliTConnect System

Meter length markings are printed on the cable.

Cable types FC Process Cable:Special bus cable according to IEC 61158-2 for use in potentially explosive (Ex) areas and in non potentially explosive (Non-Ex) areas.

The connection between the bus segments with RS 485 and IEC 61158-2 transmis-sion method is made by the segment transceiver/link.

Installation hints FastConnectThe FastConnect stripping tool can be used to strip the casing and shield of the FC process cable for PROFIBUS-PA to the correct lengths.

The use of the FastConnect Stripping Tool and the SpliTConnect Taps enables easy field device connection, e.g. to the PROFIBUS-PA bus system.

Cable installationKeep the LAN cable sealed with a shrink-on cap at each end during storage, transpor-tation and installation.Do not exceed bending radii and tensile stress!

Designed for Industry Length can easily be deter-mined due to meter length markings printed on the cable

Complete range of cables for hazardous and non-hazardous areas.


Electrical Networks

3

Network componentsBus cables for field bus systemsaccording to IEC 61158-2, e.g. PROFIBUS-PA

1) Electrical characteristics at 20 °C, tested according to DIN 47 250 Part 4 or DIN VDE 0472/FISCO

2) Transfer rate 31.25 kbit/s.

Note:Additional components for the SIMATIC NET cable range can be ordered fromyour local contact. For technical support, please contact:J. Hertlein, A&D SE V22Tel.: +49-911/750 44 65Fax: +49-911/750 99 91E-mail: [email protected].


Cable type 1) FC process cable 2)

Attenuation at 38.4 kHz ≤=3 dB/km

Inductance 0.7 mH/km

Impedance at 38.4 kHz 100 ± 20 Ω

Rated value 100 Ω

Loop resistance ≤=44 Ω/km

Effective capacitance at 1 kHz Approx. 90 nF/km

Operating voltage (rms value) ≤=100 V


02Y SY CY1 ×= 2 ×= 1.0/2.55-100 BL OE FR


PVC8.0 ± 0.4 mmblue or black




≥ 60 mm≥ 120 mm

Permissible tensile force 100 N

Weight 101 kg/km

Free from halogens No

Behavior in fire Flame-retardant acc. to VDE 0472T804B test type

UL listing yes


conditionally resistant

UV resistance yes


PROFIBUS FC Process CableTwo-wire, shielded blue for Ex-applications black for Non-Ex applications Cut to length:max. consignment 1000 m,minimum order 20 m

6XV1 830-5EH106XV1 830-5FH10

PROFIBUS FastConnect Stripping ToolStripping tool for rapid stripping of insulation from PROFIBUS FastConnect bus cables

6GK1 905-6AA00

PROFIBUS FastConnect Blade CassettesSpare blade cassettes for thePROFIBUS FastConnect stripping tool, 5 pieces

6GK1 905-6AB00




6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0


Electrical Networks

3

Network componentsDP/PA coupler and DP/PA link for PROFIBUS-PA

Overview • Implements the transition between PROFIBUS-DP and PROFIBUS-PA.

• Modular expansion

• Ex version available

• Non-Ex version available

Design Modular design (DP/PA coupler and DP/PA link) in S7-300 design, with swivel-mounting onto a flat rail with screw fixing.The HOT SWAPPING function is possible with the high profile rail and the backplane modules BM 157 and BM DP/PA. The DP/PA coupler can be extended to become a DP/PA link.

DP/PA coupler Housing with IP 20 protec-

tion Two versions of the DP/PA

coupler:Non-hazardous area (non-Ex) version with up to 400 mA output current for the PA cable;Hazardous-area (Ex) version with up to 90 mA output current. The PA cable of the Ex version can be used in the hazardous area. The DP/PA coupler itself must be installed outside the Ex area.

The total installation depth is max.130 mm, the height 125 mm. The width of the DP/PA coupler is 80 mm.

4-pin screw terminal for connection of 24 V DC

9-pin Sub-D female connector for connecting to PROFIBUS-DP

Non-intrinsically safe version:4 screw-type terminals for connection to PROFIBUS-PA

Intrinsically safe version:2 screw-type terminals for connection to PROFIBUS-PA

The DP/PA coupler (Ex version) is always at the end of the PA cable. The terminating resistor inte-grated in the housing is always active. The DP/PA coupler (non-Ex version) has a terminating resistor which can be activated as required. This means that the PA cable can be looped through.In both versions, the shield connection of the PA cable also serves as a strain relief.

DP/PA link The DP/PA link is formed by

the IM 157 interface module and one or more DP/PA couplers (hazardous or non-hazardous area versions). All components of the DP/PA link are interconnected via S7 backplane bus connec-tors.

Ex and non-Ex versions of the DP/PA link are also possible by combining the IM 157 with Ex or non-Ex versions of the DP/PA coupler.

This modular system can be expanded to up to 5 PA lines.

The total depth is a max.130 mm, the height 125 mm. The width of the IM 157 is 80 mm. The total width of the DP/PA link depends on the number of DP/PA couplers used.

Connection to PROFIBUS-DP only at the IM 157 by 9-pin Sub-D female connector. The PROFIBUS-DP inter-faces of the DP/PA couplers used in the DP/PA link have no function.

Redundancy mode possible on the S7-400 M.


Electrical Networks

3


Possible applications The use of the DP/PA coupler and DP/PA link is governed by the control system in use and by the project scope (number of field devices per PLC or automation system).

DP/PA couplerThe DP/PA coupler is used with small project scopes and low time-related require-ments.When the DP/PA coupler is implemented, the data trans-fer rate on PROFIBUS-DP is limited to 45.45 Kbit/s. The scope is either determined by the no. of maximum address-able slaves (field devices) or the maximum cycle time.

When the DP/PA coupler is used, the field devices are directly addressed by the automation system or programmable controller; the DP/PA coupler is transpar-ent. Configuration is not necessary. It is recommended for extending existing installa-tions which are based on SIMATIC S5.

DP/PA linkThe DP/PA link is used with large project scopes and high time-related requirements.The DP/PA link works as a slave on the PROFIBUS-DP and as a master on the PROFIBUS-PA. The program-mable controller or automa-tion system addresses the field devices via the DP/PA link in the manner of a modu-lar slave whose modules are the PA devices.

Configuration of the DP/PA link is easy using the STEP 7 configuration software (from V4.02 upwards).The DP/PA link can be operated on standard PROFIBUS-DP masters.The GSD file required for operation on standard PROFIBUS-DP masters is available in the Internet.

http://www.ad.siemens.de/simatic-cs

Functions DP/PA coupler Conversion of the data

format from asynchronous(11 bits/ character) to synchronous (8 bits/char-acter) and conversion of the transmission rate.

Powering of field devices Limiting of the supply

current by barriers. In the Ex version, the supply

current is limited to 90 mA, with the non-Ex version to 400 mA.

The number of connectable slaves or field devices is limited by the power consumption of the field devices.

DP/PA linkUse of the DP/PA link allows subordinate PA lines with short cycle times to be set up.Transmission of this data to the control system is made via PROFIBUS-DP with up to 12 Mbit/s without any signifi-cant loss of time.The DP/PA link is a gateway which interconnects PROFI-BUS-DP and PROFIBUS-PA, but decouples the transmis-sion rate. It is a slave on the PROFIBUS-DP and a master on the PROFIBUS-PA. The PLC addresses the field devices indirectly via the DP/PA link.The automation system regards the DP/PA link as a modular slave.The individual submodules of this slave are the field devices which are connected to the subordinate PA lines.

The DP/PA link can consist of: IM 157 and up to

5 DP/PA-couplers.Together, the PA lines of a DP/PA link form a logical bus. The total number of all field devices on one DP/PA link is restricted to 31.

RedundancyRedundancy mode is possi-ble with the S7-400 M. For this purpose two IM 157 are plugged in. The hot-swappa-ble function is made possible by the backplane bus modules BM 157 and BM DP/PA and the sectional rail for active bus modules.

Designed for Industry System-wide integration due to direct connection of the PA field devices to PROFIBUS-DP


Electrical Networks

3



DP/PA couplerInterfaces Connection for PROFIBUS-PA

– Intrinsically safe version (Ex)

– Non-intrinsically safe version (non-Ex)

Connection for PROFIBUS-DP

Backplane bus

2-pin screw-type terminal integrated terminating resistor output current in the range of90 mA4-pin screw-type terminalswitchable terminating resistoroutput current <400 mA9-pin Sub-D male connector, contact assignment as describedin IEC 61158/EN 50170 Connection by S7 bus backplane connector (only necessary for PA-Link); non-isolated

Displays Bus activity DP (yellow)Bus activity PA (yellow)

Supply voltage 24 V DC (green)24 V DC

Current consumption Ex version max. Non-Ex versionmax.

700 mA1 A

Mains buffering

Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature

– Ex version max.– Non-Ex version max.

0 °C to +60 °C–25 °C to +60 °C, horizontal mounting position (vertical mounting position not per-missible)

Design Dimensions (W ×=H ×=D) in mm/in 80 ×=125 ×=130

IM 157Function Bus coupling of PROFIBUS-DP

(9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s, slave func-tionality) and PROFIBUS-PA. The DP/PA link function is only imple-mented by extending the IM 157 with one or more DP/PA couplers. Stand-alone operation of the IM 157 is not possible. Up to 5 DP/PA couplers can be connected

Interfaces Connection for PROFIBUS-DP

Backplane bus

9-pin Sub-D male connector,contact assignment(IEC 61158/EN 50170, Vol.2)Isolated using S7-backplane bus connector

Displays SF (red)BF DP (red)BF PA (red)24 V DC (red)


Current consumption max. 250 mA

Mains buffering ≥=20 ms

Mechanical design 4-pin screw terminal, short-circuit-ing link between PE and M24, for earth-free operation the short-cir-cuiting link must be removed (independent of this, the DP inter-face is always earth-free)

Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature 0 °C to +60 °C

Design Dimensions (W ×=H ×=D) in mm/in 40 ×=125 ×=130

Configuration STEP 7 from Version 4.02


DP/PA couplerFor conversion of the transmission method from RS 485 to IEC 1158-2 Intrinsically safe version (Ex) Non-intrinsically safe version

(non-Ex)

6ES7 157-0AD00-0XA06ES7 157-0AC80-0XA0

IM 157 Interface module for DP/PA link

6ES7 157-0AA81-0XA0

Manualfor DP/PA coupler/link German English French

6ES7 157-0AA00-8AA06ES7 157-0AA00-8BA06ES7 157-0AA00-8CA0

Order No.

Component for hot standby configuration

Active bus modules BM IM 157

for 2 modules IM 157,for extended temperature range,for "hot-swappable in normal opera-tion" function

BM DP/PA for 1 DP/PA coupler,for extended temperature range,for "hot-swappable in normal opera-tion" function

6ES7 195-7HE80-0XA0

6ES7 195-7HF80-0XA0

DIN rail for activebus modulesfor max. 6 active bus modules,for "hot-swappable" function Length 482 mm (19 inch) Length 530 mm Length 620 mm

6ES7 195-1GA00-0XA06ES7 195-1GF30-0XA06ES7 195-1GG30-0XA0


Optical Networks

3

Network componentsFiber-optics cable for PROFIBUS

Overview • Optical signal transmission

• No radiation along the cable

• No interference by external contaminating fields

• No grounding problems

• Electrical isolation.

• Low weight.

• Simple installation.

Fig. 3/26 Construction of a fiber cable

Coating Sheath Fiber core

250 µmØ 62.5 125

Application A fiber optic cable serves to transmit signals by means of electromagnetic waves in the region of optical frequencies. Light is also guided in the conductor by total reflection at the transition from core to fiber sheath, which exhibits a

lower refractive index than that of the core. The fiber optic cable has a protective outer coating. Fiber optic cable is often found in its abbreviated form FOC.

The Optical PROFIBUS network is constructed with fiber cables.

Sheath materials Fiber-optic cables for PROFI-BUS are available with plastic, PCF or glass fibers: Glass FO

Duplex cables for Optical PROFIBUS networks for indoor and outdoor applica-tions

Plastic fiber-optic cable, Duplex or standard cable for indoor applications with cable lengths of up to 80 m

PCF FOStandard cable for applica-tions indoors with cable lengths up to 400 m

DESINA Hybrid Cablefor DESINA-conform devices.

Fig. 3/27 General properties of sheath materials for cables

Assessment:very good/good: suitablemoderate: suitable depending on application conditionspoor: not suitable

Material Polyethylene Polyvinyl-chloride

Polyure-thane

High polymer(flame-retardantnon-corrosive)

Abbreviation PE PVC PUR FRNCOlefin/EVA

FRNCPUR

Symbol 2Y Y 11Y H 11Y

Operating temper-ature range (°C)

–40 to +70 –20 to +70 –50 to +80 –25 to +90 –40 to +80

Free from halogens

yes No No yes yes

Behavior in fire flammable self-extinguishing

self-extinguishing

self-extinguishing

self-extinguishing

Oxygen indexLOI (%)

17 21–32 30 36 26

Fume gas density good poor poor good moderate

Resistance to: UV radiation

Oil (ASTM No. oil 2)

Water

moderateto good

good

good

moderate

moderate

good

moderateto good

good

moderate

moderate

poor

good

moderateto good

good

good

Abrasion resistance

good moderate very good good good

Mechanical strength

good moderate good good good

Chemical resistance

moderateto good

poor moderate moderate moderate


Optical Networks / OLM

3

Network componentsGlass FO cable (duplex cable) for PROFIBUS

Overview • For use with Optical PROFIBUS

• Rugged design for industrial indoor and outdoor applica-tions

• Halogen-free version for use in buildings

• Trailing cable for special application in forced move-ment

• High immunity to interfer-ence because of insensitivi-ty to electromagnetic fields

• Available precut/preassem-bled

Outer sheath

Kevlar strands

Support elements

Glass fiber

Wire sheath

FOCFOC ss tandardtandard cable cable

G_I

K10_

deP0

024s

Application Fiber Optic standard cableFiber optic cable for the following indoor and outdoor applications: For installation above

ground For installation in buildingsAvailable in fixed lengths, preassembled with 4 BFOC connectors.

INDOOR Fiber Optic indoorcableHalogen-free, tread-resistant and flame-retardant FO cable for use in buildings (for exam-ple, in factory halls and build-ing automation). Available in fixed lengths, preassembled with 4 BFOC connectors.

Flexible Fiber Optic TrailingCableFIber optic cable for special application in forced move-ment guidance, e.g. continu-ously moving machine parts (track chain application) indoors and outdoors.Available in fixed lengths, preassembled with 4 BFOC connectors.

SIENOPYRShipboard duplex FOCHalogen-free, tread-resistant, flame retardant shipboard approved fiber optic cable for laying onboard ships and offshore installations in rooms and on open deck.Available cut to length.

Designed for Industry Simple installation, due to – Availability of preassem-

bled cables– Absence of grounding

problems and– Light weight of FO cables

Bugproof since cable does not emit signals



3


1) Max. reversible change of attenuation 0.3 dB2) Max. reversible change of attenuation 0.1 dB


Cable type Fiber Opticstandard cable

INDOOR Fiber Opticindoor cable

Applications Universal cable for indoor and outdoor use

Tread-resistant, halogen-free, flame-retardant cable for indoor use

Form supplied Preassembled with 4 BFOC connectors Preassembled with 4 BFOC connectors


AT-VYY 2G62.5/1253.1B200+0.8F600 F

I-VHH 2G62.5/1253.2B200+0.9F600 F TB2 OR FRNC

Fiber type Multimode graded-index fiber62.5/125 mm

Multimode graded-index fiber62.5/125 mm

Attenuation at < 850 nmAttenuation at 1300 nm

≤=3.1 dB/km≤=0.8 dB/km

≤=3.5 dB/km≤=1.0 dB/km

Modal bandwidth at < 850 nmModal bandwidth at 1300 nm

≥=200 MHz *km≥=600 MHz *km

≥=200 MHz *km≥=500 MHz *km

Number of fibers 2 2

Cable construction Splittable outdoor cable Splittable indoor cable

Core type Compact conductor Solid core

Materials Basic element Strain relief

Outer sheath/cable color

PVC, grayKevlar fibers and impregnated glass fibersPVC, black

Copolymer, gray (FRNC)Aramid fibers

Copolymer, bright orange (FRNC)

Mechanical characteristics Dimensions of basic element Cable dimensions

Cable weight Permissible tensile load

Bending radius

Transverse compressive strength

Impact resistance (initial energy/no./hammer wheel Ø)

(3.5 ± 0.2) mm Ø(6.3 × 9.8) ± 0.4 mm

Approx. 65 kg/km≤=500 N (short time)

≥=100 mmover flat side only

–

–

(2.9 ± 0.1) mm Ø(3.9 × 6.6) ± 0.2 mm

Approx. 27 kg/km≤=800 N (short time)

≥=50 mm (during laying)≥=30 mm (in operation)over flat side only10,000 N/10 cm (short time)1)

2,000 N/10 cm (continuous)2)

1.5 Nm/20 impacts/12.5 mm

Perm. ambient conditions Laying and installation temperature Operating temperature Storage temperature



Behavior in fire Flame resistant acc. to IEC 332-3 and acc. to DIN VDE 0472 Part 804, Test Type C

Flame resistant acc. to IEC 332-1 and acc. to DIN VDE 0472 Part 804, Test Type B

Free from halogens No Yes



3


1) for unloaded copper conductors2) for maximum loaded copper conductors (6 A)


Cable type Flexible Fiber Optictrailing cable

SIENOPYRshipboard duplex fiber optic cable

Application Flexible cable for indoor and outdoor trailing cable applications

Fixed laying onboard ships and offshore installationsin all rooms and on open deck;marine engineering approved

Form supplied Preassembled with 4 BFOC connectors Cut to length:


AT-W11Y (ZN) 11Y 2G62.5/1253.1B200+0.8F600 F

MI-VHH 2G 62,5/1253.1B200 + 0,8F600 + 2 x 1CU 300 V

Fiber type Multimode graded-index fiber62.5/125 mm

Multimode graded-index fiber62.5/125 mm

Attenuation at < 850 nmAttenuation at 1300 nm

≤=3.1 dB/km≤=0.8 dB/km

≤=3.1 dB/km≤=0.8 dB/km

Modal bandwidth at < 850 nmModal bandwidth at 1300 nm

≥=200 MHz *km≥=600 MHz *km

≥=200 MHz *km≥=600 MHz *km


Cable construction Splittable outdoor cable Splittable outdoor cable

Core type Hollow core, filled Tight buffered fiber

Materials Basic element Strain relief

Outer sheath/cable color

PUR, blackAramid fibers,also GRP central elementPUR, black

PolyolefinAramid fibers

SHF1 mixture, black

Mechanical characteristics Dimensions of basic element Cable dimensions

Cable weight Permissible tensile load

Bending radius

(3.5 ± 0.2) mm Ø13.4 ± 0.4 mm(outer diameter)Approx. 135 kg/km≤=2000 N (short time)≤=1000 N (continuous)≥=150 mmmin. 100,000 bending cycles

(2.9 ± 0.2) mm Ø13.3 ± 0,5 mm

Approx. 220 kg/km≤=500 N (short time)≤=250 N (continuous)133 mm (single)266 mm (multiple)

Perm. ambient conditions Laying and installation temperature Operating temperature

Storage temperature

–5 ºC to +50 ºC–30 ºC to +60 ºC

–30 ºC to +70 ºC

–10 ºC to +50 ºC–40 ºC to +80 ºC 1)

–40 ºC to +70 ºC 2)

–40 ºC to +80 ºC

Behavior in fire – Flame-retardant to IEC 332-3and DIN VDE 0472 Part 804,Test Type C

Free from halogens no yes

UL-license no no



3


1) Special FO cables, lengths and accessories are available on request



FIBER OPTIC CABLEstandard cable, splittablePreassembled with 4 BFOC connectors

Preferred lengths 1)

1 m 2 m 3 m 5 m

10 m 15 m 20 m 30 m 40 m 50 m 60 m 75 m

100 m 120 m 150 m 200 m 250 m 300 m

6XV1 820-5BH106XV1 820-5BH206XV1 820-5BH306XV1 820-5BH506XV1 820-5BN106XV1 820-5BN156XV1 820-5BN206XV1 820-5BN306XV1 820-5BN406XV1 820-5BN506XV1 820-5BN606XV1 820-5BN756XV1 820-5BT106XV1 820-5BT126XV1 820-5BT156XV1 820-5BT206XV1 820-5BT256XV1 820-5BT30

INDOOR FIBER OPTIC CABLEfor indoors, splittablePreassembled with 4 BFOC connectors


0,5 m 1 m 2 m 3 m 5 m

10 m 15 m 20 m 25 m 50 m 75 m

100 m

6XV1 820-7BH056XV1 820-7BH106XV1 820-7BH206XV1 820-7BH306XV1 820-7BH506XV1 820-7BN106XV1 820-7BN156XV1 820-7BN206XV1 820-7BN256XV1 820-7BN506XV1 820-7BN756XV1 820-7BT10

SIENOPYR shipboard duplexfiber optic cableFOC for laying onboard ships and offshore installationsby the metermax. consignment 1000 m

6XV1 830-0NH10

Order No.

FLEXIBLE FIBER OPTIC CABLEtrailing cable, splittablePreassembled with 4 BFOC connectors


1 m 2 m 3 m 5 m

10 m 15 m 20 m 30 m 50 m 75 m

100 m

6XV1 820-6BH106XV1 820-6BH206XV1 820-6BH306XV1 820-6BH506XV1 820-6BN106XV1 820-6BN156XV1 820-6BN206XV1 820-6BN306XV1 820-6BN506XV1 820-6BN756XV1 820-6BT10

BFOC connector set For FIBER OPTIC CABLE,standard, trailing cable, inner conductor and SIENOPYR shipboard duplexfiber optic cable 20 pieces

6GK1 901-0DA20-0AA0




6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0



3

Network componentsPlastic and PCF FO cable for PROFIBUS

Overview • Electrical isolation of PROFIBUS devices and PROFIBUS segments

• Protection of transmission line against electromagnetic interference

• Cable lengths of up to 80 m with plastic fiber-optic cables and up to 400 m with PCF fiber-optic cables

• Rugged standard fiber-optic cables designed for industri-al applications

Application SIMATIC NET plastic and PCF fiber optic cables are used in conjunction with OLM/P11 and OLM/P12 for assembling Optical PROFIBUS networks or for optical connection of segments in RS 485 tech-nique indoors.

Plastic fiber-optic cables can be assembled on-site with 2 × 2 BFOC plugs. The maxi-mum cable length between two OLM/P11 or OLM/P12 is 80 m.Longer cable lengths of up to 400 m can be implemented using PCF fiber-optic cables. These cables are available preassembled with 4 BFOC plugs.

They are supplied with an insertion aid fitted to one end which allows the cable to be easily inserted into cable conduits for example.

Design Different versions of plastic and one PCF FOC are avail-able: Plastic FO cable, duplex-

coreFlat duplex core with PVC inner casing and without outer casing for indoor appli-cations with low mechanical stress such as laboratory installations or in cabinets.Cable lengths up to 50 m.

Plastic FOC,standard cableRugged round cable with violet PVC outer casing and kevlar strain elements as well as two plastic fibers with a rugged polyamide inner casing. For indoor applica-tions with cable lengths of up to 80 m.

PCF FO cable, 1)

standard cableRugged round cable with violet PVC outer casing and kevlar strain elements for indoor applications with cable lengths up to 400 m.

1) Polymer Cladded Fiber, also known as HCS® fiber-optic cable.HCS® is a registered trademark of Spectran Specialty Optics

Designed for Industry Plastic fiber-optic cables can be assembled on-site

An insertion tool for PCF-FOC enables easy pulling in of the cables, e.g. in cable conduits

Time savings during commissioning due to preassembled cables

Protection of transmission line against electromagnetic interference

Secure against unautho-rized listening due to lack of radiation from the cable



3



Cable type PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Opticduplex core

PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Opticstandard cable

Core cross-section

Application Indoor applications with low mechanical loading such as laboratory setups or within cabinets for cable lengths up to 50 m

Indoor applications for cable lengths up to 80 m

Form supplied Assembled with 2 × 2 BFOC-plugs, cut to length

Assembled with 2 × 2 BFOC-plugs, cut to length


I-VY2P 980/1000 150A I-VY4Y2P 980/1000 160A

Fiber type Graded index fiber Graded index fiber

Attenuation at wavelength

≤=230 dB/km660 nm

≤=230 dB/km660 nm


Materials Fiber core Cladding Inner sheath/color Outer sheath/color Strain relief

Polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA)Special fluoridated polymerPVC, gray––

Polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA)Special fluoridated polymerPA, black or orangePVC, violetKevlar fibers

Mechanical characteristics Diameter of fiber core Outer diameter of cladding Diameter of inner sheath Cable dimensions

Cable weight Maximum permissible tensile load

– short-time– continuous

Bending radius– once without tensile load– repeatedly with tensile load

Transverse compressive strength per 10 cm cable length (briefly)

Resistance to– mineral oil ASTM No. 2– mineral grease– water– UV radiation

980 µm1000 µm2.2 ± 0.01 mm ∅2.2 × 4.4 mm±=0.01 mm7.8 kg/km

≤=50 NNot suitable for continuousstrain

≥=30 mm≥=50 mm (over flat side only)≤=35 N/10 cm

Conditionally resistantConditionally resistantConditionally resistantNot UV resistant

980 µm1000 µm2.2 ± 0.01 mm ∅7.8 ± 0.3 mm ∅

65 kg/km


≥=100 mm≥=150 mm≤=100 N/10 cm

Conditionally resistantConditionally resistantConditionally resistantConditionally resistant

Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Laying and installation temperature

–30 ºC to +70 ºC–35 ºC to +85 ºC

0 ºC to +50 ºC

–30 ºC to +70 ºC–30 ºC to +70 ºC

0 ºC to +50 ºC

Behavior in fire Flame-retardant to flame testVW-1 in accordance with UL 1581

Flame-retardant to flame testVW-1 in accordance with UL 1581



3


1) Sold by the meter without inner casing.


Cable type PROFIBUS PCF Fiber Opticstandard cable

Core cross-section

Application Indoor applications for cable lengths up to 300 m

Form supplied Assembled with 2 × 2 BFOC-plugs


I-VY2K 200/230 10A17+8B20

Fiber type Graded index fiber


≤=10 dB/km660 nm

Number of fibers 2

Materials Fiber core Cladding Inner sheath/color Outer sheath/color Strain relief

Quartz glassSpecial fluoridated polymer–1)

PVC, violetKevlar fibers

Mechanical characteristics Diameter of fiber core Outer diameter of cladding Diameter of inner sheath Cable dimensions Cable weight Maximum permissible tensile load





200 µm230 µm–4.7 ± 0.3 mm ∅22 kg/km

≤=500 N≤=100 N (only on strain-relief, ≤ 50 N on plug or single core)

≥=75 mm≥=75 mm≤=750 N/10 cm


Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Laying and installation temperature In short-circuit on conductor


–




3


1) Other lengths available on request



PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic,standard cableRugged round cable with 2 plastic fiber-optic cores, PVC outer casing and PAinner casing, without plugs, for indoorapplicationscut to length 50 m ring

100 m ring

6XV1 821-0AH106XV1 821-0AN506XV1 821-0AT10

PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic,standard cableRugged round cable with 2 plastic fiber-optic cores, PVC outer casing and PA inner casing, for indoor applications,preassembled with 2 ×= 2 BFOC plugs each with tag length of 20 cm, for con-necting to OLM/P..Preferred lengths 1)

1 m 2 m 5 m

10 m 15 m 20 m 25 m 30 m 50 m 65 m 80 m

6XV1 821-0BH106XV1 821-0BH206XV1 821-0BH506XV1 821-0BN106XV1 821-0BN156XV1 821-0BN206XV1 821-0BN256XV1 821-0BN306XV1 821-0BN506XV1 821-0BN656XV1 821-0BN80

PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic,duplex corePlastic fiber-optic cable with 2 cores, PVC casing, without plug for use in environments with low mechanicalstress50 m ring 6XV1 821-2AN50

PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic, Stripping Tool SetTools for stripping the outer casingand core casing of PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic cables

6GK1 905-6PA10

PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic, Connector set BFOC20 BFOC plugs for the assembly of PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic cables for OLM/P..

6GK1 905-1PA00

PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic, Crimping tool BFOCFor assembly of BFOC plugs onPROFIBUS plastic fiber opticcables

6GK1 905-6PB00

PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic, Polishing kit BFOCPolishing kit for grinding and polishingthe BFOC plug face forPROFIBUS plastic fiber opticcables with OLM/P..

6GK1 905-6PS00

Order No.

PROFIBUS PCF Fiber Opticstandard cablePCF fiber optic cable with 2 cores, PVC outer casing, for bridging largedistances up to 400 m,assembled with 2 ×=2 BFOC connectors, each with tag length of 20 cm,with insertion aid fitted to one end,for connecting OLM/P..Preferred lengths 1)

75 m 100 m 150 m 200 m 250 m 300 m 400 m

6XV1 821-1BN756XV1 821-1BT106XV1 821-1BT156XV1 821-1BT206XV1 821-1BT256XV1 821-1BT306XV1 821-1BT40

Manual forPROFIBUS networksNetwork architecture, configuration,network components, installation German English French Italian



6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0



3

Network componentsPROFIBUS Optical Link Module (OLM)

Overview • Assembly of Optical PROFIBUS networks (line, star, ring) with glass, PCF and plastics FO cables

• High availability can be achieved with redundant power supply and redun-dant ring structure.

• Function monitoring via signaling contact.

• All PROFIBUS data trans-mission rates from 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s and 45.45 Kbit/s for PROFIBUS-PA

• Inspection of FOC lines with a voltmeter

Application With the PROFIBUS OLM (Optical Link Modules) Version 3 Optical PROFIBUS networks can be assembled in line, star and hot standby ring topology. The transfer rate of an FOC line depends on the distance and may be up to12 Mbit/s.

Applications for OLM are for example: PROFIBUS-based system

buses Inter-building networking

with glass FO cables Mixed networks with elec-

trical and optical segments

Large expansion networks (road tunnels, traffic control systems)

Networks with high avail-ability requirements (hot standby ring networks)

Design The OLMs have a compact metal housing. It is suitable for mounting on a standard mounting rail and for fixed mounting.The 24 V supply is provided via a terminal block. Redun-dant power supply configura-tions are supported.The signaling contact can be used to relay a digital signal to controllers or HMI systems for evaluation.OLMs can be combined with each other and individual stations or whole electrical segments integrated in the Optical PROFIBUS network by an electrical interface.

The OLMs are available with one or two FO cable inter-faces with BFOC connection method for various types of FO cables: Plastic FO cables

(980/1000 µm) can be used for single line lengths up to 80 m. They can also be pre-assembled on site with BFOC connec-tors.

PCF FO cables (200/230 µm) can be used for single line lengths up to 400 m. They are available pre-assembled with 4 BFOC connectors and an insertion aid.

Glass fiber multimode FO cables (62.5/125 µm) like the SIMATIC NET Fiber Optic cables can be used for long distances up to 3000 m. These cables are available preassembled with 4 BFOC plugs.

Single mode FO cables (10/125 µm fibers) can be used for very long distances up to 15 km. They are available on request.



3


Functions Automatic recognition of all PROFIBUS transfer rates: 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s including 45.45 kbit/s (PROFIBUS-PA)

Assembly of the following network topologies: line, star, hot standby ring

High availability by media redundancy. The distance between two OLMs in the hot standby ring is limited only by the optical sensing range of the modules.

Segmentable, isolated RS 485 interface (Sub-D female connector)

Unlimited Multimaster mode: Extended segmenting func-tion for error localization on fiber optic cable and RS 485 segments

Fast localization of faults:– Indication of module sta-

tus via floating signalling contact.

– Inspection of the fiber optic cable quality: Measuring output for opti-cal receivers for logging and validity check of the FO cable line attenuation with a voltmeter

High cascading depth: Line and hot standby ring up to 124 OLM (only limited by monitoring times)

Designed for Industry High network availability through hot standby optical ring structure.

Fast error localization by signal contact, LED and measuring jacks

Wide range by use of glass fiber optic cables up to a length of 15 km

OLM/G12-EEC for outdoor use up to –20 °C

Configuration

Fig. 3/28 Example of a system configuration with OLM/S for PROFIBUS

OLM OLM

PC with WinCC

S7-300

OLM OLM

ET 200S

S7-400

Drive

Glass FOCBus cablefor PROFIBUS

G_I

K10_

deP0

059s



3


Note:PCF-LWL (Polymer Cladded Fiber) is also known as HCS®FOC.HCS is a registered trademark of Spectran Specialty Optics


Baud rates 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s45.45 kbit/s (PROFIBUS-PA)

Signal delay 6 bit times

Interfaces Connection for bus segment,

station or OLM Connection for power supply

and signal contact Connection for FO cable Measuring instrument connection

9-pin Sub-D female connector

5-pin pluggable terminal block with snap-in lugs2 or 4 BFOC sockets3 measuring jacks for test plugs 2 mm diameter

Optical interfacesOLM/P11 and OLM/P12

FO cable line length

Plastic FOcable980/1000 µm230 dB/km0 to 80 m

PCF FO cable200/230 µm10 dB/km

0 to 400 m

Optical interfacesOLM/G11, OLM/G12 and OLM/G12-EEC

Wave length Transmitter power Receiver sensitivity Permissible FO cable line attenuation

(system reserve 3 dB) FO cable line length

Glass FO cable62.5/125 µm3.5 dB/km860 nm–13 dBm–28 dBm12 dB

0 to 3000 m

Glass FO cable50/125 µm3 dB/km860 nm–15 dBm–28 dBm10 dB

0 to 3000 m

Optical interfacesOLM/G1-1300, and OLM/G12-1300

Wave length Transmitter power Receiver sensitivity Permissible FO cable line attenuation

(system reserve 3 dB) FO cable line length

Glass FO cable62.5/125 µm1 dB/km1310 Nm–17 dBm–29 dBm10 dB

0 to 10 km

Glass FO cable10/125 µm0.5 dB/km1310 Nm–19 dBm–29 dBm8 dB

0 to 15 km

Supply voltage 24 V DC (18 V to 30 V DC)

Current consumption max.(at rated voltage)

200 mA

Power consumption max. 6 W

Mounting Standard DIN rail orscrewed joint

Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature except

OLM/G12-EEC OLM/G12-EEC Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity max.

0 °C to +60 °C

–20 °C to +60 °C–40 °C to +70 °C95% at +25 °C


39.5 ×=110 ×=73.2500 g


Ordering data

PROFIBUS OLM/P11Optical Link Modules with 1 x RS 485- and 1 x plastic fiber optic cable inter-face (2 BFOC sockets), with signal con-tact and measuring output without BFOC connector

6GK1 502-2CA00

PROFIBUS OLM/P12Optical Link Modules with 1 x RS 485- and 2 x plastic fiber optic cable inter-face (4 BFOC sockets), with signal con-tact and measuring output without BFOC connector

6GK1 502-3CA00

PROFIBUS OLM/G11Optical Link Module with 1 x RS 485 and 1 x glass FO cable interface (2 BFOC sockets), for standard distances, with signal contact and measuring output

6GK1 502-2CB00

PROFIBUS OLM/G12Optical Link Modules with 1 x RS 485- and 2 x glass FO cable interface (4 BFOC sockets), for standard dis-tances up to 3000 m, with signal contact and measuring output

6GK1 502-3CB00

PROFIBUS OLM/G12-EECOptical Link Modules with 1 x RS 485- and 2 x glass FO cable interface (4 BFOC sockets),for standard distances up to 3000 m, for extended temperature range –20 °C to +60 °C, with signal contact and measur-ing output

6GK1 502-3CD00

PROFIBUS OLM/G11-1300Optical Link Modules with 1 x RS 485- and 1 x glass FO cable interface (2 BFOC sockets), 1300 nm wavelength for long distances up to 15 km, with signal contact and measuring output

6GK1 502-2CC00

PROFIBUS OLM/G12-1300Optical Link Modules with 1 x RS 485- and 2 x glass FO cable interface (4 BFOC sockets), 1300 nm wavelength for long distances up to 15 km, with signal contact and measuring output

6GK1 502-3CC00




6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0


Optical Networks / OBT / int. Interface

3


Overview • Galvanic isolation of DP devices

• Protection of transmission line against electromagnetic interference

• Cable lengths of up to 50 m with plastic fiber-optic cable and up to 300 m with PCF fiber-optic cable

• Rugged standard fiber-optic cables designed for industri-al applications

• Hybrid cable for common transmission of data and power supply

Application SIMATIC NET plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables are used for the construction of Optical PROFIBUS-DP networks in indoor applica-tions.Plastic fiber-optic cables are easy to assemble on-site with 2 × 2 simplex plugs. The maxi-mum cable length between two DP devices is 50 m.

Longer cable lengths of up to 300 meters can be imple-mented using PCF fiber-optic cables. These cables are available preassembled with 4 simplex plugs. They are supplied with an insertion aid fitted to one end which allows the cable to be easily inserted into cable channels forexample.

The DESINA hybrid cable is particularly suitable for connecting locally installedDESINA components.

Design Different versions of plastic and one PCF FOC are avail-able: Plastic FO cable,

duplex-coreFlat duplex core with PVC inner casing and without outer casing for indoor appli-cations with low mechanical stress such as laboratory installations or in cabinets.Cable lengths up to 50 m.

Plastic FOC,standard cableRugged round cable with violet PVC outer casing and kevlar strain elements as well as two plastic fibers with a rugged polyamide inner casing. For indoor applica-tions with cable lengths of up to 50 m.

PCF FO cable, 1)

standard cableRugged round cable with violet PVC outer casing and kevlar strain elements for indoor applications with cable lengths up to 300 m.


PROFIBUSDESINA Hybrid Cable 2)

The rugged and trailing type hybrid cable contains two plastic fiber optic cables for the data transfer and four copper conductors (1.5 mm2) for the power supply to DESINA stations.

2) DESINA is the tradename for DEcentral and Standardized INstallAtion technology

Designed for Industry Plastic fiber-optic cables can be assembled on-site.

Simple plug assembly with plastic FO cables.

Pre-assembled PCF FO cable with insertion aid which enables easy pulling in of the cables, e.g. in cable conduits

Time savings during commissioning due to preassembled cables.

Protection of transmission line against electromagnetic interference

Secure against unautho-rized listening due to lack of radiation from the cable.

One cable (DESINA hybrid cable) for common transmis-sion of data and power supply



3



Cable type PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Opticduplex core

PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Opticstandard cable

Core cross-section

Application Indoor applications with low mechanical loading such as laboratory setups or within cabinets for cable lengths up to 50 m

Indoor applications for cable lengths up to 50 m

Form supplied Assembled on-site with 2 × 2 BFOC-plugs, cut to length

Assembled on-site with 2 × 2 BFOC-plugs, cut to length


I-VY2P 980/1000 150A I-VY4Y2P 980/1000 160A



≤=230 dB/km660 nm

≤=230 dB/km660 nm


Materials Fiber core Cladding Inner sheath/color Outer sheath/color Strain relief Copper conductors

– Rated voltage– Current load– Rated cross section– Casing material/color

Polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA)Special fluoridated polymerPVC, gray––

––––

Polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA)Special fluoridated polymerPA, black or orangePVC, violetKevlar fibers

300 V10 A1.5 mm2 PVC, black






980 µm1000 µm2.2 ± 0.01 mm ∅2.2 × 4.4 mm ± 0.01 mm7.8 kg/km

≤=50 NNot suitable for continuous strain

≥=30 mm≥=50 mm (over flat side only)

≤=35 N/10 cm

Conditionally resistantConditionally resistantConditionally resistantNot UV resistant

980 µm1000 µm2.2 ± 0.01 mm ∅7.8 ± 0.3 mm ∅65 kg/km


≥=100 mm≥=150 mm

≤=100 N/10 cm


Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Laying and installation temperature

–30 ºC to +70 ºC–35 ºC to +85 ºC

0 ºC to +50 ºC

–30 ºC to +70 ºC–30 ºC to +70 ºC

0 ºC to +50 ºC





3


1) Sold by the meter without inner casing.


Cable type PROFIBUS PCF Fiber Opticstandard cable

PROFIBUSDESINA Hybrid Cable

Core cross-section

Application Indoor applications for cable lengths up to 300 m

DESINA-conform devices, e.g. for ET 200X

Form supplied Assembled on-site with 2 × 2 BFOC-plugs Cut to length on site pre-assembly with DESINA connectors orpre-assembled with 2 DESINA connectors


I-VY2K 200/230 10A17+8B20 J-V11Y 4Y2P980/1000 230A10 FFLIY 4 × 1.5



≤=10 dB/km660 nm

≤ 260 dB/km660 nm

Number of fibers 2 2 × FO cables, 4 × copper

Materials Fiber core Cladding Inner sheath/color Outer sheath/color Strain relief Copper conductors

– Rated voltage– Current load– Rated cross section– Casing material/color

Quartz glassSpecial fluoridated polymer–1)

PVC, violetKevlar fibers

––––

Polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA)Special fluoridated polymerPA, black, orangePUR, violet–

300 V10 A1.5 mm2 PVC, black






200 µm230 µm–4.7 ± 0.3 mm ∅22 kg/km

≤=500 N≤=100 N (only on strain-relief, ≤ 50 N on plug or single core)

≥=75 mm≥=75 mm≤=750 N/10 cm


980 µm1000 µm2.2 ± 0.01 mm ∅10.6 mm ∅135 kg/km

≤=100 N≤ 30 N

–≥=106 mm≤=100 N/10 cm

Conditionally resistantConditionally resistantConditionally resistantNo

Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Laying and installation temperature In short-circuit on conductor


–

+5 ºC to +70 ºC–30 ºC to +70 ºC+5 ºC to +70 ºC

+160 ºC (max. 5 sec)





3


1) Other lengths available on request

Note:Additional components for the SIMATIC NET cable rangecan be ordered from your local contact. For technical support, please contact:J. Hertlein, A&D SE V22Tel.: +49-911/750 44 65Fax: +49-911/750 99 91E-mail: [email protected].


PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic,standard cableRugged round cable with 2 plastic fiber-optic cores, PVC outer casing and PAinner casing, without plugs, for indoorapplicationscut to length 50 m ring

100 m ring

6XV1 821-0AH106XV1 821-0AN506XV1 821-0AT10

PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic,duplex corePlastic fiber-optic cable with 2 cores, PVC casing, without plug for use in environments with low mechanical stress50 m ring 6XV1 821-2AN50

PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic, Simplex connector/Polishing kit100 simplex plugs and 5 polishing kits for assembling PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic cables for the Optical PROFIBUS-DP

6GK1 901-0FB00-0AA0

PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic, Stripping Tool SetTools for stripping the outer casing and core casing of PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic cables

6GK1 905-6PA10

PROFIBUS PCF Fiber OpticPCF fiber-optic cable with 2 cores, PVC outer casing, for bridging largedistances up to 300 m, preassembled with 2 × 2 simplex connectors eachwith a tag length of 30 cm, with insertion aid fitted to one end, for connecting devices to the Optical PROFIBUS-DPPreferred lengths 1)

50 m 75 m

100 m 150 m 200 m 250 m 300 m

6XV1 821-1CN506XV1 821-1CN756XV1 821-1CT106XV1 821-1CT156XV1 821-1CT206XV1 821-1CT256XV1 821-1CT30

Order No.

PROFIBUSDESINA Hybrid CableTrailing type cable with 2 plastic FO cables and 4 copper conductors, 1.5 mm2

only for use of DESINA-conform devicescut to length pre-assembledwith 2 DESINA connectors 1.5 m 3 m 5 m

10 m 15 m

6XV1 830-6CH10

6XV1 830-6DH156XV1 830-6DH306XV1 830-6DH506XV1 830-6DN106XV1 830-6DN15

DESINA connectorsand tools

Available from:HARTING Vertrieb für Steckverbinder und Systemtechnik GmbH & Co. KGPostfach 2451D-32381 MindenTel.: (+49-571) 88 96-0Fax: (+49-571) 88 96-0E-mail: [email protected]: http://www.HARTING.com

Plug adapter for mounting plastic simplexconnectors in connection withIM 467 FO, CP 342-5 FO, IM 151 FO and IM 153-2 FO, 50 pieces

6ES7 195-1BE00-0XA0




6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0



3

Network componentsOptical Bus Terminal (OBT) for PROFIBUS

Overview • Connection of a PROFIBUS station without integrated FO cable interface or an RS 485 segment to an optical line

• Simple, fast installation of plastic fiber-optic cable without the need for a special tool

Application With the OBT (Optical Bus Terminal) a PROFIBUS station without integrated optical interface is connected to an optical line with PROFIBUS stations with integrated inter-face and OBT. Existing DP devices therefore have the advantage of optical data transfer.

The PROFIBUS station is connected at an RS 485 inter-face by a connecting cable terminated at both ends, e.g. connecting cable 830-1T, to the RS 485 interface of the OBT. The OBT is integrated in the optical line by two optical interfaces.The following optical trans-mission media can be connected to the OBT:

Plastic fiber optic cables can be used on single line lengths up to 50 m. They are particularly easy to pre-assemble on site with 2 × 2 simplex connectors.

PCF1)-fiber-optic cables can be used for single line lengths up to 300 m. These cables are available preas-sembled. The OBT supports all typical PROFIBUS data rates up to 12 Mbit/s.


Design The OBT has a compact plas-tic housing. Two tapped holes make it suitable for installation on standard DIN rails as well as for wall mounting.The OBT has the followinginterfaces:

9-pin Sub-D female connector for connecting the PROFIBUS station such as programming device PG, PC, Operator Panel (OP), S7-300 or station without integrated optics, e.g. ET 200S or components from other manufacturers or an RS 485 segment

Two optical interfaces for connecting plastic and PCF fiber optic cables with simplex connectors (connection to CP 342-5 FO, CP 5613 FO, CP 5614 FO, IM 153-2 FO, IM 467 FO or to ET 200 with integrated optics)

24 V DC power supply.

Functions Connection of a station with RS 485 interface by connecting cable 830-1T or PROFIBUS cable with bus connectors (terminated both ends) or an RS 485 segment

Provision of an electrical connection point to an optical line (e.g. program-ming connector for commis-sioning and diagnosis)

Supports all PROFIBUS transfer rates from 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s including 45.45 kbit/s for PROFIBUS-PA

Regenerating the signals in amplitude and time

Cascading depth up to 126 stations when using user-defined bus parameters.

Galvanic isolation of the station by fiber optic cable

Diagnostics facilitated by LEDs for operating voltage and received data (CH1, CH2 and CH3).



3

Network componentsOptical Bus Terminal (OBT) for PROFIBUS

Designed for Industry Possibility of connecting existing devices or an RS 485 segment with electrical interface to the Optical PROFIBUS

"Socket" for connecting mobile devices (e.g. PG) without interrupting the bus

Time saved by simple and fast connector mounting without special tools

Configuration

Fig. 3/29 System configuration Optical PROFIBUS with PROFIBUS OBT

PG/PC/OP with 5613 FO S7-300 with CP 342-5 FOET 200Swith IM 151 FO

ET 200Mwith IM 153-2 FO

DP station withoutintegrated optic

OtherstationsOptical line

individual line lengths: plastic up to 50 m,PCF up to 300 m

OBT

G_I

K10_

deP0

107s

Connectingcable830-1T


Baud Rates 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s45.45 kbit/s (PROFIBUS-PA)

Interfaces Connection for DP stations

or an RS 485 segment Connection for power supply Connection for fiber optic cable

9-pin Sub-D female connector

2-pin terminal2 duplex sockets

Optical interfaces:

Wave length Transmitter power Receiver sensitivity Permissible FO path attenuation

Plastic FO cable PCF-FOC980/1000 µm 200/230 µm640..660 nm 640..660 nm–5.9 dBm –16 dBm–20 dBm –22 dBm13 dB 3 dB

Supply voltage 24 V DC (18 V DC to 30 V DC)

Current consumption max.(at rated voltage)

200 mA

Power loss 6 W

Mounting Standard DIN railor wall mounting


0 °C to +60 °C–40 °C to +70 °C95% at +25 °C


50.5 ×=138 ×=78400 g



PROFIBUS OBT Optical bus terminal for connecting a PROFIBUS node or an RS 485 segment without integrated optical interface to the Optical PROFIBUS; without simplex plug

6GK1 500-3AA00

PROFIBUS connecting cable 830-1TFor data terminal connection, completely preassembledwith 2 sub-D male conectors, 9-pin 1.5 m 3 m

6XV1 830-1CH156XV1 830-1CH30




6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0


Wireless Link

3

Network componentsPROFIBUS Infrared Link Module (ILM)

Overview • Wireless PROFIBUS link suit-able for all protocols

• Rugged design to IP 65 degree of protection

• 15 m range for transmission rates up to 1.5 Mbit/s

Application Wireless PROFIBUS trans-mission over short distances(≤=15 m).

Linking individual stations in one segment or linking two segments

Communication with mobile stations, e.g. driverless transport systems (DTS)

Communication with changing stations, e.g. stations along conveyor lines

Fast assembly of systems and temporary configura-tions, e.g. test setups

Replacement of worn systems, e.g. slip rings, conductors

An ILM illuminates a circle of 4 m in diameter from a distance of 11 m.

Design Robust die-cast aluminium housing in degree of protection IP 65

2 × 2-pole terminal block in housing (with cable connec-tion by heavy duty screwed joint) for connecting PROFIBUS segment

4-pole terminal block in housing (with cable connec-tion by heavy duty screwed joint) for connecting the power supply (DC 24 V) and signal contact

Permanent wiring, i.e. simple and fast replacement of electronics in the case of a fault

Status display for operating states via LEDs

Setting of transfer rate by interior switch

Protection from bothersome ambient lighting through integral daylight filter

Easy alignment due to area coverage (± 10° solid angle).

Functions Permits wireless connection to any PROFIBUS station within a range of 15 m.

Communication with several slaves at a distance from the master.

Transmission interruptions are detected and indicated via LED and signalling contact.

A diminishment of the trans-mission quality is indicated by a LED and signal contact before the data transmission is aborted.

The infrared link module (ILM) can be used in daylight thanks to an integrated filter which protects against stray lighting. When mounting the Infrared Link Module, make sure that there is an uninterruptible visible connection between the modules

When using several ILM transmission lines mutual influencing of the lines must be rules out by the construc-tional design and by observing minimum distances.


Wireless Link

3


Designed for Industry Mounting without adjusting tools by large radiation angle

Replacement of worn systems (slip rings, conductors) possible

Fast and easy module replacement in the event of a fault due to permanent wiring

Configuration

Fig. 3/30 System configuration for ILM

0 1

Slave e.g.ET 200S

Connection to mobile stations

Slave z.B. S7-300

Connection to mobile stations

ILM

FTS

Slave e.g. ET 200

ILM

Master e.g. PLC

Connection of two segments

Slave e.g. ET 200

ILM

Slave e.g. ET 200 Slave e.g. ET 200

Master e.g. PLC Master e.g. PLC

ILMILM

ILM ILM

G_I

K10_

deP0

028s


Wireless Link

3



Data transfer rate 9.6 Kbit/s to 1.5 Mbit/s

Interfaces 2 connections for bus segments

Connection for powersupply and signal contact

2 × 2-pole terminal blockin housing4-pole terminal blockin housing


Power loss 7.5 W

Mounting 2 fixing holes


IR wave length 880 nm

Minimum range 0.5 m

Maximum range 15 m


0 °C to +60 °C–40 °C to +70 °C95% at +25 °C

Design Dimensions (W ×=H ×=D) Weight approx.

175 ×=80 ×=57800 g


PROFIBUS ILM Infrared link module for connecting PROFIBUS stations and segmentswithout the need for wires

6GK1 503-0AA00




6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200

Overview Distributed I/O SIMATIC ET 200

Distributed I/O SIMATIC ET 200S from page 3/76

Overview ......................................................................................... 3/76

Terminal modules for electronic submodules ................................. 3/82

Interface modules IM 151 and IM 151 FO...................................... 3/86

Interface modules IM 151/CPU and IM 151/CPU FO ..................... 3/88

Power modules for electronic submodules PM-E ........................... 3/92

Digital electronic submodules (DI/DO) ........................................... 3/94

Analog electronic submodules (AI/AO) .......................................... 3/102

Technology modules

SSI module ................................................................................... 3/114

Stepper module 1STEP ................................................................ 3/116

Counter module COUNT 1 ........................................................... 3/118

Interface submodule ET 200S 1SI................................................ 3/123

Motor starters.................................................................................. 3/125

Terminal modules for motor starters ............................................... 3/130

Power modules for motor starters................................................... 3/132

SIGUARD safety technology........................................................... 3/134

Distributed I/O SIMATIC ET 200X from page 3/137

Overview ......................................................................................... 3/137

Intelligent basic module BM 147/CPU............................................ 3/139

Basic module BM 141, BM 142 ...................................................... 3/142

Basic module BM 143/DESINA ...................................................... 3/145

Digital expansion modules EM 141, EM 142 .................................. 3/148

Power module PM 148.................................................................... 3/151

Digital expansion module EM 143/DESINA .................................... 3/153

Analog expansion modules EM 144, EM 145 ................................ 3/155

Communications processor CP 142-2 ........................................... 3/159

Pneumatic module EM 148-P ......................................................... 3/161

Pneumatic interface EM 148-P ...................................................... 3/163

Frequency converter EM 148-FC.................................................... 3/165

Motor starters.................................................................................. 3/168

Accessories for motor starters........................................................ 3/171

SITOP power supply 24 V/10 A ...................................................... 3/173

Distributed I/O SIMATIC ET 200L from page 3/175

Overview ......................................................................................... 3/175

ET 200L block I/O ........................................................................... 3/176

ET 200L-SC modular I/O................................................................. 3/185

Electronic modules SIMATIC Smart Connect ................................. 3/188

Fine modular I/O ET 200L-SC IM-SC .............................................. 3/197

Distributed I/O SIMATIC ET 200M from page 3/202

Overview ......................................................................................... 3/202

Interface module IM 153-1/153-2 .................................................. 3/207

Interface module IM 153-2 FO ....................................................... 3/209

Ex-analog input module with HART ................................................ 3/211

Ex-analog output module with HART.............................................. 3/213

SITOP power supplies .................................................................... 3/215

Distributed I/O SIMATIC ET 200B from page 3/217

Overview ......................................................................................... 3/217

Electronic submodules ................................................................... 3/219

SITOP power supplies .................................................................... 3/227


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200Overview

SIMATIC ET 200S SIMATIC ET 200S is the inno-vative I/O system.

The ET 200S consists of: Interface module to

PROFIBUS-DP connection Electronic submodule for

digital and analog input / outputs

Technology modules(e.g. counters, SSI modules)

Motor starters, communica-tion-capable for direct and reversing starters, electro-mechanical (electronic in preparation)

Power module for encoder and load current supply

Associated terminal module.

Features: Hard-wired Practice-oriented user-

friendly construction Transmission rate max.

12 Mbit/s Integrated SIGUARD securi-

ty technology (optional) Module replacement during

operation Degree of protection IP 20 Fine-modular function-

oriented station structure Comprehensive system

diagnostics functions

For further informationsee from page 3/76.

ET 200S

SIMATIC ET 200X SIMATIC ET 200X is the ideal module system for machine-oriented decentralization with-out a cabinet.

The ET200X consists of: Basic modules and Various expansion modules

which can be selected at will.

Features: Basic modules with integrat-

ed digital outputs or with programmable controller functionality or DESINA-compliant

Expandable up to 7 expan-sion modules– DESINA-compliant mod-

ule– Digital modules– Analog modules– Motor starter:

Direct starter or reversing starter (max. 400 V AC, 5.5 kW); electromechani-cal or electronic

– Frequency converter (0.75 kW)

– Pneumatic module with integrated 4/2 channel valves

– Pneumatic interface to accommodate FESTO valve islands

– AS interface CP with mas-ter functionality

Adjusted power supply, SITOP power (optional)

Connection to PROFIBUS-DP with a single station address

Degree of protection IP 65/ IP 67, robust plastic casing

Data transfer rate max. 12 Mbit/s

PROFIBUS-DP interface in-tegrated in the basic mod-ules (RS 485 or fiber optic cables via hybrid cable)


ET 200X

SIMATIC ET 200L/L-SC/L-SC IM-SC

SIMATIC ET 200L/L-SC/L-SC IM-SC is a very small, compact to fine-modular I/O device in postcard size and is excellent value for money. It allows flexible expansion with 2-channel I/O modules.

The ET 200L consists of: A terminal block and Electronic submodule

Features: Various electronic blocks

available:digital input and digital output modules and mixed modules, 24 V DC

Integrated PROFIBUS-DP interface

Degree of protection IP 20 Max. data transfer rate

1.5 Mbit/s Isolation between PROFI-

BUS-DP and internal elec-tronics of the ET 200L

Central and distributed anal-ysis of the diagnostic data

There are three versions of the ET 200L available:– ET 200L, as non-expand-

able block I/O.– ET 200L-SC, discretely

modular terminal block, can be expanded with SIMATIC SMART Connect.

– ET 200L-SC IM-SC, which is fine modular from the outset.


ET 200L (compact)


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200Overview

SIMATIC ET 200M SIMATIC ET 200M is a modu-lar I/O station in degree of protection IP 20. It is accessible for the whole range of I/Os of the S7-300 for PROFIBUS-DP.

The ET 200M consists of: IM 153 interface for the

connection to the PROFI-BUS-DP field bus

Various I/O modules, con-nected using bus connec-tors or plugged into active bus modules to exchange modules while the systemis running

One power supply ifrequired

Features: All I/O modules of the S7-

300 automation units can be used (function and commu-nication modules only for SI-MATIC S7/M7 master devices)

HART modules Can be expanded with up to

8 I/O modules

Max. address area per ET 200M:128 byte inputs and 128 byte outputs

Isolation between PROFIBUS-DP and ET 200M

Degree of protection IP 20 Data transfer rate max.

12 Mbit/s Central and distributed

analysis of the diagnostic data

Two versions of ET 200M can be operated: Bus connectors design: Not

possible to change modules during operation

Configuration with active bus modules Modules can be changed during operation


ET 200M

SIMATIC ET 200B SIMATIC ET 200B is a small, compact I/O station with low mounting depth. It can also be mounted in confined spaces.

The ET 200B consists of: A terminal block and Electronic submodule

Features: Various electronic blocks

available:Digital input and digital out-put modules 24 V DC or 120 to 230 V AC;Digital input / output module, 24 V DC or 120 to 230 V AC;Analog input and analog output modules

Degree of protection IP 20 Data transfer rate max.

12 Mbit/s Direction connection of the

progamming device for set-up, testing and diagnostics

Isolation between PROFIBUS-DP and internal electronics of the ET 200B

Central and distributedanalysis of the diagnostic data


ET 200B


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200SGeneral

Overview • Discretely modular distribut-ed I/O rack with IP 20 protection

• Discretely modular design for precise adaptation to the automation task

• Consists of input/output modules, process-oriented modules and motor starters

• Can also be used for ex-tremely time-critical tasks

• Integrated safety technology

• Electronic submodules can be replaced during opera-tion (“hot swapping”)

• Channel precision diagnos-tics for high availability

• With integrated CPU as min-iature controller for use on the PROFIBUS-DP

Application The SIMATIC ET 200S is a dis-tributed I/O system in degree of protection IP 20. It consists of: Interface module (optional

with integrated CPU) Input and output modules Process-oriented modules Motor starters for any three-

phase induction loadsIts extensive module spec-trum and system-wide han-dling of configuring, installing and programming tasks make the ET 200S ideal as a univer-sal I/O system.

The discretely modular design allows fast and optimum adaptation to system require-ments: No need for keeping spares No superfluous channelsEven in the case of frequently changing requirements, the equipment setup times can be significantly reduced by swapping and combining var-ious different I/O modules.Due to a transfer rate up to 12 Mbit/s on the PROFIBUS-DP and high performance inter-nal data transport, the ET 200S

is also ideal for implementing extremely time-criticalapplications.The integration of the SIGUARD security technology means that the ET 200S can also be used for security applications.The design of the ET 200S allows it to be used in areas subject to increased mechan-ical stress.The system characteristics meet high plant availability requirements.

Design

Fig. 3/31 Mounting the modular ET 200S distributed I/O drop

The ET 200S distributed I/O device comprises: PROFIBUS-DP interface

IM 151 (optional with inte-grated CPU)

Digital and analog electronic modules

Technology modules for counting and position-detection functions forexample

Motor starters Terminating module (sup-

plied with the IM 151)

An ET-200S station can con-sist of up to 64 modules with a maximum of 128 bytes each for inputs and outputs. The I/O modules can be combined as needed.

1. Mounting the terminal modules 2. Wiring 3. Mounting the electronic submodules


Distributed I/Os

3


Design (continued) The ET 200S is designed with permanent wiring:All modules are plugged into purely mechanical terminal modules. These terminal modules contain all the wiring and can be mounted either on 35 × 15 mm or 35 × 7.5 mm DIN rails.

This results in the following advantages: Easy implementation of the

wiring without electronic components

Fast and safe wiring test, even while energized

No tools are required to re-place the electronic sub-modules and motor starters, even during operation ("hot swapping"), which increases the availability

Automatic coding of the electronic modules for error-proof replacement

AccessoriesThe following accessories are available for the ET 200S: Flexible, modular shield

supports for low-impedance support of cable shields with short installation times

Perforated DIN A4 labelling sheets in various different colors, for labeling I/O modules, can be printed on

Color-coded signs to cus-tomize coding of the pro-cess terminals

Slot number plates for identi-fying the terminal modules

Accessories for motorstarters (PN blocks, control kit, etc.)

Operation Using PROFIBUS-DP in accordance with EN 50 170, a central controller can access the I/O modules in the ET 200S in the same way as central I/O modules.

Communication is handled completely by the master interface module (in the cen-tral controller) and the IM 151. Because shielded cables are used, the internal data transport is interference-free.

The extensive, channel-exact, easy-to-program diagnostics with plaintext messages enable localization and elimi-nation of process faults in the shortest possible time, thus increasing availabilityconsiderably.

Configuration andparameterization

The ET 200S is configured and parameterized via STEP 7 or the COM PROFIBUS.

When configuring the system, care should be taken to ensure that the PROFIBUS-DP master selected has sufficient resources available for the DP network.

Technical specifications – general


Ambient temperature 0 to 60 °C

Vibration resistance 2 g, permanent,5 g occasional(motor starters max. 2 g)

System limits Number of modules per IM 151 max. Line width max. Parameter length

User data length

631 mmax. 244 bytes depending on the number and type of modules plugged inmax. 128 bytes for inputs and out-puts depending on the number and type of modules plugged in

Requirements of the master system PROFIBUS-DP master Parameter length

User data length

Diagnostics length

according to EN 50170> 32 bytes, according to the num-ber and type of modules plugged inaccording to the number and type of modules plugged in64 bytes

Standards and approvals

PROFIBUS EN 50 170, Volume 2

IEC 1131 IEC 1131, Part 2

UL according to Standard UL508, File No. E 116536/E 75310 (AC modules)

CSA according to Standard C22.2 No. 142, File No. LR 48323/LR 44226 (AC modules)

FM Standard Class No. 3611, Class I, Division 2, Group A, B, C, D (without motor starters)

Ship-building (applied for) American Bureau of ShippingBureau VeritasDet Norske VeritasGermanischer LloydLloyds Register of Shipping


Distributed I/Os

3


Dimension drawings

Fig. 3/32 Minimum distance for mounting, wiring and heat dissipation

G_I

K10_

deP0

071s

Dimensionsin mm 35

20

35

15 3515

20

PM EM EM EM EMPM EM EM

IM 151


Distributed I/Os

3


Selection tools

Fig. 3/33 Selection of terminal modules for power modules

Do you needaccess to the AUX1 rail

(e.g. for PE conductor or additionalsupply of potential up to

max. load voltageof the module)at this terminal

module?

Do you wantto interrupt the AUX1

rail and thus opena new AUX1 potential

group with thisterminal module

?

Screw-type terminal’TM-P15S23-A06ES7 193-4CD20-0AA0(2 × 3 terminals)

Spring terminalTM-P15C23-A06ES7 193-4CD30-0AA0(2 × 3 terminals)

Screw-type terminal’TM-P15S23-A16ES7 193-4CC20-0AA0(2 × 3 terminals)

Spring terminalTM-P15C23-A16ES7 193-4CC30-0AA0(2 × 3 terminals)

Screw-type terminal’TM-P15S22-016ES7 193-4CE00-0AA0(2 × 2 terminals)

Spring terminalTM-P15C22-016ES7 193-4CE10-0AA0(2 × 2 terminals)

No

No

Yes

Yes


Distributed I/Os

3


Selection tools

Fig. 3/34 Selection of terminal modules for electronic submodules

Note:Alternatively, the universal terminal module can be used for all15 mm wide electronic submodules.

Do you needaccess to the AUX1 rail

(e.g. for PE conductor oruse of an additional

potential)at this terminal

module via terminals

?

Do you needterminals

4 and 8 for:– Functionality of a module

(e.g. counting module)– Disconnection of unnecessary signal lines

with same potential as P1/P2(e.g. connection of antivalent

sensors)?

Screw-type terminal’TM-E15S23-016ES7 193-4CB00-0AA0(2 × 3 terminals)

Spring terminalTM-E15C23-016ES7 193-4CB10-0AA0(2 × 3 terminals)

Screw-type terminal’TM-E15S24-016ES7 193-4CB20-0AA0(2 × 4 terminals)

Spring terminalTM-E15C24-016ES7 193-4CB30-0AA0(2 × 4 terminals)

Screw-type terminal’TM-E15S24-A16ES7 193-4CA20-0AA0(2 × 4 terminals)

Spring terminalTM-E15C24-A16ES7 193-4CA30-0AA0(2 × 4 terminals)

Yes1)

Yes

No

No

1) Not for 1Count 24 V/100 kHz, 1SSI, 1STEP 5 V/204 kHzand serial interface


Distributed I/Os

3


Fig. 3/35 Allocation of terminal modules and electronic submodules

Selection too ls

Electronic submodules Terminal modules for

Electronic submodules TM-E Power modules TM-P

Screw-type terminal (

Order number 6ES7 193... (

15S26-A14CA40-0AA0

15S24-A14CA20-0AA0

15S24-014CB20-0AA0

15S23-014CB00-0AA0

15S23-A14CC20-0AA0

15S23-A04CD20-0AA0

15S22-014CE00-0AA0

Spring terminal (


15C26-A14CA50-0AA0

15C24-A14CA30-0AA0

15C24-014CB30-0AA0

15C23-014CB10-0AA0

15C23-A14CC30-0AA0

15C23-A04CD30-0AA0

15C22-014CE10-0AA0

PM-E 24 V DC

PM-E 24 V DC/120/230 V AC

2DI 24 V DC

2DI 120 V AC

2DI 230 V AC

2DO 24 V DC; 0.5 A

4DI 24 V DC

4DO 24 V DC; 0.5 A

4DO 24 V DC; 2 A

Screw-type terminal (


15S24-014CB20-0AA0

15S24-A14CA20-0AA0

15S24-014CB20-0AA0

15S23-014CB00-0AA0

15S23-A14CC20-0AA0

15S23-A04CD20-0AA0

15S22-014CE00-0AA0

Spring terminal (


15C24-014CB30-0AA0

15C24-A14CA30-0AA0

15C24-014CB30-0AA0

15C23-014CB10-0AA0

15C23-A14CC30-0AA0

15C23-A04CD30-0AA0

15C22-014CE10-0AA0

2DO 24 V DC; 2 A

2DO 120/220 V AC; 1 A

2DO Relay

2AI U Standard,2AI U High Feature,2AI U High Speed

2AI I 2DMU Standard,2AI I 2DMU High Speed

2AI I 4DMU Standard,2AI I 4DMU High Feature,2AI I 4DMU High Speed

2AI RTD

2AI TC

2AO U Standard,2AO U High Feature

2AO I Standard,2AO I High Feature

1Count 24 V/100 kHz

1SSI

1STEP 5 V/204 kHz

1 Serial Interface


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200STerminal modules for electronic submodules

Overview • Mechanical modules to accommodate electronics components

• For setting up permanent wiring via self-configuring voltage buses

• Keyed connection technol-ogy to ensure an enhanced vibration resistance of up to 5 g

• Different versions to accom-modate power modules and electronic submodules

• Replaceable terminal box (even within the station net-work)

• Automatic coding of the electronic submodules

• Self-shielding of the back-plane bus for high data security

• Color coding facility for the terminals and for identifying the slot numbers

Application Terminal modules are purely mechanical components for assembling the ET 200S. They accommodate electron-ics components.There are integrated extend-ing voltage buses in the termi-nal modules, which reduces both the wiring and the control cabinet space required.Rugged design and keyed connection technology enable them to be used in a harsh industrial environments (e.g. vibration resistance up to 5 g).

Terminal modules are avail-able in different versions: Terminal modules for power

modules TM-P:to supply load/encoder volt-age on two extending poten-tial buses. A third potential bus (AUX1, max. 230 V) can be used individually for ex-ample for continuous supply of light barriers or PE. TM-P modules include power modules to monitor the volt-age. TM-P modules can be used as often as required at any location in the ET 200S.

This means that the size of a potential group can be determined individually. The first module behind the IM 151 is always a TM-P with a connected power module.

Terminal modules for elec-tronic submodules (TM-E);TM-E modules accommo-date electronic submodules (input / output modules, technology modules). Anti-valent primary sensors can also be connected directly to them.

Design

Fig. 3/36 Assembly from terminal and electronic modules

TM-P Connection via screw-type

or spring-loaded terminals With or without terminal ac-

cess to AUX1 rail With or without interruption

of the AUX1 rail Light casing color to allow

better differentiation

TM-E Connection via screw-type

or spring-loaded terminals With or without terminal ac-

cess to AUX1 rail Connection in 2, 3 or

4 wire technique

Direct connection of non-equivalent sensors without additional terminal blocks

+ =

TM-P for powermodules

TM-E for electronicsubmodules


Distributed I/Os

3


Dimension drawings

Fig. 3/37 Dimension drawing of terminal module1) with plugged electronic submodule

1) Note:The dimensions of the terminal modules with plugged power module are identical.

Dimensionsin mm

Rest DIN rail

66,5

53

3

15 67

119,5

Rest DIN rail

66,5

65,5

3

15 67

132

G_I

K10_

deP0

073s


Distributed I/Os

3


Dimension drawings(continued)

Fig. 3/38 Dimension drawing of shield connection

Dimensionsin mm

15

32

Bottom edge ofterminal module

G_I

K10_

deP0

074s

Meaning of the coding

Fig. 3/39 Coding scheme for terminal modules

TM -P 15 S27 -01 FS-R

00: AUX terminal not available, AUX1 interrupted to left

01: AUX terminal not available, AUX1 connected to left

A0: AUX terminal available, AUX1 interrupted to left

A1: AUX terminal available, AUX1 connected to left

B0: for PM-DF 1/2, U1/U2 connected to left

B1: for PM-DF 1/2, U1/U2 interrupted to left

C0: for PM-DF 3/4, U1 connected to left

C1: for PM-DF 3/4, U1 interrupted to left

It applies for all terminal modules thatno terminal for AUX1; AUX1 is connected to the left

Number of lines

Number of columns

S: Screw

C: Cage clamp

Width in mm

B: Brake Control Module

E: Electronic submodules

DS: Direct Starter SIRIUS 3R

RS: Reversing Starter SIRIUS 3R

P: Power modules

X: Terminals for AUX2 / AUX3 and RF+ / RF–

PF: Power module with safety function

Terminal modules including terminal block


Distributed I/Os

3


1) Observe the configuring tools for selecting the suitable TM-E and TM-P (see page 3/81)


Terminal modules TM-P for power modules PM-E

TM-P15S23-A1 Consignment 1 piece2 × 3 terminals, terminal access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to the left, screw-type terminals

6ES7 193-4CC20-0AA0

TM-P15C23-A1 Consignment 1 piece2 =×=3 terminals, terminal access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to the left, spring-type terminals

6ES7 193-4CC30-0AA0

TM-P15S23-A0 Consignment 1 piece2 =×=3 terminals, terminal access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to the left, screw-type terminals

6ES7 193-4CD20-0AA0

TM-P15C23-A0 Consignment 1 piece2 =×=3 terminals, terminal access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to the left, spring-type terminals

6ES7 193-4CD30-0AA0

TM-P15S22-01 Consignment 1 piece2 =×=2 terminals, no terminal access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to the left, screw-type terminals

6ES7 193-4CE00-0AA0

TM-P15C22-01 Consignment 1 piece2 =×=2 terminals, no terminal access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to the left, spring-type terminals

6ES7 193-4CE10-0AA0

Terminal modules TM-E for electronic submodules 1)

TM-E15S24-A1 Consignment 1 piece2 =×= 4 terminals, terminal access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to the left, screw-type terminals

6ES7 193-4CA20-0AA0

TM-E15C24-A1 Consignment 5 pieces2 =×=4 terminals, terminal access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to the left, spring-type terminals

6ES7 193-4CA30-0AA0

TM-E15S24-01 Consignment 5 pieces2 =×=4 terminals, no terminal access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to the left, screw-type terminals

6ES7 193-4CB20-0AA0

TM-E15C24-01 Consignment 5 pieces2 =×=4 terminals, no terminal access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to the left, spring-type terminals

6ES7 193-4CB30-0AA0

TM-E15S23-01 Consignment 5 pieces2 =×=3 terminals, no terminal access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to the left, screw-type terminals

6ES7 193-4CB00-0AA0

TM-E15C23-01 Consignment 5 pieces2 =×=3 terminals, no terminal access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to the left, spring-type terminals

6ES7 193-4CB10-0AA0

Order No.

Terminal modules TM-E for electronic submodules 1)

TM-E15S26-A1 Consignment 5 pieces2 ×=6 terminals, terminal access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to the left, screw-type terminals

6ES7 193-4CA40-0AA0

TM-E15C26-A1 Consignment 5 pieces2 ×=6 terminals, terminal access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to the left, spring-type terminals

6ES7 193-4CA50-0AA0

Accessories for shield connection

Shield connecting element Consignment 5 piecescan be connected to TM-E and TM-P

6ES7 193-4GA00-0AA0

Shield terminals Consignment 5 piecesfor power rail 3 × 10 mm

6ES7 193-4GB00-0AA0

Ground terminal Consignment 1 piecefor cable cross sections up to 25 mm2

8WA2 868

Power rails 3 × 10 mm Consignment 5 pieces10 pieces of 1 m

8WA2 842

Labeling accessories

Labeling sheet DIN A4,perforatedConsignment 1 set10 sheets of 60 strips each,can be used for electronics and power modules and motor starters +20 strips for IM 151 petrol red yellow light beige

6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA06ES7 193-4BD00-0AA06ES7 193-4BB00-0AA06ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0

Coding accessories

Color coding signs Consignment 1 setfor TM-P, TM-E; 200 pieces of each color;light beige, yellow-green, red, brown, blue, turquoise

6ES7 193-4LA00-0AA0

Printed labelsConsignment 1 set 200 pieces for slot

numbering (1 to 20) 10 ×

200 pieces for slot numbering (1 to 40) 5 ×

200 pieces for slot numbering (1 to 64) 1 ×, (1 to 68) 2 ×

8WA8 861-0AB

8WA8 861-0AC

8WA8 861-0DA

Inscription plates, unlabelled 200 pieces for slot

numbering 8WA8 848-2AY


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200SInterface modules IM 151 and IM 151 FO

Overview • Interface module for con-necting the ET 200S® to PROFIBUS-DP

• Handles all data interchange with the PROFIBUS-DP master

• 2 variants:– IM 151 with RS 485

interface– IM 151 FO with fiber-

optic interface

Application The IM 151 interface module enables connection of the ET 200S to PROFIBUS-DP and handles communications between the modules and the higher-level DP master com-pletely independently

The IM 151 is available in two variants: IM 151 with RS 485

interface, connection to PROFIBUS-DP by 9-pin Sub-D male connector

IM 151 FO with fiber-opticinterface (plastic or PCF). Connection to PROFIBUS-DP by 4 × sim-plex connectors

IM 151/CPU and IM 151/CPU FO are available as intelligent versions.

Design The interface modules IM 151/IM 151 FO are snap-mounted directly onto the DIN rail.

The IM 151/IM 151 FO are equipped with the following: Screw-type terminals for

connection to the 24 V DC power supply

DIP switch for setting the PROFIBUS-DP station ad-dress (1 to 125)

Diagnostics indicators for group faults, bus faults and voltage supply

Labeling strips foridentification

The IM 151 has: 9-pin Sub-D female

connector for connecting to PROFIBUS-DP

IM 151 FO has: 4 simplex female connectors

for connection to PROFIBUS-DP

The scope of supply includes the terminating module that must be plugged into the last I/O module of the ET 200S. Up to 6 reserve fuses (5 x 20 mm) for the PM-E power module 24 V DC to 230 V AC can be accommodated on this module.


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200SInterface modules IM 151 and IM 151 FO


Transmission protocol PROFIBUS-DP in acc. to EN 50 170

Data transfer rate 9.6/19.2/45.45/93.75/187.5/500/1500/12000 kbit/s IM 151 also 3000/6000 kbit/s;self-setting

Internode communication support yes, transmitter

SYNC/FREEZE capability yes

Address volume max. 128 bytes for inputs,128 bytes for outputs

Backup during power failure 20 ms

Insulation voltage 500 V

Supply voltage Rated value Perm. range

(including ripple)

24 V DC20.4 to 28.8 V

Polarity reversal protection yes

Power consumption at 24 V DC approx. 200 mA

Output current max. 700 mA for backplane bus

Status and diagnostic LEDs BF, SF and ON

Connection to PROFIBUS-DP IM 151 IM 151 FO (l = 660 nm)

– Distance between 2 stations max.

9-pin Sub-D female connector4 x simplex socketsplastic: 50 mPCF: 300 m

Parameters Restart for setpoint not equal to actual

config. Module replacement during operation Format for analog values Interference frequency suppression Reference point slots 1 to 8 Reference point inputs 1 to 8

26 byteslock / release

lock / releaseSIMATIC S7/SIMATIC S550 Hz/60 Hznot used/ 2 to 64not used / 0 / 1


Ambient temperature Operation Storage

0 °C to +60 °C–40 °C to +70 °C

Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 45 x 119,5 x 75 (when mounted on 7.5 mm DIN rail)


IM 151 interface modulefor connecting the ET 200S to PROFI-BUS-DP; with RS 485 interface

6ES7 151-1AA02-0AB0

IM 151 FO interface modulefor connecting the ET 200S to PROFI-BUS-DP; with FOC interface

6ES7 151-1AB00-0AB0

ET 200S manual German English French


SIMATIC Manual CollectionElectronic manuals on CD, multilingual:S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300, C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7, Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC DP (Distributed I/O), SIMATIC HMI (Human Machine Interface), SIMATIC NET (Industrial Communica-tion)

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0

SIMATIC Manual Collection –Maintenance service for 1 yearScope of supply: Current CD S7-Manual Collection and the three subsequent updates

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2

100 simplex connectors for plastic FOCincl. 5 polishing kits

6GK1 901-0FB00-0AA0

50 plug adapters for 2 simplex connectors each

6ES7 195-1BE00-0XA0

Dimension drawings

Fig. 3/40 IM 151/IM 151 FO interface module

Dimensionsin mm

45

53

66,5

67

119,5

Rest DIN rail

P_IK

10_d

eP00

72s


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200SInterface modules IM 151/CPU and IM 151/CPU FO

Overview • Interface module with integrated CPU for SIMATIC ET 200S

• Enhances the effective sys-tem availability of plants and machines

• Programming via PROFIBUS-DP

• Features the new SIMATIC Micro Memory Card (MMC)

• Integrated 12 Mbit/s PROFIBUS-DP slave inter-face for Cu or FO conduc-tors

• Integrated CPU based on the CPU S7-314 (24 kByte working memory)

• Maintenance-free because no battery

Application The IM 151/CPU can be used for distributed automation solutions of average program scope. With the integrated PROFIBUS-DP slave interface it can be used for pre-pro-cessing on a PROFIBUS-DP network. The IM 151/CPU allows pre-processing of the process data distributed locally and communication as PROFI-BUS-DP slaves with the mas-ter control.

This results in the following advantages: Clear configuring Simple pre-startup of indi-

vidual plant segments Offloading of PROFIBUS-DP Smaller, easier to program

central controllerIM 151/CPU and IM 151/CPU FO can also be used as "standalone" CPUs without a master control.

The fine-modular design of the ET 200S I/O system, together with the IM 151/CPU allows a function-oriented structure of the station with all the advantages of an intelli-gent slave.

The comprehensive range of I/O modules (digital and ana-log channels, technology modules, motors starters, brake control module, safety engineering) allows the assembly of miniature control-lers on PROFIBUS-DP.

Design The IM 151/CPU includes: Microprocessor with a pro-

cessing time of 300 ns per binary instruction

24 kByte working memory (corresponds to approx. 8 k instructions)Load memory for program and fast working memory for process-relevant program sections.

Fine modular expandability for maximum flexibility. Up to 63 I/O modules (power, elec-tronics, technology and mo-tor starter modules) in any mixture

Integrated multipoint inter-face PG, OP/DP alternatively in RS 485 (Cu, 9-pin Sub-D female connector) or FOC (4 simplex sockets) for DP and RS 485 for PG, OP

Mode selector Password concept for pro-

tecting the application pro-gram against unauthorized access

Diagnostic buffer for the 100 preceding fault and interrup-tion events

Maintenance-free data backup of retentive data without battery

SIMATIC Micro Memory Card (MMC) makes program backup easy

Firmware update via MMC Software clock

Diagnostic message frames of the CPU can be provided with date/time stamp

Integrated communication functions:– PG/OP communication– PROFIBUS-DP slave


Distributed I/Os

3


Functions Configurable and parame-terizable attributes Type and scope of I/O ex-

pansion Startup and cycle behavior

Determination of maximum cycle time and load as well as self-test functions

Definition of the number of retentive bit memories, counters, timers and data blocks

Clock memorySetting the addresses

Protection stageSetting access rights to the programs and the data

Definition of the handling and scope of diagnostic messages

Watchdog interruptsSetting of periodicity

Time-of-day interrupts;Setting of start date, time and periodicity

Display andinformation functions Status and error function

LEDs indicate e.g. hard-ware, programming, time or I/O errors and operating sta-tus' RUN, STOP, startup etc.

Test functions; status signals can be displayed on the pro-gramming device while the program is running, process variables can be changed independently of the appli-cation program and the con-tents of stack memories can be output.

Information functions;The user can use the pro-gramming device to obtain information about memory capacity and the operational mode of the CPU, the cur-rent capacity of the working memory and the load memo-ry, current cycle times and the content of diagnosis buffers in plain text.


CPU module(different data are printed in bold )

IM 151/CPU IM 151/CPU FO

RAM(1 statement correspondsto an average of 3 bytes)

24 Kbytes/ 8 K statements RAM 24 Kbytes/ 8 K statements RAM

Load memory Integrated For plug-in as MMC

40 Kbytes RAMUp to 4 MByte Flash-EPROM

40 Kbytes RAMUp to 4 MByte Flash-EPROM

Retentive data 4 Kbytesflags, counters, times, data100 diagnosis buffer entries

4 Kbytesflags, counters, times, data100 diagnosis buffer entries

Clock Software clock Software clock

Programming language STEP 7 from V5.1 STEP 7 from V5.1

Program organization Linear, structured Linear, structured

Types of blocks Organization blocks (OBs) Function blocks (FBs) Functions (FC) Data blocks (DBs) System functions (SFBs, SFCs)

Organization blocks (OBs) Function blocks (FBs) Functions (FC) Data blocks (DBs) System functions (SFBs, SFCs)

Number of blocks max. 128 FC, 128 FB, 127 DB 128 FC, 128 FB, 127 DB

Program execution Free cycle (OB 1) Delay alarm (OB 20) Time-driven (OB 35) Real-time controlled (OB 10) Interrupt-driven (OB 40) Restart (OB 100)

Free cycle (OB 1) Delay alarm (OB 20) Time-driven (OB 35) Real-time controlled (OB 10) Interrupt-driven (OB 40) Restart (OB 100)

Block nesting depth 8 for each program execution level 8 for each program execution level

Nesting levels 8 8

Operation set Binary logic, parenthesis commands, resultassignment, save, count, load, transfer, compare, shift, rotate, gener-ate complement, call up blocks, fixed-point and floating-pointarithmetic functions, jump functions

Binary logic, parenthesis commands, result assignment, save, count, load, transfer, compare, shift, rotate, gener-ate complement, call up blocks, fixed-point and floating-point arithmetic functions, jump functions

User program protection Password Password

System functions (SFCs) Interrupt and error processing, copying data,clock functions, diagnostic functions, module parameter-ization, status transitions

Interrupt and error processing, copying data,clock functions, diagnostic functions, module parameter-ization, status transitions

Execution times Bit operations Word instructions approx. Time and counter operations Fixed-point addition Floating-point addition

0.3 to 0.6 µs1 µs

12 µs2 µs

50 µs

0.3 to 0.6 µs1 µs

12 µs2 µs

50 µs


Distributed I/Os

3


Technical specifications (continued)

CPU module(different data are printed in bold )

IM 151/CPU IM 151/CPU FO

Cycle time monitoring 150 ms (preset),adjustable from 1 to 6000 ms

150 ms (preset),adjustable from 1 to 6000 ms

Bit memories Of these retentive

20480 to 2048 (M0.0 to M255.7, selectable)

20480 to 2048 (M0.0 to M255.7, selectable)

Counter Of these retentive Counting range

6463, selectable1 to 999

6463, selectable1 to 999

Timers Of these retentive Counting range

1280 to 127, programmable10 ms to 9990 s

1280 to 127, programmable10 ms to 9990 s

PROFIBUS-DP interface Node address Communication functions

Transmission speed

Distance between max.2 adjacent nodes

1 to 125, switch-selectable Programming device/OP communication DP slave Send and receive capability for internode

communicationUp to 9,6; 19,2; 45,45; 93,75; 187,5; 500 kBaud1,5; 3; 6; 12 Mbit/s

100 m to 1000 m (baud rate-dependent),without repeater

1 to 125, switch-selectable Programming device/OP communication DP slave Send and receive capability for internode

communicationUp to 9,6; 19,2; 45,45; 93,75; 187,5; 500 kBaud1,5; 12 Mbit/s

Plastic: 50 mPCF: 300 m

PUs/OPs with STEP 7 Can be connected PROFIBUS interface Can be connected via programming device interface

Onboard I/Os None None

No. of modules per system 63 63

Address volume on PROFIBUS-DP max. 64 bytes each for inputs and 64 bytes outputs

64 bytes each for inputsand 64 bytes outputs

Number of connections PG/OP 5 5

Supply voltages Rated value Permitted range

24 V DC20.4 to 28.8 V

24 V DC20.4 to 28.8 V

Current input typ. 0.5 A 0.5 A

Inrush current typ. 3 A 3 A

Power loss 2 W 2 W

Dimensions (W × H × D) in mm 60 × 119.5 × 75 60 × 119.5 × 75

Weight IM 151 Memory card

200 g–

200 g–

Suitable modules Without restriction Without restriction

Suitable software Software controllers

Process diagnostics S7-GRAPH S7-HiGraph S7-SCL CFC

Dependent on required storage space and resulting runtimeyesnonoyesno

Dependent on required storage space andresulting runtimeyesnonoyesno

Configuring rules Max. 63 I/O modules per station Max. 1 m station width Max. 10 A per load group (power module)

Max. 63 I/O modules per station Max. 1 m station width Max. 10 A per load group (power module)


Distributed I/Os

3


Dimension drawings

Fig. 3/41 Interface module IM 151/CPU (IM 151/CPU FO)

G_I

K10_

deP0

072a

s

Dimensionsin mm

60

53

66,5

82

119,5

Rest DIN rail

DC24V

1L+2L+1M 2M64321618141211

PG6ES7 151-7AB00-0AB0

MEM DPADDRESSOFF ON

X 23 4

ET 200S

PROFIBUS-DP

IM 151 CPU

RUN-P

STOP

MRES

FRCE SF

BF

ON

RUN

STOP


Interface module IM 151/CPU 6ES7 151-7AA00-0AB0

Interface module IM 151/CPU FO 6ES7 151-7AB00-0AB0

MMC 64 KB for program backup

6ES7 953-8LF00-0AA0

MMC 2 MB for program backupand/or firmware update

6ES7 953-8LL00-0AA0

MMC-Adapter for PG memory card slot

6ES7 798-0BA00-0AA0

External Prommer for MMC with USB interface for example

in preparation

PG with integrated MMC interface

in preparation

Order No.

100 simplex connectors for plastic FOCincl. 5 polishing kits

6GK1 901-0FB00-0AA0

50 plug adapters for 2 simplex connectors each

6ES7 195-1BE00-0XA0

Labeling sheet DIN A4 petrol red yellow light beige

6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA06ES7 193-4BD00-0AA06ES7 193-4BB00-0AA06ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0




Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200SPower modules for electronic submodules PM-E

Overview • For monitoring and, depending on the version, securing load and encoder supply voltage

• Can be connected to TM-P terminal modules with auto-matic coding

• Diagnostic message of volt-age and fuse drop (can be switched off by configura-tion)

Application PM-E power modules are used for monitoring and, depending on the version, securing load and encoder supply voltage supplied to the extending terminal bus via the TM-P terminal modules.

The failure of the voltage and/or fuse can be reported to the supraordinate master if required. Additional LEDs provide infor-mation about the status of the voltage and the fuse on site.

The following versions are available: Power module PM-E

24 V DC; with diagnostics Power module PM-E

24 V DC to 230 V AC; with diagnostics and fusing

Design PM-E power modules are plugged into the TM-P termi-nal modules provided for this purpose. The first module after the IM 151 must always be a power module.

The version for fusing has a fusible link (5 × 20 mm).

Up to 6 replacement fuses can be stored on the terminat-ing module (see IM 151).


PM-E 24 V DCwith diagnostics

PM-E 24 V DC/120/230 V ACwith diagnostics and fuse

Rated load voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC, 120 V AC, 230 V AC

Polarity reversal protection Yes Yes

Short-circuit protection External (e.g. automatic circuit breaker) Internal with fuse (5 × 20 mm), 250 V, 10 A, quick

Current carrying capacity up to 30 °C max. up to 60 °C max.

Max. 10 A (up to 60 °C)––

10 A (24 V DC), 8 A (120/230 V AC)7 A (24 V DC), 5 A (120/230 V AC)

Galvanic isolation Between process and backplane bus Between process and backplane bus

Isolation tested at 500 V DC 1500 V AC

Diagnostics indicator Collective error "SF", red LED Collective error "SF", red LED

Status display Rated load voltage "PWR", green LED Rated load voltage "PWR", green LEDFuse OK: "FSG", green LED

Diagnostics message Load voltage out Load voltage out, fuse failure

Address space required per module – –

Module width 15 mm 15 mm

Weight approx. 35 g 45 g

Parameters (default value underlined) Load voltage out Diagnostics fuse tripped

3 bytesDisable/enable–

3 bytesDisable/enableDisable/enable

Dimension drawings The dimensions of the terminal modules with plugged power mod-ule are the same as those with a plugged electronic submodule (see page 3/83).


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200SPower modules for electronic submodules PM-E

1) For all electronic and technology modules except 2 DI 120 V AC / 2 DI 230 V AC / 2 DD 120/230 V AC

Connection diagrams

Fig. 3/42 Power modules PM-E

G_IK10_deP0094s

6ES7138-4CB00-0AB0

6ES7138-4CA00-0AA0

PM-EDC 24V

SF

4;8

L

M3;7

X 23 4

PE

+2;6

PWR

PM-E24V

SFAC120/230VDC

4;8

L

3;7

+2;6

/L1

M/N

X 34 5

PE

PWRPWR FSG


Power module PM-E 24 V DC 1) for electronic submodules; with diagnostics

6ES7 138-4CA00-0AA00

Power module PM-E 24 V DC to 230 V ACfor electronic submodules; with diagnostics and fuse

6ES7 138-4CB00-0AB00


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200SDigital electronic submodules

Overview • Digital inputs and outputs for the ET 200S

• Can be connected to TM-E terminal modules with auto-matic coding

• High-feature variants for en-hanced plant availability, ad-ditional functions and comprehensive diagnostics

• Module replacement during operation and under power (hot swapping)

Application Digital electronic submodules contain digital inputs and out-puts for the ET 200S. They are always connected to a TM-E terminal module.High-feature variants enhance plant availability and provide additional functions and diagnostics.

Module replacement under power and during operation makes the plant especially maintenance-friendly. The following modules are available: 2 DI 24 V DC, Standard 2 DI 24 V DC, High Feature 4 DI 24 V DC, Standard 4 DI 24 V DC, High Feature 2 DI 120 V AC 2 DI 230 V AC

2 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A, Standard

2 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A, High Feature

4 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A, Standard

2 DO 24 V DC/2 A,Standard

2 DO 24 V DC/2 A, High Feature

4 DO 24 V DC/2 A, Standard 2 DO 24 V DC, 230 V AC,

Relay 5 A 2 DO 120 V AC/230 V, 1 A


Distributed I/Os

3


Technical specifications Digital input modules

Digital input modules(different data are printed in bold )

2 DI 24 V DC,Standard

2 DI 24 V DC,High Feature

4 DI 24 V DC,Standard

Number of inputs 2 2 4

Address space required per module with summary without summary

2 bits1 byte

2 bits1 byte

4 bits1 byte

Line length unshielded max. shielded max.

600 m1000 m

600 m1000 m

600 m1000 m

Rated supply voltage from the power module

24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC

Galvanic isolation between the channels between channels and backplane bus

noyes

noyes

noyes

Permissible potential difference between different power circuits between ground and input

75 V DC, 60 V AC–

75 V DC, 60 V AC–

75 V DC, 60 V AC–

Isolation tested at 500 V DC 500 V DC 500 V DC

Power loss typ. 0.4 W 0.4 W 0.8 W

Current consumption from backplane bus max. from supply voltage

10 mAdependent on sensor



Input voltage rated value for signal "1" for signal "0"

24 V DC+11 to +30 V–30 to +5V

24 V DC+11 to +30 V–30 to +5V

24 V DC+11 to +30 V–30 to +5V

Input current with signal "1" typ. 7 mA 8 mA 7 mA

Input delay from "0" to "1" from "1" to "0"

fixed3 ms3 ms

programmable0.1 to 10 ms0.1 to 10 ms

3 ms3 ms

Input characteristic to IEC 1131 Type 1 Type 2 Type 1

Connection of two-wire BEROs permissible quiescent current max.

possible1.5 mA

possible1.5 mA

possible1.5 mA

Diagnostics indicator – yes no

Status display green LED per channel yes yes

Process diagnostics short-circuit after M

– yes, per module no

Parameters (default value underlined) input delay short-circuit after M

1 byte––

3 bytes0.1; 0.5, 3: 15 msdisable /enable

1 byte––

Module width 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm

Weight 35 g 35 g 35 g


Distributed I/Os

3


Technical specifications Digital input modules (continued)

Digital input modules(different data are printed in bold )

4 DI 24 V DC,High Feature

2 DI 120 V AC 2 DI 230 V AC



4 bits1 byte

2 bits1 byte

2 bits1 byte


600 m1000 m

600 m1000 m

600 m1000 m

Rated supply voltage fromthe power module

24 V DC 120 V AC 230 V AC

Galvanic isolation between the channels between channels and backplane bus

noyes

noyes

noyes

Permissible potential difference between different power circuits between ground and input

75 V DC, 60 V AC–

–1500 V AC

–1500 V AC

Isolation tested at 500 V DC 1500 V AC 1500 V AC







24 V DC+11 to +30 V–30 to +5V

120 V AC79 to 132 V0 to 20 V

230 V AC164 to 264 V0 to 20 V

Input current with signal "1" typ. 8 mA 3.3 to 8.2 mA 4.0 to 16.5 mA

Input delay from "0" to "1" from "1" to "0"

3 ms3 ms

15 ms20 ms

15 ms20 ms

Input characteristic to IEC 1131 Type 1 Type 1 Type 1

Connection of two-wire BEROs permissible quiescent current max.

possible1.5 mA

no–

no–

Diagnostics indicator no no no

Status display yes yes yes

Process diagnostics short-circuit after M

no no no

Parameters (default value underlined) input delay short-circuit after M

1 byte––

3 bytes––

3 bytes––




Distributed I/Os

3


Technical specifications Digital output modules

Digital output modules(different data are printed in bold )

2 DO 24 V DC/ 0,5 A,Standard

2 DO 24 V DC/0,5 A,High Feature

2 DO 24 V DC/ 2 A,Standard

2 DO 24 V DC/2 A,High Feature

Number of outputs 2 2 2 2


2 bits1 byte

2 bits1 byte

2 bits1 byte

2 bits1 byte


600 m1000 m

600 m1000 m

600 m1000 m

600 m1000 m

Rated load voltage L+from power module

24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC


– – – –

Polarity reversal protection yes yes yes yes

Aggregate current for outputs at 40 °C at 50 °C at 60 °C

1 A (up to 60 °C)–––

1 A (up to 60 °C)–––

4 A (up to 60 °C)–––

4 A (up to 60 °C)–––

Current per cable up to 50 °C up to 60 °C

– – – –

Galvanic isolation between the channels between channels and backplane bus between channels and supply voltage between supply voltage and back-

plane bus

noyes––

noyes––

noyes––

noyes––

Isolation tested at between channels and backplane bus between channels and supply voltage between supply voltage and back-

plane bus

500 V DC––

500 V DC––

500 V DC––

500 V DC––

Power loss typ. 0.4 W 0.4 W 1.4 W 1.4 W


10 mA5 mA per channel




Output voltage at signal "1" min. L+ –1 V L+ –1 V L+ –1 V L+ –1 V

Output current at signal "1" rated value permitted range at signal "0" (residual current) thermal uninterrupted current minimum load current

0.5 A7 to 600 mA0.3 mA––

0.5 A7 to 600 mA0.3 mA––

2 A7 to 2400 mA0.3 mA––

2 A7 to 2400 mA0.3 mA––

Output delay with resistive load from "0" to "1" from "1" to "0"

100 µs100 µs

100 µs100 µs

100 µs100 µs

100 µs100 µs

Load resistance range 48 to 3400 Ω 48 to 3400 Ω 12 to 3400 Ω 12 to 3400 Ω

Switch two outputs in parallel for redundant load

control for increasing performance

yes, for each moduleno




Control a digital input yes yes yes yes

Lamp load max. 2.5 W 2.5 W 10 W 10 W


Distributed I/Os

3


Technical specifications Digital output modules (continued)



2 DO 24 V DC/0,5 A,High Feature

2 DO 24 V DC/ 2 A,Standard

2 DO 24 V DC/2 A,High Feature

Switching frequency for resistive load for inductive load for a lamp load

100 Hz2 Hz10 Hz

100 Hz2 Hz10 Hz

100 Hz2 Hz10 Hz

100 Hz2 Hz10 Hz

Inductive switch planing restricted to –55 to –60 V –55 to –60 V –55 to –60 V –55 to –60 V

Reverse voltage resistance yes, when using the same volt-age source as the power module

yes, when using the same volt-age source as the power module



Short-circuit protection Response threshold

yes1.5 A

yes1.5 A

yes4 A

yes4 A

Diagnostic displayred LED group error "SF"

no yes no yes

Status displaygreen LED per channel

yes yes yes yes

Process diagnostics Short-circuit after M Wire break

nono

yes, by channelyes, by channel

nono


Parameters (default value underlined) Short-circuit after M Wire break Characteristics during a CPU/master

STOP

Substitute value, channel-wise

1 byte–––

–

3 bytesdisable / enabledisable / enableswitch substitute value /retain last value

0; 1

1 byte–––

–

3 bytesdisable / enabledisable / enableswitch substitute value /retain last value

0; 1

Module width 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm

Weight 40 g 40 g 40 g 40 g


Distributed I/Os

3


Technical specifications Digital output modules




2 DO 120/230 V AC/1 A 2 DO 24 V DC to230 V AC/5 A, Relay



2 bits1 byte

2 bits1 byte

2 bits1 byte

2 bits1 byte


600 m1000 m

600 m1000 m

600 m1000 m

600 m1000 m

Rated load voltage L+from power module

24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC –V


– – – 24 V DC


Aggregate current for outputs at 40 °C at 50 °C at 60 °C

2 A (up to 60 °C)–––

–––4 A

–1 A0.75 A0.5 A

––––

Current per cable up to 50 °C up to 60 °C

– – –5 A4 A

Galvanic isolation between the channels between channels and backplane bus between channels andsupply voltage between supply voltage and back-

plane bus

noyes––

noyes––

noyes––

noyesyesyes

Isolation tested at between channels and backplane bus between channels andsupply voltage between supply voltage and back-

plane bus

500 V DC––

500 V DC––

1500 V AC––

500 V DC1500 V AC1500 V AC

Power loss typ. 0.8 W 2.8 W 4 W 0.6 W





10 mA30 mA

Output voltage at signal "1" min. L+ –1 V L+ –1 V L –1.5 V –

Output current at signal "1" rated value permitted range at signal "0" (residual current) thermal uninterrupted current minimum load current

0.5 A7 to 600 mA0.3 mA––

2 A7 to 2400 mA0.3 mA––

1 A0.1 to 1100 mA3 mA––

–––5 A1 mA

Output delay with resistive load from "0" to "1" from "1" to "0"

100 µs100 µs

100 µs100 µs

15 ms15 ms

––

Load resistance range 48 to 3400 Ω 12 to 3400 Ω – –

Switch two outputs in parallel for redundant load

control for increasing performance


yes,for each moduleno


nono

Control a digital input yes yes yes yes

Lamp load max. 2.5 W 10 W 100 W –


Distributed I/Os

3


Technical specifications Digital output modules (continued)




2 DO 120/230 V AC/1 A 2 DO 24 V DC to230 V AC/5 A, Relay

Switching frequency for resistive load for inductive load for a lamp load

100 Hz2 Hz10 Hz

100 Hz2 Hz10 Hz

10 Hz0,5 Hz1 Hz

2 Hz0,5 Hz2 Hz

Inductive switch planing restricted to –55 to –60 V –55 to –60 V –55 to –60 V –55 to –60 V

Reverse voltage resistance yes, when using the same volt-age source as the power module



–

Short-circuit protection

Response threshold

yes

1.5 A

yes

4 A

yes, via fuse in power module

external fuse required (max. 6 A, quick)

Diagnostic displayred LED group error "SF"

no yes no yes

Status displaygreen LED per channel

yes yes yes yes

Process diagnostics Short-circuit after M Wire break

no–

no–

no–

no–

Parameters (default value underlined) Short-circuit after M Wire break Characteristics during a CPU/master

STOP

Substitute value, channel-wise

1 byte–––

–

1 byte–––

–

3 bytes––Switch substitute value /retain last value

0; 1

3 bytes––Switch substitute value /retain last value

0; 1


Weight 40 g 40 g 40 g 40 g


Distributed I/Os

3


Connection diagrams

Fig. 3/43 Digital electronic submodules

G_I

K10_

deP0

077s

6ES7131-4BB00-0AA0

1;5

4;8

IN

L+

3;7

2;6

2DC

DI24V

SF

1 5

X 23 4

PE

Standard

1;5

4;8

IN

L+

3;7

2;6

2DC

DI24V

SF

1 5

X 23 4

PE

High Feature

1;52;6

IN

L+

3;7

4DC

DI24V

SF

1 5

X 23 4

Standard

2 DIAC 120V

1;5

4;8

IN

L1N

PE2;6

3;7

X 23 4

1 5

2 DIAC 230V

1;5

4;8

IN

L1N

PE2;6

3;7

X 23 4

1 5

6ES7132-4BB00-0AA0

Standard

1;5

4;8

OUT

M3;7

1 5

X 23 4

PE

DCDO

24V/0,5A

SF

2

1;5

4;8

OUT

M3;7

1 5

X 23 4

PE

DCDO

24V/0,5A

SF

2

High Feature

1;5

4;8

OUT

M3;7

1 5

X 23 4

PE

DCDO

24V/2A

SF

2

Standard6ES7132-4BB30-0AA0

1;5

4;8

OUT

M3;7

1 5

X 23 4

PE

DCDO

24V/2A

SF

2

High Feature Standard Standard

4;8

A4;A8A3;A7

AUX1

2 6

1;52;6

IN

L+

3;7

4DC

DI24V

SF

1 5

X 23 4

High Feature

4;8

A4;A8A3;A7

AUX1

2 6

6ES7131-4BB00-0AB0

6ES7131-4BD00-0AA0

6ES7131-4BD00-0AB0

6ES7131-4EB00-0AB0

6ES7131-4FB00-0AB0

1;52;6

OUT

M

3;7

4DC

DO24V/0.5A

SF

1 5

X 23 4

4;8

A4;A8A3;A7

AUX1

2 6

6ES7132-4BD00-0AA0

6ES7132-4BD30-0AA0

1;52;6

OUT

M

3;7

4DC

DO24V/2A

SF

1 5

X 23 4

4;8

A4;A8A3;A7

AUX1

2 6

6ES7132-4BB00-0AB0

6ES7132-4BB30-0AB0

1;5

4;8

OUT

N3;7

1 5

X 23 4

PE

ACDO

120/230V

SF

2

6ES7132-4FB00-0AB0

1.0A


Digital input modulesConsignment 5 pieces 2 DI 24 V DC Standard 2 DI 24 V DC High Feature 4 DI 24 V DC Standard 4 DI 24 V DC High Feature 2 DI 120 V AC 2 DI 230 V AC

6ES7 131-4BB00-0AA06ES7 131-4BB00-0AB06ES7 131-4BD00-0AA06ES7 131-4BD00-0AB06ES7 131-4EB00-0AB06ES7 131-4FB00-0AB0

Order No.

Digital output modulesConsignment 5 pieces 2 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A Standard 2 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A High Feature 2 DO 24 V DC/2 A Standard 2 DO 24 V DC/2 A High Feature 4 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A Standard 4 DO 24 V DC/2 A Standard 2 DO 120/230 V AC/1 A 2 DO 24 V DC to 230 V AC/5 A

Relay

6ES7 132-4BB00-0AA06ES7 132-4BB00-0AB06ES7 132-4BB30-0AA06ES7 132-4BB30-0AB06ES7 132-4BD00-0AA06ES7 132-4BD30-0AB06ES7 132-4FB00-0AB06ES7 132-4HB00-0AB0

Labeling sheet DIN A4 see Terminal modules, page 3/85


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200SAnalog electronic submodules

Overview • Analog inputs and outputs for the ET 200S

• Can be connected to TM-E terminal modules with auto-matic coding

• High-feature variants with enhanced accuracy and resolution

• High-speed variants for high-speed analog value acquisition

• Module replacement during operation and under power (hot swapping)

Note:For selection of suitable TM-E terminal modules, please observe the configuring tools (see page 3/82).

Application Analog electronic submod-ules contain analog inputs and outputs for the ET 200S. They are always connected to a TM-E terminal module.High-feature variants allow analog value processing with enhanced accuracy and reso-lution.

High-speed variants enable high-speed analog value acquisition.Module replacement under power and during operation makes the plant especially maintenance-friendly.

The following modules are available: 2 AI U Standard 2 AI U High Speed 2 AI U High Feature 2 AI I Standard 2-wire 2 AI I High Speed 2-wire 2 AI, I, 4-wire Standard 2 AI I 4-wire High Speed 2 AI I High Feature

2-/4-wire (15 bits + VZ) 2 AI RTD 2 AI TC 2 AO U Standard 2 AO I Standard 2 AO U High Feature

(15 bits + VZ) 2 AO I High Feature

(15 bits + VZ)


Distributed I/Os

3


1) Only in measuring range 1 to 5 V2) Only in measuring ranges of the thermocouples

Technical specifications Analog input modules

Analog input modules(different data are printed in bold )

2 AI, U,Standard

2 AI U,High Speed

4 AI U,High Feature


Address space required per module 4 bytes 4 bytes 4 bytes

Cable length, shielded 200 m 200 m 200 m

Supply voltage from power module, rated value

24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC

Galvanic isolation between channels and backplane bus between the channels and load volt-

age L+ between the channels

yesyes

no

yesyes

no

yesyes

no

Permissible potential difference between input and MANA (UCM) between MANA and the central ground-

ing point (UISO) between the channels

2 VPP AC75 V DC/60 V AC

–

2 VPP AC75 V DC/60 V AC

–

––

100 V AC/140 V DC


Current consumption from load voltage L+ max. from backplane bus max.

30 mA10 mA

35 mA10 mA

53 mA10 mA

Diagnostic display red LEDgroup error "SF"

yes yes yes

Diagnostics Group error

(parameterization or internal error) Overflow/underflow Wire break Wire break test 2)

yesyesyes 1)

–

yesyesno–

yesyesno–

Measuring principle integrating instantaneous value encryption integrating

Integration time 16.67/20 ms – 16.67/20 ms

Conversion time per channel (max. 2) 55/65 ms 0.1 ms 25/30 ms

Cycle time (both channels) 110/130 ms 1 ms 58.3/70 ms

Interference frequency suppression 60/50 Hz – 60/50 Hz

Resolution(incl. overrange) ±10 V ±5 V 1 to 5 V ±20 mA 4 to 20 mA Pt100/Ni100 150 Ω 300 Ω/600 Ω

13 bits + sign13 bits + sign13 bits–––––

11 bits +sign–––––––

15 bits + sign15 bits + sign15 bits–––––


Distributed I/Os

3


1) Only in measuring range 1 to 5 V

Technical specifications Analog input modules (continued)


2 AI, U,Standard

2 AI U,High Speed

4 AI U,High Feature

Input range (rated value)/input resistance Resistance Resistance thermometer Voltage Thermocouple

––––

––––

––––

Noise suppression for noise frequency Common mode interference (Vpp) min. Common mode interference

(peak value of interference <nominal value of the input range) min.

Crosstalk between the inputs min.

90 dB

70 dB–50 dB

90 dB

70 dB–50 dB

100 dB

90 db–110 dB

Operating error limits(over entire temperature range,referred to the input range)

±0.6% -/±1 ± 0.1%

Basic error limit (operating error limit at 25 °C, referred to the input range)

±0.4% ±0.7% ±0.05%

Temperature error(referred to the input range)

±0.01%/K ±0.01%/K ±0.003%/K

Linearity error(referred to the input range)

±0.01% ±0.01% ±0.03%

Repeatability (in the steady-state condi-tion at 25 °C, referred to input range)

±0.05% ±0.15% ±0.01%

Permissible input voltage(destruction limit)

35 V continuous, 75 V for max. 1 ms 35 V continuous, 75 V for max. 1 ms 35 V continuous, 75 V for max. 1 ms


– – –

Load for the 2-wiretransducer max. – – –

characteristic curve linearization, parameterizable

– – –

Parameters (default value underlined) Group diagnostics Overflow/underflow Wire break Wire break test Smoothing Reference point Reference point number Measuring type/range

4 bytesdisable/enabledisable/enabledisable /enable 1)

–none/weak/average/strong––Deactivated /±10 V/±5 V/1 to 5 V

4 bytesdisable/enabledisable/enable––none/weak/ average/strong––deactivated /±10 V

4 bytesdisable/enabledisable/enable––none/weak/ average/strong––deactivated /±10 V/±5 V/1 to 5 V




Distributed I/Os

3


1) Only in measuring range 4 to 20 mA2) Only in measuring ranges of the thermocouples3) The high feature analog input module can be used for both 2 and 4 wire

transducers



2 AI I 2-wire,Standard

2 AI I 2-wire,High Speed

4 AI I 2-wire,High Feature 3)





24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC



yesno

no

yesno

no

yesno

no



–75 V DC/60 V AC

–

–75 V DC/60 V AC

–

––

100 V AC/140 V DC



80 mA10 mA

35 mA10 mA

53 mA10 mA


yes yes yes



yesyesyes 1)

–

yesyesyes 1)

–

yesyesyes 1)

–







––––13 bits–––

––––12 bits–––

–––15 bits + sign15 bits–––


Distributed I/Os

3


1) Only in measuring range 4 to 20 mA2) The high feature analog input module can be used for both 2 and 4 wire

transducers







––––

––––

––––

Noise suppression for noise frequency Common mode interference (VPP) min. Common mode interference



–

70 dB–50 dB

–

70 dB–50 dB

100 dB

90 db–110 dB


±0.6% -/±1 ± 0.1%


±0.4% ±0.7% ±0.05%


±0.005%/K ±0.01%/K ±0.003%/K


±0.01% ±0.01% ±0.03%

Repeatability (in the steady-state condition at 25 °C, referred to input range)

±0.05% ±0.10% ±0.01%


– – –


40 mA 35 mA 40 mA

Load for the 2-wiretransducer max. 750 Ω 750 Ω 750 Ω


– – –

Parameters (default value underlined) Group diagnostics Overflow/underflow Wire break Wire break test Smoothing Reference point Reference point number Measuring type/range

4 bytesdisable/enabledisable/enabledisable/enable 1)

–none/weak/ average/strong––deactivated /4 to 20 mA




–none/weak/ average/strong––deactivated /±20 mA/4 to 20 mA




Distributed I/Os

3


1) Only in measuring range 4 to 20 mA2) Only in measuring ranges of the thermocouples3) The high feature analog input module can be used for both 2 and 4 wire

transducers










24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC



yesno

no

yesno

no

yesno

no



–75 V DC/60 V AC

–

–75 V DC/60 V AC

–

––

100 V AC/140 V DC



30 mA10 mA

35 mA10 mA

53 mA10 mA


yes yes yes



yes

yesyes 1)

–

yes

yesyes 1)

–

yes

yesyes 1)

–








––––12 bits–––



Distributed I/Os

3


1) Only in measuring range 4 to 20 mA2) The high feature analog input module can be used for both 2 and 4 wire

transducers







––––

––––

––––




–

70 dB–50 dB

–

70 dB–50 dB

100 dB

90 db–110 dB


±0.6% -/±1 ± 0.1%


±0.4% ±0.7% ±0.05%


±0.005%/K ±0.01%/K ±0.003%/K


±0.01% ±0.01% ±0.03%


±0.05% ±0.10% ±0.01%


– – –


40 mA 35 mA 40 mA

Load for the 2-wiretransducer max. 750 Ω 750 Ω 750 Ω

Characteristic curve linearization, parameterizable

– – –

Parameters (default value underlined) Group diagnostics Overflow/ underflow Wire break Wire break test Smoothing Reference point Reference point number Measuring type/range






–none/weak/ average/strong––deactivated /±20 mA/4 to 20 mA




Distributed I/Os

3


1) Wire break is only detected on constant current lines2) An additional 20 ms, if wire break test is activated



2 AI RTD 2 AI TC

Number of inputs 2 2

Address space required per module 4 bytes 4 bytes

Cable length, shielded 50 m 50 m


24 V DC 24 V DC



yesyes

no

yesyes

no



–75 V DC/60 V AC

–

–75 V DC/60 V AC

–

Power loss typ. 0.6 W 0.6 W


30 mA10 mA

30 mA10 mA


yes yes


(parameterization or internal error) Overflow/ underflow Wire break Wire break test 2)

yesyesyes 1)

–

yesyes––

Measuring principle integrating integrating

Integration time 16.67/20 ms 16.67/20 ms

Conversion time per channel (max. 2) 110/130 ms 55/65 ms 2)

Cycle time (both channels) 220/260 ms –

Interference frequency suppression 60/50 Hz 60/50 Hz


–––––15 bits + sign14 bits15 bits

15 bits + sign–––––––


Distributed I/Os

3




2 AI RTD 2 AI TC

Input range (rated value)/input resistance Resistance

Resistance thermometer

Voltage Thermocouple

150 Ω/min. 100 kΩ300 Ω/min. 100 kΩ600 Ω/min. 100 kΩPt100/min. 100 kΩNi100/min. 100 kΩ––

–

–

±80 mV/min. 1 MWType E, N, J, K, L, S, R, B, T/n.n. 1 MΩ




90 dB

70 dB–50 dB

90 dB

70 dB–50 dB


±0.6% ±0.6%


±0.4% ±0.4%


±06%/K ±0.005%/K


±0.01% ±0.01%


±0.05% ±0.05%


9 V ±10 V


– –

Load for the 2-wiretransducer max. 750 Ω –


Pt100, Ni100 respectively standard and climatic Type E, N, J, K, L, S, R, B, T to IEC 584

Parameters (default value underlined) Group diagnostics Overflow/ underflow Wire break Wire break test Smoothing Reference point Reference point number Measuring type/range

4 bytesdisable/enabledisable/enabledisable/enable–none/weak/ average/strong––deactivated/150 Ω/300 Ω/600 Ω/Pt100 climatic/Pt100 standard/Ni100 climatic/Ni100 standard

4 bytesdisable/enabledisable/enable–disable/enablenone/weak/ average/strongnone/RTDnone/1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8deactivated/±80 mV/±250 mV/±500 mV/±1 V/TC-EL type T (Cu-CuNi)/TC-EL type K (NiCr-Ni)/TC-EL type B (PtRh-PtRh)/TC-EL type N (NiCrSi-NiSi)/TC-EL type E (NiCr-CuNi)/TC-EL type R (PtRh-Pt)/TC-EL type S (PtRh-Pt)/TC-EL type J (Fe-Cu-Ni)/TC-EL type L (Fe-Cu-Ni)


Weight 40 g 40 g


Distributed I/Os

3


Technical specifications Analog output modules

Analog output modules(different data are printed in bold )

2 AO U,Standard

2 AO U,High Feature

2 AO I,Standard

2 AO I,High Feature


Address space required per module 4 bytes 4 bytes 4 bytes 4 bytes

Cable length, shielded max. 200 m 200 m 200 m 200 m


24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC –V




yesyes

no

yesyes

no

yesyes

no

yesyesno



–75 V DC/60 V AC

–

–75 V DC/60 V AC

–

–75 V DC/60 V AC

–

–75 V DC/60 V AC

–

Power loss typ. 2 W 2.5 W 2 W 3 W


130 mA10 mA

130 mA10 mA

150 mA10 mA

150 mA10 mA


yes yes yes yes


(parameterization or internal error) Short-circuit after M Wire break

yesyes–

yesyes–

yes–yes

yes–yes

Cycle time (both channels) 1.5 ms 2.5 ms 1.5 ms 2.5 ms

Transient recovery time for resistive load capacitive loads inductive loads

0.1 ms0.5 ms0.5 ms

0.1 ms0.5 ms0.5 ms

0.1 ms0.5 ms0.5 ms

0.25 ms1.0 ms0.5 ms

Resolution(incl. overrange) ±10 V 1 to 5 V ±20 mA 4 to 20 mA

13 bits + sign12 bits––

15 bits + sign14 bits––

––13 bits + sign13 bits

––15 bits + sign15 bits


±0.4% ±0.05% ±0.5% ±0.05%


Distributed I/Os

3


Technical specifications Analog output modules (continued)

Analog output modules(different data are printed in bold )

2 AO U,Standard

2 AO U,High Feature

2 AO I,Standard

2 AO I,High Feature


± 0.2% ±0.01% ±0.3% ±0.01%


±0.01%/K ±0.001%/K ±0.01%/K ±0.001%/K


±0.02% ±0.02% ±0.02% ±0.02%


±0.05% ±0.01% ±0.05% ±0.01%

Output ripple (referred to output range, bandwidth 0 to 50 kH)

±0.02% ±0.02% ±0.02% ±0.02%

Destruction limit against external voltages and currents Voltages at outputs against

MANA

Current max.

max. 15 V continuous,75 V for max. 1 s (mark-space ratio 1:20)50 mA DC




Load resistor for capacitive load max. Short-circuit protection Short-circuit current Inductive loads No-load voltage

min. 1 kΩ1 µFyesapprox. 25 mA––

min. 1 kΩ1 µFyesapprox. 25 mA––

max. 500 Ω–––1 mH18 V

max. 500 Ω–––1 mH18 V

Connection of actuators 2-wire connection

4-wire connection

possible, without line resistance compensationyes

possible, without line resistance compensationyes

yes

no

yes

no

Parameters (default value underlined) Group diagnostics Diagnostics: short-circuit after M Wire break Performance characteristics for

CPU/master STOP

Substitute value

Output type/range

7 bytesdisable/enabledisable/enable–switch off output currentand voltage/substitute value/retain last value

0 to 65535 (value range must lie within the rated range)deactivated/±10 V/1 to 5 V

7 bytesdisable/enabledisable/enable–switch off output currentand voltage/substitute value/retain last value

0 to 65535 (value range must lie within the rated range)deactivated/±10 V/1 to 5 V

7 bytesdisable/enable–disable/enableSwitch off output currentand voltage/substitute value/retain last value

0 to 65535 (value range must lie within the rated range)deactivated/±20 mA/4 to 20 mA

7 bytesdisable/enable–disable/enableswitch off output currentand voltage/substitute value/retain last value

0 to 65535 (value range must lie within the rated range)deactivated/±20 mA/4 to 20 mA


Weight 40 g 40 g 40 g 40 g


Distributed I/Os

3


Connection diagrams

Fig. 3/44 Analog electronic submodules ET 200S

G_I

K10_

deP0

078s

6ES7134-4GB60-0AB0

1;5

4;8

2I 4wire

AI

3;7

SF

2;6

X 23 4

M

L+

M+

TR

M-

High Speed 4-wire

1;5

4;8

2U

AI

3;7

SF

2;6

X 23 4

PE

Mana

V

M+

M-

Standard

1;5

4;8

2U

AI

3;7

SF

2;6

X 23 4

PE

Mana

V

M+

M-

High Speed6ES7134-4FB50-0AB0

1;5

4;8

2U

AI

3;7

SF

2;6

X 23 4

PE

Mana

V

M+

M-

High Feature Standard 2-wire

1;5

4;8

2I 2wire

AI

3;7

SF

2;6

X 23 4

PE

M

TR

M+

M-

High Speed 2-wire

1;5

4;8

2I 2wire

AI

3;7

SF

2;6

X 23 4

PE

M

TR

M+

M-

6ES7134-4GB50-0AB0

1;5

4;8

2I 4wire

AI

3;7

SF

2;6

X 23 4

M

L+

M+

TR

M-

Standard 4-wire

2RTD

AI

SF

1;5

4;8

3;7

2;6

X 23 4

M+IC+

IC-

M-

6ES7134-4JB00-0AB0

1;5

4;8

2TC

AI

3;7

SF

2;6

X 23 4

PE

Mana

M+

M-

1;5

4;8

2U

AO

3;7

SF

2;6

X 23 4

QV+S+

S-

Mana

High Feature

1;5

4;8

2I 2/4wire

AI

3;7

SF

2;6

X 23 4

M

L+

M+

TR

M-

High Feat. 2-/4-wire

6ES7134-4FB00-0AB0

6ES7134-4LB00-0AB0

6ES7134-4GB00-0AB0

6ES7134-4GB10-0AB0

6ES7134-4MB00-0AB0

6ES7134-4JB50-0AB0

Standard6ES7134-4FB00-0AB0

6ES7135-4LB00-0AB0

1;5

4;8

2U

AO

3;7

SF

2;6

X 34 5

QV+S+

S-

Mana


Analog input modulesConsignment 1 piece 2 AI U Standard 2 AI U High Speed 2 AI U High Feature 2 AI I Standard 2-wire 2 AI I High Speed 2-wire 2 AI I Standard 4-wire 2 AI I High Speed 4-wire 2 AI I High Feature

2-/4-wire (15 bits + sign) 2 AI RTD 2 AI TC

6ES7 134-4FB00-0AB06ES7 134-4FB50-0AB06ES7 134-4LB00-0AB06ES7 134-4GB00-0AB06ES7 134-4GB50-0AB06ES7 134-4GB10-0AB06ES7 134-4GB60-0AB06ES7 134-4MB00-0AB0

6ES7 134-4JB50-0AB06ES7 134-4JB00-0AB0

Order No.

Analog output modulesConsignment 1 piece 2 AO U Standard 2 AO U High Feature 2 AO I Standard 2 AO I High Feature

6ES7 135-4FB00-0AB06ES7 135-4LB00-0AB06ES7 135-4GB00-0AB06ES7 135-4MB00-0AB0

Labeling sheet DIN A4 See Terminal modules, page 3/85


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200SSSI module

Overview • 1-channel module for con-necting SSI sensors to the ET 200S

• For position decoding and simple positioning tasks

• With two comparison opera-tions with specifiable com-parison values (standard mode)

• With a digital input for latch-ing actual values (standard mode)

• Can be connected to the TM-E terminal module TM-E1) with automatic coding

• Fast mode for high-speed acquisition of encoder val-ues (e.g. for drive controls)

• Module replacement possi-ble during operation and un-der power (hot swapping)

• Simple parameterization without additional software

1) Observe the configuring tools for selecting the suitable TM-E

Application The two possible operating modes are Standard mode with latch

and comparison value function

Fast mode with time-opti-mized encoder value transfer

The SSI module makes it pos-sible to detect SSI sensor val-ues for position decoding and simple positioning.

Design The SSI module has the fol-lowing mechanical character-istics: Compact design:

The compact module is only 15 mm wide and contains:

1 red LED for fault display (SF)

2 green LEDs to display the rotation direction of the en-coder– Forwards: LED UP– Backwards: LED DN

1 green LED for the status indicator of the on-board digital input

1 green LED for the status indicator of comparator no.1

Operation Actual value acquisition(standard+fast):the module logs the actual values of the SSI sensor (13, 12, 25 bits) and makes them available to the superordi-nate master

Comparison function(standard):the actual value is compared with two reference values stored by the master, the re-sults of the comparison are indicated to the interface to the master

Latching of actual values(standard):the actual value is latched to the increasing transition of the digital input, and the fro-zen value is also transmitted to the DP interface to the master

Power supply of the sensor (standard+fast):the sensor is supplied by the SSI module

Status display and diagno-sis (standard+fast):Errors in the position detec-tion and status of the com-parison function are indicated by LEDs and sent to the master

Functions Detecting actual values for a SSI sensor (13, 21, and 25 bits)

Gray / dual conversion,Rotation direction adjust-ment, actual value standard-ization parameterizable

Data transmission speed se-lectable: 125 kHz, 250 kHz, 500 kHz, 1MHz, 2 MHz

Monoflop time (time interval between the transfer of two actual values from the sen-sor) is selectable:16 µsec, 32 µsec, 48 µsec, 64 µsec

Comparison function: Comparison of actual value with two reference values

Latch function:active on up or down transi-tion of digital input; current logged position encoder val-ue is latched


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200SSSI module

Parameterization Parameters are initialized with STEP 7 or with the COM PROFIBUS and with standardized GSD files.

The data record is transferred during power up.Separate software is not required.


Number of channels

Counting rangeConnectable sensor

Baud rate to the sensor

1

31 bits SSI sensors 13, 21, 25 bits Gray code, binary codeSelectable:125 kHz, 250 kHz, 500 kHz, 1 MHz, 2 MHz

Monoflop time Selectable:16/32/48/64 µs

Power supply for encoder Via the SSI module:L+ –0.8 V, 500 mA, short-circuit-proof

Cable length for encoder 320 m at 125 kHz160 m at 250 kHz60 m at 500 kHz20 m at 1 MHz

8 m at 2 MHz

Number of digital inputs

Input voltage with signal "1" typ. at "0" signalInput current at "1" signal at "0" signalInput delay max.Input characteristicLine length unshielded shielded

1

24 V DC, –15% to +20%–30 ... + 5 V DC11 ... + 30 V DC

9 mANo-load current ≤= 2 mA300 µsAccording to IEC 1131, Part 2, type 232 m600 m

Function/performance specifications

Actual value detection Cyclical transmission of the cur-rent actual value to the master in a 500 µs clock pulse

Comparison function, for example, for simple positioning tasks

Comparison of the actual value with up to two comparison values.Comparison value transfer from the master.Indication of the comparison result to the master

Freeze functions,e.g. for length measurement, distance measurement

Unlatching the actual value in case of: positive edge negative edge positive and negative edgeof the digital input.Transfer of the frozen actual value to the master

Direction of rotation adaptation permits the use of economical, non-pro-grammable sensors

Adaptation of the sensor’s count-ing direction and the SSI module’s counting direction synchronous counting asynchronous counting

Actual value scaling Automatic masking out of irrele-vant bits

Monitor function Indication of short-circuit of the sensor supply, transmission error, wire break

Parameters 16 bytes

Connection diagrams

Fig. 3/45 SSI module

G_I

K10_

deP0

075s

6ES7138-4DB00-0AB0

X 23 4

UP DN

7CMP

7

2;6

451

83

L+

M

IN

DDCC

SSI

1 SSI

SF


SSI module for connecting SSI position encoders to ET 200S

6ES7 138-4DB00-0AB0


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200SStepper module 1STEP

Overview • Single channel module for ET 200S for the controlled positioning of a stepper motor

• Reference point or incre-mental operating modes

• Connection of power circuits with pulse/direction inter-face using 5 V differential signals

• External stop with/without ramp via digital input

Application The 1STEP stepper module makes stepper motor axle positioning tasks easy.

In conjunction with FM STEPDRIVE and SIMOSTEP stepper motors, complete stepper motor axles can be fitted out.

Design The 1STEP stepper module has the following mechanical characteristics: Compact design;

The stepper module is single width (15 mm) and includes:– 1 red LED for fault display

(SF)– 2 green LEDs for digital

input status display

– 1 green LED to indicate status "ready for position-ing tasks";

– 1 green LED to indicate status "positioning task in progress";

Simple connection:Like all ET 200S modules the stepper module is easy to in-stall/remove.

User-friendly wiring:The stepper module 1STEP is wired through the front screwed or spring terminals. If the module is exchanged, the wiring remains in place and can be used directly for the new module.

Operation Basic parameterization:by transfer of a parameter set from a GSD file during power up

Interface to the PROFIBUS-master:A distinction is made be-tween parameterization and positioning tasks– Parameterizing jobs for

setting/changing basic parameters

– Positioning jobs for defaulting positioning parameters before driv-ing the axle, in the duty types "reference point approach" and "incremen-tal mode"

Positioning of the stepper motor:Transmission of direction signal and pulses to a step-per motor power circuit, de-pending on what is specified by a higher level PLC– The direction signal deter-

mines the direction of travel

– The number of output pulses determines travel path length

– The frequency of the pulses determines the travel speed

Start/stop positioning, read back status information to the PROFIBUS-master:

Start travel and read back of status information by the PROFIBUS-master using interface bits. Travel can be stopped alter-natively by a master PLC or an onboard input

Status display and error indi-cation by LEDs:Errors in the positioning and the states of the digital in-puts are indicated by LEDs and at the interface to the master

Functions Reference point motion: axle synchronization

Incremental motion: movement of the axle by a specified distance

Stop: via PROFIBUS master or onboard inputs

Parameter alteration

Configuration Configuration/parameteriza-tion takes place using STEP 7 or COM PROFIBUS and stan-dardized GSD file.

In addition it is possible to change selected parameters from the higher level control-ler.

For rapid and easy commis-sioning of the stepper module, the GSD file contained in STEP 7 or COM PROFIBUS is ready for use.


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200SStepper module 1STEP


Nominal input voltage 24 V DC

Number of stepper motor channels 1

Power loss 1.5 W

Dimensions (W × H × D) in mm 15 × 81 × 52

Weight approx. 40 g

Interface to motor power circuit

Differential signals for pulses (PULSE, PULSE) and direction (DIR, DIR)

to RS 422

Shielded cable lengths max. 100 m, twisted pair

Number of digital inputs 2

Function REF input DI input

Reference camPulse lock or external stop

Input voltage rated value at "1" signal at "0" signal

24 V DC-15% / + 20%11 to 30 V DC-30 to +5 V DC

Input current with signal "1", typ. at "0" signal

9 mANo-load current ≤=2 mA

Input delay "0" to "1" max. "1" to "0"

300 µs300 µs

Repeat frequency max. 1 kHz

Connection of two-wire BEROs Yes

Input characteristic According to IEC 1131, Part 2, type 2

Line length unshielded shielded

600 m1000 m


Stepper module 1STEP 6ES7 138-4DC00-0AB0

For simple positioning tasks with stepper motor axle

SIMOSTEP stepper motors see Catalog ST 70

Power circuit for stepper motors FMSTEPDRIVE

see Catalog ST 70

Labeling sheet DIN A4 see Catalog ST 70


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200SCounter module COUNT 1

Overview • 1-channel intelligent counter module for universal count tasks and time-based mea-suring tasks

• For the direct connection of 24-V incremental sensors or initiators

• Comparison function with predefinable comparison values

• Integrated digital output to output the reaction when the comparison value is attained

• Can be connected to the TM-E terminal module TM-E1) with automatic coding

• Module replacement possi-ble during operation and under power (hot swapping)

• Simple parameterization without additional software

1) Observe the configuring tools for selecting the suitable TM-E.

Application The COUNT 1 counter module is the intelligent 1-channel count module for the ET 200S. This modules relieves the CPU in the higher level pro-grammable controller by: Direct connection of

24 V incremental encoders or initiators

Direct connection for gate signals (for example, a pho-toelectric barrier) via the integrated digital input

Comparison function and reaction output via the integrated digital output

The module supplies the 24 V encoders directly.

Design The counter module has the following mechanical fea-tures: Compact design

The module is 15 mm wide and contains:– 1 red LED for fault display

(SF)– 2 green LEDs for indicat-

ing the count direction– Up counting: LED UP– Down counting: LED DN

1 green LED each to indicate the status of the digital input and output

Simple connection:Like all other ET 200S module, the counter module is quick and simple to install and remove.

Operation The counter module COUNT 1 detects pulses of 24 V incremental encoders, direction sensing elements,

and initiators

in dependence on gate sig-nals that can be connected directly. In this way, the counter module compares the count with the predefinable comparison values in both directions.


Distributed I/Os

3


Principle of operation(continued)

There are 6 different operating modes available:Operating mode DescriptionContinuous counting After the gate is enabled, endless counting takes place between the

lower and upper count limit from the starting valueOne-shot counting Once the port is released, the counter counts once from the start

value to either the upper or the lower limit, depending on the direc-tion of counting. Main counting direction up:

from 0 to parameterizable end value Main counting direction down:

from parameterizable start value to 0Periodic counting After the gate is enabled and depending on the main counting direc-

tion, there is periodic counting beginning with the start value within the programmed counting range. Main counting direction up:

periodic from 0 to the parameterizable end value –1 Main counting direction down:

from parameterizable start value to 1Frequency measurement After the gate is enabled and in a programmed time window, all the

pulses received are counted and are used to determine the fre-quency.

Speed measurement After the gate is enabled and in a programmed time window, all the pulses received are counted and are used to determine the speed measurement.

Period measurement After enabling the gate, all incoming pulses are counted within a parameterizable time window to derive the duration of the period.

There are two possibilities available to output the reac-tion to the process:

Directly via the on-board digital output on the counter module

Via the integrated backplane bus: the counter module sends status information to the CPU

The following alternatives are available during a CPU failure:Function DescriptionAbort The outputs are disabled immediately and the count/measuring pro-

cedure aborted.Switch to substitute value The module continues counting/measuring in the same way as

before.Replacement value Current counting/measuring process is aborted. The module

switches the programmed substitute value to the output.Retain last value Current counting/measuring process is aborted. The module output

is frozen in the state in which it was just prior to the abort.

Functions 1 channel for counting for-wards or backwards; 32 bits

Counting frequency up to 100 kHz

Count range 31 bits Counting procedure contin-

uous, one-shot or periodic 1, 2 or 4 way analysis Incremental encoders that

can be connected:24 V sensors or initiators

Gate control through level on the digital input (HW gate) as well as software control (SW-gate)

Loading the counter with a defined start value

Comparison function with predefinable comparison values

Reaction when a reference value is reached or when the range is exceeded

Output signal (24 V level), controlled by the reference function:– as a permanent signal

from the reference point to the counter limit

– as a permanent signal be-tween comparison value 1 and comparison value 2

Latch function:save the current count by setting the digital input

Synchronization:one-off or periodic synchro-nization with simultaneous loading of the load value into the counter


Distributed I/Os

3


Parameterization Parameters are initialized with STEP 7 or with the COM PROFIBUS and with standard-ized GSD files.

The GSD file is already ready to run to ensure rapid set-up.


Counter 1

Parameter length 16 bytes

Rated load voltage L+ Range Polarity reversal protection

24 V DC20.4 to 28.8 Vyes

Galvanic isolation Between bus backplane and

counter function Between counter function and

load voltage

yes

no

Encoder supply Output voltage Output current, max.

L+ (–0.8 V)500 mA, short-circuit-proof

Current consumption From backplane bus max. From load voltage L+

(without load) max. Power loss of the

electronic submodule typ.

10 mA

42 mA

1 W

Counting signals and digital input

Galvanic isolation no, only to the shield

Input voltage Rated value 0 signal 1 signal

24 V DC–30 V to 5 V11 V to 30 V

Input current 0 signal 1-signal typ.

≤ 2 mA (quiescent current)9 mA

Input delay max. 300 µs

Minimum pulse width (max. counting frequency) Filter on Filter off

≥ 25 µs (20 kHz)≥ 25 µs (200 kHz)

Connection of a two-wire BEROType 2

possible

Input characteristic according to IEC 1131, Part 2, type 2

Cable length, shielded Filter 200 kHz Filter 20 kHz

150 m100 m

Digital output

Output voltage Rated value 0 signal 1 signal

24 V DC≤ 3 V ≥ L+ (–1 V)

Output current 0 signal (residual current) 1 signal

– permitted range– rated value

≤ 0.5 mA9 mA5 mA to 2 A2 A (40 °C); 1 A (50 °C); 0.5 A (60 °C)

Switching frequency For resistive load For inductive load For a lamp load

100 Hz2 Hz≤ 10 Hz

Lamp load ≤ 10 W

Output delay (resistive load)

100 µs

Short-circuit protection for the output yes

Response threshold 2.6 A to 4 A

Inductive deletion yes; L+ (50 to 60 V)

Digital input control yes

Cable lengths Unshielded Shielded

600 m1000 m

Status and diagnostics

Status indicator digital input DI LED 8 (green)

Status indicator digital output DO LED 4 (green)

Count value change Up LED UP (green)

Count value change Down LED DOWN (green)

Fault indication on the electronic module

LED SF (red)

Diagnostic functions yes

Measuring ranges

Max. measuring range Frequency measurement Speed measurement Period measurement

0.1 Hz to 100 kHz1 rpm to 25,000 rpm10 µs to 120 s

Electronic module exchange During IM-DP operation Under process voltage

possiblepossible


Distributed I/Os

3


Note:Defaults for parameters are underlined.


Parameters for counter modes

Group diagnostics disable/enable

Characteristics during a CPU/master STOP

switch off DO1/continue processing operating mode/switch on DO1 substitute value/retain last DO1 value

Sensor parameters

Signal evaluation A*, B* pulse and direction/rotary trans-ducer simple/double/quadruple

Sensor and input filter for count input (track A*) for directional input (track B*) for digital input

2.5 µs (200 kHz)/25 µs (20 kHz)2.5 µs (200 kHz)/25 µs (20 kHz)2.5 µs (200 kHz)/25 µs (20 kHz)

Sensor A*, B*, DI 24 V-current-sourcingswitch, series-mode/24-V M switch

Directional input B* normal/inverted

Output parameters

DO1 function output/switch on at counter value ≥ comparison value/switch on at counter value ≤ comparison value/pulse on reaching the comparison value/switch over at the comparisonvalues

DO2 function output/switch on at counter value ≥ comparison value/switch on at counter value ≤ comparison value/pulse on reaching the comparison value

DO1 substitute value 0/1

DO1 diagnostics off/on

DO1, DO2 hysteresis 0 to 255

Pulse duration (ms) DO1, DO2 0 to 255

Operating mode

Counting operating mode continuous counting/one-shot counting/periodic counting

Gate function abort counting procedure/interrupt counting procedure

Digital input normal/inverted

DI function input/HW gate/latch and retrigger for a positive edge/synchronization for a positive edge

Synchronization one-shot/periodic

Main counting direction none/up/down

Upper counting limit 0 to 7FFF FFFF

Parameters for measuring modes

Group diagnostics disable/enable

Characteristics during a CPU/master STOP

Switch off DO1/continue processing operating mode/switch on DO1 substitute value/retain last DO1 value

Sensor parameters

Signal evaluation A*, B* pulse and direction/rotary transducer simple

Sensor and input filter for count input (track A*) for directional input (track B*) for digital input

2.5 µs (200 kHz)/25 µs (20 kHz)2.5 µs (200 kHz)/25 µs (20 kHz)2.5 µs (200 kHz)/25 µs (20 kHz)

Sensor A*, B*, DI 24 V-current-sourcingswitch, series-mode/24-V M switch

Directional input B* normal/inverted

Output parameters

DO1 diagnostics off/on

DO1 function output/outside the limits/ below the lower limit/above the upper limit

DO1 substitute value 0/1

Operating mode

Measuring mode frequency measurement/speed measurement/period measurement

DI function input/HW gate

DI digital input normal/inverted

Lower limit 0 to fmax -1/tmax

-1/Rmax-1

Upper limit 1 to fmax/tmax/Rmax

Integration time (n*10 ms) 1 to 10 to 1000/12000

Sensor pulses per revolution 1 to 65535

Parameter length 16 bytes

Module width 15 mm

Weight approx. 40 g


Distributed I/Os

3


Connection diagrams

Fig. 3/46 Counter module COUNT 1

G_I

K10_

deP0

076s

6ES7138-4DA00-0AB0

4 8UPX DN

X 23 4

2;6M

3;7

48

L+

1 Count24V/100kHz

SF

1

OUT

5

IN

B*

A*


Counter module COUNT 1 for universal counting and measurement functions with ET 200S

6ES7 138-4DA01-0AB0

Labeling sheet DIN A4perforated

see Terminal modules, page 3/85


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200SInterface submodule 1SI

Overview • 1-channel module for serial data exchange via point-to-point connection

• RS 232C, RS 422, RS 485

• Implemented protocols:ASCII and 3964(R)

• Parameterization via GSD file or STEP 7(as of V5.1)

Application Connection of SIMATIC S5 via 3964(R) logs to ET 200S

Connection of BDE terminals and operator panels

Connection of MOBY identification systems

Connection of drives (e.g. SIMOVERT and SIMOREG_)

Interfacing to PCs

Connection of barcode readers/scanners and other data acquisition devices

Connection of PLC systems of OEM manufacturers

Design The interface submodule 1SI has the following mechanical characteristics:The interface submodule is single width (15 mm) and contains: 1 red LED

for fault display (SF) 1 green LED "TxD"

for the status display "Send data"

1 green LED "TxD"for status display "Receive Data"

Like all other ET 200S module, the interface submodule IS1 is quick and simple to install and remove.

The interface submodule 1SI is wired by the terminal mod-ule terminals (screwed or spring terminal). If the module is exchanged, the wiring remains in place and can be used directly for the new module of the same type.

Operation Transferring parameteriza-tion data when powering up the 1SI module.During system power-up the parameterization data which determine the exact trans-mission parameters are transferred from the PROFI-BUS-master to the 1SI mod-ule. They determine in which format the data are sent by the 1SI module to the serial interface or in what format the data are expected from the 1SI module at the serial interface (selected protocol, baud rate, data flow control, character format, ...)

Sending dataBy calling the P_SEND block, data from a data block of S7 are transferred to the 1SI module for transmis-sion to the partner

Receiving dataBy calling the P_RCV block, data received by the 1SI module are stored in a data block of S7.


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200SInterface submodule 1SI

Functions ASCII protocolFor connection to third-party systems with simple trans-mission protocols, e.g. protocols with start and end characters or protocols with block check characters.

The interface handshake sig-nals can be scanned and con-trolled by the application pro-gram.

3964(R) protocolFor connection to Siemens devices or third-party com-ponents with the standard-ized and open Siemens 3964(R) protocol.

Parameterization Parameterization takes place using STEP 7 (as of V5.1) or standardized GSD file.


General specifications

Number of interfaces 1

Nominal input voltage 24 V DC

Power consumption from backplane bus 24 V typ. 3.3 V max.

40 mA10 mA

Power loss typ. 0.85 W

LEDs Green

Red

TxD (transmitting)RxD (receiving)SF (system fault)

Integrated protocol driver ASCII, 3964 (R)

Transfer rates (parameterizable) 3964(R), semi-duplex

ASCII, full-duplex

110, 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800,9600, 19200, 38400 bits/s110, 300, 1200, 2400, 4800,9600, 19200, 38400 bits/s

Character frame (parameterizable) Bits per character frame Bits per character Number of start/stop bits Parity

10 or 117 or 81 or 2small, odd, even, any

Number of bytes per PLC program cycle Receiving direction Transmitting direction

13 bytes14 bytes

Memory requirements of the standard blocks P_SEND, P_RCV in S7-CPU 2700 bytes

RS 232C interface

RS 232C signals

Galvanic isolation frominternal ET 200S power supply

Max. cable length (shielded)

8: TxD, RxD, TRS, CTS, DTR, DSR, DCD, PE

yes

15 m

RS 422/485 interface

RS 422 signals

RS 485 signals Galvanic isolation from

internal ET 200S power supply Max. cable length (shielded)

5: TxD(A), RxD(A), TxD(B), RxD(B), PE

3: R/T(A), R/T(B), PEyes

1200 m

Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature

0 °C to +60 °C–40 °C to +70 °C

Connection diagrams

Fig. 3/47 ET 200S 1SI

G_I

K10_

deP0

130s

6ES7138-4DF00-0AB0

X 23 4

TX RX

SERIALINTERFACE

SF

RS232 MODE1 TXD2 RTS3 DTR4 DCD5 RXD6 CTS7 DSR8 PE

RS422 MODE1 TXD (B)2 TXD (A)5 RXD (B)6 RXD (A)8 PE

RS485 MODE1 T/RXD (A)2 T/RXD (B)5 PE


Interface submodule 1SI 6ES7 138-4DF00-0AB0


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200SMotor starter

Overview • To switch and protect any three-phase power consum-ers up to 5.5 kW

• Alternatively direct or revers-ing starter

• With extending 40 A power bus

• Can communicate to ex-change status and diagnos-tic information

• Can be connected to termi-nal modules for motor starterTM-D

• Expandable with expansion modules: Brake Control Module for controlling electromechani-cal brakes in three-phase in-duction motors

• Optionally also with two lo-cally active inputs (quick stop function)

Application With motor starters, any three-phase current loads, e.g. three-phase induction motors, can be switched and pro-tected with the ET 200S. Fully equipped power cabi-nets can be assembled much faster and more compact with the pre-wired motor starters of the ET 200S or completely dis-tributed in small junction boxes.

The following motor starters are available: Direct Starter DS1-x Reversing Starter RS1-xExpansion modules can be connected to the new motor starters DS1-x and RS1-x. The following are available at present: Brake Control Module

For controlling electrome-chanical brakes in three-phase induction motors; with external 24 V DC supply or a 500 V DC switch for self-supplied brakes

Alternatively with or without 2 locally active 24 V DC inputs.These inputs are used for example for quick stop in slide controllers. Parallel to this, the signal status' are transferred to the higher lev-el controller. The modules with inputs (xB3, xB4) have their own diagnostic function unlike modules without in-puts (xB1, xB2), e.g. for a short-circuit in the brake cir-cuit.

The motor starters DS1-x (Direct Starter) and RS1-x (Reversing Starter) are plugged to the terminal mod-ules TM-DS or TM-RS.

Design Motor starters generally contain: Digital outputs to control the

motor starter Digital inputs to return oper-

ational statuses and errorsThe voltage is supplied to the three-phase consumers by an extending 40 A power bus. The first (left (terminal) mod-ule TM-xxxxS321) is con-nected once to the energy supply.

All further TM-xxxxS311) only have connection terminals for the outgoing motor starter. If the power bus is loaded with 40 A new feeding takes place via a further TM-xxxxS321).Electromechanical motor starters contain a starter com-bination consisting of a power switch and contactor(s) from the SIRIUS 3R switchgear range.

The new motor starters DS1-x and RS1-x also contain: Interface for expansion

modules;the expansion module is as-sembled to the right of the motor starter.The outputs of the modules are controlled by the inte-grated device interface di-rectly from the motor starter directly to the left. The mod-ules xB1, xB2 do not occupy their own address space and need not be taken into account in the configuration of the ET 200S station. The modules xB3, xB4 on the other hand occupy address space and must be config-ured.

1) Note: xxxx = DS45 or RS90.


Distributed I/Os

3


Technical specifications Direct Starter, Reversing Starter

Connectable motor starters to ET 200S max. 20 (incl. power module)

Mounting dimensions (W × H × D) in mm Direct starter

Reversing starters

45 × (265 + 45) × (12 + 27); (45: PE/N block; 27: auxiliary switch contactor from F-Kit)90 × (265 + 45) × (12 + 27), 45: PE/N block; 27: auxiliary switch contactor from F-Kit

Permissible ambient temperature during operation

during storage

0 °C to +60 °C (from +40 °C with derating)–40 °C to +70 °C

Permissible usage position vertical, horizontal with derating

Weight Direct starter

Reversing starters

1000 g (1100 g m. TM-DS45)1600 g (1800 g m. TM-RS90)

Vibration resistence acc. to IEC 60 068Shock resistance acc. to IEC 60068, Part 2-27

max. 600 V (back-up fuse)squarewave 5 g/11 ms

Current consumption

from auxiliary circuit L+/M approx. 20 mA

from auxiliary circuit A1/A2 approx. 100 mA

Rated operational currentfor TM-D terminal modules Ie

40 A

Rated operational voltage Ue DIN VDE 0106, Part 1014 listed CSA/UL-listed

400 Vyes yes

Connection cross section one-wire solid with end ferrule

AWG cables, solid or stranded

2 × (1 to 2.5); 2 × (2.5 to 6) mm2

2 × (1 to 2.5); 2 × (2.5 to 6) mm2

according to IEC 60947: max. 1 × 102 × (14 to 19) AWG


Shock protection safe from finger touch(also true for terminal module with motor starter dismounted)

Pollution degree at 400 V at 500 V

3, IEC 60 664 (IEC 61 131)2, IEC 60 664 (IEC 61 131)

Rated surge voltage strength Uimp 6 kV

Rated insulation voltage Ui 690 V

Rated operational current Ie for motor starters AC-1, AC-2, AC-3 at 60 °C

– at 400 V– at 500 V

AC-4 at 60 °C– at 400 V

12 A9 A

4.1 A

Rated short-circuit breaking capacity 50 kA at 400 V

Performance of three-phase motors at 500 V

5.5 kW

Utilization category AC-1, AC-2, AC-3, AC-4

Safe isolation between main and auxil-iary circuits

400 V

Positively driven operation auxiliary con-tactor (NCC)

yes

Trip class Class 10

Allocation category up to 1.6 A up to 12 A

21

Mechanical durability Circuit breaker Contactors Contactor with safety functionality

(F kit)

100,000 operating cycles30 million operating cycles10 million operating cycles

Electrical durability

Circuit breaker 100,000

Contactors see catalog NS K

Permissible switching frequency at a startup time tA = 0.1 s and relative duty cycle tED = 50%

< 80 1/h

Inductive interference protection already installed

Switch times (total switch time = opening delay + duration of electric arc) Operating times at 0.85 to 1.1 × Ue

– closing delay–time to contact parting

Operating times at 1.0 × Ue– closing delay– time to contact parting

Duration of electric arc

25 to 100 ms7 to 10 ms

30 to 50 ms7 to 9 ms10 to 15 ms

Number of outputs 4

Number of inputs 4


4 bits1 byte

Diagnostic functions System fault "SF" Switching status

red LEDred/green/yellow LED

Process diagnostics Device error Actuator switch off

yesyes

Parameters (default underlined) Length of parameter Group diagnostics Behavior during a CPU master stop

3 bytesdisable/enableswitch off/retain switching status

Configurable yes

Module width (in mm) DS1-x RS1-x

4590


Distributed I/Os

3


1) Motor rating three-phase induction motor at 400 V2) Setting range of overcurrent release

Technical specifications expansion modules xB1 and xB2 brake control module

Type xB1 xB3 xB2 xB4

Dimensions (W × H × D) in mm(incl. terminal module on 7.5 mm DIN rail)

15 × 196.5 × 125.5 15 × 196.5 × 125.5

Number of occupied outputs of the DS1-x/RS1-x

1 1

Rated operational voltage 24 V DC 500 V DC (min. 100)

Power supply externally via terminal module from the brake rectifier via terminal module

Rated operational current 4 A 4.5 A 0.7 A

Polarity reversal protection yes;at reverse polarity the brake is released and overload/short-circuit protection inactive

yes;at reverse polarity the brake is released and overload/short-circuit protection inactive

Overload/short-circuit protection yes, electronic yes, electronic

Conductor cross section of the terminal module for brake control module

1 × 2.5 mm2 without wire end ferrule1 × 1.5 mm2 with wire end ferrule

1 × 2.5 mm2 without wire end ferrule1 × 1.5 mm2 with wire end ferrule

Number of outputs 0 2 (used internally) 0 2 (used internally)

Number of inputs 0 2 0 2


00

2 bits1 byte

00

2 bits1 byte

Diagnostic functions System fault SF Switching status brake STAT

red LEDyellow LED

red LEDyellow LED

Input 1 Input 5

––

green LEDgreen LED

––

green LEDgreen LED

Parameters (default underlined) Diagnostics brake overload Input delay

––

disable/enable0.1/0.5/3/1.5 ms

––

disable/enable0.1/0.5/3/1.5 ms


Weight 85 g (plus TM-xB15: 125 g) 85 g (plus TM-xB15: 125 g)


Motor starter

Direct Starter DS1-xwith diagnostics; electromechanical, unfused, expandable with brake control module

3RK1 301-B00-0AA2

Reversing Starter RS1-xwith diagnostics; electromechanical, unfused, expandable with brake control module

3RK1 301-B00-1AA2

< 0.06 kW1); 0.14 to 0.20 A2)

< 0.06 kW1); 0.18 to 0.25 A2)

< 0.09 kW1); 0.22 to 0.32 A2)

0B0C0D

< 0.10 kW1); 0.28 to 0.40 A2)

< 0.12 kW1); 0.35 to 0.50 A2)

< 0.18 kW1); 0.45 to 0.63 A2)

0E0F0G

< 0.21 kW1); 0.55 to 0.80 A2)

< 0.35 kW1); 0.70 to 1.0 A2)

< 0.37 kW1); 0.9 to 1.25 A2)

0H0J0K

< 0.55 kW1); 1.1 to 1.6 A2)

< 0.75 kW1); 1.4 to 2.0 A2)

< 0.90 kW1); 1.8 to 2.5 A2)

1 A1B1C

< 1.1 kW1); 2.2 to 3.2 A2)

< 1.5 kW1); 2.8 to 4.0 A2)

< 1.9 kW1); 3.5 to 5.0 A2)

1D1E1F

< 2.2 kW1); 4.5 to 6.3 A2)

< 3.0 kW1); 5.5 to 8.0 A2)

< 4.0 kW1); 7.0 to 10 A2)

< 5.5 kW1); 9.0 to 12 A2)

1G1H1J1K

Order No.

Expansion modules for motor starters DS1-x, RS1-x

Brake control module xB124 V DC/4 Afor motors with mechanical brake

3RK1 903-0CB00

Brake control module xB2500 V DC/0.7 Afor motors with mechanical brake

3RK1 903-0CC00

Brake control module xB324 V DC/4 A 2 DI 24 V DC Local Controlwith diagnostics; for motors with mechanical brake; with 2 inputs with quick stop functions

3RK1 903-0CE00

Brake control module xB4500 V DC/0.7 A 2 DI 24 V DCLocal Controlwith diagnostics; for motors with mechanical brake; with 2 inputs with quick stop functions

3RK1 903-0CF00

Accessories

Control Kitfor manual operation of contactors for commissioning and service (5 pieces/packet)

3RK1 903-0CA00




Distributed I/Os

3


Dimension drawings

Fig. 3/48 Direct starter DS with terminal module TM-DS 45

G_I

K10_

deP0

125s

11893

308

Dimensions in mm

7

100

66

36,526

6Free space forheat dissipation

44,8

NSK-

1475

min

.35

Free space forheat dissipationm

in.3

5

Fig. 3/49 Reversing starter RS1-x with terminal module TM-RS90

1) Dimensions also apply for xB2, xB3 and xB4

G_I

K10_

deP0

126s

11893

308

Dimensions in mm

7

100

66

36,5

266

Free space forheat dissipation

90

NSK-

1476

min

.35

Free space forheat dissipationmin

.35


Distributed I/Os

3



Fig. 3/50 Brake control module xB11) with terminal module TM-xB15

1) Dimensions also apply for xB2, xB3 and xB4

G_I

K10_

deP0

137s

9519

4,6

142,

2

15

Dimensionsin mm

13,5

100

66

117,5

195,

67


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200STerminal modules for motor starters

Overview • Mechanical modules for mounting the motor starters, expansion and power mod-ules

• For setting up permanent wiring via self-configuring voltage buses

• Keyed connections technol-ogy to guarantee increased vibration resistance

Application Terminal modules are purely mechanical components for configuring the ET 200S. They accommodate the power modules, expansion modules and motor starters. There are integrated extend-ing voltage buses in the termi-nal modules, which reduces both the wiring and the control cabinet space required. In the terminal modules for the TM-DS/RS motor starter there is a 40 A power bus for further savings. The 3-phase P-bus can be expanded with the PE and N wire connections with the PE/N terminal block. Its robust construction and its keyed connections technol-ogy mean that it can be used in a rough industrial environ-ment. Terminal modules are avail-able in different versions: Terminal modules for power

modules (TM-P): To supply the load and sen-sor voltage to the extending potential buses. TM-P mod-ules include power modules to monitor the voltage. Pow-er modules are plugged onto TP-M modules for the purpose of voltage monitor-ing and fusing. TM-P mod-ules can be used as often as required at any location in the ET 200S. A power mod-ule must always be plugged before the first motor starter

Terminal modules for motor starters (TM-DS, TM-RS): TM-DS/TM-RS modules ac-commodate motor starters. A distinction is made be-tween TM-DS modules for direct starters and TM-RS modules for reversing start-ers. A TM-DS/TM-RS with a supply connection is re-quired to set up a new voltage group. Terminal modules supplied from an existing voltage group require a TM-DD/TM-RS with no supply connection.

Terminal modules for SIGUARD power module(TM-PF30): To supply load and sensor voltage on the voltages bus-es of the motor starters and to connect the 2-channel sensor circuit (e.g. emer-gency stop pushbutton) and a Reset button. Different ter-minal modules are available to assemble separate safety circuits or cascade safety circuits as well as for appli-cations with time-delayed switch-off.

Terminal module for SIGUARD Connection Module (TM-X): For connecting an external incoming supply contactor (2nd switch off possibility). With terminals for contactor coil and feedback contact. Is always required at the end of a group of safety-related motor starters

Terminal modules for expan-sion modules (TM-xB):To mount the brake control modules xB1, xB2, xB3 and xB4. One terminal module TM-xB must always be as-sembled to the right of the TM-DS/TM-RS.

The following are available additionally for applications with high motor currents or high ambient air tempera-tures: Distance module (DM-V15):

To improve the lateral heat dissipation of direct starters. Follows a TM-DS/TM-RS or TM-xB15 if required.

For information about configuring, see the Manual ET 200S or ask the Technical Support of Siemens NS K(Fax: +49 9131/7-4 28 99).


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200STerminal modules for motor starters

Design TM-P Connection using screw-

type terminals Light casing color to allow

better differentiation Always before the first

TM-DS/TM-RS

TM-DS, TM-RS Version with supply connec-

tion: 2 x 3 x 10 mm2 screw type terminals for power bus and motor outlet

Version without supply con-nection: 1 x 3 x 10 mm2

screw type terminals for mo-tor outlet

Optionally connectable ter-minal block PE/N with 2 PE and 1 N-10 mm2 terminal for TM-DS/-RS with or without supply connection

In applications with high mo-tor currents (>6.3 A) or high ambient air temperatures: A DM-V15 distance module must be provided between 2 motor starters

TM-X Connection using screw-

type terminals Light casing color to allow

better differentiation In connection with every

TM-PF30 one TM-x is re-quired

TM-xB Connection using screw-

type terminals Always to the right of the

TM-DS/TM-RS

DM-V15 Passive module without bus

connection and terminals Requires no separate termi-

nal module Follows a TM-DS/TM-RS or

TM-xB if required Need not be taken into ac-

count in the configuration of the GSD file


Terminal module TM-P for power module

TM-P15-S27-01Terminal module for power module for motor starters

3RK1 903-0AA00

Terminal modules TM-DS for direct starters

TM-DS45-S32with supply connection for power bus incl. 3 caps for closing the power bus

3RK1 903-0AB00

TM-DS45-S31without supply connection for power bus

3RK1 903-0AB10

Terminal modules TM-RS for reversing starter

TM-RS90-S32with supply connection for power bus incl. 3 caps for closing the power bus

3RK1 903-0AC00

TM-RS90-S31without supply connection for power bus

3RK1 903-0AC10

Terminal modules TM-PF30 for SIGUARD power modules

TM-PF30 S47-B1Terminal module for power modules PM-D F1/2 with incoming supply U1/U2 and sensor connection

3RK1 903-1AA00

TM-PF30 S47-B0Terminal module for power modules PM-D F1/2 with sensor connection

3RK1 903-1AA10

TM-PF30 S47-C1Terminal module for power modules PM-D F3/4 with incoming supply U1/U2 and control input IN+/IN–

3RK1 903-1AC00

TM-PF30 S47-C0Terminal module for power modules PM-D F3/4 with incoming supply U2

3RK1 903-1AC10

Order No.

Terminal module TM-X15 for SIGUARD connection module

TM-X15 S27-01Terminal module for SIGUARD connec-tion module

3RK1 903-1AB00

Terminal module TM-xB for expansion modules

TM-xB15 S24-01Terminal module for expansion modules xB1/xB2

3RK1 903-1AG00

TM-xB215 S24-01Terminal module for expansion modules xB3/xB4

3RK1 903-1AG01

Accessories

Distance module DM-V15for direct starter with high temperature or current load; 15 mm wide

3RK1 903-0CD00

Terminal block PE/NM45-PEN-F, 45 mm wide; supply block; incl. 2 caps; in combination with TM-DS45-S32 or TM-RS90-S32

3RK1 903-2AA00

M45-PEN-S, 45 mm wide; connection block; in combination with TM-DS45-S31 or TM-RS90-S31

3RK1 903-2AA10

M30-PEN, 30 mm wide; bridge block; for bridging a 30 mm module

3RK1 903-0AJ00

M15-PEN, 15 mm wide; bridge block; for bridging a 15 mm module

3RK1 903-0AH00

Terminal block L1/L2/L3M30-L123, 30 mm wide; bridge block; for bridging a 30 mm module

3RK1 903-0AF00

M15-L123, 15 mm wide; bridge block; for bridging a 15 mm module

3RK1 903-0AE00


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200SPower modules for motor starters PM-D

Overview • To monitor auxiliary voltages for motor starters

• Possible to switch off a com-plete group of motor starters without additional effort (safety category 1 accord-ing to EN 954-1)

• Can be connected to termi-nal modules TM-P

Application PM-D power modules are used to monitor the auxiliary voltage of the next group of motor starters to the right. The voltage is supplied via termi-nal module TM-D on the extending voltage buses.

Voltage failure is reported to the superordinate master. Additional LEDs inform the user locally about the status of the auxiliary voltages.

Splitting the auxiliary voltages for return signals and power section control allows the whole group to be shut down while retaining diagnostics capabilities.

Design PM-D power modules are connected to TM-P terminal modules.

There must be at least one motor starter after a PM-D power module.

Dimension drawings

Fig. 3/51 Power module PM-D and terminal module TM-P15

G_I

K10_

deP0

127s

101,9

194,

6

100

15

Dimensionsin mm

8,2

7

100

66

117,5

PM-D

TM-P15

195,

6

7


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200SPower modules for motor starters PM-D


Rated control supply voltage Us to 60 °C 20.4 to 28.8 V

Rated operational current Ie recommended short-circuit protection Fuse Conduit switch

10 A10 A10 A, trip characteristic B

Power consumption from backplane bus

≤10 mA

Supply to Motor starters Motor starters for

SIGUARD security technology Electronic submodules Ex(i) modules

yes

nonono

Interrupts none

Diagnostic functions System Fault / device errors Monitoring of supply voltage

for electronics U1 Monitoring of supply voltage

for contactors U2 Diagnostic information selectable

yesred LED SF

green LED U1

green LED U2yes

Connection cross section flexible with core sleeve rigid

1.5 mm2

2.5 mm2

Mounting dimensions (W × H × D) in mm (with terminal module) weight approx.

15 × 195.5 × 117.50.25 kg

Parameter lengthDiagnostics Device error Encoder or load voltage failure

Value range: block / releaseDefault setting: blockArea of action: module


Power module PM-D for 24 V DC with diagnostics

3RK1 903-0BA00

Color coding signs 6 × 200 color coding signs for ET 200S terminal modules in blue, brown, red, white, turquoise and yellow-green; the pack contains 10 strips of 20 color coding signs for each color.

6ES7 193-4LA00-0AA0


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200SSIGUARD safety technology

Overview • For using motor starters in systems of safety category 2 to 4 (EN 954-1 )

• Without the expensive wiring required for conventional safety technology

• Can also be used in connec-tion with external safety re-lays

• Modules for stop category 0 and 1 available

Application With the addition of SIGUARD safety technology, ET200S motor starters can achieve the highest safety category, 4 (in accordance with EN 954-1). This enables them to be used for evaluating

emergency stop circuits or safety door monitoring and also for time-delayed switch-off.The costs previously neces-sary for the complex

configuration and wiring of the conventional safety engineer-ing are no longer necessary. All messages from the SIGUARD power module are automatically transferred as diagnostic messages on the bus, e.g. for cross-circuit in the emergency stop circuit.

Design The SIGUARD system con-sists of: Power modules SIGUARD

PM-D F1/F2/F3/F4;they contain the complete safety relay function in addi-tion to the incoming supply of auxiliary voltages– PM-D F1:

for evaluating emergency stop circuits with the "monitored start" function

– PM-D F2:for monitoring safety doors with the "automatic start" function

– PM-D F3:Expansion to PM-D F1/F2 for time-delayed switch-off

– PM-D F4:for expanding safety cir-cuits with other ET 200S motor starters, e.g. in an-other line

The modules PM-D F1 and PM-D F2 can be combined with the modules PM-D F3 or PM-D F4

SIGUARD power modules monitor the auxiliary voltag-es U1 and U2. Power failure is transferred as a diagnos-tic message on bus

No additional PM-D power module is required when us-ing the SIGUARD power modules

SIGUARD terminal modules; for accommodating the SI-GUARD power module. Different safety circuits can be functionally separated or cascaded with different ter-minal modules. Every such group must be terminated with a SIGUARD connection module PM-X.

SIGUARD Connection-Module PM-X;for connecting an external incoming supply contactor (second switch-off possibili-ty) in category 3 and 4. The SIGUARD connection mod-ule is plugged to the right of the last motor starter in a group. When using external safety relays it is used as an interface to the external safety relay instead of the SI-GUARD power module

Failsafe Kit;every motor starter in a safe-ty group must be extended with the failsafe kit to monitor the switching function

Examples:The versatile application possibilities of the SIGUARD safety engineering are pre-sented in the ET 200S manu-al with typical application examples.

Operation Safety-relevant system mes-sages, e.g. caused by an actuated emergency stop switch or missing auxiliary voltage are generated auto-matically and reported to the interface module.


Distributed I/Os

3


Dimension drawings

Fig. 3/52 Power module PM-D F1, F2, F3, F4 and terminal module TM-PF30

G_I

K10_

deP0

128s

118

90

196

100

30

Dimensionsin mm

8,2

7

7

100

66

NSK-

1473

Fig. 3/53 Connection module PM-X and terminal module TM-X15

G_I

K10_

deP0

129s

118

90

196

100

15

Dimensionsin mm

8,2

7

7

100

66

NSK-

1474


Distributed I/Os

3


Technical specifications PM-D F1, F2, F3 and F4

Mechanical durability 10 × 106 operating cycles

Electrical durability 200,000 operating cycles at Ie

Usage category DC-13

Control times Minimum instruction time Recovery time Returning time

200 ms< 1 s30 ms

Control circuit U 1

Rated control supply voltage US 24 V DC

DC operating range up to 60 °C 0.85 to 1.2 × Us to 60 °C

Power consumption 2.4 W

Recommended short-circuit protection (gG) gL 2 A

Output OUT+/OUT–for controlling expansion blocks

24 V DC/< 50 mA (PTC fuse)

Switched auxiliary circuit U 2


DC operating range 0.85 to 1.2 × Us to 60 °C

Rated operational current Ie DC-13 to 24 V 4 A

Thermal uninterrupted current Ith 5 A

Recommended short-circuit protection for enable and signal circuits

fuses:NH type 3NADIAZED type 5SBNEOZED type 5SEduty category (gG) gL 6 A

Supply to Motor starters Electronic submodules Ex(i) modules

yes nono

Certifications

BG certification UL, CSA certification

see Applications manual for SIGUARD and SIMATIC S5-95F safety technologyyesyes

Cable length for EMERGENCY STOPand ON buttons max. 1000 m

Mounting dimensions (W× H × D) in mm(incl. terminal module)

30 × 196.5 × 117.5

Weight (including TM-PF) approx. 550 g

Technical specifications Connection module PM-X

Control circuit U 1


Mounting dimensions (W × H × D) in mm(incl. terminal module)

15 × 196.5 × 117.5

Weight (including TM-X) approx. 250 g


SIGUARD power modules

PM-D F1 SIGUARDwith diagnostics; power module for emergency stop application, monitored start

3RK1 903-1BA00

PM-D F2 SIGUARDwith diagnostics; power module for safety door monitoring; automatic start

3RK1 903-1BB00

PM-D F3 SIGUARDwith diagnostics; power modules; expansion to PM-D F1/2 for further voltage groups; time-delayed 0 to 15 seconds

3RK1 903-1BD00

PM-D F4 SIGUARDwith diagnostics; power module; expansion to PM-D F1/2 for further voltage groups

3RK1 903-1BC00

Connection module

PM-X SIGUARDwith diagnostics; connection module for terminating a safety group and connect-ing an external supply contactor or an external safety circuit

3RK1 903-1CB00

Accessories

F-Kit 1Failsafe kit for direct starter

3RK1 903-1CA00

F-Kit 2Failsafe kit for reversingstarter

3RK1 903-1CA01


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200XGeneral

Overview • Distributed I/O station with IP 65/67 protection for use in cabinet-less applications in the machine environment

• Modular design adapts to the automation task

• I/O modules, motor starters, pneumatic modules and sig-nal processing modules (CPU), frequency converters

• Can also be used for ex-tremely time-critical tasks

• Separate auxiliary voltage supply to make realization of emergency stop systems simple

• DESINA-compliant modules

Application SIMATIC ET 200X is a distrib-uted I/O device in degree of protection IP 65/IP 67. Due to the high degree of pro-tection and its rugged design, the ET 200X is particularly suitable for implementation in the machine environment.The modular design, the high degree of protection, the con-sistent use of plug-in connec-tions and the integration of pneumatic functions and drive components permit the rapid and optimum adapta-tion to the technical functional units of a machine.Even in the case of frequently changing requirements, equipment setup times can be significantly reduced by swapping and combining

different basic and expansion modules.Thanks to a data transfer rate of up to 12 Mbit/s on PROFIBUS-DP, the ET 200X is also ideal for implementing extremely time-critical appli-cations.Supply of separate auxiliary voltage (load supply) with the power module means that individual modules or module groups can be switched off selectively. This means that staggered EMERGENCY-STOP routines can be realized simply.

DESINA modulesThe DESINA-compliant mod-ules of the ET 200X arespecially designed for using on machine tools and in flexible production systems among other things.DESINA is the trade name for distributed and standardized installation technology on machine tools.

This new standard was com-piled by the Association of German Machine Tool Manu-facturers (VDW), leading machine tool manufacturers, the installation component suppliers and the automobile industry. It comprises a com-prehensive specification for all installation-relevant com-ponents with regard to func-tionality and connections. Cost-reducing advantages result from shortened installa-tion and service times as well as reduced stock-keeping and less documentation.Note:Further information is available from the VDWCorneliusstraße 4D-60235 Frankfurt/Mainor in Internet under

http://www.desina.de

Design The ET 200X distributed I/O drop comprises: One basic module each

– digital inputs– digital outputs– PLC functionality– DESINA-compliant with

parameterizable inputs and outputs

Up to 7 expansion modules.The following expansion mod-ules are available: Digital input/output modules Digital input/output mod-

ules, DESINA-compliant Analog input/output mod-

ules

Communication processors CP 142-2 for connection to AS-Interface

Pneumatic module with inte-grated valves

Pneumatic interface to ac-commodate one FESTO CPV valve terminal; max. 6 interfaces per ET 200X station

Motor starters (electrome-chanical or electronic) to control any three-phase loads (max. 5.5 kW at 400 V AC); max. 6 motor starters per ET 200X station

Frequency converters (max. 0.75 kW, 380 V AC)

Max. 6 motor starters or fre-quency converters per ET 200X station

SITOP power current supply (24 V DC optional)

The expansion modules are installed side by side by means of integrated connec-tors. This means that all the signal leads and auxiliary for the inputs and outputs are connected through. The mod-ules can be replaced for ser-vice purposes without the need to disassemble the entire station.


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200XGeneral

Design (continued) Connection to PROFIBUS-DPThe ET 200X only occupies one PROFIBUS-DP address on the bus which can be set on the basic module. A sepa-rate I/O address can be assigned to each basic and expansion module.

In the basic module with PLC functionality, the addresses of the expansion modules are already determined by the slot.

The ET 200X conforms to EN 50 170 for PROFIBUS-DP and can be operated in con-junction with all standard mas-ters. Thanks to the data trans-fer rate of 12 Mbit/s, fast machine functions can also be implemented.

Operation The addressing of the inputs and outputs of the ET 200X differs depending on the type of the basic module: Basic module without pro-

grammable controller func-tionality: Access through the user program in the central auto-mation unit as for central in-puts and outputs.

Basic module with program-mable controller functional-ity: Access through the user program of the basic mod-ule.

The slave interface in the basic module is entirely responsible for communica-tions via PROFIBUS-DP.There are diagnostics func-tions to monitor the functional-ity of the ET 200X. The ET 200X diagnoses: Internal station/configuration

fault Short-circuit, wire breakage

(for specific modules)

Bus error (erroneous data transfer)

Module fault, 24 V DC load power supply

The diagnostic data are ana-lyzed as follows:

On a decentralized basis us-ing LEDs on the basic mod-ule.Via PG/PC using COM PROFIBUS or STEP 7 con-figuration software.On a centralized basis by the CPU in the automation system

Parameterization When the device is connected to master assemblies that are not parameterized with COM PROFIBUS or STEP 7 (opera-tion with master assemblies from other manufacturers), a GSD file with fixed assignment can be created with COM PROFIBUS from

version 3.1. This file is then loaded into the configuring tool of the third-party manu-facturer and can be used for simple parameterization of the station.

This allows use of COM PROFIBUS’s user-friendly plaintext parameterization. There is no need for hexadec-imal code inputs in the manu-facturer’s configuring tool.


Plug-in electronic modules AS-lnterface-CP Digital inputs/outputs Analog inputs/outputs Motor starters/Frequency

converters

Connection method M12 round connector with standard pinout or DESINA- pinout for actuators/sensors

HAN Q8 for power supply, forwarding and motor feeder in


Galvanic isolation Yes, between PROFIBUS-DP and internal electronics and partly between outputs and internal electronics


Supply current (internal electronics and encoder supply) for overall configuration up to 40 °C max. up to 55 °C max.

6 A4 A

Current consumption of an ET 200X (internal and sensor supply/non-switched voltage) up to 40 °C max. up to 55 °C max.

≤1 A≤0.8 A

with DESINA up to 40 °C max. up to 55 °C max.

10 A8 A

Load current for ET 200X per incoming supply (BM, PM, switched voltage) up to 40 °C max. up to 55 °C max.

10 A8 A

For overall configuration with further looping (several ET 200Xs) up to 40 °C max. up to 55 °C max.

16 A12 A

Supply voltage for loads for total assem-bly (several motor starters or frequency converters) for core cross-section of 1.5 mm2 max. for core cross-section of 2.5 mm2 max.

12 A20 A

Degree of protection IP 65 for ET 200X with motor starters, frequency converters or pneumatic modules IP 66/IP 67 for digital and analog modules

Material Thermoplastic (fiber-glass reinforced)

Environmental conditions

TemperatureTemperature gradientRelative humidity

Atmospheric pressure

from 0 to 55 °Cfrom 15 to 95%RH severity level 2 in accordancewith IEC 1131-2from 795 to 1080 hPa

Mechanical strength

Vibration Vibration tested in acc. with IEC 68, Part 2–6 (sine), 10 Hz ≤⊄f 58 Hz

(const. amplitude 0.075 mm); 58 Hz ≤⊄f ≤⊄150 Hz

(const. acceleration 5 g,tested with 10 g)motor starters

Approvals UL, CSA, FM


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200XIntelligent basic module BM 147/CPU

with programmable controller functionality

tOverview • Basic module for processing

communications between ET 200X and superordinate masters via PROFIBUS-DP

• With simple programmable controller functionality (Subset S7-300), i.e. distrib-uted intelligence for pre-pro-cessing

• Reduces the load on the central controller

• Stand-alone operation pos-sible without superordinate master; can continue to work if bus fails

• Fast, simple and integrated programming of a system with modular programs via STEP 7

• With greatly reduced re-sponse times to critical signals locally

Application Basic modules handle com-munication between ET 200X and higher-level master via PROFIBUS-DP. The intelligent basic module BM 147/CPU has integrated programmable controller functionality. The functions included are a subset of the S7-300 functions and therefore identical to them.

With these PLC functions the ET 200X can be used for the control of simple technologi-cal function units, e.g.: Linear conveyor lines Shunts Lifting platforms Positioning tasksThe ET 200X with BM 147/CPU can operate both as a DP slave and completely autonomously in the stand-alone mode. This means that control tasks that were previ-ously undertaken by the mas-ter, are now processed auton-omously on site.

This has the following advan-tages: Increasing the system avail-

ability through continuous operation in the event of a bus failure

Greatly reduced response times to on site signals

Reduced load on the central controller

Simple programming / main-tenance because of the modularization of the user program

Design The intelligent basic module BM 147/CPU has: 3 connections for

PROFIBUS-DP, control and auxiliary voltage, on the left side; 3 connection plugs are required for each basic module.

Integrated CPU RUN/STOP switch LEDs to display system

faults, bus monitoring, supply voltage, load voltage monitoring

Operation Data is exchanged between central controller (master) and ET 200X (slave) via a freely programmable data interface on the BM 147/CPU.

Access to the inputs/outputs of the ET 200X is made via the user program of the BM 147/CPU; direct access via the user program of the central controller.

The ET 200X with BM 147/CPU can also operate in the stand-alone mode.

Programming,parameterization

The ET 200X with BM 147/CPU can be programmed, config-ured and diagnosed from any location in the network, using STEP 7 V4.02 or higher.

The addresses of the expan-sion modules are determined by the slot and do not need to be set.


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200XIntelligent basic module BM 147/CPUwith programmable controller functionality


Dimensions (W × H × D) in mm Individual device Hole pitch

134 × 110 × 55107 × 110 × 55

Baud Rates 9.6/19.2/93.75/187.5/500 kbit/s,1.5/3/6/12 Mbit/s

Direct data exchange Sender

Data consistency Byte, word, total

Number of expansion modules thatcan be connected max. Of which motor starters/

frequency converters max. Of which pneumatic interfaces max.

7

66

Rated supply voltage for theelectronics 1L+ Permissible current max. Polarity reversal protection Short-circuit protection

24 V DC1 A to 40 °C; 0.8 A to 55 °CYesYes, electronic

Rated load voltage 2L+ Polarity reversal protection

24 V DCNo

Current consumption from supply voltage 1L+ max. 160 mA

Power loss of the module typ. 1.6 W

RAM (integrated)(1 statement corresponds toan average of 3 bytes)

24 Kbytes

Load memory Integrated

Expandable with memory card

40 kByte-RAM, 40 kByte-Flash(programmable in the CPU part)No

Programming language STEP 7

Program organization Linear, structured

Types of blocks Organization blocks (OB)Function blocks (FB)Functions (FC)Data blocks (DB)System functions (SFB, SFC)

Number of blocks max. 128 FCs, 128 FBs, 128 DBs

Program execution Free cycle (OB 1)

Error responses (OB 86, OB 122)

Interrupt-driven (OB 40, OB 82) Restart (OB 100)

Block nesting depth 8 for each program execution level

Bracket levels 8

Operation set Binary logic, parenthesis com-mands, result assignment, save, count, load, transfer, compare, shift, rotate, generate comple-ment, call up blocks, fixed-point and floating-point arithmetic func-tions, jump functions

System functions (SFCs) Interrupt handling and error pro-cessing, copy data, diagnostics functions, module parameteriza-tion

Process image Digital inputs Digital outputs Analog inputs Analog outputs

I 0.0 to I 31.7Q 0.0 to Q 31.7IW 256 to 367QW 256 to 367

DP address area (interface) max. Size and consistency

32 bytes input and output dataSelectable

Speed approx. 1 ms per 1000 binary instructions

Bit memories Of these retentive

20480 to 2048(M 0.0 to M 255.7, adjustable)

Counter Of these retentive

640 to 63, programmable

Timers Of these retentive

1280 to 127, programmable

Retentive data area 1 DB, max. 72 bytes

Clock Software clock

MPI communication via PROFIBUS-DP Guaranteed PG connections Free connections for PG/OP/program-

controlled communication

11

Interrupts Diagnostics interrupt

Diagnostics System fault display, bus monitor-ing, monitoring of supply voltage, monitoring of load voltage


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200XIntelligent basic module BM 147/CPU

with programmable controller functionality

Dimension drawings

Fig. 3/54 Basic module BM 147/CPU

107

120

126,8

134

28,2

553

,5 110

90

G_I

K10_

deP0

115s

Dimensionsin mm


Basic module BM 147/CPU with integrated programmable controller functionality

6ES7 147-1AA01-0XB0

Manual ET 200X distributedI/O device

German English French

6ES7 198-8FA01-8AA06ES7 198-8FA01-8BA06ES7 198-8FA01-8CA0

Cover plates for ET 200X- basic modules

Protective covers for bus and voltage supply connections (pack of 10)

6ES7 194-1JB00-0XA0

Order No.

Connector for PROFIBUS-DP,

Control and auxiliary voltage(incl. 2 PG screwed joints and 1 blanking plug);3 plugs required per basic module

6ES7 194-1AA00-0XA0

Cable

5-core, unprepared, for bus signals,power supply: oil-resistant, conditionally weld-proof, trailable, PUR casing

5-core, unprepared, for bus signals,power supply: standard,PVC sheath

6ES7 194-1LY10-0AA0-ZZ = length (specify in mm)



Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200XBasic module BM 141, BM 142

Overview . • Basic modules to process communications between ET 200X and superordinate masters via PROFIBUS-DP

• With additional integrated inputs and outputs

Application The basic modules BM 141/142 undertake communica-tions between ET 200X and superordinate masters via PROFIBUS-DP.

They also have integrated inputs and outputs, meaning that they can also be used

without having to be expanded into a distributed I/O station.

Design The basic modules BM141/ BM 142 have

3 connections for PROFI-BUS-DP, control and auxilia-ry voltage, on the left side;3 connectors are required for each basic modules.

There are also integrated inputs and outputs: BM 141 with 8 DI, 24 V DC BM 142 with 4 DO,

24 V DC, 2 A


BM 141 basic module DI 8 x 24 V DC


134 × 110 × 55107 × 110 × 55


Direct data exchange sender

Number of inputs 8

Cable length, unshielded max. 30 m

Number of expansion modules thatcan be connected max. Of which motor starters/

frequency converters max. Of which pneumatic interfaces max.

7

66

Rated supply voltage for theelectronics 1L+ Polarity reversal protection Short-circuit protection

24 V DCyesyes, electronic


24 V DCno

Current consumption from supply voltage 1L+ max. 180 mA

Power losses of the module typ. 3,5 W

Input voltage Rated value For signal "1" For signal "0" max.

24 V DC13 to 30 V–3 to 5 volts

Input delay 1.2 to 4.8 ms

Input characteristic in acc. with IEC possible, type 2

Connection of two-wire BEROs possible

Permissible quiescent current max. 1.5 mA

BM 142 basic module DO 4 x 24 V DC/2A


134 ×=110 × 55107 × 110 × 55


Direct data exchange sender

Number of outputs 4


Number of expansion modules thatcan be connected max.

Of which motor starters max. Of which pneumatic interfaces max.

766

Rated supply voltage forthe electronics 1L+ Polarity reversal protection Short-circuit protection

24 V DCyesyes, electronic


24 V DCno

Total current for outputs(per group)

Up to 20 °C max. Up to 55 °C max.

6 A4 A

Current consumption from supply voltage 1L+ max. 180 A

Current consumption from load voltage 2L+ (without load) max. 12 A

Power losses of the module typ. 4 W

Short-circuit protection for the output yes, electronic

Output current For signal "1" For signal "0" max.

2 A at 24 V DC0.5 mA

Switching frequency With resistive loading max. With inductive loading max. With lamp load max.

100 Hz0,5 Hz1Hz


Distributed I/Os

3


Connection diagrams

Pin Assignments, female con-nector X1

Assignments, femaleconnector X2



View of the socketwith pin nos.

Basic module BM 141 DI 8 x =24 V DC

12345

Sensor power supply L+Input signal channel 4Power supply groundInput signal channel 0PE

–Input signal channel 5–Input signal channel 1–



Basic module BM 142 DO 8 x =24 V DC/2 A

12345

–Output signal channel 11)

Load power supply groundOutput signal channel 0PE

–––Output signal channel 11)

–


–Output signal channel 2–


–

1) Please note: Channel 1 and channel 3 must only be used on an X1 or X2 female connector or an X3 or X4 female connector.

Dimension drawings

Fig. 3/55 Basic module BM 141, BM 142

G_I

K10_

deP0

065s

Dimensionsin mm

107

134

110

90


Distributed I/Os

3



Basic module BM 141 DI 8 × 24 V DC

6ES7 141-1BF01-0XB0

Basic module BM 142 DO 4 × 24 V DC/2 A

6ES7 142-1BD11-0XB0

Manual ET 200X distributed/O device German English French


Connector for PROFIBUS-DPControl and auxiliary voltage(incl. 2 PG screwed jointsand 1 blanking plug);3 plugs required per basic module

6ES7 194-1AA00-0XA0

Cable 5-core, unprepared,

for bus signals, power supply, oil resistant, conditional weld-proof, can be used as trailing cable, PUR casing

5-core, unprepared, for bus signals,power supply: standard,PVC sheath



Cover plates for ET 200X- basic modulesProtective covers for bus and voltage supply connections (pack of 10)

6ES7 194-1JB00-0XA0

Connector board for BM 141, BM 142T functionality for PROFIBUS-DP (spare part)

6ES7 194-1FC00-0XA0

Order No.

Connector M12 for connecting actuatorsor sensors, 5-pin

3RX1 667

Angular connector M12 for connecting actuatorsor sensors, 5-pin

3RX1 668

Y-connector M12 for dual connection of sensors via single cable, 5-pin

6ES7 194-1KA00-0XA0

Prepared Y cablefor actuators/sensors

Available from: Lumberg

GmbH & Co.Postfach 1360D-58569 SchalksmühleFederal Republic of GermanyAutomation Catalog 3

Franz BinderGmbH & Co.Postfach 1152D-74148 NeckarsulmFederal Republic of GermanyPlug Connector Catalog

Murr Elektronik GmbHPostfach 1165D-71567 OppenweilerFederal Republic of GermanyStandard Catalog

M12 covers for covering unused input oroutput sockets

3RX9 802-0AA00


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200XBasic module BM 143/DESINA

Overview • Basic module for processing communications between ET 200X and superordinate masters via PROFIBUS-DP

• DESINA compliance with regard to connecting meth-od and functionality (DESINA: Distributed and standardized installation technology on machine tools)

• User-parameterizable inputs/outputs

• Can be combined with all available expansion modules of the ET 200X

Application The basic module BM 143/DESINA handles communica-tion between ET 200X and superordinate master via PROFIBUS-DP.

It has additional user-parame-terizable inputs/outputs so that it can also be used as dis-tributed I/O device without the need for an expansion.

The DESINA conformity is particularly relevant for use with machine tools and flexi-ble manufacturing systems designed in accordance with this new standard.

Design The basic module BM 143/DESINA has: 2 connections for

PROFIBUS-DP and all pow-er supplies (switched/non-switched) via hybrid ca-ble (2 x FOC for PROFIBUS-DP/2 x 2 Cu for power sup-ply; the connection is made by hybrid field bus connectors, e.g. Han Brid connector

8 channels, freely parame-terizable as digital in-puts/outputs; one additional NC input per channel

Identification connector for setting the node address for PROFIBUS-DP (already in-cluded in the scope of sup-ply of the BM 143/DESINA)

Actuators and sensors are connected via commercially available 4/5-pin M12connectors with DESINA-compliant pin assignments.


Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm with screw-type attachment

175 x 180 x 110180 x 174 x 90

Transfer rates 9.6/19.2/45.45/93.75/187.5/500/1500/12000 Kbit/s

Internode communication support Yes, transmitter

Number of channels 8 process channels;parameterized as DI/DO 8 function channels;parameterization as diagnostics/NC input

Cable length unshielded 30 m (for signal cables)

Number of suitable expansion modules, max.

of which motor starters/frequency converters max.

of which pneumatic interface max.

7

66

Supply voltage for electronics and load circuit 1L+ (non-switched voltage); rated value

24 V DC

Max. permissible power consumption from load circuit 1 (unswitched voltage /supply voltage) up to 40 °C to 55 °C

10 A8 A

Polarity reversal protection No

Supply voltage for load circuit 2L+ (switched voltage); rated value

24 V DC

Max. permissible power consumption from load circuit 2 (switched voltage) up to 40 °C to 55 °C

10 A8 A

Polarity reversal protection No

Power losses of the module 3,5 W

Power consumption from 1L+ (unswitched voltage)

180 mA

Galvanic isolation between the load voltages and all other circuit parts

No

Parameterization of the channel as DI


24 V DC13 to 30 V-3 to +5 V

Input current with signal "1" typ. 5 mA

Input characteristic Acc. to IEC 1131, type 2

Connection of two-wire BEROs acceptable quiescent current ≤1.5 mA

Input delay 1.2 to 4.8 ms


Distributed I/Os

3


Note:If channels 0/2/4/6 (sockets X1/X3/X5/X7) are parameterized as outputs, these are supplied from the switched voltage supply (switched off by emergency stop).If channels 1/3/5/7 (sockets X0/X2/X4/X6) are parameterized as outputs, these are supplied by the non-switched voltage supply (voltage supply for logic/sensor).


Parameterization of the channel as DO

Output current at "1" signal

– rated value – permitted range

with signal "0" (residual current) max.

1.2 A5 mA to 1.3 A0.5 mA

Switching frequency for resistive load with inductive load in accordance

with IEC 947-5-1, DC13 for a lamp load

100 Hz

2 Hz1 Hz

Short-circuit protection for the output Response threshold

yes, electronic≥1.4 A

Number of simultaneously settable channels

8

Simultaneity factor of the outputs 50%

Connection diagrams

Pin Socket pin assignment X1/X3/X5/X7 Socket pin assignment X0/X2/X4/X6 View of the socketwith pin nos.

BM 143/DESINA Basic module

1 Sensor power supply L+ Sensor power supply L+

2 Diagnostics/NC channel 0/2/4/6 Diagnostics/NC channel 1/3/5/7

3 Ground Ground

4 I/O channel 0/2/4/6 I/O channel 1/3/5/7

5 – n.c. – n.c.

Dimension drawings

Fig. 3/56 Basic module BM 143/DESINA

G_I

K10_

deP0

116s

148

174,9

178

83,8

28,2

553

,5 110

107,9

168,4

162

Dimensionsin mm


Distributed I/Os

3



BM 143/DESINA Basic module8 I/O DESINA

6ES7 143-1BF00-0XB0

Manual for ET 200X Distributed I/OStation German English French


Hybrid field bus connector DESINA-compliant

FOC for PROFIBUS-DP, 4 x Cu for switched/non-switched power supply

PROFIBUSDESINA Hybrid cableTrailing cable with two plastic FOCand four copper conductors, 1.5 mm2 only for use for DESINA-compliant devicesCut to length Pre-assembledwith 2 DESINA connectors 1.5 m 3 m 5 m

10 m 15 m

6XV1 830-6CH10

6XV1 830-6DH156XV1 830-6DH306XV1 830-6DH506XV1 830-6DN106XV1 830-6DN15

Cable plug Han Brid optical Available from:Fa. Harting KGaALindenstr. 3D-32423 MindenOrder designation: 61 04 101 0009

Cable socket Han Brid optical Available from:Fa. Harting KGaALindenstr. 3D-32423 MindenOrder designation: 61 04 101 0010

Hand crimping tongs for Han Brid Available from:Fa. Harting KGaALindenstr. 3D-32423 MindenOrder designation:9 99 000 0362

Order No.

Identification connectorsfor setting the PROFIBUS node address (already included in the scope of supply of BM 143/DESINA)

6ES7 194-1KB00-0XA0

Circular connector M12for connecting actuators or sensors, 5-pin

3RX1 667

Angular circular connector M12for connecting actuators or sensors, 5-pin

3RX1 668


Available from:Lumberg GmbH & Co.Postfach 1360D-58569 SchalksmühleFederal Republic of GermanyAutomation Catalog 3Franz Binder GmbH & Co.Postfach 1152D-74148 NeckarsulmFederal Republic of GermanyPlug Connector CatalogMurr Elektronik GmbHPostfach 1165D-71567 OppenweilerFederal Republic of GermanyStandard Catalog

M12 coversfor covering unused input oroutput sockets

3RX9 802-0AA00

Cover plates for bus connectionsPacket of 10

6ES7 194-1JB10-0XA0


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200XDigital expansion modules EM 141, EM 142

Overview • Expansion modules with digital inputs/outputs for connection of actuators/sensors

• Optionally with diagnostics functionality

• Optional additional auxiliary voltage (load supply)

Application Digital expansion modules permit the connection of addi-tional actuators and sensors to the ET 200X via integrated inputs/outputs.

The following modules are available: 8 DI, 24 V DC 4 DI, 24 V DC 4 DO, 24 V DC; 2 A, with

diagnostics

4 DO, 24 V DC; 2 A, without diagnostics

4 DO, 24 V DC/0.5 A without diagnostics

4 DO, 24 V DC, 2 A with diagnostics and own load supply (power module).

Design The actuators and sensors are connected via standard 5-pin M12 connectors.

For 8-channel digital input modules two versions are available with respect to con-nection method and design: 4 × M12 round connectors

with 2 channels per connec-tor (double assignment)

8 × M12 round connectors with 1 channel each per con-nector (single assignment)

For the 4 DO, 24 V DC/2 A power module the supply and further connection option for the auxiliary voltage (load supply) are via a 6ES7 194-1AA00-0XA0 connector (connector not included with delivery of the module).


EM 141 expansion module DI 8 x 24 V DC(double assignment)

DI 4 x 24 V DC DI 8 x 24 V DC(single assignment)


87 × 110 × 5560 × 110 × 55

87 × 110 × 5560 × 110 × 55

87 × 180 × 5560 × 180 × 55


Cable length, unshielded max. 30 m 30 m 30 m

Power loss of the module typ. 1.5 W 1.5 W 1.5 W

Current consump. from backplane bus1L+

max. 16 mA max. 16 mA max. 10 mA

Input voltage Rated value For signal "1" For signal "0"

24 V DC13 to 30 V–3 to 5 V

24 V DC13 to 30 V–3 to 5 V

24 V DC13 to 30 V–3 to 5 V

Input delay 1.2 to 4.8 ms 1.2 to 4.8 ms 1.2 to 4.8 ms

Input characteristic in acc. with IEC 1131, Type 2

in acc. with IEC 1131,Type 2

in acc. with IEC 1131, Type 2

Connection of 2-wire BEROsPermissible quiescent current max. 1.5 mA 1.5 mA 2 mA

EM 142 expansion module DO 4 x 24 V DC/2 A(no diagnostics)

DO 4 x 24 V DC/2 A(with diagnostics)

DO 4 x 24 V DC/0.5 A DO 8 x 24 V DC/1.2 A


87 × 110 × 5560 × 110 × 55

87 × 110 × 5560 × 110 × 55

87 × 110 × 5560 × 110 × 55

87 × 180 × 5560 × 180 × 55


Cable length, unshielded max. 30 m 30 m 30 m 30 m


Distributed I/Os

3



EM 142 expansion module DO 4 x 24 V DC/2 A(no diagnostics)

DO 4 x 24 V DC/2 A(with diagnostics)

DO 4 x 24 V DC/0.5 A DO 8 x 24 V DC/1.2 A

Total current of the outputs (per group) up to 20 °C max. up to 55 °C max.

6 A4 A

6 A4 A

2 A2 A

6 A4 A

Power loss of the module typ. 2.1 W 2.5 W 2.1 W 2.5 W

Current consumption frombackplane bus 1L+ max. 28.5 mA 40 mA 28.5 mA 28.5 mA

Short-circuit protection for the output yes, electronic yes, electronic yes, electronic yes, electronic

Output current at "1" signal with signal "0" max.



0.5 A at 24 V DC0.1 mA

1.2 A at 24 V DC0.5 mA

Switching frequency with resistive loading max. with inductive loading max. with lamp load max.

100 Hz0.5 Hz1 Hz

100 Hz0.5 Hz1 Hz

100 Hz0.5 Hz1 Hz

100 Hz0.5 Hz1 Hz

Diagnostics Wire break Short-circuit

––


––

––

Rated load voltage 2L+(Power module) Polarity reversal protection Short-circuit protection

––

––

––

–yes, electronically pulsing

Connection diagrams

Pin Socket pin assignment X1 Socket pin assignmentX2

Socket pin assignmentX3



Expansion module EM 141 DI 8 x 24 V DC

12345

L+Input signal channel 4Power supply groundInput signal channel 0PE




Expansion module EM 142 DI 4 x 24 V DC

12345

L+Output signal channel 11)

Power supply groundOutput signal channel 0PE

–––Input signal channel 11)

–

–Input signal channel 31)

–Input signal channel 2–

–––Input signal channel 31)

–

Expansion module EM 142 DO 4 x 24 V DC/2 A (with/without diagnostics), EM 142 DO 4 x 24 V DC/0,5 A

12345




–




–


Pin Socket pin assignment X1/X3/X5/X7 Socket pin assignment X0/X2/X4/X6 View of the socketwith pin nos.

EM 141 DI 8 x 24 V DC, single connection

12345

Sensor power supply L+–Ground Input signal channel 0/2/4/6PE

Sensor power supply L+–GroundInput signal channel 1/3/5/7PE

EM 142 DO 4 x 24 V DC/1.2 A

12345

––Ground Output signal channel 0/2/4/6PE

––GroundOutput signal channel 1/3/5/7PE


Distributed I/Os

3


Dimension drawings

Fig. 3/57 Digital expansion modules EM 141, EM 142

60

87

Dimensionsin mm

110

55

G_I

K10_

deP0

066s


Expansion module EM 141 DI 8 × 24 V DC, double assignment

6ES7 141-1BF30-0XA0

Expansion module EM 141 DI 4 × 24 V DC

6ES7 141-1BD30-0XA0

Expansion module EM 141 DI 8 × 24 V DC, single assignment

6ES7 141-1BF40-0XA0

Expansion module EM 142 DO 4 × 24 V DC, 2 A without diagnostics

6ES7 142-1BD40-0XA0

Expansion module EM 142 DO 4 × 24 V DC, 2 A with diagnostics

6ES7 142-1BD40-0XB0

Expansion module EM 142 DO 4 × 24 V DC; 0.5 A

6ES7 142-1BD30-0XA0

Expansion module EM 142 DO 8 × 24 V DC/1,2 A single assignment

6ES7 142-1BF30-0XA0

PM 148 power moduleDO 4 × 24 V DC, 2 A with diagnostics and supply for auxiliary voltage (load)

6ES7 148-1CA00-0XB0

Connector for PROFIBUS-DPControl and auxiliary voltage (incl. 2 PG screwed joints and 1 blanking plug)one plug required per power module

6ES7 194-1AA00-0XA0

Manual ET 200X distributedI/O device German English French


Order No.

M12 connector for connecting actuatorsor sensors, 5-pin

3RX1 667

Angular connector M12 for connecting actuatorsor sensors, 5-pin

3RX1 668

Y-connector M12 for dual connection of sensors via single cable, 5-pin

6ES7 194-1KA00-0XA0

Pre-assembled Y cablefor actuators/sensors

Available from:LumbergGmbH & Co.Postfach 1360D-58569 SchalksmühleFederal Republic of GermanyAutomation Catalog 3 Franz BinderGmbH & Co.Postfach 1152D-74148 NeckarsulmFederal Republic of GermanyPlug Connector CatalogMurr Elektronik GmbHPostfach 1165D-71567 OppenweilerFederal Republic of GermanyStandard Catalog

M12 covers for covering unused input oroutput sockets

3RX9 802-0AA00


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200XPower module PM 148


Overview • Expansion module with digital outputs for connect-ing actuators

• With diagnostics functionality

• With additional auxiliary power supply (load supply)

Application The digital power modules allows additional actuators to be connected to the ET 200X via integrated outputs. It also has its own load supply.

Design The power module has 4 digi-tal outputs 24 V DC, 2 A with diagnostics and its own load supply.

The actuators are connected by standard 5-pin M12 connectors.

The supply and looping option of the auxiliary voltage (load supply) is provided by a con-nector 6ES7194-1AA00-0XA0 (connector not included in delivery).


Dimensions W x H x D (in mm) Individual device Hole pitch

87 x 193 x 67 (inc. plug)60 x 193 x 67 (inc. plug)

Number of inputs 4


Total current for outputs (per group) up to 20 °C max. up to 55 °C max.

2 A4 A

Power loss of the module typ. 2.5 W

Current consumption from backplane bus (1L+), max. 40 mA

Current consumption from load voltage (2L+; without load)

60 mA

Short-circuit protection for the output yes, electronic

Output current at "1" signal with signal "0" max.


Switching frequency with resistive loading max. with inductive loading max. with lamp load max.

100 Hz0,5 Hz1 Hz

Diagnostics Wire break Short-circuit


Rated load voltage 2L+ 24 V DC

Polarity reversal protection no

Short-circuit protection yes

Connection diagrams

Pin Socket pin assignment X1 Socket pin assignmentX2




Expansion module EM 142 DO 4 x 24 V DC/2 A (with/without diagnostics), EM 142 DO 4 x 24 V DC/0,5 A

12345




–




–


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200XPower module PM 148

Dimension drawings

Fig. 3/58 Power module PM 148

G_I

K10_

deP0

070s

Dimensionsin mm

60

87

53,5

28,2

5

67

95

165

193


PM 148 power moduleDO 4 x 24 V DC/2A, with diagnostics and supply for auxiliary voltage (load)

6ES7 148-1CA00-0XB0

Connectorfor PROFIBUS-DPfor incoming supply and loopingof the auxiliary voltage (load); incl. 2 PG screwed joints and blanking plugs, one connector required for each power module

6ES7 194-1AA00-0XA0

Manual ET 200Xdistributed I/O device German English French



3RX1 667

Order No.


3RX1 668


Available from:Lumberg GmbH & Co.Postfach 1360D-58569 SchalksmühleFederal Republic of GermanyAutomation Catalog 3 Franz Binder GmbH & Co.Postfach 1152D-74148 NeckarsulmFederal Republic of GermanyPlug Connector Catalog Murr Elektronik GmbHPostfach 1165D-71567 OppenweilerFederal Republic of GermanyStandard Catalog

M12 coversfor covering unused input oroutput sockets

3RX9 802-0AA00


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200XDigital expansion module EM 143/DESINA

Overview • Desina-compliant expansion module with user-parame-terizable digital inputs/outputs for the connection of actuators/sensors

• Additionally with diagnostics input/NC input per channel

• Can be connected to BM 143/DESINA

Application The DESINA-compliant EM 143/DESINA expansion module enables connection of additional actuators or sen-sors (depending on the parameterization) to a distrib-uted I/O station with BM 143/DESINA basic module.

DESINA compliance enables use on machine tools and in flexible production systems.

Design The EM 143/DESINA expansion module has: 8 channels, freely parame-

terizable as digital in-puts/outputs

Additional diagnostics input per channel for component monitoring

The actuators and sensors are connected by standard 4/5 pin M12 connectors.


Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm Individual device Hole pitch

87 x 180 x 5560 x 180 x 55

Number of channels 8 process channels;parameterized as DI/DO 8 function channels;parameterized as diagnostics/NC input

Cable length unshielded 30 m (for signal cables)

Connectable to BM 143/DESINA

Power losses of the module 2.5 W


Parameterization of the channel as DI


24 V DC20.4 to 28.8 V-3 to 5 V

Input current with signal "1" typ. 5 mA

Input characteristic In accordance with IEC 1131

Connection of two-wire BEROs acceptable quiescent current

Possible≤1.5 mA

Input delay time 1.2 to 4.8 ms

Parameterization of the channel as DO

Output current at "1" signal

– rated value – permitted range


1.2 A5 mA to 1.3 A0.5 mA

Switching frequency for resistive load with inductive load in accordance with

IEC 947-5-1, DC13 for a lamp load

100 Hz

2 Hz1 Hz

Short-circuit protection for the output Yes, electronic

Response threshold ≤1.4 A

Number of simultaneously settable channels

8

Simultaneity factor of the outputs 50%

Galvanic isolation No


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200XDigital expansion module EM 143/DESINA

Note:If channels 0/2/4/6 (sockets X1/X3/X5/X7) are parameterized as outputs, these are supplied from the switched voltage supply (switched off by emergency stop).If channels 1/3/5/7 (sockets X0/X2/X4/X6) are parameterized as outputs, these are supplied by the non-switched voltage supply (voltage supply for logic/sensor).

Connection diagrams

Pin Socket pin assignment X1/X3/X5/X7 Socket pin assignment X0/X2/X4/X6 View of the fem. conn.with pin nos.

BM 143/DESINA Basic module

1 Sensor power supply L+ Sensor power supply L+

2 Diagnostics/NC channel 0/2/4/6 Diagnostics/NC channel 1/3/5/7

3 Ground Ground

4 I/O channel 0/2/4/6 I/O channel 1/3/5/7

5 - n.c. - n.c.

Dimension drawings

Fig. 3/59 Digital expansion module EM 143/DESINA

G_I

K10_

deP0

117s

59,6

86,517

8

53

28,2

553

,5

Dimensionsin mm


EM 143/DESINA Expansion module8 I/O DESINA

6ES7 143-1BF30-0XA0

Manual for ET 200X Distributed I/OStation German English French



3RX1 667


3RX1 668

Order No.

Pre-assembled Y cablefor actuators/sensors

Available from:Lumberg GmbH & Co.Postfach 1360D-58569 SchalksmühleFederal Republic of GermanyAutomation Catalog 3Franz Binder GmbH & Co.Postfach 1152D-74148 NeckarsulmFederal Republic of GermanyPlug Connector CatalogMurr Elektronik GmbHPostfach 1165D-71567 OppenweilerFederal Republic of GermanyStandard Catalog

M12 coversfor covering unused input or output sockets

3RX9 802-0AA00


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200XAnalog expansion modules EM 144, EM 145

Overview . • Expansion modules with an-alog inputs/outputs for con-nection of actuators/sensors

• With diagnostics functional-ity, limit values and substi-tute values

Application Analog expansion modules permit the connection of addi-tional actuators and sensors to the ET 200X via integrated inputs/outputs.

The following modules are available: 2 AI, 10 V 2 AI, 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA,

4 DMU

2 AI, 4 to 20 mA 2 AI, RTD (Pt100) 2 AO, 10 V 2 AO, 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA

Design The actuators and sensors are connected via standard 5-pin M12 connectors.


EM 144 general (analog input modules)

Representation of analog values(parameterizable)

S7 formatS5 format

Dimensions (W × H × D) in mm Single device Hole pitch

87 × 110 × 5560 × 110 × 55

Connection of inputs / outputs 4/5-pin M12 round connectors

Weight approx. 250 g

Interrupts: Process alarms Diagnostics interrupts

yesyes

Number of differential inputs 2

Cable length, shielded 30 m

Galvanic isolation no

Measurement and conversion principle integrating

Conversion time per channel(parameterizable) 20 ms, 16.67 ms

Resolution (including overrange)

12 bits + sign

Overrange 17.5%

Operating error limits(over entire temperature range of mod-ules, relative to input range)

±1.2%

Diagnostics underrun, by channelunderrun, by channel

Limit lower limit values, by channelupper limit values, by channel

Diagnostics LED yes


Distributed I/Os

3


Technical specifications – Expansion modules EM 144, EM 145 (continued)

EM 144 AI 2 x ±10 V AI 2 x ±20 mA,4 to 20 mA, 4 DMU

AI 2 x 4 to 20 mA AI 2 x RTD (Pt100)

Input range (rated value) ±=10 V 20 mA, 4...20 mA 4 to 20 mA Pt100 (standard)

Input resistance 100 kΩ 25 Ω 25 Ω 10 MΩ

Characteristic linearization – – – yes


30 V – – 30 V

Permissible input current(destruction limit)

– 40 mA 40 mA –

Short-circuit protection yes, load supply yes, load supply yes –

Short-circuit current – – ca. 45 mA –

Transducer load – – max. 750 Ω –

Measurement current – – – 1.5 mA

Connection of sensorfor voltage measurement

possible – – –

Connection of sensors forcurrent measurement as a 2-wire transducer as 4-wire transducer

––

not possiblepossible

possiblepossible

––

Connection of signal sensors as 2-wire connection as 3-wire connection as 4-wire connection

–––

–––

–––

possiblepossiblepossible

Diagnostics Short-circuit Wire break

––




Power loss typ. 0.9 W 0.9 W 1 W 0.9 W

Current consumption from max.backplane bus

40 mA 40 mA 80 mA 40 mA

EM 145 General (analog outputs)

Representation of analog values (parameterizable)

S7 format/S5 format


87 × 110 × 5560 × 110 × 55

Connection of inputs / outputs 4/5 pin M12 round connectors


Interrupts Diagnostics interrupts yes

Number of outputs 2

Cable length, shielded 30 m


Resolution(incl. overrange)

11 bit + sign

Conversion time of the analog loop max. 1 ms

Transient recovery time for resistive load for capacitive loads

0.6 ms6.0 ms

Operating error limits(over entire temperature range,relative to output range)

±1%

Replacement value (last value or power-less)

yes, by channel

Diagnostics LED yes


Distributed I/Os

3


Technical specifications – expansion modules EM 144, EM 145 (continued)

EM 145 AO 2 x ±10 V AO 2 x ±20 mA, 4 to 20 mA

Output range (nominal value) –10 to 10 V –20 to 20 mA4 to 20 mA

Load resistor for capacitive load

for inductive load

min. 1.0 kΩmax. 0.1 µF–

–

max. 500 Ωmax. 0.1 mH

Short-circuit protection yes –

Short-circuit current max. 30 mA –

Current output idle voltage – max. 15 V


30 V –


– –

Connection of actuators as a 2-wire transducer as 4-wire transducer

––

not possiblepossible

Connection of signal sensors 2-wire connection 4-wire connection (measuring lead)

possiblepossible

possible–

Diagnostics Short-circuit Wire break



Power loss typ. 1.5 W 2.3 W

Current consumption frombackplane bus max. 75 mA 110 mA

Connection diagrams

Pin Socket pin assignment X1 Socket pin assignment X2 View of the socketwith pin nos.

Analog input AI 2 x ±10 V

12345

Sensor power supply L+Input signal "+" channel 0Power supply groundInput signal "–" channel 0–

–Input signal "+" channel 1–Input signal "–" channel 1–

Analog input AI 2 x ±20 mA, 4 DMU

12345

Sensor power supply L+Input signal "+" channel 0Power supply groundInput signal "–" channel 0–


Analog input AI 2 x 4 to 20 mA, 2 DMU

1

2345

Sensor power supply L1);

Input signal "+" channel 0Input signal "–" channel 0Power supply ground––

Sensor power supply L+;Input signal "+" channel 1Input signal "–" channel 1–––

Analog input AI 2 x 4 to 20 mA, 4 DMU

12345

1)

Input signal "+" channel 0Power supply ground/Input signal "-" channel 0–––

1)

Input signal "+" channel 1Power supply ground/Input signal "–" channel 1––

1) The power for the sensor must be supplied from external sources.


Distributed I/Os

3


Connection diagrams (continued)


Analog input AI 2 x RTD (Pt100)

12345

Sensor power supply output, current (approx. 1 mA)Input signal "+" channel 0Power supply groundInput signal "–" channel 0–


Analog output AO 2 ×⊄±10 V

12345

Output signal QV channel 0Sensor connection S+ channel 0Power supply groundSensor cable S– channel 0–

Output signal QV channel 1Sensor connection S+ channel 1–Sensor cable S– channel 1–

Analog output module AO 2 ×⊄±10 V; AO 2 ×⊄±20 mA

12345

Output signal QI channel 0–Power supply ground––

Output signal QI channel 1––––

Dimension drawings

Fig. 3/60 Analog expansion modules EM 144, EM 145

G_I

K10_

deP0

118s

Dimensionsin mm

60

87

53,5

28,2

5

55

110


EM 144 expansion modulewith diagnostics / limit valuesAI 2 ×⊄±10 V AI 2 ×⊄±20 mA, 4DMU AI 2 ×⊄4 to 20 mA, 2DMUV AI 2 ×⊄RTD (Pt100)10 V

6ES7 144-1FB31-0XB06ES7 144-1GB31-0XB06ES7 144-1GB41-0XB06ES7 144-1JB31-0XB0

Expansion module EM 145with diagnostics / replacement valuesAI 2 ×⊄±10 V AI 2 ×⊄±⊄20 mA, 4 to 20 mA

6ES7 145-1FB31-0XB06ES7 145-1GB31-0XB0

Manual ET 200X distributedI/O device German English French


Order No.

Connector M12 5-pin, unshielded

3RX1 667

Connector M12 Series 713, 4-/5 pin, can be shielded, can be pre-assembled

Available from:Franz BinderGmbH & Co.Postfach 1152D-74148 NeckarsulmFederal Republic of Germany

Angular connector M12 5-pin, unshielded

3RX1 668


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200XCommunications processor CP 142-2

Overview • Master connection for the distributed IO system ET 200X at AS-Interface via 12-pin connector

• Simple operation in the I/O address area of SIMATIC ET 200X

• No need to configure CP for AS-Interface

• Addressing of up to 31AS-Interface slaves accord-ing to the AS-Interface spec-ification V2.0

• Monitoring of the supply voltage on the AS-Interface shaped cable

• Considerable increase in the number of inputs/outputs of the ET 200X.

S7-200 S7-300 S5 ET 200

Application The CP 142-2 enables the connection of the distributed IO system ET 200X to AS-Interface.

This module can be used to activate up to 31 AS-Interface slaves and, if bi-directional slaves are implemented, up to 248 binary components.

Up to 6 CP 142-2 can be oper-ated on the ET 200X.

Design 16 bytes inputs and 16 bytes outputs are used in the address space of the ET 200X

Operating status' displayed by LEDs in the frontplate

Display of the connected and activated slaves and their operational readiness by LEDs

One pushbutton for switch-ing the operating status, en-tering the existing configuration and switching the display

Connection of the AS-Inter-face cable to M12 connector

Monitoring of the supply volt-age on the AS-Interface ca-ble

Functions The CP 142-2 can be used in two operating modes:

Standard mode with BM 141/BM 142/BM 147Up to 124 input bits and out-put bits of the AS-Interface slaves can be addressed.

Extended mode with BM 147A function call facilitates master calls in accordance with the AS-Interface specifi-cation V2.0 (e.g. writing pa-rameters). Calls are described in the manual. The manual also contains program examples.

Fig. 3/61 System configuration

0 1

PROFIBUSPROFIBUS

AS interface shaped cable

AS interfaceAS interface

ET 200X with CP 142-2

G_IK10_deA0013s

Parameterization The CP 142-2 is parameter-ized using the STEP 7 basic package from V2.1 upwards.

Separate configuration for AS-Interface is not necessary.


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200XCommunications processor CP 142-2

Designed for Industry In connection with the BM 147, the ET 200X enables PLC functionality with IP 65 degree of protection

Can also be used in a rug-ged industrial environment without additional casing due to the high degree of protection IP 67

More flexible and extended application possibilities of the ET 200X by consider-able increase in available inputs/outputs

Shorter startup times due to easy configuration at the press of a button.

Shorter standstill time or service time in the event of a fault due to LED indication of:– Status of the AS-Interface

network– Connected slaves and

their operational readiness

– Monitoring of the AS-Interface voltage level


Bus cycle time 5 ms with 31 slaves

Configuring AS interface PROFIBUS

Via pushbutton on front plateThe CP 142-2 occupies 16 bytes inputs and 16 bytes outputs in the PROFIBUS configurationof the ET 200X

AS-Interface master profile with BM 141/BM 142 with BM 147 and FC, ASI-3422

M0 (I/O transmission)M0/M1

Connection of the AS-Interface cable Via M12 connector on front plate

Address range 16 input bytes16 output bytes

Supply voltage via backplane bus via AS-Interface shaped cable

24 V DCAccording to AS-Interface specification V2.0

Power loss 2 W

Current consumption via backplane bus typ. via AS-Interface from the max.

AS-Interface shaped cables

50 mA at 24 V DC100 mA


0 °C to +55 °C–40 °C to +70 °C95% at +25 °C

Design Module format Dimensions (W × H × D) in mm Weight approx. Space required

ET 200X designExpansion module87 × 110 × 63310 g1 slot

Degree of protection IP 66/67


Communication processor CP 142-2For connecting SIMATIC ET 200X to AS-Interface

6GK7 142-2AH00-0XA0

CP 142-2 manual

German English French Italian

6GK7 142-2AH00-8AA06GK7 142-2AH00-8BA06GK7 142-2AH00-8CA06GK7 142-2AH00-8EA0

Electronics Manuals Communication systems,protocols, products on CD-ROMGerman/English

6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200XPneumatic module EM 148-P

Overview • The module for standard applications in pneumatics

• For controlling two simple or double-action pneumatic cylinders

• Electronics and pneumatics on one module

• Integrated digital inputs to log cylinder positions

Application The pneumatic module allows the ET 200X to be used for standard pneumatics applica-tions which use a low number of pneumatic cylinders.

The module can be used for controlling two simple or double-action pneumatic cylinders.

The integration of electronics and pneumatics on one mod-ule makes it particularly cost effective.A maximum of 7 pneumatic modules can be used with each ET 200X.

Design The pneumatic module con-sists of: 2 4/2-way valves with

spring return;if a stopper is used, they can also be used as 3/2-way valves

2 integrated digital outputs for controlling the valves (not external)

4 digital inputs for position recording of the cylinders (two 5-pin M12 round connectors)

Momentary-contact switch for manual operation of the valves

It contains all necessary pneumatic connections. The hoses are connected using Quickstar connec-tions. Supply and exhaust air are combined for both valves.


ET 200X distributed I/Os EM 148-Ppneumatic module


87 × 175 × 8860 × 173 × 88

Number of inputs 4

Input voltage Rated value For signal "1" For signal "1"

24 V DC11 to 30 V–3 to 5 volts

Input voltage with signal "1" typ.Input delayInput characteristicConnection of two-wire BEROsPermissible quiescent current max.Cable length, unshielded max.Number of outputsValve type

7 mA1.2 to 4.8 msAcc. to IEC 1131, Type 2Possible1.5 mA30 m2 (to the valve controller)2 × mono-stable 4/2-way valves with spring reset

Controllable pneumatic cylinder Double effect cylindersSingle effect cylinders

Manual operation Yes, touch

Pneumatic connection Supply/exhaust air Switch outputs

Quickstar QS 8Quickstar QS 6

Medium Compressed air filtered (40 mm) lubricated (Oil: VG 32) unlubricated

Pressure range 3 to 8 bar

Rated flow 300 l/min

Supply/exhaust air Joint for both valves

Valve switching time On, over Off

20 ms20 ms

Current consumption From backplane bus (L1+) From load voltage (L2+) (inc. valves)

40 mA130 mA

Power loss typ. 3 W

Power consumption per valve max. 20 mA


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200XPneumatic module EM 148-P

Connection diagrams


Pneumatic module EM 148-P DI 4 ×=24 V DC/DO 2 ×=P

12345

L+Input signal channel 1Power supply groundInput signal channel 0PE


Dimension drawings

Fig. 3/62 Pneumatic module EM 148-P

87

173

G_I

K10_

deP0

068s60

88

28,2

553

,5

Dimensionsin mm


Pneumatic module EM 148-P DI 4 x 24 V DC/DO 2 x Pwith 2 integrated 4/2-way valves

6ES7 148-1DA00-0XA0

Silencer for pneumatic module

6ES7 194-1EA00-0XA0

Sealing plugs for pneumatic moduleto use the 4/2-way valves as 3/2-way valves, to protect theconnections

6ES7 194-1JA00-0XA0


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200XPneumatic interface EM 148-P

Overview

Fig. 3/63 Pneumatic interface EM 148 P with FESTO CPV valve terminal

+ =

• Interface to accommodate an original FESTO CPV 10 or CPV 14 Compact Perfor-mance Valve terminal

• For use of the ET 200X for applications with flexible pneumatics

• High level of flexibility in pneumatics thanks to the different valve functions and different flow rate volumes

Application The pneumatic interface accommodates an original valve terminal produced by FESTO. This means that the ET 200X can also be used for applications which require flexible pneumatics.

A wide variety of valve func-tions from the FESTO stan-dard range and different flow rates open up a wide range of applications.

The FESTO valve terminals CPV 10 or CPV 14 can be used, both of which can be obtained from FESTO.

Design The pneumatic interface con-tains: Digital outputs for controlling

the valves Location to accept the valve

terminal with fixing bracket

Two versions of the pneumatic interface are available: To connect to the CPV 10

valve terminal; valve disc thickness 10 mm, flow rate 400 l/min

To connect to the CPV 14 valve terminal; valve disc thickness 14 mm, flow rate 800 l/min

For each valve terminal a maximum of 8 valve disks (up to 16 valve functions) can be used.

EM 141 expansion modules can be used to monitor the cylinder positions.

Up to 6 pneumatic interfaces can be plugged per ET 200X.

Dimension drawings

Fig. 3/64 Pneumatic interface EM 148-P

152

G_I

K10_

deP0

069s

120

147

132

109,5

53,5

48,2

5

Dimensionsin mm


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200XPneumatic interface EM 148-P


GeneralDimensions (W × H × D) in mmwithout valve terminal Individual device Hole pitch

147 × 152 × 53120 × 152 × 53


Number of outputsto valve controls

16

Isolation of the outputs in groups of

Yes, optocouplers16

EM 148-P DO 16 x P/CPV 10

FESTO CPV 10 valve terminal For detailed information, please refer to the documentation pro-vided by FESTO

Connectable valves Number max.

Medium

CPV-10 standard range8 valve discs(up to 16 valve functions)Compressed air filtered (40 µm) lubricated (Oil: VG 32) unlubricated


Rated flow 400 l/mn

Current consumption from return bus (L1+) max. from load voltage (L2+) max.

(inc. CPV 10 valve)

35 mA370 mA

Power loss typ. 6 W


EM 148-P DO 16 x P/CPV 14

FESTO CPV 14 valve terminal For detailed information, please refer to the documentation pro-vided by FESTO

Connectable valves Number max. Medium

CPV 14 standard spectrum8 valve discs(up to 16 valve functions)Compressed airfiltered (40 µm)lubricated (Oil: VG 32)unlubricated


Rated flow 800 l/min

Current consumption from return bus (L1+) max. from load voltage (L2+) max.

(inc. CPV 14 valve)

45 mA520 mA

Power loss typ. 9 W



EM 148-P pneumatic interface DO 16 × P/CPV 14

for direct mounting of theFESTO valve terminal CPV 1016 DO × P

DO 16 × P/CPV 10 for direct mounting of theFESTO valve terminal CPV 1416 DO × P

6ES7 148-1EH00-0XA0

6ES7 148-1EH10-0XA0

FESTO CPV 10 valve terminal Available from FESTO

FESTO CPV 14 valve terminal Available from FESTOFESTO AG & Co.Ruiterstr. 82D-73732 EsslingenFederal Republic of GermanyAdditional addresses can be found on the internet at:http://www.festo.de


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200XFrequency converter EM 148-FC

Overview • Expansion module with inte-grated frequency converter for ET 200X

• For driving 3-phase induction motors 380–500 V AC to 0.75 kW

• Forms an integral part of ECOFAST within the frame-work of ET 200X-DESINA

• Degree of protection IP 65

• Can be combined with all ET 200X modules without any restrictions

• Simple configuring and parameterization via PROFIBUS-DP using STEP 7 and configuring tools in compliance with standards

Application The EM 148-FC expansion module is used for speed con-trol of standard three-phase induction motors up to 0.75 kW, e.g. for implementation of variable belt speeds in mate-rial handling. It incorporates the complete functionality of a frequency converter. The EM 148-FC permits the con-figuration of a powerful dis-tributed control system in harsh industrial environments:

Direct installation on machines; a high degree of protection and rugged hous-ing permit distributed con-figurations without cabinets

Complete solutions for indi-vidual machine modules;e.g. by combination with DI and DO modules in one ET 200X station

Multi-vendor use in automa-tion; by connecting the ET 200X basic module to the PROFIBUS-DP

The EM 148-FC closes the functional gap in the ET 200X range of motor starters: Direct starters:

one speed, one direction of rotation

Reversing starters: one speed, two directions

EM 148-FC frequency converter: variable speeds, two direc-tions

Design The EM 148-FC has the follow-ing features: Type of construction based

on motor starter; with addi-tional heat sink element on the housing

Integrated line filter Integrated functions for pro-

tection against:– Overtemperature of con-

verter– Overtemperature of motor– Over- and undervoltage– Short-circuit and earth-

fault protection Stalling protection

– Prevention of no-load operation (interruption)

Integrated relay contact (400 V AC) for mechanical motor brake

Energy supply(infeed, motor feeder, loop-through) via standardized connector assemblies HAN Q8 with assignments to DE-SINA specification and defi-nition to ECOFAST

Motor feeders with shielded cable and shielded HANQ8

Connection facility for power bus; several frequency con-verters/motor starters can be connected to a single power supply

Connection of a hand-held operator panel via 9-pin sub D female connector that can optionally be covered

LEDs for indicating status and faults

The EM 148-FC can be com-bined with any other ET 200X modules. Up to six frequency converters can be connected to every ET 200X station.

Configuration,Parameterization

Configuration and parameter-ization takes place analogous to the ET 200X via STEP 7 or COM PROFIBUS (or another configuring tool compliant with standards).

No additional software is required for parameter assignment. This is done comfortably in the appropriate dialog window in STEP 7.

The parameter set has been reduced to a subset of the micromaster parameters to improve handling.


Distributed I/Os

3


1) Looped through from -X1 to -X3

Connection diagrams

Pin -X1: energy supply(connector on starter)

-X2: energy branch to consumer(socket on starter)

-X3: energy forwarding(socket on starter)

Pin settings for connector /socket

Energy connector on EM 300

12345678Center

NPhase L2–Braking voltage +24 V (24 V DC)1)

Braking voltage 0V (24 V DC)1)

Phase L3–Phase L1PE

Phase L1Notched pin (avoids confusion)Phase L3Brake (400 V AC)ThermistorBrake (400 V AC)Phase L2ThermistorPE

NPhase L2–Braking voltage +24 V (24 V DC)1)

Braking voltage 0V (24 V DC)1)

Phase L3Notched pin (avoids confusion)Phase L1PE

Plugs Socket

Dimension drawings

Fig. 3/65 Frequency converter EM 148-FC

G_I

K10_

deP0

120s

181

270

28,2

553

,5

120

147

265

160,

5

Dimensionsin mm


Distributed I/Os

3



Input voltage range 380 to 500 V AC

Recommended rated motor power max. 750 W

Output current Continuous current: Overload current:

Up to 55°C:3 A5 A

Up to 40°C:3.5 A6 A

Mains frequency 47 Hz to 63 Hz

Power factor > 0.7

Output frequency 0 Hz to 400 Hz

Resolution 0,01 Hz

Overload capability 150% for 60s, referred to rated current

Galvanic isolation Yes,between logic and power section

Protective measures against: Overtemperature of converter Overtemperature of motor Over- and undervoltage Short-circuit and earth-fault pro-

tection Motor toggle protection Prevention of no-load operation

(interruption)

Mode / Control 4 quadrants / V/Hz characteristic

Relay output 400 V AC / 1 A

Ambient temperature 0 °C to 55 °C

Converter efficiency 97%

Insulation voltage to UL 1,96 kV

Weight approx. 3 kg

Permissible cable length max. 10 m

Interrupts Diagnostics interrupt

Diagnostics Yes

Current consumption from expansion interface from electronics/encoder power supply for logic(without sensors) max. 50 mA

Dimensions (H x W x D) in mm approx. 265 x 120 x 181


EM 148-FC frequency converter:for driving 3-phase induction motors 380 – 500 V AC up to 0.75 kW; with integrated mains filter

6ES7 148-1FA00-0XB0

Connector for motor outletHAN Q8 shielded, assignment compliant with DESINA specification

6ES7 194-1AB00-0XA0

Connector set HAN Q8 for incoming energy supply

2.5 mm2, 9-pin4 mm2, 9-pin

for power forwarding2.5 mm2, 9-pin4 mm2, 9-pin

3RK1 902-0CA003RK1 902-0CB00

3RK1 902-0CC003RK1 902-0CD00

Motor connecting leadpre-assembled, shielded, HAN Q8-open end1.5 m3 m5 m10 m

6ES7 194-1LA00-0AA06ES7 194-1LB00-0AA06ES7 194-1LC00-0AA06ES7 194-1LD00-0AA0

Coverfor 9-pin energy socket1 pack. = 10 pcs.

3RK1 902-0CJ00

Disassembly toolto undo contact pins and contact sockets in 6-pin sets

3RK1 902-0AJ00

Manual control unitwith 0.5 m connecting cable and plug

3RK1 902-0AM00

Description labelfor designation of the inputs and outputs, as an equipment descriptor20 frames with 40 labels each8 x10 mm, petrol colored

6ES7 194-1BA00-0XA0


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200XMotor starter

1) See the catalog NS K for further data

Overview • To switch and protect any three-phase consumers

• Direct or reversing starter

• Electromechanical or electronic

• Power bus connection can be plugged with new HAN Q8 connectors

• Conductor cross section up to 4 mm2

• 35 A per segment

• Option to be supplied with various brake contacts

Application Motor starters allow any three-phase current loads, e.g. three-phase induction motors to be switched and protected using the ET 200X.Motor starters are available in different versions:

Electromechanical motor-starters;for galvanic separation of the consumer from the net-work

Electronic motor starters;can be used when motors are started frequently. Their behavior in the event of an overload can be specifically parameterized,

e.g. emergency operation on overload, remote reset via bus after overload trig-geredMotor starters can be oper-ated using a handheld oper-ator panel, which makes set-ting them up easier.

Design Motor starters generally contain: Digital outputs to control the

motor starter Digital inputs to return operational statuses and errors

Integrated power conectors for incoming voltage supply and forwarding.This makes it possible to set up a power bus system where several motor starters are connected to one power cable

Electromechanical motor starters contain a starter combination consisting of a power switch and contac-tor(s) from the SIRIUS 3R switchgear range. Electronic motor starters have a setting facility for overload protec-tion and behavior in the event of an overload.

Technical specifications 1)

Electromechanical motor startersEM 300 DS/RS

Electronic motor startersEM 300 EDS/ERS

Rated operational voltage 500 V AC in accordance with DIN VDE 0106 Part 1014600 V AC in accordance with CSA and UL

Rated power 5.5 kW 2.2 kW

Electrical service life of power switches at load Ia (AC-3)

Type 3RV10 –

Trip class Class 10 –

Electrical service life of the power switching element at load Ia (AC-3)

See characteristic duration curves for 3RT10 contactors(Catalog NSK)

≥10 million operating cycles

Short-circuit strength of the starter combination

50 kA (after allocation time "1") 100 kA

Permissible switching frequencyat a startup time tA = 0.10and a rel. duty cycle tEP = 50%

≤80 1/h ≤600 1/h

Cross sections of power connectors9-pin

≤4 mm2, AWG (15-11) ≤4 mm2, AWG (15-11)

Max. perm. current through power connectortu = 40 °C

25 A (2.5 mm2), 35 A (4 mm2) 25 A (2.5 mm2), 35 A (4 mm2)


Distributed I/Os

3


1) Only in EM 300 with 24 V DC brake contact (3R 1300-S-AA1)

Connection diagrams

Pin -X1: energy supply(connector on starter)

-X2: energy branch to consumer(socket on starter)

-X3: energy forwarding(socket on starter)

Pin settings for connector /socket

Energy connector on EM 300

1234

5

678Center

–Phase L2–Brake GND (for brake1))optional Brake +24 V DC (for brake1)) optionalPhase L1–Phase L3PE

Phase L1–Phase L3Brake energy (optional)

Brake energy (optional)

–Phase L2–PE

–Phase L2–Brake +24 V DC (for brake1)) optionalBrake GND (for brake1))optional Phase L3–Phase L1PE

Dimension drawings

Fig. 3/66 Expansion modules EM 300

G_I

K10_

deP0

067s

Dimensionsin mm

135

126

79

190

54

197 9

265

140

270

160,5 53,5 28,25

110

120146

15

134

3416


Distributed I/Os

3



EM 300 DS expansion moduleMotor starter, direct starter Electromechanical

direct starter3RK1 300-S01-0AA

Three-phase Setting rangeinduction motor of the over-current4-pole releaseat 400 V ACstand. perform. PkW A< 0.06 0.14 to 0.20 0.06 0.18 to 0.25 0.09 0.22 to 0.32 0.10 0.28 to 0.40 0.12 0.35 to 0.50 0.18 0.45 to 0.63 0.21 0.55 to 0.80 0.25 0.70 to 1.0 0.37 0.90 to 1.25 0.55 1.1 to 1.6 0.75 1.4 to 2.0 0.90 1.8 to 2.5 1.1 2.2 to 3.2 1.5 2.8 to 4.0 1.9 3.5 to 5.0 2.2 4.5 to 6.3 3.0 5.5 to 8.0 4.0 7.0 to 10 5.5 9.0 to 12

0 B0 C0 D0 E0 F0 G0 H0 J0 K1 A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K

EM 300 EDS expansion moduleMotor starter Electronic direct starter 3RK1 300-S10-0AA

Three-phase Setting rangeinduction motor of the over-current4-pole releaseat 400 V ACstand. perform. PkW A0.18 to 0.8 0.6 to 2.180.75 to 2.2 2.0 to 5.95

0 A0 B

Standard version Version with 24 V DC brake contact

for brakes with external supply Version with 400 V AC brake contact

for brakes with own supply Version with 500 V DC brake contact

for brakes with own supply

01

3

4

Order No.

EM 300 ERS expansion moduleMotor starter, reversing starter Electromechanical

reversing starter3RK1 300-S01-1AA

Three-phase Setting rangeinduction motor of the over-current4-pole releaseat 400 V ACstand. perform. PkW A< 0.06 0.14 to 0.20 0.06 0.18 to 0.25 0.09 0.22 to 0.32 0.10 0.28 to 0.40 0.12 0.35 to 0.50 0.18 0.45 to 0.63 0.21 0.55 to 0.80 0.25 0.70 to 1.0 0.37 0.90 to 1.25 0.55 1.1 to 1.6 0.75 1.4 to 2.0 0.90 1.8 to 2.5 1.1 2.2 to 3.2 1.5 2.8 to 4.0 1.9 3.5 to 5.0 2.2 4.5 to 6.3 3.0 5.5 to 8.0 4.0 7.0 to 10 5.5 9.0 to 12

0 B0 C0 D0 E0 F0 G0 H0 J0 K1 A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K

EM 300 ERS expansion moduleMotor starter Electronic reversing starter 3RK1 300-S10-1AA

Three-phase Setting rangeinduction motor of the over-current4-pole releaseat 400 V ACstand. perform. PkW A0.18 to 0.8 0.6 to 2.180.75 to 2.2 2.0 to 5.95

1 A1 B

Standard version Version with 24 V DC brake contact

for brakes with external supply Version with 400 V AC brake contact

for brakes with own supply Version with 500 V DC brake contact

for brakes with own supply

01

3

4


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200XAccessories for motor starters

Overview • Handheld operator panel for startup (see Field of applica-tion)

• Connectors and leads

• Crimping tongs

• Disassembly tool for 9-pin connector

Configuration andordering notes

The following accessories are required for every ET 200X configuration:

Basic and expansionmodules with inputs andoutputs: 3 connectors per basic

station for PROFIBUS-DP, control and auxiliary voltage

per used digital input and output, one 5-pin M12 connector

per used analog input and output, one 4-pin shield-ed M12 connector

per unused digital or analog input and output, one M12 cover (Attention: 10 pcs. per packet!)

Motor starters EM 300DS/RS and EM 300EDS/ERS:

For incoming power supply(-X1)per electromechanical or electronic motor starter: 9-pin connector set for in-

coming power supply– 6 × 4 mm2 or– 6 × 2.5 mm2

For load connection(-X2)per electromechanical or electronic motor starter: 9-pin connector set for load

connection (1.5 mm2)or pre-assembled load con-necting lead– 4 × 1.5 mm2 or– 6 × 1.5 mm2 with

9-pin power connector

For power forwarding(-X3)per electromechanical or electronic motor starter: 9-pin connector set for pow-

er forwarding– 6 × 4 mm2 or– 6 × 2.5 mm2

or power connecting lead– 4 × 4 mm2 or– 6 × 4 mm2 with

9-pin power connectors

per unused socket: one cover

Manual control unit The motor starter can be operated completely inde-pendently on site with an available auxiliary supply with the handheld operator panel.

In this way local switching actions in the event of failure of the PLC/bus system (emer-gency mode) and test runs in pre-startup, e.g. for testing the direction of rotation of the motor, can be performed in addition to the desired manual operation on a functioning automation level.

The handheld operator panel can be connected directly to the motor starter socket underneath the transparent cover by a connecting lead.


Distributed I/Os

3



Connector set for incoming power supply

4 × 2.5 mm2, 9-pin 4 × 4 mm2, 9-pin

for power forwarding2.5 mm2, 9-pin 4 mm2, 9-pin

for motor connection1.5 mm2, 9-pin

3RK1 902-0CA003RK1 902-0CB00

3RK1 902-0CC003RK1 902-0CD00

3RK1 902-0CE00

Coverfor 9-pin power socket1 packet = 1 pc. 1 packet = 10 pcs.

3RK1 902-0CJ003RK1 902-0CK00

Energy connection cable 6 × 4 mm2, 0.12 m, 9-pin 4 × 4 mm2, 0.12 m, 9-pin

3RK1 902-0CH003RK1 902-0CG00

Motor connecting lead 4 × 1.5 mm2, with connector, 9-pin

1,5 m 3 m 5 m

10 m 6 × 1.5 mm2, with connector, 9-pin

3 m 5 m

10 m

3RK1 902-0CL003RK1 902-0CM003RK1 902-0CP003RK1 902-0CQ00

3RK1 902-0CN003RK1 902-0CR003RK1 902-0CS00

Connector M12 (5-pin)can be pre-assembled

3RX1 667

Angular connector M12 (5-pin)can be pre-assembled

3RX1 668

M12 covers unused M12 sockets in application modules1 set = 10 pieces

3RX9 802-0AA00

Crimping tongsfor contact pins and sockets1.5 to 2.5 mm 1.5 to 4 mm

3RK1 902-0AH003RK1 902-0CT00

Disassembly tool to undo contact pins and contact sockets in 9-pin sets

3RK1 902-0AJ00

Handheld operator panel with 0.5 m connecting lead andplug

3RK1 902-0AM00

Inscription plate for designation of the inputs and outputs, as an equipment descriptor20 frames with 40 labels each8 × 10 mm, petrol colored

3RK1 902-1BA00-0XA0


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200XSITOP power supply 24 V/10 A

Application • Primary clocked power supply for the ET 200X

• Adapted in terms of design and functionality

• Can be built in without expensive wiring

• The separate screw termi-nals to tap voltage mean that it can also be used for other applications.

Note:For further information about SITOP power suppliessee the catalog KT 10.1.

Design The primary clocked SITOP power 24 V/10 A has been designed entirely with the ET 200X in mind, in terms of both its construction and its functionality. It converts the120/230V AC input volt-age into the required opera-tional voltage of 24 V DC, which can also be the sup-ply voltage for the electron-ics / encoder or as a load voltage.

The power supply can be inte-grated into the ET 200X with-out the need for expensive wiring.Simple functions also allow it to be used to supply voltage to units other than the ET 200X: Screw terminals to tap the

output voltage

Controllable output voltage to compensate for reduced voltage through long cables

IP 65 degree of protection means that it can be used in rough industrial environ-ments.

Behavior in the event of an error parameterizable;Restart or shutdown after short circuit in output circuit.


Input data

Input voltage Rated value UEN Perm. Range Frequency

120/230 V AC, adjustable93 to 132/187 to 164 V AC47 to 63 Hz

Main power buffering min.(at UE = 187 V, IAN)

20 ms

Input current Rated value IEN 4.3 A/2.6 A

Inrush current (25 °C, UE = 230 V) max. < 65 A

Device protection internal

Output data

Output voltage Rated value UAN Overall static tolerance

24 V DC± 3%

Residual ripple effect max. 150 mVPP

Setting range 22.8 to 25.2 V

Output current Rated value IAN at 40 °C at 55 °C

10 A0 to 10 A0 to 8 A

Over-power limit approx. 1.0 to 1.3 × IAN

Outputs safe against open or short circuit

yes

Output data

Outputs can be switched in parallel yes

Efficiency (UE = 230 V, IAN) approx. 88%

Electromagnetic compatibility

Interference suppression (emission)Interference immunity

EN 50081-2, EN 55011 class AEN 50082-2

Safety

Primary / secondary isolation yes (SELV in acc. with EN 60950)VDE 0805

Protection classDegree of protection

I (IEC 536/VDE 0106 T1)IP 65 (EN 60529/VDE 470 T1)

General data

Ambient temperatureTransport/storage temperature

–25 °C to +55 °C–40 °C to +70 °C

Connection method input

Connection method output

screw-type terminals for L1, N and PEscrew-type terminals for L+ and Msupply possibility using expansion interface on the backplane bus of the ET 200X

Mounting wall-mounted

Mounting position any

Dimensions (W × H × D) in mm approx. 140 × 270 × 126


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200XSITOP power supply 24 V/10 A

Dimension drawings

Fig. 3/67 SITOP power supply 24 V/10 A

158,4283

G_I

K10_

deP0

096s

265

133,

5

8,8197

126,

510

3,5

53,5

110

4...10

1) Fastening lugs (only availablewhen using the accessoryconnector seal 6 EP1 971-2CA00)

134,

6

145,

4

140

5,4

10,2

5,5

22,8 160,5

214

Dimensionsin mm


SITOP power supply24 V/10 A for ET 200X120/230 V AC; 24 V DC, 10 A

6EP1 334-2CA00

SITOP power accessoriesconnector seal IP 65required for the power supply to operate in standalone mode

6EP1 971-2CA00


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200LOverview ET 200L/L-SC/L-SC IM SC

Fig. 3/68 ET 200L system overview

Modular I/O - expandable with SIMATIC Smart Connect

Block I/O - not expandable

Fine-modular I/O

ET 200L

ET 200L-SC

ET 200L-SCIM SC

Electronics blockET 200L

Terminal blockTB 16L

16 channels


32 channelsPROFIBUSconnection

PROFIBUSconnection

PROFIBUSconnection

IM SC interface modulefor PROFIBUS

Terminal blockTB 16 SC

16 channels


16 channels

Electronicssubmodules


16 channels


32 channels

Electronics blockET 200L-SC

Terminal blockTB 16IM SC

16 channels

Terminal blockTB 16 IM SC

16 channels

Electronicssubmodules


16 channels

The ET 200L is a small, com-pact I/O station, with degree of protection IP 20.The ET 200L is primarily used in lower-performance applica-tions requiring few digital inputs/outputs as well as in cases where space is restricted.The ET 200L is a passive sta-tion (slave) on PROFIBUS-DP with transfer rates up to 1.5 Mbit/s.There are 3 versions available:

Block I/OET 200L (non-expandable)

Modular I/OET 200L-SC:ET 200L terminal block with special electronic submodule, expandable with one SIMATIC Smart Connect (SC) TB 16SC terminal block. This allows an additional fine-tuned modular expansion with up to 16 digital and analog input/output channels.

Finely graded modular I/OET 200L-SC IM-SC:Terminal block TB 16IM-SC with PROFIBUS-DP interface module IM-SC and 8 slots for electronic submodules of SIMATIC Smart Connect (SC), expandable with one terminal block TB 16 of SIMATIC SC. This allows discretely modular expansion with up to 32 digital and analog input/output channels.


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200LET 200L block I/O

Application

Fig. 3/69 Block I/O ET 200L (with 16 channels)

The compact ET 200L I/O block consists of a terminal block and an electronic submodule The connection to the PROFI-BUS-DP fieldbus is made via the interface integrated in the electronic submodule.The ET 200L block I/O is not expandable.

Terminal blockThe terminal block accommo-dates the electronic submod-ule. It carries the wiring so that no cables need to be sepa-rated when the electronic sub-module is replaced. The ter-minal block can be mounted on a standard rail.In addition to horizontal mounting all other mounting positions are permissible.

A total of 4 terminal blocks are available for the ET 200L: 16 channels with screw-type

terminals or spring-type ter-minals

32 channels with screw-type terminals or spring-type ter-minals

Electronic submoduleThe electronic submodules contain the digital input and output channels.The following digital electronic submodules are available for 24 V DC: 16DI; with 16 digital inputs 16DO; with 16 digital

outputs 0.5 A 32Dl; with 32 digital

inputs 32DO; with 32 digital

outputs 0.5 A 16DI/16DO; with 16 digital

inputs and outputs 0.5 A each.

Blocks for AC: 8 DI/8 RO/2 A 16 DI 16 DO/1 A 16 RO/2 A

PROFIBUS-DPstation addressThe address of the compact ET 200L I/O station is set on the electronic submodule by way of a rotary coding switch.Termination of the bus cable:If the ET 200L is used at the end of a bus segment, it requires a bus connector with terminating resistor.

AccessoriesPre-perforated labeling sheets (DIN A4) suitable for machine printing are available as accessories.The terminal blocks come with 2-wire connection as stan-dard. Optional supplementary terminals enable the use of 3-wire or 4-wire connections.

Operation The inputs and outputs of the compact ET 200L I/O station can be accessed from the user program in the automa-tion system in the same man-ner as the inputs and outputs of the central controller.The communication across PROFIBUS is handled com-pletely by the master interface module in the central control-ler and the integrated PROFIBUS-DP interface in the ET 200L.

Proper operation of the ET 200L is verified by means of diagnostic functions.The ET 200L diagnoses: Bus errors, i. e. errored data

transfer Module faults 24 V DC load voltage supplyThe diagnostic data are ana-lyzed as follows: At the source via the diag-

nostic LED on the ET 200L

Centrally with programming devices or PC with the COM PROFIBUS or STEP 7 parameterization software

Centrally via the CPU in the automation system


Distributed I/Os

3


Technical specifications – General

Connection method Screw-type and spring-type method, permanent wiring;Standard: 2-wire methodOptional: 3-core and 4-core connections

Data transfer rate max. 1.5 Mbit/s

Direct data exchange Sender (for digital output modules and mixed modules ET 200L,not for L-SC or IM-SC)

Galvanic isolation Yes, between PROFIBUS-DP andinternal electronics

Supply voltage 24 V DC, reverse polarity protection


Ambient temperature on vertical wall (preferred mounting position) with horizontal installation with other installation

0 °C to +60 °C0 °C to +40 °C

Relative humidity 5 to 95%(RH severity level 2in accordance with IEC 1131-2)

Atmospheric pressure 795 to 1080 hPa

Mechanical strength Vibration

Shock

IEC 68, Parts 2–610–57 Hz(const. amplitude 0.075 mm)57–150 Hz(constant acceleration 1 g)IEC 68, Part 2–27Half-sine, 15 g, 11 ms

Technical specifications – ET 200L terminal blocks for modular I/O

Terminal block TB 16L TB 32L TB 16L AC

Dimensions (W × H × D) in mm

Weight (total) approx.Current carrying capacity max.

145 × 100 × 40.5120 g–

191 × 100 × 40.5350 g–

191 × 100 × 40.5283 g–

Technical specifications – ET 200L electronic submodules

Electronic submodules (digital inputmodules)

6ES7 131-1BH00-0XB0 6ES7 131-1BL00-0XB0


Galvanic isolationbetween the channelsbetween channels andPROFIBUS-DP

noyes

noyes

Input voltage UE rated value for signal "0" for signal "1"

24 V DC–30 to +5V+13 to 30 V

24 V DC–30 to +5V+13 to 30 V

Input voltage with signal "1" typ. 5 mA 5 mA

Delay of the inputs 2 to 4.5 ms 2 to 4.5 ms

Data transfer rate max. 1.5 Mbit/s 1.5 Mbit/s

Permissible cable length max. 1000 m 1000 m

Terminal block TB 16L TB 32L

Electronic submodules(digital input modules)

6ES7 131-1EH00-0XB0

Number of inputs 16

Galvanic isolation between the channels between L1 and PROFIBUS-DB between L1 and PROFIBUS-DP

yesyesyes


120 V AC0 to 20 V74 to 132 V

Input voltage with signal "1" typ. 9 to 27 mA

Delay of the inputs 2 to 25 ms



Terminal block TB 16L AC


Distributed I/Os

3


Technical specifications – ET 200L electronic submodules (continued)

Electronic submodules(digital output modules)

6ES7 132-1BH00-0XB0 6ES7 132-1BL00-0XB0

Number of outputs 16 32

Galvanic isolation between the channels between channels and PROFIBUS-DP

noyes

noyes

Output voltage UA rated value with signal "1" min.Output current for signal "0" max. for signal "1" max.Aggregate current per byte max.

24 V DCUA –3 V

1 mA0.5 A4 A

24 V DCUA –3 V

1 mA0.5 A4 A

Short-circuit protection electronic electronic



Switching frequency with resistive loading max. with inductive loading max. with lamps max.

100 Hz0,5 Hz8 Hz

100 Hz0,5 Hz8 Hz



6ES7 132-1EH00-0XB0

Number of outputs 16

Galvanic isolation between the channels between L1 and PROFIBUS-DB between L1 and PROFIBUS-DP

yesyesyes

Output voltage UA rated value for signal "1" max.Output current with signal "0" max.Load current per output max.

120 V ACUA –1.5 V

2.6 A1 A

Short-circuit protection no




10 Hz0,5 Hz1 Hz

Terminal block TB 16L AC


Distributed I/Os

3


Technical specifications – ET 200L electronic submodules (continued)

Electronic submodules(mixed module)

6ES7 133-1BL00-0XB0 6ES7 133-1EH00-0XB0 6ES7 132-1JH00-0XB0


Galvanic isolation between the channels between channels and PROFIBUS-DP between L1 and PROFIBUS-DP

noyes–

yesyes–

yesyesyes


24 V DC–30 to +5V+13 to 30 V

120 V AC–74 to 132 V AC

–––

Input voltage with signal "1" typ. 5 mA 9 to 27 mA –

Delay of the inputs 2 to 4.5 ms 2 to 25 ms –

Data transfer rate max. 1.5 Mbit/s 1.5 Mbit/s –

Permissible cable length max. 1000 m 1000 m –

Number of outputs 16 8 16

Galvanic isolation between the channels between channels and PROFIBUS-DP between L1 and PROFIBUS-DP

noyes–

yesyes–

yesyesyes

Output voltage UA rated value with signal "1" max.Output current with signal "0" max. with signal "1" max.Aggregate current per group max.

24 V DCUA –3 V

1 mA0.5 A4 A

120 V ACUA –1.5 V

2.6 mA1 A1 A

120 V ACUA –1 V

–2 A2 A

Short-circuit protection electronic no no

Data transfer rate max. 1.5 Mbit/s 1.5 Mbit/s 1.5 Mbit/s

Permissible cable length max. 1000 m 1000 m 1000 m


100 Hz0.5 Hz8 Hz

10 Hz0.5 Hz1 Hz

10 Hz0.5 Hz1 Hz

Terminal block TB 32L TB 16L AC TB 16L AC


Distributed I/Os

3


Connection diagrams

Fig. 3/70 ET 200L electronic submodules

1L+

1M 1 ....

17...

8

24A1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

A SENSOR SUPPLY

2L+

2M 9...

25...

16

32B

DI 16xDC24V

ET200L BF

X 23 4

PROFIBUS-DP

131-1BH00-0XB0

x10

x1

SUPPLYPOWER

4L+

4M

ON

6ES7 131-1BH00-0XB0

G_I

K10_

deP0

079s

1L+

1M 1 ....

33...

16

48A1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

ASENSOR SUPPLY

2L+

2M 17...

49...

32

64B

DI 32xDC24VET200L

BF

X 23 4

PROFIBUS-DP

131-1BL00-0XB0

x10

x1

SUPPLYPOWER

4L+

4M

ON

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

B

6ES7 131-1BL00-0XB0

BF

x10

x1

ON

1L+1M

1 ....17....

824

A1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

A BLOAD VOLTAGE

2L+

2M

9 ....

25....

16

32B

DO 16xDC24V/0.5A

ET200L

X 23 4

PROFIBUS-DP

132-1BH00-0XB0

SUPPLYPOWER

4L+

4M

6ES7 132-1BH00-0XB0


Distributed I/Os

3


Connection diagrams(continued)


G_I

K10_

deP0

080s

6ES7 132-1EH00-0XB0

POWERSUPPLY

DO 16xAC120V/0,1A

ET200L BF

X 23 4

PROFIBUS-DP

132-1EH00-0XB0

x10

x1

ON

N

L11

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

1

2

3

4

17

18

19

20

5

6

7

8

21

22

23

24

9

10

11

12

25

26

27

28

13

14

15

16

29

30

31

32

6ES7 133-1BL00-0XB0

1L+1M

1 ....33....

1648

A1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

A LOAD VOLTAGE

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

B

DI16/DO16xDC24V/0.5A

ET200L

X 23 4

ON

BFPROFIBUS-DP

133-1BL00-0XB0

x10

x1SENSOR SUPPLY

2L+

2M 17....

49....

32

64B

6ES7 132-1JH00-0XB0

POWERSUPPLY

RO 16xDC24V/AC120V/2,0AET200L

BF

X 23 4

PROFIBUS-DP

132-1JH00-0XB0

x10

x1

ON

N

L11

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

1

2

3

4

17

18

19

20

5

6

7

8

21

22

23

24

9

10

11

12

25

26

27

28

13

14

15

16

29

30

31

32

6ES7 131-1EH00-0XB0

POWERSUPPLY

DI 16xAC120V

ET200L BF

X 23 4

PROFIBUS-DP

131-1EH00-0XB0

x10

x1

ON

N

L11

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

1

2

3

4

17

18

19

20

5

6

7

8

21

22

23

24

9

10

11

12

25

26

27

28

13

14

15

16

29

30

31

32


Distributed I/Os

3




G_I

K10_

deP0

081s

6ES7 133-1EH00-0XB0

POWERSUPPLY

DI 8/DO 8xAC120V/1,0A

ET200L BF

X 23 4

PROFIBUS-DP

133-1EH00-0XB0

x10

x1

ON

N

L11

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

1

2

3

4

17

18

19

20

5

6

7

8

21

22

23

24

9

10

11

12

25

26

27

28

13

14

15

16

29

30

31

32

6ES7 133-1JH00-0XB0

POWERSUPPLY

DI 8AC120V/RO 8DC24V/AC120V/2,0A

ET200L BF

X 23 4

PROFIBUS-DP

133-1JH00-0XB0

x10

x1

ON

N

L11

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

1

2

3

4

17

18

19

20

5

6

7

8

21

22

23

24

9

10

11

12

25

26

27

28

13

14

15

16

29

30

31

32

Dimension drawings

Fig. 3/73 Terminal block TB 16L with plugged electronic submodule

35,369*

* With bus connector: 82 mm

Rest DIN rail

61

145

52,2

100

47,5

1L+ 5L+4L+3L+2L+

1M 5M4M3M2M 17 21201918 22 26252423 27 31302928 32

A B

TB16L

139-1CH00-0XA0

X 23 4

1 5432 6 10987 11 15141312 16

POWERSUPPLY

4L+

4M

A

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

B

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

2L+ 25... 32

2M 9... 16

sDI 16xDC24V

SENSOR SUPPLY

1L+ 17...

1M 1...

24

8

ET200LPROFIBUS-DP

BF

ON

X 23 4

131-1BH00-0XA0

x10

x1

G_I

K10_

deP0

082s

Dimensionsin mm


Distributed I/Os

3



Fig. 3/74 Terminal block TB 32L with plugged electronic submodule

Fig. 3/75 Terminal block TB 16L AC with plugged electronic submodule

1L+ 5L+4L+3L+2L+

1M 5M4M3M2M

33 37363534 38 42414039 43 47464544 48

1 5432 6 10987 11 15141312 16 17 21201918 22 26252423 27 31302928 32

49 53525150 54 58575655 59 63626160 64

191

52,2

100

47,5

TB32L

POWERSUPPLY

4L+

4M

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

2L+ 49... 64

2M 17... 32

s

DI 32xDC24VSENSOR SUPPLY

1L+ 33...

1M 1...

48

16

ET200L-SCPROFIBUS-DP

SF

BF

X 23 4

131-1BH10-0XB0

x10

x1

G_I

K10_

deP0

083s

SC

ON

X2

34

183-

1CL0

0-0X

A0

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

A B

35,369*


Rest DIN rail

61

Dimensionsin mm

1 432

1 17 5 215 21 9 25

191

35 100

30

TB16LAC

POWERSUPPLY

L1

N

sDI 16xAC120V

ET200LPROFIBUS-DP

BF

X 23 4

131-1EH00-0XA0

x10

x1

G_I

K10_

deP0

084s

SC

ON

40,599,1

Rest DIN rail

61

X 23 4

193-1CH20-0XA0

9 1211105 876 13 161514

25 28272621 242322 29 32313017 201918

L1L1

NN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

2 18

3 19

4 20

6 22

7 23

8 24

6 22

7 23

8 24

10 26

11 27

12 28

14 30

15 31

16 32

13 29

Dimensionsin mm


Distributed I/Os

3



Electronic submodule for ET 200Lwith digital inputs/outputsfor 24 V DC 16DI 32DI 16DO; 0.5 A 32DO; 0.5 A 16DI/16DO; 0.5 A for 120 V AC 16DI 16DO; 1 A 16DO; 2 A 8DI/8DO; 1 A 8DI/8DO; 2 A

6ES7 131-1BH00-0XB06ES7 131-1BL00-0XB06ES7 132-1BH00-0XB06ES7 132-1BL00-0XB06ES7 133-1BL00-0XB0

6ES7 131-1EH00-0XB06ES7 132-1EH00-0XB06ES7 132-1JH00-0XB06ES7 133-1EH00-0XB06ES7 133-1JH00-0XB0

Terminal block for ET 200L andET 200L-SCto accommodate electronic submodules

TB 16L 16 channels, screw-type terminal 16 channels, spring-loaded

terminalsTB 32L 16 channels, screw-type terminal 16 channels, spring-loaded

terminals TB 16L AC 16 channels, screw-type terminal

6ES7 193-1CH00-0XA06ES7 193-1CH10-0XA0

6ES7 193-1CL00-0XA0

6ES7 193-1CL10-0XA0

6ES7 193-1CH20-0XA0

Order No.

Supplementary terminal for ET 200LandET 200L-SC16 channels; 1 row screw-type terminal spring-loaded terminals 16 channels; 2 rows screw-type terminal spring-loaded terminals 32 channels; 1 row screw-type terminal spring-loaded terminals 32 channels; 2 rows screw-type terminal spring-loaded terminals

6ES7 193-1FH20-0XB06ES7 193-1FH50-0XB0

6ES7 193-1FH30-0XB06ES7 193-1FH60-0XB0

6ES7 193-1FL20-0XB06ES7 193-1FL50-0XB0

6ES7 193-1FL30-0XB06ES7 193-1FH60-0XB0

Labeling sheet with stripsfor 10 electronic submodules for 16 channel electronic submodules

incl. additional terminals 16 channel electronic submodules

incl. additional terminals

6ES7 193-1BH00-0XA0

6ES7 193-1BL00-0XA0

ManualDistributed I/O Device ET 200L, ET200L-SC and ET200L-SC IM-SC German English French Spanish Italian

6ES7 130-1AA00-8AA06ES7 130-1AA00-8BA06ES7 130-1AA00-8CA06ES7 130-1AA00-8DA06ES7 130-1AA00-8EA0


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200LET 200L-SC modular I/O

Application

Fig. 3/76 Compact ET 200L-SC I/O station (ET 200L with 32 channels)

Design The design of the ET 200L-SC is the same as that of the ET 200L: it comprises a termi-nal block and an electronic submodule. In contrast to the ET 200L, it can be expanded with a Smart Connect terminal block (TB 16SC).The connection to the PROFIBUS-DP fieldbus is made via the interface inte-grated in the electronic sub-module.

SIMATIC SC terminal block(TB 16SC)Via the 8 electronic submod-ules of the SIMATIC SC which can be plugged onto the TB 16SC, the ET 200L-SC can be freely combined with up to 16 digital and analog input/output channels.Digital and analog modules can be plugged into the TB 16 SC in a mixed arrange-ment.

This allows a discretely modular adaptation of the ET 200L-SC to the automation task.The connecting cable between ET 200L-SC and TB 16SC is supplied with the TB 16SC terminal block.

Electronic submoduleThe electronic submodule contains the digital input and output channels.The following digital electronic submodules are available: 16DI; with 16 digital inputs 16DO; with 16 digital outputs

0.5 A 32DI; with 32 digital inputs 16DI/16DO; with 16 digital

inputs and outputs 0.5 A each.

The connection diagram for wiring is printed on the elec-tronic submodule.

AccessoriesPre-perforated labeling sheets (DIN A4) suitable for machine printing are available as accessories.The terminal blocks come with 2-wire connection as stan-dard. Optional snap-on sup-plementary terminals enable the use of 3-wire or 4-wire connections.As additional accessories for the TB 16 SC, shield connec-tion terminals for termination of the shield for analog signals are available.

Operation andParameterization

By expanding the ET 200L with the SIMATIC Smart Con-nect each DP node can be adapted to the actual require-ments of the system on a finemodular basis.

As with the ET 200L, commu-nication via the bus system is completely handled by the master interface module in the central controller and the inte-grated PROFIBUS-DP inter-face in the ET 200L-SC.

Parameterization When the device is connected to master assemblies that are not parameterized with COM PROFIBUS or STEP 7 (opera-tion with master assemblies from other manufacturers), a GSD file with fixed assignment can be created with COM PROFIBUS from version 3.1.

This file is then loaded into the configuring tool of the third-party manufacturer and can be used for simple parameterization of the sta-tion.

This allows use of COM PROFIBUS’s user-friendly plaintext parameterization. There is no need for hexadec-imal code inputs in the manu-facturer’s configuring tool.


Distributed I/Os

3


Technical specifications – ET 200L-SC electronic submodules


6ES7 131-1BH11-0XB0 6ES7 131-1BL11-0XB0



noyes

noyes


24 V DC–30 to +5 V+13 to 30 V

24 V DC–30 to +5 V+13 to 30 V

Input voltage with signal "1" typ. 5 mA 5 mA

Delay of the inputs 2 to 4.5 ms 2 to 4.5 ms




Expansion digital and analog with SIMATIC SC digital and analog with SIMATIC SC


6ES7 132-1BH11-0XB0



noyes

Output voltage UA rated value for signal "1" min.Output current with signal "0" max. with signal "1" max.Aggregate current per group max.

24 V DCUA –3 V

1 mA0.5 A4 A

Short-circuit protection electronic




10 Hz0,5 Hz8 Hz

Terminal block TB 16L

Expansion digital and analog with SIMATIC SC

Electronic submodules (mixedmodule)

6ES7 133-1BL10-0XB0

Number of inputs 16


noyes


24 V DC–30 to +5V+13 to 30 V

Input voltage with signal "1" typ. 5 mA

Delay of the inputs 2 to 4.5 ms






Distributed I/Os

3


1) When 2 electronic submodules are switched in parallel, IEC 1131-2/type 2 is achieved for 120 V AC.

Technical specifications – ET 200L-SC electronic submodules (continued)

Output voltage UA rated value for signal "1" min.Output current with signal "0" max. with signal "1" max.Aggregate current per group max.

24 V DCUA –3 V

1 mA0.5 A4 A

Short-circuit protection electronic




100 Hz0,5 Hz8 Hz

Terminal block TB 32L

Expansion digital and analog with SIMATIC SC

Technical specifications – ET 200L terminal blocks for modular I/O

Terminal block TB 16L TB 32L TB 16SC

Dimensions (W × H × D) in mmWeight (total) approx.Current carrying capacity max.

145 × 100 × 40.5120 g–

191 × 100 × 40.5350 g–

115 × 100 × 40.5283 g–

Technical specifications – SIMATIC Smart Connect (SC) electronic submodules

Electronic submodules (digital inputmodules)

6ES7 121-1BB00-0AA0 6ES7 121-1FA00-0AA0


Line length shielded max. 1000 m 1000 m

Galvanic isolation between the channels and SC busPermissible potential difference between various electrical circuits between ground and input

yes, optocouplers

75 V DC/60 V AC–

yes

240 V AC

Isolation tested at 1500 V AC 2500 V DC

Power losses of the module typ. 0.4 W 0.6 W

Status display green LED per channel green LED

Input voltage UE rated value for signal "0" for signal "1" frequency rangeOutput current with signal "0" typ. with signal "1" typ.

24 V DC13 to 30 V–3 to 5 volts–

7 mA–

120 / 230V AC74 to 264 V AC0 to 40 V AC47 to 63 Hz

3.7 mA 1)

2.2 mA 1)

Input delay at "0" to "1" at "1" to "0" input characteristic to

1.2 to 4.8 ms1.2 to 3.8 msIEC 1131, Type 1

max. 30 msmax 30 msIEC 1131, Type 11)

Connection of two-wire BEROs possible possible

Permissible quiescent current max. 1.5 mA 1.5 mA

Slot requirement on TB 16SC 1 of 8 1 of 8

Terminal block TB 16SC and TB 16IM-SC TB 16SC and TB 16IM-SC

Dimensions (W × H × D) in mm 10 × 64 × 51 10 × 64 × 51



Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200LET 200L-SC andSIMATIC Smart Connect electronic submodules

Technical specifications – SIMATIC Smart Connect (SC) electronic submodules (continued)


6ES7 122-1BB00-0AA0 6ES7 122-1BB10-0AA0 6ES7 122-1FA00-0AA0 6ES7 122-1HA01-0AA0


Line length shielded max. 1000 m 1000 m 1000 m 1000 m

Rated supply voltage for the L+ relay Polarity reversal protection

––

––

––

24 V DCyes

Rated load voltage L+/L1 Permissible frequency range

24 V DC–

24 V DC–

120 / 230 V AC47 to 63 Hz

––

Galvanic isolation between the channels and SC bus between the channel and the power

supply for the relay

yes, optocouplers–

yes, optocouplers–

yes–

yesyes

Permissible potential difference between various electrical circuits between ground and input between ground and supply voltage

for the relay between ground and supply voltage

for the relay and the output

75 V DC/60 V AC––

–

75 V DC/60 V AC––

–

–240 V AC–

–

––75 V DC/60 V AC

240 V AC

Isolation tested at between ground and supply voltage

for the relay between ground and supply voltage

for the relay and the output

1500 V AC–

–

1500 V AC–

–

2500 V DC–

–

–1500 V AC

2500 V DC

Current consumption from supply voltage L+

3 mA 6 mA – max. 15 mA

Power loss of the module typ. 0.4 W 0.9 W 0.7 W 0.7 W

Status display green LED per channel green LED per channel green LED green LED

Output voltage with signal "1" min.Output current with signal "1"

Rated valuepermissible range– for 0 °C to 40 °C– for 40 °C to 60 °C– permissible impulse voltage max.


L+ (–0.5 V)

0.5 A5 mA to 0.6 A–––0.3 mA

L+ (–0.5 V)

2 A–5 mA to 2.4 A5 mA to 1.8 A–0.6 mA

L (–1 V)

1 A

40 mA to 1.1 A40 mA to 0.6 A10 A (for 2 half-waves)3 mA

–

––––––

Output delay(with resistive loading) at "0" to "1" max. at "1" to "0" max.

200 µs1.3 ms

200 µs1.3 ms

20 ms20 ms

––

Size of the motor starter max. – – Size 8 –

Zero crossing – – with a zero crossing switch –

Lamp load max. 2.5 W 10 W For 230 V AC: 100 Wat 120 V AC: 50 W

–

Thermal uninterrupted current – – – max. 5 A

Minimum load current – – – 1 A

Contact wiring, internal – – – Varistor, rated voltage 275 V

Switching frequency mechanical for resistive load with inductive loading according to

IEC 947-5-1, DC 13/15 V AC for a lamp load

–max. 100 Hzmax. 2 Hz at 0.3 Amax. 0.5 Hz at 0.5 Amax. 1 Hz

–max. 100 Hzmax. 0.2 Hz at 1 Amax. 0.51 Hz at 2 Amax. 1 Hz

–max. 50 Hzmax. 10 Hz

max. 1 Hz

max. 10 Hzmax. 1 Hzmax. 0.1 Hz

max. 0.1 Hz

Short-circuit protection for the output yes, electronic yes, electronic no –

Terminal block TB 16SC and TB 16IM-SC TB 16SC and TB 16IM-SC TB 16SC and TB 16IM-SC TB 16SC and TB 16IM-SC

Dimensions (W × H × D) in mm 10 × 64 × 51 10 × 64 × 51 10 × 64 × 51 10 × 64 × 51

Weight approx. 15 g 15 g 15 g 30 g


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200LET 200L-SC and

SIMATIC Smart Connect electronic submodules


Electronic submodules (analog input) 6ES7 123-1GB00-0AB0 6ES7 123-1FB00-0AB0 6ES7 123-1JB00-0AB0


Line length shielded max. 200 m 200 m 200 m


24 V DCyes

24 V DCyes

24 V DCyes

Galvanic isolation between the channels and SC bus yes, optocouplers yes, optocouplers yes, optocouplers

Isolation tested at 1500 V AC 1500 V AC 1500 V AC

Permissible potential difference between inputs and M (UCM) 2 V DC/2 Vpp AC 2 V DC/2 Vpp AC 2 V DC/2 Vpp AC

Constant current for resistance type transmitter

– – –



Power loss of the module typ. 0.6 W 0.6 W 0.6 W

Noise suppression for common mode noise series-mode interference

(peak value of interference <=rated value of the input range)

>=90 dB>=70 dB

>=90 dB>=70 dB

>=90 dB>=70 dB

Crosstalk between the inputs at 50 Hz/60 Hz >=50 dB >=50 dB >=50 dB

Operating error limits(over entire temperature range, referred to rated input range)

±1.0% ±1.0% ±1.0%

Basic error limits(operating error limits at 25 °C,referred to rated input range)

±0.8% ±0.7% ±0.8%

Temperature error(referred to rated input range)

± 0.01%/K ± 0.01%/K ± 0.01%/K

Linearity error(referred to rated input range)

± 0.05% ± 0.05% ± 0.05%

Repeatability in settled state at 25 °C(referred to rated input range)

± 0.1% ± 0.1% ± 0.1%

Measuring principle integrating integrating integrating

Integration and conversion time/resolution per channel programmable integration time ms conversion time ms noise suppression for

interference frequency f1 Hz Resolution

(incl. overrange/representation in two’s complement)– ±20 mA– 4 to 20 mA

S7 representation/S5 representation– ±10 V– 1 to 5 V– ±80 mV, Type J/K/R °C/digit

yes50 6055 65

60 50

13 bits12 bits

–––

–60 5065 55

50 60

––

13 bits12 bits–

yes50 6055 65

60 50

––

––14 bits: 0.1 °C/digit13 bits: 1.0 °C/digit

Input ranges(rated values) input resistance

±20 mA/50 Ω4 to 20 mA/50 Ω

±10 V/100 kΩ1 to 5 V/100 kΩ

±80 mV/>1 MΩType J/1200 °C/> 1 MΩType K/1372 °C/> 1 MΩType R/1769 °C/> 1 MΩ

Permissible input voltage (destruction limit)

40 mA, continuous – –

Permissible input voltage forvoltage input(destruction limit)

– max. 20 V permanent;75 V for max. 1 s(mark-space ratio1:20)

max. 20 V permanent;75 V for max. 1 s(mark-space ratio1:20)


Distributed I/Os

3



Electronic modules(analog input modules) (continued)

6ES7 123-1GB00-0AB0 6ES7 123-1FB00-0AB0 6ES7 123-1JB00-0AB0

Permissible input voltage for resistance thermometers and constant current inputs/outputs (destruction limit)

– – –

Connection of sensors for voltage measurement

– as a 2-wire transducer

– as 4-wire transducer for impedance measurement

– with a 4-wire connection

possible; with external transducer incoming supplypossible

–

possible

–

possible

–

Characteristic linearization – no –

Temperature compensation – no yes; parameterizableType J, K, R according to IEC 584

Filtering of the measured values

Stage none weak average strong

yes; parameterizable in4 stages by means of digital filteringTime constant1 × cycle time8 × cycle time64 × cycle time128 × cycle time



Slot requirement 1 of 8 1 of 8 1 of 8

Terminal block TB 16SC and TB 16IM-SC TB 16SC and TB 16IM-SC TB 16SC and TB 16IM-SC

Dimensions (W × H × D) in mm 10 × 64 × 51 10 × 64 × 51 10 × 64 × 51

Weight approx. 20 g 20 g 20 g


Electronic submodules (analog input) 6ES7 123-1JA00-0AB0 6ES7 123-1GB10-0AB0



Supply voltage of the electronics L+ Polarity reversal protection

24 V DCyes

24 V DCyes

Galvanic isolation between the channels and SC bus yes, optocouplers yes, optocouplers

Isolation tested at 1500 V AC 1500 V AC

Permissible potential difference between inputs and M (UCM) 2 V DC/2 Vpp AC 2 V DC/2 Vpp AC


approx. 1.5 mA –


max. 30 mA max. 30 mA

Power loss of the module typ. 0.6 W 0.6 W

Noise suppression for common mode noise series mode interference

(peak value ofinterference < rated value of the input range)

>=90 dB>=70 dB

>=90 dB>=70 dB

Crosstalk between the inputs at 50 Hz/60 Hz >=50 dB >=50 dB


0 to 600 Ω ±1.0%Pt100 (climatic) 4 °CPt100 (standard) 8 °CNi100 (standard) 4 °C

±0.3%


0 to 600 Ω ±0,7%Pt100 (climatic) 1 °CPt100 (standard) 4 °CNi100 (standard) 2 °C

±0.1%


Distributed I/Os

3




Electronic modules(analog input modules)(continued)

6ES7 123-1JA00-0AB0 6ES7 123-1GB10-0AB0


±0.03%/K ±0.01%/K


±0.05% ±0.05%

Repeatability in settled state at 25 °C (referred to rated input range)

±0.1% ±0.1%

Measuring principle Integrating Integrating

Integration and conversion time/ resolution per channel programmable integration time ms conversion time ms cycle time ms

yes50110110

yes60130130

yes5055–

6065

Interference voltage suppression forinterference frequency f1 Hz

50 Hz 60 Hz >90/70 dB (common mode/ series-mode interference)

Resolution(incl. overrange/representation in two’s complement)– 20 mA– 4 to 20 mA

S7 representation/S5 representation– ±=10 V– 1 to 5 V– 80 mV, Type J/K/R °C/digit

S7 representation0 to 600 ΩPt100 climaticPt100 stand.Ni100 stand.S5-representation0 to 600 ΩPt100 climaticPt100 stand.Ni100 stand.

14 bit0.1 °C/digit0.1 °C/digit0.1 °C/digit

13 bit0.05 °C/digit0.5 °C/digit0.5 °C/digit

13 bits12 bits

–––

Input ranges(Rated values) input resistance

–120 to +130 °C / >1 MΩ Pt100 /standard;–200 to +850 °C / >1 MΩ Ni100 /standard;

20 mA/50 Ω4 to 20 mA/50 Ω


–60 to +250 °C / >1 MΩ –

Permissible input voltage for voltage input (destruction limit)

– –

Permissible input voltage for resistance measuring input and constant current inputs/outputs (destruction limit)

max. 10 V permanent;25 V for max. 1 s


– as a 2-wire transducer– as 4-wire transducer

for impedance measurement– with a 4-wire connection

––

yes; with compensation of the line resistance

possiblewith external transducer feed

–

Characteristic linearization yes; parameterizable no

Temperature compensation for Pt100 in acc. with DIN IEC 751 for Ni100 in acc. with DIN 43760

no



yes;parameterizable in 4 stages by means of digital filteringTime constant1 × cycle time8 × cycle time64 × cycle time128 × cycle time

yes;parameterizable in 4 stages by means of digital filteringTime constant1 × cycle time8 × cycle time64 × cycle time128 × cycle time

Slot requirement 1 of 8 1 of 8





Distributed I/Os

3


1) Referred to rated page.


Electronic submodules(analog outputs)

6ES7 124-1GA00-0AB0 6ES7 124-1FA00-0AB0




24 V DCyes

24 V DCyes

Galvanic isolation between output channel and SC-Bus yes, optocouplers yes, optocouplers

Isolation tested at 1500 V AC 1500 V AC

Permissible potential difference between the reference point for the

load and QV-(UCM) between S- and QV-(UCM)

max. 2 V DC/2 Vpp AC

–

–

max. 2 V DC/2 Vpp AC


max. 50 mA max. 50 mA

Power losses of the module max. Resolution

(incl. overrange)

1 WS7 representation: S5 representation:0 to 20 mA 12 bits4 to 20 mA 12 bits

1 WS7 representation: S5 representation:10 V 12 bits1 to 5 V 11 bits

Conversion time max. 5 ms 5 ms

Transient recovery time for resistive load ms for inductive load ms for capacitive load ms

0,10,5–

0,1–3,3

Assignment values connectableCommon mode interference UCM < VPP AC (50 Hz)

no>30 dB

no>30 dB

Operating error limits(over entire temperature range) 1)

±1.0% ±0.9%

Basic error limits(Operating error limits at 25 °C) 1)

±0.7% ±0.6%

Temperature fault 1) ±0.01%/K ±0.01%/K

Linearity error 1) ±0.06% ±0.06%

Repeatability in settled state at 25 °C 1) ± 0.1% ± 0.1%

Output ranges (rated values) 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA ±10 V, 1 to 5 V

Load impedance (within rated range of output) with common-mode voltage 2 V max. common-mode voltage 0 V max. stable at no-load no-load voltage approx. inductive load max.

500 Ω600 Ωyes16 V1 mH

–––––

Load impedance (in the rated range for the output) Short-circuit protection Short-circuit current approx. Capacitive load max.

–––

yes30 mA1 µF

Destruction limit against externally applied voltages / currents Voltage at the outputs

to M; QV- Current max.

max. 15 V constant; 75 V for max. 1 s(mark-space ratio 1:20)50 mA DC

max. 15 V constant; 75 V for max. 1 s(mark-space ratio 1:20)50 mA DC

Connection of actuators 2-wire connection 4-wire connection (measuring lead)

Possible–

PossiblePossible

Slot requirement 2 of 8 2 of 8





Distributed I/Os

3



Connection diagrams

Fig. 3/77 ET 200L-SC electronic submodules

G_I

K10_

deP0

085s

1L+

1M 1 ....

17...

8

24A1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

A SENSOR SUPPLY

2L+

2M 9...

25...

16

32B

DI 16xDC24V

ET200L-SCBF

SF

X 23 4

PROFIBUS-DP

131-1BH11-0XB0

x10

x1

SUPPLYPOWER

4L+

4M

ON

SC

6ES7 131-1BH11-0XB0

1L+

1M 1 ....

33...

16

48A1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

A SENSOR SUPPLY

2L+

2M 17...

49...

32

64B

DI 32xDC24V

ET200L-SCBF

SF

X 23 4

PROFIBUS-DP

131-1BL11-0XB0

x10

x1

SUPPLYPOWER

4L+

4M

ON

SC

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

B

6ES7 131-1BL11-0XB0

SF

BF

x10

x1

ON

SC

1L+1M

1 ....17....

824

A1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

A B LOAD VOLTAGE

2L+

2M

9 ....

25....

16

32B

DO 16xDC24V/0.5A

ET200L-SC

X 23 4

PROFIBUS-DP

132-1BH11-0XB0

SUPPLYPOWER

4L+

4M

6ES7 132-1BH11-0XB0

6ES7 133-1BL10-0XB0

1L+1M

1 ....33....

1648

A1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

A LOAD VOLTAGE

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

B

DI16/DO16xDC24V/0.5A

ET200L-SC

X 23 4

ON

BF

PROFIBUS-DP

133-1BL10-0XB0

x10

x1SENSOR SUPPLY

2L+

2M 17....

49....

32

64B

SF

SC


Distributed I/Os

3



Fig. 3/78 SIMATIC SC electronic submodules

2DC

DI24 V

1AC

DI120 V230 V

2DC

DO24 V0,5 A

2DC

DO24 V2 A

1AC

DO120 V230 V

6ES7121-1BB00-0AA0

6ES7121-1FA00-0AA0

6ES7122-1BB00-0AA0

6ES7122-1BB10-0AA0

6ES7122-1FA00-0AA0

6ES7122-1HA01-0AA0

2 AIU

6ES7123-1FB00-0AB0

2 AITC

6ES7123-1JB00-0AB0

1 AIRTD

6ES7123-1JA00-0AB0

1 AOI

2 AII

6ES7123-1GB10-0AB0

H1

6ES7124-1GA00-0AB0

G_I

K10_

deP0

095s

2,1

3,4

I

ML+

PE

4

2 I

LN

2,1

3,4

Q

M

2,1

3,4

Q

M

1

3

QI+

QI-

2,1

3,4

M+

M-

V

2,1

3,4

M+

M-

1

IC+2

4

3

M+

M-IC-

1;2

3;4

M+

M-

A

2,1

3,4

Q

M

2

N

Q4

L

1AC

DORel.230 V


Distributed I/Os

3



Dimension drawings

Fig. 3/79 Terminal block TB 16SC

DC

D

AC

TB 16 SC

1M B3A4A32M B4 D4D3C4C3 E3 G3F4F3E4 G4

1L+ B1A2A12L+ B2 D2D1C2C1 E1 G1F2F1E2 G2 H1 H2

H3 H4

s

DC

D

AC

TA

G_I

K10_

deP0

086s


69*112

115

100

52,2

47,5

Dimensionsin mm


Distributed I/Os

3


1) Occupies 1 slot in TB 16SC2) Occupies 2 slots in TB 16SC


Electronic submodule for ET 200L-SC(digital and analog expendability),with digital inputs/outputs 16DI 32DI 16DO 16DI/16DO

6ES7 131-1BH11-0XB06ES7 131-1BL11-0XB06ES7 132-1BH11-0XB06ES7 133-1BL10-0XB0

Terminal block for ET 200L andET 200L-SCto accommodate electronic submodules

TB 16L 16 channels, screw-type terminal 16 channels, spring-loaded

terminals TB 32L 16 channels, screw-type terminal 16 channels, spring-loaded

terminals

6ES7 193-1CH00-0XA0

6ES7 193-1CH10-0XA0

6ES7 193-1CL00-0XA0

6ES7 193-1CL10-0XA0

Supplementary terminal for ET 200Land ET 200L-SC16 channels; 1 row Screw-type terminal Spring-loaded terminals 16 channels; 2 rows Screw-type terminal Spring-loaded terminals 32 channels; 1 row Screw-type terminal Spring-loaded terminals 32 channels; 2 rows Screw-type terminal Spring-loaded terminals

6ES7 193-1FH20-0XA06ES7 193-1FH50-0XA0

6ES7 193-1FH30-0XA06ES7 193-1FH60-0XA0

6ES7 193-1FL20-0XA06ES7 193-1FL50-0XA0

6ES7 193-1FL30-0XA06ES7 193-1FL60-0XA0

Order No.

SIMATIC SC electronic submodulesfor terminal block TB 16SC 2DI with 2 inputs (Qty. 8)1 2DO with 2 outputs. 0.5 A (Qty. 8)1) 2DO with 2 outputs. 2 A (Qty. 2)1) 1DI with 1 input AC 115/230 C1) 1DO with 1 output

115/230 V AC 1 A1)

1DO with output relay 5 A DC/AC 1)

2AI with 2 inputs ±10 V ,1 to 5 V1)

1AI with RTD1) 2AI with 2 inputs

(4...20 mA, ±20 mA)1)

2AI TC1) 1AO with 1 output ±10 V2) 1AO with 1 output 4–20 mA2) 2AIHA with 2 inputs 4–20 mA,

±20 mA2)

6ES7 121-1BB00-0AA06ES7 122-1BB00-0AA06ES7 122-1BB10-0AA06ES7 121-1FA00-0AA06ES7 122-1FA00-0AA0

6ES7 122-1HA01-0AA0

6ES7 123-1FB00-0AB0

6ES7 123-1JA00-0AB06ES7 123-1GB00-0XA0

6ES7 123-1JB00-0AB06ES7 124-1FA00-0AB06ES7 124-1GA00-0AB06ES7 123-1GB10-0AB0

Terminal block for SIMATIC SCto expand an ET 200L-SCto accommodate up to 8 SIMATIC SC electronic submodules incl. connecting cable to ET 200L-SC or TB 16IM-SC

TB 16SC 8 SC slots,

screw-type terminal 8 SC slots, spring-loaded

terminals

6ES7 120-0AH01-0AA0

6ES7 120-0BH01-0AA0

Supplementary terminal for TB 16SCand TB 16IM-SC of the SIMATIC SC1 row Screw-type terminal Spring-loaded terminals 2 rows Screw-type terminal Spring-loaded terminals

6ES7 120-1AH00-0AA06ES7 120-1BH00-0AA0

6ES7 120-2AH00-0AA06ES7 120-2BH00-0AA0

Label sheet for electronic submodules of theSIMATIC SC, DIN A4;per sheet: 72 single-width strips and12 double-width strips with 0, 1 and 2 LED windows as well as 6 sets of different strips for supplementary terminals

6ES7 192-2XX00-0AA0

Terminal element for SIMATIC SCfor cable connection to the shield connection element (8 of each);shield diameter 4 to 6 mm

6ES7 192-0AA00-0AA0

Bus connector RS 485 6ES7 972-0BA11-0XA0

Manual on distributed I/O ET 200L,ET 200L-SC and ET 200L IM-SC German English French Spanish Italian



Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200LFine modular I/O ET 200L-SC IM-SC

Design

Fig. 3/80 Fine modular I/O ET 200L-SC IM-SC with SIMATIC Smart Connect

The ET 200L-SC IM-SC fine modular I/O consists of a spe-cial terminal block TB 16IM-SC to which the IM-SC inter-face module and up to 8 SC electronic submodules can be connected. If necessary, the I/O can be expanded with an additional TB 16SC terminal module.The IM SC is a PROFIBUS-DP interface module. As for the ET 200L family, the maximum data transfer rate is 1.5 Mbit/s. A special DP connector with screw terminals is used for connection to PROFIBUS-DP. The connector is supplied with the IM-SC.

Terminal block(TB 16IM-SC)The TB 16IM-SC terminal block provides 8 slots for Smart Connect electronic submodules and can be extended by one TB 16SC ter-minal block. This makes up to 32 channels available for con-nection to the PROFIBUS-DP.The same auxiliary terminals can be latched onto the TB 16IM-SC as onto the TB 16SC. Actuators and sensors with the three or four-wire connec-tion system can thus be con-nected. The TB 16IM-SC is supplied with both screw and spring terminals.

Electronic submodulesAll Smart Connect modules of the ET 200L-SC can be used. For the IM-SC, the modules described in the following can also be used: 2 AI 4 to 20 mA, 2 ms

(4-wire transducer) 2 AI 4 to 20 mA, 2 ms

(2-wire transducer) 2 AI 10 V, 2 ms 1 24 V DC counter

Operation The IM SC provides a facility for the use of fast analog mod-ules. For this purpose, data transfer between the analog SC electronic submodule and the IM SC has been enhanced. The user has a choice of 3 analog modules of the SIMATIC Smart Connect with 2 ms conversion time per channel, which permits appli-cations in the field of flow and pressure measurement.

The IM SC permits the cost-effective implementation of mixed module configurations with a small number of chan-nels per station.The whole range of SIMATIC Smart Connect electronic submodules are available.Note:For information on parameterization, see ET200L-SC

Technical specifications – Terminal blocks for fine modular I/O ET 200L-SC IM-SC

Terminal block TB 16IM-SC TB 16SC

Dimensions (W × H × D) in mmWeight (total) approx.Current carrying capacity max.

160 × 100 × 35.3260 g2 × 8 A

115 × 100 × 40.5230 g8 A


Distributed I/Os

3


1) Can only be used with ET 200L-SC IM-SC. Naturally, all other SC electronic submodules can be used in conjunction with the ET 200L-SC IM-SC.

Technical specifications – SIMATIC Smart Connect (SC) electronic submodules

Electronic submodules (analog input) 6ES7 123-1FB50-0AB0 1) 6ES7 123-1GB60-0AB0 1) 6ES7 123-1GB50-0AB0 1)


Line length shielded max. 200 m 200 m 200 m


24 V DC

yes

24 V DC

yes

24 V DC

yes

Galvanic isolation between the channels and SC bus yes yes yes

Permissible potential difference between inputs and M (UCM) 2 V DC/2 VPP AC 2 V DC/2 VPP AC 2 V DC/2 VPP AC


– – –



Power losses of the module typ. 0.6 W 0.6 W 0.6 W

Noise suppression for common mode noise series-mode interference

(peak value of interference < rated value of the input range)

>=50 dB>=70 dB

>=50 dB>=70 dB

>=50 dB>=70 dB

Crosstalk between the inputs at 50 Hz/60 Hz >=50 dB >=50 dB >=50 dB


±1.0% ±1.0% ±1.0%


±0.7% ±0.7% ±0.7%


±0.01%/K ±0.01%/K ±0.01%/K


±0.05% ±0.05% ±0.05%

Repeatability in settled state at 25 °C (referred to rated input range)

±0.1% ±0.1% ±0.1%

Measuring principle instantaneous value encryption instantaneous value encryption instantaneous value encryption

Integration and conversion time/resolution per channel programmable integration time ms conversion time ms cycle time ms interference voltage suppression for

interference frequency f1 Hz resolution (incl. overrange/representa-

tion in two’s complement)– 20 mA– 4 to 20 mA

S7 representation/S5 representation– ±10 V– 1 to 5 V– ±80 mV, Type J/K/R °C/digit

no–1–

–

––

12 bit incl. sign––

no–1–

–

12 bit incl. sign 11 bit

–––

no–1–

50 60

–12 bits

–––

Input ranges(rated values) input resistance

±10 VC/100 kΩ ±20 mA/50 Ω4 to 20 mA/50 kΩ

4 to 20 mA/50 Ω


– 35 mA; 150 mA for max. 1 s 35 mA; 150 mA for max. 1 s

Permissible input voltage forvoltage input (destruction limit)

max. 20 V; 75 V for max. 1 s(mark-space ratio 1:20)

–(mark-space ratio 1:20)

–(mark-space ratio 1:20)


Distributed I/Os

3


1) Can only be used with ET 200L-SC IM-SC. Naturally, all other SC electronic submodules can be used in conjunction with the ET 200L-SC IM-SC.


Electronic modules(analog input modules) (continued)

6ES7 123-1FB50-0AB0 1) 6ES7 123-1GB60-0AB0 1) 6ES7 123-1GB50-0AB0 1)

Permissible input voltage for resistance thermometers and constant current inputs/outputs (destruction limit)

– – –


– as a 2-wire transducer– as 4-wire transducer

for impedance measurement– with a 4-wire connection

possible––

–

––possible

–

–

possible–

–

Characteristic linearization – – –

Temperature compensation – – –






Slot requirement 1 of 8 1 of 8 1 of 8

Terminal block TB 16IM-SC TB 16IM-SC TB 16IM-SC


Weight approx. 20 g 20 g 20 g

Technical specifications – SIMATIC Smart Connect1Count40 kHz electronic submodules

Number of counters 1

Line length shielded max. 100 m

Rated load voltage L+ Polarity reversal protection yes

Galvanic isolation between the inputs and the SC bus between the inputs

nono

Permissible potential difference between various electrical circuits 75 V DC/60 V AC

Current consumption from load voltage L+ approx. 20 mA

Power losses of the module max. 0.5 W

Input signal 24 V DC rated value for signal "1" for signal "0"

24 V DC11 to 30 V–3 to +5 V

Input current for signal "0" typ. 6 mA

Minimum impulse width/max. input frequency Input characteristic to

≥12.5 µs/40 kHz

IEC 1131, Type 1

Connection of two-wire BEROs Permissible quiescent current max.

possible1.5 mA

Status display one green LED each for counting up counting down

Slot requirement 1 of 8

Terminal block TB 16IM-SC


Weight approx. 15 g

Parameters Lower counting limit Upper counting limit Operating mode Counting mode Comparison value enable Activate digital output for

Logic digital output Digital output Impulse duration

Hysteresis

0 to 655350 to 65535endless; one-off; periodicalforwards; forwards/backwardsblock; releaseblock;reference value to overrun;reference value to underrun;reach reference valueforwards for impulse duration;reach reference valuebackwards for impulse duration;reach reference valueforwards or backwards for impulse duration;not inverted, invertedno pulse/100 to 3000 ms in100 ms steps0 to 255 count pulses


Distributed I/Os

3


Connection diagrams

Fig. 3/81 SIMATIC SC electronic submodules

G_I

K10_

deP0

087s

6ES7123-1GB00-0AB0

2 AII

6ES7123-1GB50-0AB0

6ES7123-1GB60-0AB0

6ES7123-1FB50-0AB0

6ES7124-1FA00-0AB0

6ES7123-1GB10-0AB0

2HS

AII

2 AI 2 AI 1 AO 2 AIHS I HS U U HS U

2,1

3,4

M+

M-

A

1;2

3;4

M+

M-

TR

1;2

3;4

M+

M-

A1

S+2

4

3

QV+

QV-S-

M+

M-

V

1;2

3;434

21 A

M

L+B

Dimension drawings

Fig. 3/82 TB 16 IM-SC terminal block

160

100

TB16

SC

s

Busterminator

G_I

K10_

deP0

088s

52,2

47,5

ONOFF

IM-SCSFBFON

SIMATICET 200L-SC


69*35,3

Rest DIN rail

Dimensionsin mm


Distributed I/Os

3



IM-SC PROFIBUS-DP connection forTB 16IM-SC incl. screw terminal connector for DP connectionand power supply

6ES7 138-1XL00-0XB0

Terminal block TB 16IM-SCfor ET 200L IM-SCto accommodate IM-SC and8 SIMATIC SC electronic submodules,expandable with 1 TB 16SC ofSIMATIC SC with screw-type terminals with spring-loaded terminals

6ES7 120-0AH50-0AA06ES7 120-0BH50-0AA0

SIMATIC SCelectronic submodulesfor terminal block TB 16SC 2DI with 2 inputs (Qty. 8)1) 2DO with 2 outputs. 0.5 A (Qty. 8)1) 2DO with 2 outputs. 2 A (Qty. 2)1) 1DI with 1 input AC 115/230 C1) 1DO with 1 output

115/230 V AC, 1 A1)

1DO with output relay DC/AC 5 A1)

2AI with 2 inputs ±10 V, 1 to 5 V1)

1AI with RTD1) 2AI with 2 inputs

(4...20 mA, ±20 mA)1)

2AI TC1) 1AO with 1 output ±10 V2) 1AO with 1 output 4...20 mA2) 2AI ±10 V, 2 ms1)3) 2AI 4...20 mA, 2 ms

(4-wire transducer)1)3)

2AI 4...20 mA, 2 ms (2-wire transducer)1)3)

1 counter 24 V DC1)3) 2 AI HA with 2 inputs

4 to 20 mA, ±20 mA

1) Occupies 1 slot in TB 16SC2) Occupies 2 slots in TB 16SC3) For ET 200L IM-SC only

6ES7 121-1BB00-0AA06ES7 122-1BB00-0AA06ES7 122-1BB10-0AA06ES7 121-1FA00-0AA06ES7 122-1FA00-0AA0

6ES7 122-1HA01-0AA0

6ES7 123-1FB00-0AB0

6ES7 123-1JA00-0AB06ES7 123-1GB00-0AB0

6ES7 123-1JB00-0AB06ES7 124-1FA00-0AB06ES7 124-1GA00-0AB06ES7 123-1FB50-0AB06ES7 123-1GB60-0AB0

6ES7 123-1GB50-0AB0

6ES7 123-1BE00-0AB06ES7 123-1GB10-0AB0

Order No.

Terminal block for SIMATIC SCto expand an ET 200L-SCto accommodate up to 8 SIMATIC SC electronic submodules incl. connecting cable to ET 200L-SC or TB 16IM-SC

TB 16SC 8 SC slots,

screw-type terminal 8 SC slots,

spring-loaded terminals

6ES7 120-0AH01-0AA0

6ES7 120-0BH01-0AA0

Supplementary terminal for TB 16SCand TB 16IM-SC of the SIMATIC SC1 row screw-type terminal spring-loaded terminals 2 rows screw-type terminal spring-loaded terminals

6ES7 120-1AH00-0AA06ES7 120-1BH00-0AA0

6ES7 120-2AH00-0AA06ES7 120-2BH00-0AA0

Label sheet for electronic submodules of theSIMATIC SC, DIN A4;per sheet:72 single-width strips and12 double-width strips with 0, 1 and 2 LED windows as well as 6 sets of different strips for supplemen-tary terminals

6ES7 192-2XX00-0AA0

Terminal element for SIMATIC SCfor cable connection to the shield connection element (8 of each);shield diameter 4 to 6 mm

6ES7 192-0AA00-0AA0

RS 485 bus connector 6ES7 972-0BA11-0XA0

ManualDistributed I/O Device ET 200L, ET200L-SC and ET 200L-SC IM-SC German English French Spanish Italian



Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200MGeneral

Application

Fig. 3/83 ET 200M modular I/O station

The ET 200M is a modular I/O station for high-density con-figurations with degree of pro-tection IP 20.It can be expanded with the signal and function modules of the S7-300 programmable controller.

Thanks to the wide range of modules, the ET 200M is especially suitable for individ-ual and complex automation tasks.The Ex-analog HART input and output modules mean that the ET 200M is ideal for use in process engineering.Also suitable in conjunction with redundant systems (e.g. S7-400H).The ET 200M is a passive node (slave) of the PROFI-BUS-DP fieldbus.

The maximum data transfer rate is 12 Mbit/s.The ET 200M can also be con-figured with active bus mod-ules. This allows changing of S7-300 I/O modules during operation under power. Operation of the remaining module continues.

Design The ET 200M modular I/O station consists of: IM 153 interface module, up to 8 I/O modules of the

S7-300 automation system and

one power supply if re-quired.

No specific slots are assigned to the I/O modules. Any com-bination of modules is possi-ble.

The ET 200M is connected to the PROFIBUS-DP via the IM 153 interface. Fiber-optic connection to PROFIBUS-DP is possible via integrated interfaces on the IM 153-2 FO or via an additional OLM (Optical Link Module) or OBT (Optical Bus Terminal).

Various types of I/O modules can be plugged in depending on the master module and the version of the IM 153-3 cho-sen.The full address area of the ET 200M can only be used with a suitable master.

IM 153-1 in ET 200M IM 153-2/IM 153-2 FO in ET 200M

S7 master module

Function PROFIBUS-DP standard slave withexpanded S7 functionality

PROFIBUS-DP standard slave with full S7 functionality for FM/CP

Redundancy by 2 x IM 153-2 Time stamp functions and time

synchronization(not in the redundant system)

Transfer parameterization data to intelligent field devices

Usable modules all S7-300 signal modules SM/FM/CP

Other master modules

Function PROFIBUS-DP standard slave PROFIBUS-DP standard slave

Usable modules all digital and analogS7-300 signal modules

all digital and analogS7-300 signal modules


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200MET 200M modular I/O station

Design (continued)Configuration with bus connectors

Fig. 3/84 Configuration with bus connector

The SIMATIC S7-300’s simple construction using bus con-nectors makes the ET 200M flexible and service friendly:

Module assembly;Simply hang the modules onto the DIN rail, swing them down and tighten the screws.

Integrated backplane bus; the backplane bus is inte-grated into the modules. Interfacing with the modules is via bus connectors which are inserted into the rear of the housing.

Module

Bus connector

Module rack

DIN rail

DIN rail

PS IM SM SM SM SM SM SM(optional)

Configuration with active bus modules

Fig. 3/85 Active bus modules

DIN rail for active bus modules Backplane bus connector

Bus unitBM PS/IM

Bus unitBM 2x40

Bus unitBM 2x40

Bus unitBM 2x40

Bus unitBM 1x80

Bus modulecover(is suppliedwith BM PS/IM)

The active bus modules permit changing of modules during operation:

Time-saving module replacement;it is not necessary to inter-rupt operation for changing modules. Operation simply continues with the remaining modules.When the new module is plugged in, it is automatical-ly started up.

With an S7-400 as master, removing/plugging in of a dis-tributed module is treated like removing/plugging in of a centrally configured module. A corresponding interrupt is generated in the CPU.With all other DP standard masters, a signal is transmit-ted to the master via DP diagnostics.Hot swapping is not sup-ported with a S7-300 as a master.


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200MET 200 modular I/O station

Design (continued)Configuration withactive bus modules

There are various bus mod-ules available for configuring the ET 200M. These are mounted on special rails: BM PS/IM bus module for

power supply and IM 153 For redundant mode two

IM 153-2/FOs can be mount-ed on the BM IM153/IM153 bus module.

BM 2 × 40 bus module for 2 I/O modules with 40-mm width

BM 1 bus module × 80 for 1 I/O module with 80 mm width.

To obtain the required thread length, an Ex divider panel is available as an accessory that can be inserted between each bus module.

Simple assembly;The bus modules are swung onto the DIN rail, butted side to side and secured with lat-eral plug-in connectors.The modules can then be swung onto the bus modules and screwed into position establishing contact with the bus module connector.Connectors of unused slots must be protected with backplane bus covers and a bus module cover is insert-ed in the side of the last bus module.

Operation The inputs/outputs of the modular ET 200M station can be accessed from the user program in the automation system in the programmable controller in the same manner as the inputs and outputs of the central controller.Communication via the bus system is handled completely by the master interface mod-ule in the central controller and the IM 153 interface module.

Proper operation of the ET 200M is verified by way of diagnostic functions.The ET 200M diagnoses: Module faults Short circuits (outputs) Bus errors, i. e. errored data

transfer 24 V DC load voltage supply Plugging and removal of I/O

modules

The diagnostic data are ana-lyzed as follows: At the source through diag-

nostic LEDs on the ET 200M Centrally via the CPU in the

programmable controller.

Configuration andparameterizing

Configuration frame Parameter assignmentframe

Fig. 3/86 Calculation of the required frame length for configuring andparameter assignment frame

The DP master must provide the required quantity of con-figuration and parameteriza-tion data. A few masters have a restricted configuration and parameter assignment frame length. Forexample the maxi-mum length of the configura-tion and parameter assign-ment frame in the S5-95U/DP is 32 bytes per frame. This means that in this example up to 3 modules, one of which may be parameterizable, can be plugged into the ET 200M.

When the station is connected to master modules which are not parameterized with COM PROFIBUS or STEP 7 (opera-tion on third-party master modules), a fixed pre-assigned GSD file can be cre-ated with COM PROFIBUS from Version 3.1. This file is then loaded into the configur-ing tool of the third-party man-ufacturer and can be used for simple parameterization of the station.

This allows use of COM PROFIBUS’s user-friendly plaintext parameterization. There is no need for hexadec-imal code inputs in the manu-facturer’s configuring tool.To be able to use the entire address area of the IM 153, a suitable master is required.

15 bytes + 5 bytesper S7-300I/O module

10 bytes + 20 bytesper parameterizable S7-300 I/O module

Power supply Single phase 2 A, 5 A and 10 A power supplies are avail-able as special versions for the ET 200M.


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200MET 200M modular I/O station

Dimension drawings

Fig. 3/87 ET 200M

G_I

K10_

deP0

089s

Dimensionsin mm

For other dimensions, see SIMATIC S7-300 (Catalog ST 70)

40

125

12040 40 40 40 40


Connection method Screw-type and spring-loaded method, permanent wiring


Ambient temperatureon vertical wall(preferred mounting direction) with horizontal installation with other installation

0 °C to +60 °C0 °C to +40 °C

Relative humidity 5 to 95%(RH severity level 2in accordance with IEC 1131-2)



Shock

IEC 68, Parts 2–610–57 Hz(const. amplitude 0,075 mm)57–150 Hz(constant acceleration 1 g)IEC 68, Part 2–27Half-sine, 15 g, 11 ms


I/O modules,DIN rail, Accessories 1)

1) See ET 200M configuration guide for compatible modules.

see Catalog ST 70

RS 485 bus connectorfor PROFIBUS

See page 3/30

Manual for ET 200M Distributed I/OStationwith description of theS7-300 signal modules German English French


DIN rail for activebus modulesfor up to 5 active bus modules Length 19″ Length 530 mm

6ES7 195-1GA00-0XA06ES7 195-1GF30-0XA0

Active bus modules BM PS/IM for power supply

and IM 153,incl. 1 bus module cover

BM IM 153/IM 153 bus module for 2=× IM 153-2/FO redundant

BM 2=×=40 for 2 modules with 40 mm width

BM 1=×=80 for 1 module with 80 mm width

6ES7 195-7HA00-0XA0

6ES7 195-7HD00-0XA0

6ES7 195-7HB00-0XA0

6ES7 195-7HC00-0XA0

Covers Pack of 4 backplane bus covers and 1 bus module cover

6ES7 195-1JA00-0XA0

Ex-barrier 6ES7 195-1KA00-0XA0


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200MSelection aids

Des

igna

tion

153-

13) /I

M 1

53-2

3) in

terf

acem

odul

e

Dig

ital i

nput

Dig

ital o

utp

ut

Dig

ital i

nput

/out

put

Ana

log

inp

ut

Ana

log

out

put

Ana

log

inp

ut/o

utp

ut

Ex

dig

ital i

nput

Ex

dig

ital o

utp

ut

Ex

anal

og in

put

Ex

anal

og o

utp

ut

Func

tion

blo

cks

Sim

ulat

or m

odul

e

Sp

ace

hold

er m

odul

e

Load

cur

rnt s

upp

ly

16 ´

DC

24

V

16 ´

DC

24

V, m

-rea

din

g

32 ´

DC

24

V

16 ´

DC

24

V

16 ´

AC

120

V

8 ´

AC

120

/230

V

16 ´

DC

24

V; 0

,5 A

32 ´

DC

24

V; 0

,5 A

8 ´

DC

24

V; 0

,5 A

16 ´

AC

120

V; 0

,5 A

8 ´

DC

24

V; 2

A

8 ´

AC

120

/230

V; 1

A

8 ´

outp

ut re

lay

16 ´

out

put

rela

y

8 D

I, 8

DO

, DC

24

V; 0

,5 A

16 D

I, 8

DO

, DC

24

V; 0

,5 A

8 ´

9 to

14

bits

+ s

ign

2 ´

9 to

14

bits

+ s

ign

4 ´

1 b

its +

sig

n

2 ´

1 b

its +

sig

n

4 in

put

s, 2

out

put

s

4 ´

DC

24

V

4 ´

DC

24

V; 1

0 m

A

4 ´

DC

15

V; 2

0 m

A

4 ´

10 to

15

bits

+ s

ign

8/4

for

ther

moc

oup

les,

Pt1

00

4 ´

15 B

it

Cou

nter

mod

ule

FM 3

50-1

2)

Pos

ition

ing

mod

ule

FM 3

512)

El.

Cam

con

trol F

M 3

522)

PS

307

; 2 A

PS

307

; 5 A

PS

307

; 10

A

Ord

er N

o.

6ES

7 15

3-1A

A02

-0X

B0

6ES

7 32

1-1B

H01

-0A

A0

6ES

7 32

1-1B

H50

-0A

A0

6ES

7 32

1-1B

L00-

0AA

0

6ES

7 32

1-1B

H00

-0A

0

6ES

7 32

1-1E

H01

-0A

A0

6ES

7 32

1-1F

F01-

0AA

0

6ES

7 32

2-1B

H01

-0A

A0

6ES

7 32

2-1B

L00-

0AA

0

6ES

7 32

2-8B

F00-

0AB

0

6ES

7 32

2-1E

H01

-0A

A

6ES

7 32

2-1B

F01-

0AA

0

6ES

7 32

2-1F

F01-

0AA

0

6ES

7 32

2-1H

F01-

0AA

0

6ES

7 32

2-1H

H00

-0A

A0

6ES

7 32

3-1B

H00

-0A

A0

6ES

7 32

3-1B

L00-

0AA

0

6ES

7 33

1-7K

F01-

0AB

0

6ES

7 33

1-7K

B01

-0A

B0

6ES

7 33

2 5H

D01

-0A

B0

6ES

7 33

2-5H

B01

-0A

B0

6ES

7 33

4-0C

E00

-0A

A0

6ES

7 32

1-7R

D00

-0A

B0

6ES

7 32

2-5S

D00

-0A

B0

6ES

7 32

2-5R

D00

-0A

B0

6ES

7 33

1-7R

D00

-0A

B0

6ES

7 33

1-7S

F00-

0AB

0

6ES

7 33

2-5R

D00

-0A

B0

6ES

7 35

0-1A

H01

-0A

E0

6ES

7 35

2-1A

H01

-0A

E0

6ES

7 35

2-1A

H01

-0A

E0

6ES

7 37

4-2X

H01

-0A

A0

6ES

7 37

0-0A

A01

-0A

A0

6ES

7 30

7-1B

A00

-0A

A0

6ES

7 30

7-1E

A00

-0A

A0

6ES

7 30

7-1K

A00

-0A

A0

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1

5

5, 6

5, 6

5, 6

5, 6

5, 6

5, 6

5, 6

5, 6

5, 6

5, 6

5, 6

5, 6

5, 6

5, 6

5, 6

5, 6

5, 6

5, 6

5, 6

5, 6

5, 6

5, 6

, 9

5, 6

, 9

5, 6

, 9

5, 6

, 9

5, 6

, 9 5, 6

5, 6

5, 6

5, 6 5 5 5 5 5

Slo

t num

ber

4

Mod

ules K

-bus

sta

tions

Cur

rent

con

sum

ptio

nfro

m b

ackp

lane

bus

Sm

A

Pric

e

Sin

gle

mA

1000

1) 25 10 25 55 16 29 80 90 70 184 40 100 40 100 40 55 60 60 60 60 55 80 70 70 60 120 80 160

180

100 80 5

St.

Tota

l

1) In

com

ing

sup

ply

to b

ackp

lane

bus

2) o

nly

in S

7 m

aste

rs3 )

Oth

er m

odul

es o

n re

que

st

Tota

l cur

rent

from

bac

kpla

ne b

usm

ax. 1

000

mA

Tota

l pric

e

Acc

esso

ries

(see

bel

ow)

Slo

t req

uire

men

t

32

15

67

89

10


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200MInterface module IM 153-1/153-2

Overview • For connection of ET 200M as slave to PROFIBUS-DP

• IM 153-2 can also be used in redundant PROFIBUS-DP systems with the S7-400H, software redundancy and the S5-155H

• With time stamp functionality and time synchronization (not on redundant systems)

Application An IM 153 -2 interface module is required for connection of the modular ET 200M I/O station to the PROFIBUS-DP fieldbus

With the IM 153-2, the ET 200M can also be used in redundant systems in con-junction with the S7-400H, software redundancy or the S5-155H.

Design The IM 153-1/IM 153-2 inter-face module is used as a header module of the ET 200M. Up to 8 I/O modules from the S7-300 programma-ble controller's module range can be connected to the inter-face.

The interface module and the required I/O modules are mounted on a DIN rail for S7&HyphenNB;300. For this purpose, bus connectors are used to connect the I/O mod-ules to each other and to the IM 153 interface module.

For redundant mode two IM 153-2s are mounted on the bus module BM IM 153/IM 153.Various types of I/O modules can be plugged in depending on the quantity framework of the master module. The full address area of the IM 153 can only be used with a suit-able master.

Properties of the IM 153-2 (6ES7 153-2AA02-...)

RS 485 interface yes

Fiber-optic interface no

Module replacement during operation yes

SYNC, FREZZE (with S7 masters only) no

Parameterizable FMs in an ET 200M (without S7 functionality) yes

Transfer parameterization data from PG/PC (with S7 functionality; only with S7 masters)

yes

Parameterizable FMs in an ET 200M (with S7 functionality) yes

Time-of-day synchronization on PROFIBUS, time stamping of input signals yes

Redundancy yes

Direct data exchange yes

Extended diagnostics yes

Extended ambient conditions (outdoor) no

Operation The IM 153 interface module completely takes over the communication between the modular ET 200M I/O station and the higher-level master connected to the PROFIBUS-DP.The inputs and outputs are assigned to the respective master during configuring.

The IM 153-2 interface mod-ule enables assembly of redundant PROFIBUS-DP systems. If the active branch fails, the passive IM 153-2 assumes control of the rele-vant functions bumplessly.

Signals can be monitored for change with a time stamp. Modules approved for time stamping must be used for this purpose (e.g. SM 321-7BH...).


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200MInterface module IM 153-1/153-2


Transmission protocol PROFIBUS-DP in acc. to EN 50 170

Data transfer rate max. 12 Mbit/sautomatically recognizes the bus system transfer rate

Internode communication support Yes, transmitter

Address space max. 128 bytes for inputs128 bytes for outputs

Number of modules max. 8

Interfaces Insulation voltage Connection to PROFIBUS

500 V9-pin Sub-D female connector

Output current, max. 90 mA(for PROFIBUS-DP interface)

Supply voltage Rated value Permissible range

(including ripple)

24 V DC20.4 to 28.8 V

Backup during power failure 5 ms

Current consumption 24 V DC 625 mA

Output voltage 5 V DC

Output current (at 5 V DC) max. 1 A (for backplane bus)


Ambient temperature 0 °C to 60 °C, outdoor: –25 °C to 60 °C


Weight approx. 0.35 kg


IM 153-1 interface module Slave interface module for connection of an ET 200M to PROFIBUS-DP

6ES7 153-1AA03-0XB0

Modules which can be used for extended temperature range

6ES7 153-1AA82-0XB0

IM 153-2 interface module Slave interface module for connection of an ET 200M to the PROFIBUS-DP; also for use in redundant systems

6ES7 153-2AA02-0XB0

Active bus module IM 153/IM 153for 2 IM 153-2 for assembling redundant systems

6ES7 195-7HD00-0XA0

IM 153 redundancy bundle consisting of 2 IM 153-2 and one IM 153/IM 153 bus module

6ES7 153-2AR00-0XA0

RS 485 bus connector forPROFIBUS

See page 3/30

Manual for ET200M Distributed I/O Stationwith description of the S7-300 signal modules German English French


S7-Manual Collection Electronic manuals on CD, multilingual:S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300, C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7, Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC DP (Distributed I/O), SIMATIC HMI (Human Machine Interface), SIMATIC NET (Industrial Communication)

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0

S7-Manual Collection Maintenance service for 1 yearScope of supply: Current CD S7-Manual Collection and the three subsequent updates

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200MInterface module IM 153-2 FO

Overview • For connecting the ET 200M as a slave to the optical PROFIBUS

• Optical expansion to IM 153-2 (RS 485)

• Integral fiber-optic interface for plastic and PCF cables

• Redundancy capability

• With time stamping function-ality and time synchroniza-tion (not on redundant systems)

Application The IM 153-2 FO is an expan-sion to the IM 153-2 with RS 485 interface. It is always used when the benefits of fiber optic technology are to be utilized.The IM 153-2 FO has essen-tially the same technical spec-ifications as the IM 153-2 module.

In place of the RS 485 con-nection, however, this module has an integrated optical con-nection consisting of two sender/receiver pairs. This allows an optical line to be set up. With a wavelength of 660 nm the module is suitable for use with plastic fiber optic cables (POF) and PCF fibers.

This results in distances of max. 50 m if POF cables are used and max. 300 m in the case of PCF (each between two stations). This signifi-cantly increases the maximum achievable segment length.

Design Construction as for S7-300

Fiber optic interface for con-nection to PROFIBUS-DP (2 x Duplex sockets)

Can be operated without fans

Max. 8 S7-300 standard I/O modules can be driven per IM 153-2 FO. There are no slot rules.

Properties of the IM 153-2 FO (6ES7 153-2AB01-...)

RS 485 interface no

Fiber-optic interface yes

Module replacement during operation yes

SYNC, FREZZE (with S7 masters only) no

Parameterizable FMs in an ET 200M (without S7 functionality) yes

Transfer parameterization data from PG/PC (with S7 functionality; only with S7 masters)

yes

Parameterizable FMs in an ET 200M (with S7 functionality) yes

Time-of-day synchronization on PROFIBUS, time stamping of input signals yes

Redundancy yes

Direct data exchange yes

Extended diagnostics yes

ConfigurationParameterization

STEP 7; The components with inte-grated optics are configured in the same way as the corresponding components with RS 485 interface. Then the number of components in the network is entered in the field "Number of OLM/OBT".

From STEP 7 V5 with service package 2 and higher, configuration is through the input of the product order (MLFB) number.

COM PROFIBUSFrom Version 5.0 configura-tion is by entering the MLFB number.

Third-party tools;To connect third-party masters and configure them using third-party tools, the GSD file is used.


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200MInterface module IM 153-2 FO


Data transfer rate 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s (not 3 and 6 Mbit/s)

Transfer method FO; wavelength λ = 660 nm

Internode communication support Yes, transmitter (from 6ES7 153-2AB01-0XB0)

Interfaces Connection to optical PROFIBUS 2 x duplex sockets

Supply voltage Permissible range

(including ripple) Current input from 24 V DC typ.

24 V DC via screw terminals20.4 to 28.8 V

625 mA

Output voltage 5 V DC

Output current (at 5 V DC) max. 1 A (for backplane bus)

Address capacity Max. input data Max. output data

128 bytes128 bytes

Configuring software STEP 7/COM PROFIBUS/third-party tools using GSD file


Ambient temperature 0 °C to 60 °C

Operational height max. 3000 m above mean sea level

Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 40 x 125 x 120



IM 153-2 FO interface moduleSlave interface module for connecting an ET 200M to the optical PROFIBUS-DP; also for use on redundant systems

6ES7 153-2AB01-0XB0

PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Opticconnector / polishing kit100 simplex plugs, 5 polishing kits,for assembling PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic Cables for the optical PROFIBUS;for 25 modules

6GK1 901-0FB00-0AA0

PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber OpticStripping Tool SetTo remove the external or core sleeve of plastic fiber optic cables

6GK1 905-6PA10

Connection adaptersPacket of 50 for using the simplex-plugs in the integrated FO interfaces;for 25 modules

6ES7 195-1BE00-0XA0

S7-Manual CollectionElectronic manuals on CD, multilingual: S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300, C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7, Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC-DP (Distributed I/O), SIMATIC HMI (Human Machine Interface), SIMATIC NET (Industrial Communication)

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0

S7-Manual Collection-Maintenanceservice for 1 yearScope of supply: Current CD S7-Manual Collection and the three subsequent updates

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200MEx-analog input module with HART

Overview • Enables the utilization of HART (Highway Address-able Remote Transducer) in the ET 200M (with the IM 153-2 interface module) in the SIMATIC S5/S7 and PCS 7 automation systems for using HART devices in the Ex area.

• Can be connected to all measurement transducers and HART actuators which have been certified for digi-tal communication using the HART protocol.

• In addition, conventional measurement transducers with 4 to 20 mA technology can also be connected with-out the HART protocol.

Application HART is a serial transfer pro-tocol which is used to transfer additional parameter data, such as measurement range, isolation etc. to connected measuring transducers and actuators via a 4 to 20 mA power loop. Use of the HART module allows the use of the HART protocol.

The module can be con-nected to all measuring trans-ducers and actuators which have been certified for digital communication using the HART protocol.In addition, conventional measuring transducers with 4 to 20 mA technology can also be connected without the HART protocol.

Due to KEMA certification of the module, it is suited for the deployment of HART devices in hazardous areas. The module itself and the ET 200M system are located in non-hazardous areas.

Design Interface compatibility with conventional analogmodules

Additional communication option via the current loop

Each channel is a primary master of the HART protocol

All of the module’s channels can be operated by several clients simultaneously and independently of oneanother

2 analog channels permodule

Channels are electrically iso-lated from one another

Power signal can be select-ed for each channel;0 to 20 mA (without HART function);4 to 20 mA(with/without HART function)

Operation The module allows the use of the HART protocol. The HART jobs can be initiated remotely via PROFIBUS-DP for each channel.

Generally speaking this is handled from a central config-uring station (e.g. PDM), which can be connected to PROFIBUS-DP if desired.

Thus a far greater number of options are available than with a hand-held operator panel or a configuring system which must be connected locally.

Parameterization Remote parameterization options for the module: Conversion time Resolution Limit Interrupts

Remote parameterization of HART transducers and actuators using PDM via PROFIBUS-DP.

It is also possible to parame-terize the HART modules with a handheld unit.


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200MEx-analog input module with HART

1) When using the cable chamber, connectors with spring terminals cannot be used.

Dimension drawings

Fig. 3/88 Front plates of the Ex-analog input modules with HART

6ES7 331-7TB00-0AB02-wire measuring transducer

4-wire measuring transducer

G_I

K10_

deP0

064s

+

-

+

-

L+

M

121314151617181920

11

123456789

10

SF

F0H0

F1H1


Ex analog input modules 6ES7 331-7TB00-0AB0

Input range (rated value) 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA

Number of inputs 2

Galvanic isolation yes

Input resistance 50 Ω

Connection type of the sensors 2-wire, 4-wire

Digital representation ofinput signal

10 to 15 bits+ sign

Measuring principle SIGMA-DELTA

Integration time (adjustable for opti-mum noise suppression)

2.5; 162/3; 20;100 ms

Permissible voltage between inputs max. Permissible input current max.

(destruction limit)

30 V DC, 60 V AC40 mA

Fault indication message, red LED

Fault message in case of overrange open circuit in signal sensor cable,

4 to 20 mA short-circuit of the sensor line

message, red LEDred LED, message

red LED, message

Noise suppressionCommon mode interference min. Series-mode interference min.

(peak value of interference< rated value of range)

10; 50; 60;400 Hz130 dB60 dB

Basic error limits at 25 °C ±0.1%

Operating error limits(0 °C to 60 °C)

±0.45%

Type of protection KEMA No.FM

[EEx ib] IICKEMA 97; ATEX3039 ×in preparation

Input circuit maximum values U0 I0 P0 permissible ext. inductance La max. permissible ext. capacitance La max.

29.6 V99 mA553 mW3 mH62 nF

Ambient air temperature max. perm. 60 °C

Cable length (shielded) max. 400 m

Supply voltage from module(for 2-wire transducer) no-load voltage rated value

29.6 V DC15 V at 22 mA

Current consumption internal (backplane bus) max. external (SC 24 V) max.

100 mA180 mA




HART analog input module SM 3312 inputs, 0/4 – 20 mA, HART for ET 200M with IM 153-2 interface module

6ES7 331-7TB00-0AB0

Front connector 1) (1 pc.) 20-pin, with screw contacts

6ES7 392-1AJ00-0AA0

Cable chamber LK 393 absolutely necessary for use in

hazardous areas

6ES7 393-4AA00-0AA0

Reference manual for Ex-I/O stationS7-300U, M7-300, ET 200M German English French

6ES7 398-8RA00-8AA06ES7 398-8RA00-8BA06ES7 398-8RA00-8CA0

Order No.

Label cover (10 pieces, spare part)for signal modules (no 32-channels), function modules and CPU 312 IFM

6ES7 392-2XY00-0AA0

Labeling strips (10 pieces, spare part)for signal modules (no 32-channels), function modules and CPU 312 IFM

6ES7 392-2XX00-0AA0


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200MEx-analog output module with HART

Overview • Allows the use of HART (Highway Addressable Re-mote Transducer) in the ET 200M (with interface module IM 153-2) in the automation systems SIMATIC S5/S7 and PCS 7 for the utilization of HART devices in the Ex-area.

• All transducers or HART actuators which are certified for digital communication using the HART protocol can be connected.

• In addition conventional transducers with 4 to 20 mA technology without HART protocol can also beconnected

Application HART is a serial transmission procedure with which param-eter data such as measuring ranges, attenuation, etc. can be additionally transmitted to the connected transducer via a 4 to 20 mA current loop. Use of the HART module allows the use of the HART protocol.

All transducers which have been certified for digital com-munication using the HART protocol can be connected to the module.In addition, conventional mea-suring transducers with 4 to 20 mA technology without the HART protocol can also be connected.

Due to KEMA certification of the module, it is suited for the deployment of HART devices in hazardous areas. The mod-ule itself and the ET 200M sys-tem are located in non-haz-ardous areas.

Design Interface compatibility with conventional analogmodules

Additional communication option via the current loop

Each channel is a primary master of the HART protocol

All of the module’s channels can be operated by several clients simultaneously and independently of oneanother

2 analog channels per module

Channels are electrically iso-lated from one another

Power signal can be select-ed for each channel;0 to 20 mA (without HART function);4 to 20 mA(with/without HART function)

Operation The module allows the use of the HART protocol. The HART jobs can be initiated remotely via PROFIBUS-DP for each channel.

Generally speaking this is handled from a central config-uring station (e.g. PDM), which can be connected to PROFIBUS-DP if desired.

Thus a far greater number of options are available than with a hand-held operator panel or a configuring system which must be connected locally.

ConfigurationParameterization

Remote parameterization options for the module: Conversion time Resolution Limit Interrupts

Remote parameterization of HART transducers and actuators using PDM via PROFIBUS-DP.

It is also possible to parame-terize the HART modules with a handheld unit.


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200MEx-analog output module with HART

Dimension drawings

Fig. 3/89 Ex-analog input modules with HART

6ES7 332-5TB00-0AB0

SF: system fault (red)F0, F1: channel-specific fault indications

(red)H0, H1: channel-specific HART-active display

(green)

G_I

K10_

deP0

063s

L+

M

121314151617181920

11

123456789

10

SF

F0H0

F1H1


Output range (nominal value) 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA

Number of outputs 2

Galvanic isolation yes

Load resistance (in the rated range of the output) max.

650 Ω

Connection type of the sensors two-wire connection

Digital representation of the output signal

12 bits

Fault message in case of Cycle time Short-circuit protection Open circuit voltage approx.

0.5 msyes19 V

Permissible voltage between the outputs max. outputs against earth current max.

DC 60 V; 30 V ACDC 60 V; 30 V AC

Basic error limits, at 25 °C 0.15%

Operating error limits (0 °C to 60 °C) 0.55%

Cable length (shielded) max. 400 m

Fault indication group signal, additionally per channel

Fault message in case of Wirebreak on the actuator line Overflow Group error display HART communication

yesyesmessage, red LEDactive, green LED

Type of protection [EEx ib] IIC

KEMA No. 98; ATEX 2359 X

FMs in preparation

Input circuit maximum values U0 max. I0 P0 permissible ext. inductance L0 max. permissible ext. capacitance C0 max.

19 V66 mA DC506 mW7.5 mH230 nF

Ambient air temperature max. perm. 60 °C

Current consumption internal (backplane bus) max. external (24 V DC) max.

100 mA150 mA




HART analog output module SM 332HART analog output, 2 outputs, 0/4 – 20 mA, HART for ET 200M, with IM 153-2

6ES7 332-5TB00-0AA0

Front connector 20-pin, with screw contacts

6ES7 392-1AJ00-0AA0

Cable chamber LK 393 absolutely necessary for use in hazardous areas

6ES7 393-4AA00-0AA0

Reference manual Ex I/O station S7-300, M7-300,ET 200M German English French

6ES7 398-8RA00-8AA06ES7 398-8RA00-8BA06ES7 398-8RA00-8CA0

Label cover (10 pieces, spare part) for signal modules (no 32-channels), function modules and CPU 312 IFM

6ES7 392-2XY00-0AA0

Labeling strips (10 pieces, spare part) for signal modules (no 32-channels), function modules and CPU 312 IFM

6ES7 392-2XX00-0AA0

S7-Manual Collection Electronic manuals on CD, multilingual:S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300, C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7, Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC DP (Distributed I/O), SIMATIC HMI (Human Machine Interface), SIMATIC NET (Industrial Communication)

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0

S7-Manual Collection Maintenance service for 1 yearScope of supply: Current CD S7-Manual Collection and the three subsequent updates

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200MSITOP power supplies

Overview The primary clocked SITOP power basic line power sup-plies have been designed for industrial applications.They are used as load power supplies and for supplying electronic submodules with a narrow input voltage range. The single-phase power sup-plies with 2 A, 5 A, 10 A are also available as a special version for ET 200M.

For further information about SITOP power supplies see the catalog KT 10.1.

PS 307-1B

PS 307-1E

PS 307-1K


2 A 5 A 10 A

Input voltage UE Rated value UEN Range

120/230 V AC (selector switch on the device)93 to 132 V/187 to 264 V AC

Power failure backup at IAN > 20 ms (at 93/187 V)

Frequency Rated value Range

50/60 Hz47 to 63 Hz

Input current IE Rated value IEN (with 120 V/230 V) Inrush current (+25 °C) I2t Built-in input fuse Recommended power switch

(main supply conductor)

0.88 A/0.5 A< 20 A, < 3 ms< 1.0 A2sslow blow 1.5 A/250 V (inaccessible)6 A characteristic C or 3 A characteristic D

1.0 A/2.0 A< 45 A, < 3 ms< 1.2 A2sF 4 A/250 V (inaccessible)10 A characteristic C or 6 A characteristic D

3.5 A/1.7 A< 55 A, < 3 ms< 8.9 A2sslow blow 5 A/250 V (inaccessible)16 A characteristic C or 8 A characteristic D

Output voltage UA Rated value UAN Static tolerance Residual ripple Switching peaks Setting range

24 V DC± 3%< 150 mVPP< 240 mVPP–

Output current IA Rated value IAN Range

2 A0 to 2 A

5 A0 to 5 A

10 A0 to 10 A

Efficiency at UEN and IAN > 83% > 88% > 87%

Can be connected in parallel no

Electronic short-circuit protection yes, automatic restart

Protection class (IEC 536) Class I

Galvanic isolation (SELV according to EN 60950)

yes

Degree of noise suppression (EN 55011)

Class A

Connections (solid or fine stranded) Connections input Connections output L+ Connections output M

0.5 to 2.5 mm2

2 x 0.5 to 2.5 mm2

2 x 0.5 to 2.5 mm2

0.5 to 2.5 mm2

3 x 0.5 to 2.5 mm2

3 x 0.5 to 2.5 mm2

0.5 to 2.5 mm2

4 x 0.5 to 2.5 mm2

4 x 0.5 to 2.5 mm2

Degree of protection (VDE 0407 T1) IP 20

Ambient air temperaturetransport/storage temperature

0 °C to +60 °C–25 °C to +85 °C


Weight approx. 0.5 kg 0.7 kg 1.2 kg


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200MSITOP power supplies


2 A 5 A 10 A

SITOP power supply for ET 200M Type PS 307-1B Type PS 307-1E Type PS 307-1K

6ES7 307-1BA00-0AA06ES7 307-1EA00-0AA0

6ES7 307-1KA00-0AA0


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200BGeneral

Application

Fig. 3/90 Compact I/O device ET 200B

The ET 200B is a small, compact I/O device with small mounting depth and degree of protection IP 20.Numerous analog and digital input/output modules are available.

The ET 200B is used primarily in areas that require few inputs/outputs or where only a shallow mounting depth is available.

The ET 200B is a passive station (slave) on the PROFIBUS-DP fieldbus.The maximum data transfer rate is 12 Mbit/s.

Design The compact ET 200B con-sists of: a terminal block and an electronic submoduleThe interface module to PROFIBUS-DP is already inte-grated in the electronic sub-module.

Terminal blockThe terminal block accommo-dates the electronic submod-ule. It carries the wiring so that no cables need to be sepa-rated when the electronic submodule is replaced. The terminal block can be mounted on flat surfaces or on a standard rail.The unit can be mounted hori-zontally or vertically.

The following terminal blocks are available: Terminal blocks for 24 V DC;

with screw-type terminals:TB1/DC, TB1-4/DC, TB2/DC, TB2-4/DC

Terminal blocks for 24 V DC; with spring-type terminals:TB3/DC, TB4/DC TB3-4/DC, TB4-4/DC

Terminal blocks for 120/230 V AC; with screw-type termi-nals: TB6/AC

Terminal blocks for analog electronic submodules;with spring-type terminals:TB8

Terminal blocks are available for 3-wire and 4-wire connec-tion. In the case of 3-wire con-nection, the input/output sig-nals are assigned to one ter-minal strip. The 24 V supply voltage (24 V DC, ground) is applied to the 2nd and 3rd ter-minal strips. Terminal blocks with 4-tier terminals also have a channel-by-channel PE connection in the 4th terminal strip.

Electronic submoduleThe electronic submodules contain the digital and analog input and output channels.The following digital electronic submodules are available for 24 V DC: 16DI; with 16 inputs 32DI; with 32 inputs,

input delay 3 ms or 0.2 ms 16DO; with 16 outputs

2 A/0.5 A or 2 A 32DO; with 32 outputs 0.5 A 24DI/8DO; with 24 inputs

and 8 outputs 0.5 A, input delay 3 ms or 0.2 ms

16DI/16DO; with 16 inputs and 16 outputs 0.5 A

8RO; 24 V DC to 60 V with 8 relay contacts

8DI/8DO; with 8 inputs and 8 outputs 0.5 A

8DI/8DO; with integrated hardware disable.


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200BGeneral

Design (continued) The following digital electronic submodules are available for 120/230 V AC: 16DI; with 16 inputs 16DO; with 16 outputs 0.5A 16RO; with 16 relay outputs 8DI/8RO; with 8 inputs and 8

relay outputs

The following analog electronic submodules are available: 4/8AI; with 4/8 inputs

±80 mV; 250 mV;±500 mV; ±1000 mV;Pt100, Ni100, thermocou-ples

4Al; with 4 inputs;±1.25 V; ±2.5 V; ±10 V;0 (4) to 20 mA

4AO; with 4 outputs;±10 V; ±10 V; ±20 mA;0 (4) to 20 mA

A compensation box is also required to connect thermo-couples to analog electronic submodules.

AddressingThe address of the compact ET 200B I/O station is set on the terminal block by means of two decimal switches.

Operation The inputs and outputs of the compact ET 200B I/O block can be accessed from the user program in the programmable controller in the same manner as the inputs and outputs of the cen-tralcontroller.The communication across bus system is handled com-pletely by the master interface module in the central con-troller and the integrated PROFIBUS-DP interface in the ET 200B.Proper operation of the ET 200B is verified by way of diagnostic functions.The ET 200B diagnoses: Short circuits (outputs)

Bus errors, i. e. errored data transfer

24 V DC load voltage supplyThe diagnostic data are ana-lyzed as follows: Remotely via a diagnostic

LED on the ET 200B With direct connection of a

programming device or PC with parameterization soft-ware COM PROFIBUS at ET 200B

Remotely with direct con-nection of ET 200 handheld to ET 200B

Centrally via the CPU in the programmable controller us-ing the STEP 5 and STEP 7 application program

ET 200B with hardwaredisableWith one version of the 8DI/8DO digital input/output module, the outputs can also be disabled directly as a result of the signal level at one input of the module for precise positioning.This allows a fast and repeat-able response to time-critical events.

Parameterization When the device is connected to master assemblies that are not parameterized with COM PROFIBUS or STEP 7 (opera-tion with master assemblies from other manufacturers), a GSD file with fixed assignment can be created with COM PROFIBUS from version 3.1.

This file is then loaded into the configuring tool of the third-party manufacturer and can be used for simple parameterization of the station.

This allows the use if the user-friendly plain-text parameter-ization feature of COM PROFI-BUS; there is no need for hexadecimal code inputs in the third-party configuring tool.

Power supplies 5-A and 10-A power supplies in the flat design of the ET 200B are available for the 24-V supply (see page 3/131).


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200BElectronic submodules



6ES7 131-0BH00-0XB0 6ES7 131-0BL00-0XB0 6ES7 131-0BL10-0XB0 6ES7 131-0HF00-0XB0


Galvanic isolation No No No Yes


24 V DC–30 to +5 V+13 to 30 V

24 V DC–30 to +5 V+13 to 30 V

24 V DC–30 to +5 V+13 to 30 V

120/230 V AC0 to 40 V+85 to 264 V

Input voltage with signal "1" 4 mA 4 mA 4 mA 3 to 16 mA

Delay of the inputs 2 to 3.5 ms 3 ms 0.2 ms 0 to 25 ms

Data transfer rate max. 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s

Permissible cable length max. 100 m 100 m 100 m 600 m

Encoder supply Voltage Current

18.5 to 30 V0.5 A

18.5 to 30 V1 A

18.5 to 30 V1 A

––

Terminal block TB1/DC, TB1-4/DC,TB3/DC, TB3-4/DC

TB2/DC, TB2-4/DC,TB4/DC, TB4-4/DC


TB6/AC


6ES7 132-0BH01-0XB0 6ES7 132-0BH11-0XB0 6ES7 132-0BL01-0XB0 6ES7 132-0HF01-0XB0


Galvanic isolation No Yes Yes Yes

Output voltage UA rated value with signal "0" max. with signal "1" min.Output current with signal "0" max. with signal "1" min.

24 V DC2 V (idle)UE –3 V

1 mA2 × 2 A and 6 × 0.5 A


1 mA2 A; in groups of 4


1 mA0.5 A; in groups of 8

120/230 V AC––

1.3 mA0.5 A; in groups of 4

Aggregate current per group max. 4 A 4 A 2 A –

Short-circuit protection Electronic Electronic Electronic Electronic




100 Hz0.5 Hz8 Hz

100 Hz0.5 Hz8 Hz

100 Hz0.5 Hz8 Hz

10 Hz0.5 Hz1 Hz




TB6/AC

Electronic submodules(mixed modules)

6ES7 133-0BN01-0XB0 6ES7 133-0BN11-0XB0 6ES7 133-0BH01-0XB0 6ES7 133-0HH01-0XB0


Galvanic isolation No No No Yes


24 V DC–30 to +5 V+13 to 30 V

24 V DC–30 to +5 V+13 to 30 V

24 V DC–30 to +5 V+13 to 30 V

120/230 V AC0 to 40 V +13 to 30 V

Input voltage with signal "1" 4 mA 4 mA 4 mA 3 to 16 mA

Delay of the inputs 3 ms 0.2 ms 2 to 3.5 ms 0 to 25 ms



Number of outputs 8 8 8 8 (relays; 2 high-current and 6 low-current)

Galvanic isolation Yes Yes No Yes


Distributed I/Os

3



Electronic submodules(mixed modules)(continued)

6ES7 133-0BN01-0XB0 6ES7 133-0BN11-0XB0 6ES7 133-0BH01-0XB0 6ES7 133-0HH01-0XB0

Output voltage UA Rated value

with signal "0" max. with signal "1" min.Output current with signal "0" max. with signal "1" min.

24 V DC

2 V (idle)UE –3 V

1 mA0.5 A; in one group

24 V DC

2 V (idle)UE –3 V

1 mA0.5 A; in groups

24 V DC

2 V (idle)UE –3 V

1 mA0.5 A; in groups

120/230 V AC24 to 150 V DC––

–4 A (2 connections)2 A (6 connections)

Aggregate current per group max. Total switched current max.

2 A–

2 A–

2 A–

2 A–

Short-circuit protection Electronic Electronic Electronic Electronic


100 Hz0.5 Hz8 Hz

100 Hz0.5 Hz8 Hz

100 Hz0.5 Hz8 Hz

10 Hz2 Hz–





TB6/AC

Electronic submodules(mixed module)

6ES7 133-0BL00-0XB0

Number of inputs 16



24 V DC–30 to +5 V+13 to 30 V

Input voltage with signal "1" 4 mA

Delay of the inputs 3 ms





Galvanic isolation Yes

Output voltage UAOutput current with signal "0" max. with signal "1" min.

Aggregate current per group max.

24 V DC

1 mA0.5 A; in groups of 8per group 8 × 0.5 A2 A

Short-circuit protection max. Electronic

Switching frequency with resistive loading max. with inductive loading max. with lamps. max.

100 Hz0.5 Hz8 Hz



Electronic submodules(relay modules)

6ES7 132-0GF00-0XB0 6ES7 132-0HH01-0XB0

Number of outputs 8 (relay) 8 (relay; 4 high-and 12 low current)

Galvanic isolation yes; in groups of 1 yes; in groups of 1


Distributed I/Os

3



Electronic submodules(relay modules) (continued)

6ES7 132-0GF00-0XB0 6ES7 132-0HH01-0XB0

Output voltage UA Rated value

Output current with signal "0" max. with signal "1" min.

24 V to 60 V DC

–2 A at 24 V DC

120/230 V AC61 to 150 V DC

–4 A (2 connections)2 A (12 connections)

Short-circuit protection No No

Data transfer rate max. 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s


Switching frequency resistive max. inductive max.

10 Hz2 Hz

10 Hz2 Hz


TB6/AC

Electronic submodules(analog input/output modules)

6ES7 134-0KH01-0XB0 6ES7 134-0HF01-0XB0 6ES7 135-0HF01-0XB0

Number of inputs

Input ranges

8 (voltage/thermocouples) or4 (Pt100, Ni100)80 mV; 250 mV;500 mV; 1000 mV;Ni100, Pt100,thermocouples type J, K, L, E, N, T, U, R measurement

4

±1.25 V; ±2.5 V;±5 V; ±10 V;0 (4) to 20 mA;±20 mA

–

–

Galvanic isolation No No –

Input resistanceVoltage measurement min.Current measurement

10 MW–

100 kΩ125 Ω

Resolution 11 bit am’t. + sign12 bit two’s compl.

11 bit am’t. + sign12 bit two’s compl.

Measuring and conversion mode integratingvoltage/time conversion

successiveapproximation

Encoding time 2.5/16.7/20/100 msparameterizable

max. 0.1 ms/channel

Overrange 17.5% – –

Data transfer rate max. 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s

Permissible cable length max. 100 m 100 m 100 m

Number of outputs – – 4

Output ranges – – 10V; +10V;20 mA; 0 (4) to 20 mA

Galvanic isolation – – No

Load resistance max. – – 300 Ω

Resolution – – 11 bits two’s complement

Conversion time – – 1 ms/channel

Overrange – – 17.5%

Short-circuit protection – – Electronic

Type of connection 2-wire and4-wire connection

2-wire connection 2-wire and4-wire connection

Terminal block TB8 TB8 TB8


Distributed I/Os

3



Terminal block and electronicsubmodule



TB6/AC TB8

Supply voltage Rated value Permissible range (including ripple)

24 V DC18.5 to 30 V

24 V DC18.5 to 30 V

120/230 V AC85 to 264 V

24 V DC18.5 to 30 V

Connection method TB1: screw-type terminalsTB3: spring-loadedterminals

TB2: screw-type terminalsTB4: spring-loadedterminals

Screw-type-terminals Spring-loaded terminals

Isolationbetween electronic submodule andPROFIBUS-DP

Yes Yes Yes Yes

Current consumption 24 V DC internal (logic) approx. 100 to 170 mA 100 to 200 mA 60 to 210 mA 70 to 100 mA

Ambient temperature 0 to 60 °C 0 to 60 °C 0 to 60 °C 0 to 60 °C

Degree of protection IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20

Dimensions (W × H × D) in mm 160 × 130 × 59 235 × 130 × 59 235 × 130 × 59 160 × 130 × 59

Weight (total) approx. 0.6 kg 0.8 kg 0.8 kg 0.6 kg

Technical specifications – General


Plug-in electronic modules Digital inputs Digital outputs Digital inputs/outputs Analog inputs Analog outputs

Connection method Screw-type and spring-loaded method, permanent wiring;3 and 4 wire technology

Galvanic isolation Yes, between PROFIBUS-DP andinternal electronics

Supply voltage 24 V DC120/230 V AC


Ambient temperature on vertical wall (preferred installation position) with horizontal installation with other installation

0 °C to +60 °C0 °C to +40 °C

Relative humidity 15 to 95%(RH severity level 2according to IEC 1131-2)



Shock

IEC 68, Parts 2–610–57 Hz(const. amplitude 0.075 mm)57–150 Hz(const. acceleration 1g)IEC 68, Part 2–27Half-sine, 15 g, 11 ms

Dimension drawings

Fig. 3/91 ET 200B

11

10

ET 200B

0 0

RunBF

RUN STOP

G_I

K10_

deP0

090s

Dimensions in mm

160 (TB1, TB1-4, TB3, TB8)235 (TB2, TB2-4, TB4, TB6)

11,2

67,4

51,5

130


Distributed I/Os

3


Connection diagrams

Fig. 3/92 Digital electronic submodules ET 200B

G_I

K10_

deP0

091s

6ES7 131-0BH00-0XB0

6ES7 131-0BL00-0XB0 and 6ES7 131-0BL10-0XB0

6ES7 131-0HF00-0XB0

6ES7 132-0BH01-0XB0

6ES7 132-0BH11-0XB0

6ES7 132-0BL01-0XB0

6ES7 132-0HF00-0XB0

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

.0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

I 0 : DC24V I 1 : DC24V

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 321M3 33-45

L3+

1

M3 08-09

L3+64

26 28272523 29 3130 32

.0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

49 50 51 52 53 54

17 19 21 222018 24

55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63

12 1411964 52 8

48

107 13 15 16

.0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

I 0 : DC24V

.0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

33 34 35 36 37 38

1 3

39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47

6

29 30 31 32

.0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

17 19 20181442

48

13 15 16

.0 .1 .2 .3

I1 : AC120/230V

.4 .5 .6 .7

33 34 35

1 3

45 46 47

I1 : AC120/230V

36 49 50 51 52 61 62 63 64

3N 81-87

3L1 53-55

4N 90-96

4L1 59-60

1N 65-71

1L1 37-39

2N 74-80

2L1 42-44

L1

N

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

.0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

O0 : DC24V 0,5 / 2A O1 : DC24V 0,5 / 2A

M1 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 461

47 48

L1+

M2 M3

L2+ L3+

131-0BH00-0XB0

131-0BL00-0XB0 und 131-0BL10-0XB0

X 23 4

X 23 4

132-0BH01-0XB0

X 23 4

131-0HF00-0XB0

X 23 4

I 1 : DC24V I 2 : DC24V I 3 : DC24V

71

25 28181 11 17 21 233 5 7 8 13 16 27 31

65 6867 7973 7775 8781 8583 9589 9391

33-40

M1

L1+ 41-48

M2

L2+ 48-58

M3

L3+ 57-64

M4

L4+

.0 .1 .2

O0 : DC24V 2A O1 : DC24V 2A

132-0BH11-0XB0

X 23 4

.3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

1

695

26 28272523 29 30 31 32

.0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

81 82 9683 84 85

17 19 21 222018 24

86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94

12 1411964 52 8

80

107 13 15 16

.0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

65 66 67 68 69 70

1 3

71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79

132-0BL01-0XB0

X 23 4

O0 : DC24V.5A O1 : DC24V.5A O2 : DC24V.5A O3 : DC24V.5A

L1+

33-4

0M

1

L2+

41-4

8M

2

L3+

45-5

6M

3

L4+

57-6

4M

4

195

29 30 31 32

.0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

81 82 9683 84

17 19 2018

93 94

1442

80

13 15 16

.0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

65 66 67 68

1 3

77 78 79

132-0HF00-0XB0

X 23 4

O0 : AC120/230V 0.5A

1N 69-71

1L1 37-39

2N 74-76

2L1 42-48

3N 85-87

3L1 49-55

4N 90-92

4L1 50-64

N

L1

O1 : AC120/230V 0.5A


Distributed I/Os

3



Fig. 3/93 Digital electronic submodules ET 200B

G_I

K10_

deP0

092s

6ES7 133-0BN01-0XB0 and 6ES7 133-0BN11-0XB0

6ES7 133-0BH01-0XB0 and 6ES7 133-0BH10-0XB0

6ES7 133-0HH01-0XB0

6ES7 132-0GF00-0XB0

6ES7 132-0HH01-0XB0

1M5

64

26 28272523 29 30 31 32

.0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

49 50 51 52 53 54

17 19 21 222018 24

55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63

12 14119

48

10 13 15 16

.0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

41 42 43 44 45 46 47

I 0 : DC24V I 1 : DC24V I 2 : DC24V

64 52 87

.0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

65 66 67 68 69 70

1 3

71 72

Q0 : DC24V.5A

L1+ 33-40

M1

73-95

L5+

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

I : DC24V

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

M3

L3+

.0

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

.0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

Q : DC24V 0,5/2A

M1 33 34 35 36 37 38 391

L1+

40

Q0 : RELAY AC 120/230VDC 24...150V

6

1442 13 15

.0 .1 .2 .3

I 0 : AC120/230V

.4 .5 .6

33 34 35

1 3

45 46 4736

1N 65-71

1L1 37-39

2N 74-80

2L1 42-44

.7

26 282723 29 30 31 32

.0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

17 19 21 222018

L1

N

49-55 56-64

Q0 : RELAY DC 24V...60V 2...1A

.0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 151

16 M3

L3+

Q1 : RELAY AC 120/230VDC 24...150V

26 282723 29 30 31 32

.0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

17 19 21 222018

49-55 56-64

Q0 : RELAY AC 120/230VDC 24...150V

.0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

33-39 42-48

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

L1

N6

133-0BN01-0XB0 und 133-0BN11-0XB0

X 23 4

133-0BH01-0XB0und 133-0BH10-0XB0

X 23 4

133-0HH00-0XB0

X 23 4

132-0GF00-0XB0

X 23 4

132-0HH00-0XB0

X 23 4

16

48

6ES7 133-0BL00-0XB0

1M5

64

26 28272523 29 30 31 32

.0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

49 50 51 52 53 54

17 19 21 222018 24

55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63

I 0 : DC24V I 1 : DC24V

64 52 87

.0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

65 66 67 68 69 70

1 3

71 72

Q0 : DC24V.5A

L1+33-40

M1

1412 1310 1615

.0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

73 74 75 76 77 78

9 11

79 80

Q0 : DC24V.5A

L2+41-48

M2 L5+

133-0BL00-0XB0

X 23 4

F1


Distributed I/Os

3



Fig. 3/94 Analog electronic submodules ET 200B

G_I

K10_

deP0

093s

6ES7 134-0KH01-0XB0

6ES7 134-0HF01-0XB0

6ES7 135-0HF01-0XB0

A

3M3

L3+K+

M A

K-

X.3 X.1 X.2 X.4 X.3 X.1 X.2 X.4 X.3 X.1 X.2 X.4M A M A

V V

3M

X.3 X.1 X.2 X.4 X.3 X.1 X.2 X.4 X.3 X.1 X.2 X.4M A M A

mAmAV

B A A BBD

A B CD

A B

3M

X.3 X.1 X.2 X.4 X.3 X.1 X.2 X.4L+

134-0KH01-0XB0

X 23 4

134-0HF01-0XB0

X 23 4

135-0HF01-0XB0

X 23 4

L+


Terminal blockTB1/DC with 3-tier screw-type terminals1) for digital DC 24-V-electronic submodules with a width of 160 mm (e.g. 16DI)TB1-4/DC with 4-tier screw-type terminals2) for digital DC 24-V-electronic submodules with a widthof 160 mm (e.g. 16DI)TB2/DC with 3-tier screw-type terminals1) for digital DC 24-V-electronic submodules with a width of 235 mm (e.g. 32DI)TB2-4/DC with 4-tier screw-type terminals2) for digital DC 24-V-electronic submodules with a width of 235 mm (e.g. 32DI)TB3/DC with 3-tier spring loaded terminals1) for digital DC 24-V-electronic submodules with a width of 160 mm (e.g. 16DI)

1) Input/output signals; 24 V DC, ground2) Input/output signals; 24 V DC, ground; PE

6ES7 193-0CA10-0XA0

6ES7 193-0CA20-0XA0

6ES7 193-0CB10-0XA0

6ES7 193-0CB20-0XA0

6ES7 193-0CA30-0XA0

Order No.

Terminal blockTB3-4/DC with 4-tier spring loaded terminals2) for digital DC 24-V-electronic submodules with a width of 160 mm (e.g. 16DI)TB4/DC with 3-tier spring loaded terminals1) for digital DC 24-V-electronic submodules with a width of 235 mm (e.g. 32DI)TB4-4/DC with 4-tier spring loaded terminals2) for digital DC 24-V-electronic submodules with a width of 235 mm (e.g. 32DI)TB4-M/DC with 3-wire spring loaded terminal for digital electronicsubmodules with additional ground terminals with a width of 235 mmTB6/AC with 3-tier screw-type terminals for digital 120/230 V AC electronic blocks with a width of 235 mmTB8 with spring-loaded terminals for electronic submodules with analog inputs/outputs (analog terminal block)

6ES7 193-0CA40-0XA0

6ES7 193-0CB30-0XA0

6ES7 193-0CB40-0XA0

6ES7 193-0CE30-0XA0

6ES7 193-0CC10-0XA0

6ES7 193-0CD40-0XA0


Distributed I/Os

3



PROFIBUS bus connectorMax data transfer rate 12 Mbit/s in IP 20 degree of protection;vertical outgoing cable without PG socket with PG socket

6ES7 972-0BA50-0XA06ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0

Mini fusefor terminal blocks (10 of each) TR5-T; 1.6 A/125 V for TB1/DC,

TBl-4/DC, TB3/DC,TB8 TR5-T; 2.5 A/250 V for TB2/DC,

TB2-4/DC, TB4/DC TR5-T; 1.0 A/250 V for TB6/AC

6ES7 193-0DA00-0XA0

6ES7 193-0DB00-0XA0

6ES7 193-0DC00-0XA0

Shield connection Auxiliary part for terminal block TB8;allows large-area shield connection with analog signals

6ES7 193-0CD40-7XA0

Terminal elementsfor cable connection to the shield con-nection element (2 of each);Shield diameter: 2 × 2 to 6 mm 1 × 3 to 8 mm 1 × 4 to 13 mm

6ES7 390-5AB00-0AA06ES7 390-5BA00-0AA06ES7 390-5CA00-0AA0

Electronic submodulewith digital inputs/outputs for DC 24-V16DI; 16 inputs, width 160 mm 32DI; 32 inputs, width 235 mm Input delay 3 ms Input delay 0.2 ms 32DO; 32 outputs, width 235 mm16DO; with 16 outputs Output current 0.5 A/2 A,

width 160 mm Output current 2 A,

width 235 mm24DI/8DO; with 24 outputs and8 outputs, width 235 mm Input delay 3 ms Input delay 0.2 ms 8DI/8DO; with 8 inputs and 8 outputs, width 160 mm8DI/8DO; with 8 inputs and 8 outputs as well as integratedhardware output switch-off,width 160 mm16DI/16DO; with16 inputs and 16 outputs, width 235 mm8RO; with 8 relay outputs DC 24 to 60 V, width 160 mm

6ES7 131-0BH00-0XB0

6ES7 131-0BL00-0XB06ES7 131-0BL10-0XB06ES7 132-0BL01-0XB0

6ES7 132-0BH01-0XB0

6ES7 132-0BH11-0XB1

6ES7 133-0BN01-0XB06ES7 133-0BN11-0XB06ES7 133-0BH01-0XB0

6ES7 133-0BH10-0XB0

6ES7 133-0BL00-0XB0

6ES7 132-0GF00-0XB0

Order No.

Electronic submodulewith digital inputs/outputs for120/230 V AC, width 235 mm16DI; with 16 inputs 16DO; with 16 outputs 16RO; with 16 relay outputs 8DI/8RO; with 8 inputs and 8 relay outputs

6ES7 131-0HF00-0XB06ES7 132-0HF00-0XB06ES7 132-0HH01-0XB06ES7 133-0HH01-0XB0

Electronic submodulewith analog inputs/outputs,width 160 mm4/8AI; with 4/8 inputs ±80 mV; ±250 mV; ±500 mV; ±1000 mVPt100, Ni100, thermocouples Type J, K, L, E, N, T, V4AI; with 4 inputs ±1.25 V; ±2.5 V; ±5 V; ±10 V;0 (4) to 20 mA4AO; with 4 outputs ±10 V; +10 V; ±20 mA;0 (4) to 20 mA

6ES7 134-0KH01-0XB0

6ES7 134-0HF01-0XB0

6ES7 135-0HF01-0XB0

Labeling strips (DIN A4)for electronic submodules 8DI/8DO, 16DI and 16DO (10 pieces)for electronic submodules 32DI, 24DI/8DO, 32DO and 16DI/16DO(7 pieces)for electronic submodules 8RO (10 pieces)for electronic submodules 16DO/2A (7 pieces)for electronic submodules 120/230 V AC (7 pieces)(7 pieces)for analog electronic submodules (10 pieces)

6ES7 193-0BB00-0XA0

6ES7 193-0BD00-0XB0

6ES7 193-0BA00-0XB0

6ES7 193-0BC00-0XB0

6ES7 193-0BF00-0XB0

6ES7 193-0BE00-0XA0

Manual for the ET 200Bdistributed I/O station German English French

6ES5 998-4ET116ES5 998-4ET216ES5 998-4ET31

Power supply 24 VSITOP power, flat design 120/230 V AC, width 160 mm,

24 V, 5 A 120/230 V AC, width 220 mm,

24 V, 10 A

6EP1 333-1AL11

6EP1 334-1AL11


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200BSITOP power supplies

Overview The flat metal housing in spe-cial design 24V/5A and 10 A for industrial applications allows installation everywhere where only shallow installation depths are available (e.g. uti-lization with distributed I/O station SIMATIC ET 200B).

For further information about SITOP powersupplies see the catalog KT 10.1.

5 A

10 A


5 A 10 A

Input voltage UE Rated value UEN Range

120/230 V AC (selector switch on the device)93 to 132 V/187 to 264 V AC

Power failure backup at IAN > 20 ms (at 93/187 V)

Frequency Rated value Range

50/60 Hz47 to 63 Hz

Input current IE Rated value IEN (with 120 V/230 V) Inrush current (+25 °C) I2t Built-in input fuse Recommended power switch

(main supply conductor)

2.0 A/1.0 A< 51 A, < 3 ms< 4.7 A2sF 4 A/250 V (inaccessible)10 A characteristic C or 6 A characteristic D

3.5 A/1.7 A< 55 A, < 3 ms< 8.9 A2sT 5 A/250 V (inaccessible)16 A characteristic C or 8 A characteristic D

Output voltage UA Rated value UAN Static tolerance Residual ripple Switching peaks Setting range

24 V DC± 3%< 150 mVpp< 240 mVpp–

Output current IA Rated value IAN Range

5 A0 to 5 A

10 A0 to 10 A

Efficiency at UEN and IAN approx. 87%

Can be connected in parallel no

Electronic short-circuit protection yes, automatic restart

Protection class (IEC 536) Class I

Galvanic isolation (SELV according to EN 60950)

yes

Degree of noise suppression (EN 55011)

Class A

Connections (solid or fine stranded) Connections input Connections output L+ Connections output M

0.5 to 2.5 mm2

3 × 0.5 to 2.5 mm2

3 × 0.5 to 2.5 mm2

Degree of protection (VDE 0407 T1) IP 20

Ambient air temperaturetransport/storage temperature

0 °C to +60 °C–25 °C to +85 °C


Weight, approximately 0.7 kg 1.2 kg


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC ET 200BSITOP power supplies


5 A 10 A

SITOP power supply for ET 200B

6EP1 333-1AL11 6EP1 334-1AL11


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC Machine VisionSIMATIC VS 710 vision sensor

Overview • SIMATIC VS 710 vision sensor:The compact standaloneimage processing system for automatic inspection, production monitoring and component recognition

• The following can be used, e.g. in automatic assembly machines, filling plants, packaging machines, con-veyors and hoists

• With PROFIBUS-DP for easy integration into automation systems

• Compact design for opera-tion even in a cramped envi-ronment.

• Simple operation and configuration using the ProVision programming environment

Application The SIMATIC VS 710 vision sensor is a complete image processing system for auto-matic inspection, production monitoring and parts identifi-cation in manufacturing. Its compact design, network-ing capability via PROFIBUS-DP, performance and econ-omy make the VS 710 suitable for areas previously reserved for other technologies for rea-sons of cost.

Examples of applications are: Assembly technology for ve-

hicle component suppliers and electrotechnics; position recognition for com-ponent inlet, completeness check (presence, position, dimensions, shape, con-tours, surface)

Bottle filling in drinks, cos-metics and pharmaceuticals industry; label checking, lid checking, recognition of fill level, sorting bottles, inspec-tion of empties.

Packaging machines for cardboard boxes and blister packs; checking shape (contours), checking seals and completeness

Conveying and lifting technol-ogy; identification and posi-tion recognition for containers, identification of components, automatic position control for cranes, etc.

Design The SIMATIC VS 710 com-bines all components of the image processing system in one housing. A digital camera for gray-

scale evaluation;with high-resolution sensor technology, quadratic pix-els, stable digitalization, im-age refresh rate of about 50 half frames/s or 25 full frames/s, integral flash con-trol, full frame shutter.

Fast CPU for image evalua-tion;with memory for resident storing of several test programs (4 – 50, depending on size)

External interfaces;DI/DO, SVGA e.g. for exter-nal monitor, RS 232, PROFIBUS-DP (Slave)

Only the following are addi-tionally required: 24 V DC power supply. Lens Lighting.

Operation Direct evaluation of the images by the fast CPU according to the memory-resident inspection pro-gram.

Communication via integrat-ed interfaces;e.g. resolution of the evalua-tion and feedback of the measured results

Alternating buffer mode (storage of a new image be-fore completion of process-ing of the current image);for inspecting all parts even at high clock rates or with ir-regular parts presentation

Bootable;when the external supply voltage is applied, image processing can be immedi-ately activated because the inspection program is resi-dent.


Distributed I/Os

3


Camera functions Restart/reset Shutter times can be varied

online via integral interfaces Precisely focused images,

even with fast-moving parts Half frame/full frame Very rapid image sequences

even in the restart mode without delay between trig-ger signal and shooting the picture

Sampling is pixel-identical whilst D/A and A/D conver-sion is free from interference

Interrupt-driven shooting of pictures

Output of live or stored im-ages via SVGA monitor, can also be overlaid withgraphics

2D Data Matrix Code ECC 200 detection for dark and bright codes– up to 10 codes– bright/dark codes with up

to 30% damage OCR/OCV character recog-

nition and verification– up to 30 characters/s– 2 character strings with

up to 20 characters/string

Programming SIMATIC VS 710 is an open image evaluation system and is therefore suitable for running arbitrary image processing applications. Different software packages are available for programming the various tasks: ProVision;

for generating image evalu-ation programs for a large number of the tasks to be solved

ProVision C; for maintenance of existing test programs

Development Kit; driver with examples for link-ing image evaluation pro-grams generated under C/C++

Software package OCR/OCV; for using the VS710 for char-acter reading and verifica-tion

ProVisionUsing the ProVision configur-ing environment, test programs are generated, tested and loaded onto VS 710 on a programming device or PC under Windows 95, 98 or NT in offline mode. Here, several such test pro-grams can be stored and called selectively via the inter-faces. Parameters can be optimized and patterns learned in online mode. Sev-eral VS 710s can be config-ured from one PG/PC via PROFIBUS-DP.ProVision provides a large number of off-the-shelf test and recognition functions for attendance recording position control Measuring of dimensions,

distances and angleswhich can be incorporated in the test programs. The inspection regions in the display can be preset graphi-cally: Windows Lines Circles Rings

Patterns, calibration data and other variables can be taught (also remotely). Values can be imported via the RS 232 inter-face or PROFIBUS-DP. Posi-tions, references and edges are automatically determined or defined.In addition, ProVision has a function for decoding Data Matrix Code ECC200 with dark or bright dots inProVision.The data or decisions obtained using the test programs can be made avail-able to the process by VS 710 either via PROFIBUS-DP, RS 232 or the digital I/O.


Distributed I/Os

3


Programming(continued)

ProVision CProVision C enables mainte-nance of existing test pro-grams on VS 710. Parameters can thus be modified, but no new test programs generated.

Development KitAn image evaluation program generated under C, C++ can be stored and run on SIMATIC VS 710 OEM. A Development Kit provides the developer of such programs with the nec-essary drivers supported by examples.

Software for character read-ing and verification(OCR/OCV)For character reading and verification (OCR/OCV) a spe-cial software package can be installed on SIMATIC VS 710 OEM with which up to 30 char-acters can be read per sec-ond. The characters can be written in dark or bright mode in two lines each consisting of maximum 20 digits or special characters. Teach-in of the digits 0 to 9 and three special characters together with defi-nition of the characters to be read takes place interactively with the help of a SVGA moni-tor and PC or OCR/OCV oper-ator terminal. Access is pro-tected via pin.

Fig. 3/95 ProVision 20


Distributed I/Os

3



Camera Image acquisition

Lens connection Auxiliary features

CCD chip, high resolution, 768 × 580 quadratic pixels;full frame shutter with 1/50 to 1/10,000 s shutter speed, half frame and full frame image modeC-mount standardProgressive scan, integral flash control

CPU Image processor

Program memory

Image memory Format

Operating system

80486 (AMD), 100 MHz, with direct image memory access (VL bus, 33 MHz)16 MByte DRAM module16 MByte IDE-Flashdisk256 KByte Flash-EPROM as BIOS memory2 Mbytes380 × 280 to 768 × 512,freely parameterizableMS-DOS with 32-bit DOS extender

Interfaces Integral interfaces

Digital inputs for 24 V DC

Digital outputs for 24 V DC

Monitor connection

1 × RS 232 (9-pin Sub-D, male)1 × PROFIBUS-DP (9-pin Sub-D, female)2; 1 with interrupt logic (12 pin round connector for input/output)4; 0.5 A1 with flash control (12-pin round connector for input/output)1 SVGA (15-pin Sub-D, female, 3-row)

Supply voltage Rated value Permissible range

24 V DC20 to 30 V DC

Current consumption 450 mA

Degree of protection IP 40 according to DIN 40 050

Mechanical strength Vibration Shock

7 g (11 to 200 Hz)70 g

Operating temperature 0 °C to +50 °C



Vision sensor SIMATIC VS 710 Image processing system with PROFIBUS interface;configurable with ProVision

6GF1 710-3AA

ProVision programming environmentFor programming the VS 710;runs on PG/PC underWindows 95/98/NT

6GF8 007-1AA02

Vision sensor SIMATIC VS 710 OEM OEM version with MS-DOS operating system, not configurable with ProVision;with PROFIBUS interface

6GF1 710-2AA

OEM Development Kit for VS 710 Driver for hardware functions and interfaces, with programming examples

6GF8 007-0AA01

SIMATIC VS 710 Software package OCR/OCVDigit recognition for reading or verifying 14 teachable patterns of bright or dark font; arranged in a maximum two lines,diskette and hardware dongle,Documentation German/English

6GF8 007-2AA01

SIMATIC VS 710, operator panel For digit recognition OCR/OCV,in desktop housing with key block,RS 232 connecting cable, length 3 m; dimensions approx. 220 × 116 × 70 mm

6GF9 002-1CD

Power cable 1 end open, 10 m

6GF9 002-1CA

Digital input / output cable 1 end open, 10 m

6GF9 002-1CB

Connecting cable for HMI adapter and PC/TS adapter5 m

6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC Machine VisionLens system

Overview • Lens for VS 710

• For various image fields and working distances

• Can be screwed on directly using C-Mount or CS-Mount

Application To obtain a suitable image of a scene on the camera chip, it is necessary to select the appro-priate lens system. In general, lens systems with C-Mount or CS-Mount can be screwed on mechanically.

With regard to optical charac-teristics, apart from focal dis-tance and lighting strength, additional indicators such as chip size, possible working distances and image field size must be taken into account.

In order to simplify lens sys-tem selection for the SIMATIC VS 710, the lens type with respect to image field size and working distance can be read from the following tables.


Lens system image field/working distance in mm for Visionsensor VS 710

Workingdistance in image field 75 × 50 mm

Working distance in image field100 × 75 mm

Workingdistance in image field150 × 100 mm


Workingdistance in image field300 × 200 mm



Lens type Order code

– – 180 250 380 – – Cinegon 1.4/8 mm 6GF9001-1AE

125 200 275 385 570 770 1200 Cinegon 1.4/12mm 6GF9001-1AJ

185 280 395 540 800 1100 1600 Xenoplan 1.4/17mm 6GF9001-1AK

245 370 510 700 1100 1400 2200 Xenoplan 1.4/23mm 6GF9001-1AL

– 600 900 1200 1800 2400 3600 Xenoplan 1.4/35mm 6GF9001-1AF

640 850 – – – – – Componon 2.8/50mm 6GF9001-1AN

– – 180 240 360 – – Mini- 1.3/8 mm 6GF9001-1BE

– 270 375 510 750 1100 1500 Mini- 1.6/16 mm 6GF9001-1BF

290 435 595 880 1200 1800 2400 Mini- 1.6/25 mm 6GF9001-1BG

645 1000 1300 2000 2600 4000 5200 Compact 2.8/50mm 6GF9001-1AH


Lens system

CINEGON 1.4/8 mm 6GF9 001-1AE

Cinegon 1.4/12mm 6GF9 001-1AJ

Xenoplan 1.4/17mm 6GF9 001-1AK

Xenoplan 1.4/23mm 6GF9 001-1AL

XENOPLAN 1.9/35 mm 6GF9 001-1AF

Componon 2.8/50mm 6GF9 001-1AN

Compact lens 2.8/50 mm 6GF9 001-1AH

Mini lens, 8 mm, 1:1,3 6GF9 001-1BE

Mini lens, 16 mm, 1:1,6 6GF9 001-1BF

Mini lens, 25 mm, 1:1.6 6GF9 001-1BG


Distributed I/Os

3

SIMATIC Machine VisionLighting apparatus

Overview • Systems for the constant and homogenous lighting of an image field

• For achieving reproducible image analysis results

• The following can be used: e.g.: florescent lamps, LEDs, halogen radiators, fi-ber-optic lighting systems

Application To obtain reproducible image analysis results, a constant and homogenous lighting of the image field must be guar-anteed.

To achieve this, a system-spe-cific lighting system must be installed and light from exter-nal sources must be screened off as far as possible. In gen-eral, all types of lighting may be used:

Florescent lamps Filament lamps Fiber-optic cables LED lights

Florescent lampsFlorescent lamps are particu-larly suited to the lighting of large areas. High frequency ignition at 30 kHz prevents flickering and variations and also increases life span. With the aid of diffuser plates a vir-tually uniform illumination is achieved.

The following modules can be used:

OSRAM lamps available from i-center Elektrogroßhandel GmbH & Co

Order No.

SILUZET lamps, IP 50 with plain white diffuser and EVG

5LJ2247-. . .

LUMILUX BRIK EL IP 54 external lamps 13 W

5PG5345-2G

DULUX BRIK EL IP 54 external lamps 11 W

OSR 74125

For smaller subjects:

Specially shaped lamps

Order No.

HF ring lamp with white illuminant 6GF9004-1AU

Inspection lamp for image fields up to approx. 100 × 70 mm

6GF9004-1AX

Filament lampsFilament lamps are particu-larly suited to the intensive lighting of small areas. They produce a directional light, whose focus can be amplified even further through the use of reflectors and lens systems. However, the casting of shad-ows by prominent elements and total reflection on smooth surfaces must be taken account of.


Filament lamps

Order No.

20 W Halogen spotlight, rotatable and inclinable, with mounting foot

6GF9004-1AM

100 W projection lamp for working dis-tances of between 500 and 1000 mm

6GF9004-1AP


Distributed I/Os

3


Application(continued)

Fiber-optic cablesFiber optic cables allow the even illumination usually of small areas with high intensity and varied alignments. Cold-light sources are used, the halogen light from which is carried and dispersed through fiber optic bundles.With very short camera light-ing times, high light intensity is required to achieve full satura-tion. In such cases flash illumi-nation using an industrial roboscope as a light source is a good solution.The time at which the flash occurs is triggered and syn-chronized by the image analy-sis system, and flash intensity can be adjusted using a potentiometer. Actual illumina-tion takes place again via light guides.


Fiber optics

Order No.

Full ring light for illuminating a circular area with incident light

6GF9004-1AE

Swan-neck for punctiform incident light illumination

6GF9004-1AF

Sectional converter for linear incident light illumination

6GF9004-1AG

Light plate for transparent lighting 6GF9004-1AQ

Cold light sources

150 W cold light source, DC regulated 6GF9004-1AS

Industrial roboscope

Industrial roboscope for max. 60 flashes/s

6GF9004-1AR

LED lighting systemsLED lighting systems have very limited light intensity and, fitted with reflectors, are used for directional lighting or as illumination fields in transpar-ent lighting. The emitted light spectrums maximum lies in the red or near-infra-red region. LED lighting systems exist in various forms.


LED lights

Order No.

Illumination field 24 x 38 mm, red660 nm

6GF9004-1AJ

Illumination field 46 x 56 mm, red660 nm

6GF9004-1AN

Flash module for illumination fields 6GF9004-1AT


Distributed I/Os

3



OSRAM lampsavailable from i-center Elektrogroßhandel GmbH & Co

SILUZET lampsIP 50, with plain white diffuser

5LJ2 247...

LUMILUX BRIK ELIP 54, external lamp 13 W

5PG5 345-2G

DULUX BRIK ELIP 54 external lamp 11 W

OSR 74125

Specially shaped lamps

HF ring lamp with white illuminant 6GF9 004-1AU

Inspection lamp for image fieldup to approx. 100 × 70 mm

6GF9 004-1AX

Filament lamps

Halogen spotlight 20 Wtwistable and inclinable with mounting foot

6GF9 004-1AM

Projection lamp 100 Wfor working distances between 500 and 1000 mm

6GF9 004-1AP

Order No.

Fiber optics

Full circular lampfor illuminating a circular area with incident light

6GF9 004-1AE

Swan neckfor punctiform incident light illumination

6GF9 004-1AF

Sectional converterfor linear incident light illumination

6GF9 004-1AG

Light platefor transparent lighting

6GF9 004-1AQ

Cold light source150 W, DC regulated

6GF9 004-1AS

Industrial roboscopefor max. 60 flashes/s

6GF9 004-1AR

LED lights

Illumination field 24 x 38 mm,red 660 nm

6GF9 004-1AJ

Illumination field 46 x 56 mmred 660 nm

6GF9 004-1AN

Flash module for illumination fields 6GF9 004-1AT


Connection possibilities for

3

SIMATIC S5/S7Overview

Overview

Fig. 3/96 System interfacing for SIMATIC S5 and SIMATIC S7

S-115U

S5-135U/S5-155U

S7-300

S7-400

CP 5431 FMS/DP

IM 308 C

CP 342-5/CP 342-5 FO

CP 343-5

CP 443-5 Basic/CP 443-5 Extended

IM 467/IM 467 FO

For the protocols DP PG/OP communication S5-compatible communication

(SEND/RECEIVE) FMS

Multiprotocol:all protocols of a CP can be used simultaneouslySeveral CPs can be used in one S5

For the protocols DP PG/OP communication S7 communication S5-compatible communication

(SEND/RECEIVE) FMS

Multiprotocol:all protocols of a CP can be used simultaneouslySeveral CPs can be used in oneS7-300

For the protocols DP PG/OP communication S7 communication S5-compatible communication

(SEND/RECEIVE) FMS Time-of-day synchronization

Multiprotocol:all protocols of a CP can be used simultaneouslySeveral CPs can be used in oneS7-400



3

SIMATIC S5CP 5431 FMS/DP communication processor

Overview • Enables the SIMATIC S5-115U to -155U to be connected to PROFIBUS

• Combimaster according to IEC 61158/EN 50170 for– DP interface– PG/OP communication– S5-compatible communi-

cation (SEND/RECEIVE)– FMS interface

• Interface for simple and optimized homogeneous communication (e.g. PLC/PLC, global I/O)

• Remote programming via network possible.

DP-M DP-S PG/OP S7 C

S5 C FMS

Application With this interface module, the programmable controller acts as master. The maximum data transfer rate is 1.5 Mbit/s.

Remote programming and remote configuration via the network is possible. Two application interfaces can be operated simultaneously.

Design The CP 5431 FMS/DP is plugged directly into the SIMATIC and occupies a single-width slot. Double-height Eurocard

format 15-pin Sub-D socket

for connecting a SIMATIC S5 programming unit for local and remote programming via the network

9-pin Sub-D socket for– connection to PROFIBUS

via RS 485 bus terminal or bus connector in RS 485 transmission technology

– connection to OLM by the 830-1T connecting cable.

Duplex socket for direct connection to the bus cable of an optical bus segment using a plastic fiber.

Functions The CP 5431 FMS/DP is capa-ble of operating the FMS and DP protocol profiles in parallel (combination master capabil-ity). This allows communica-tion with field devices overthe same cable in addition to other programmable control-lers.

PROFIBUS-DP I/O communication from

SIMATIC S5 PLCs to PROFIBUS-DP stations.

S5-compatible communica-tion (SEND/RECEIVE) Process data communica-

tion via pre-configured PLC-PLC links by means of data handling blocks HTB (SEND, RECEIVE); Process data communica-tion via user-configurable links with direct access to FDL services by means of data handling blocks HTB (SEND, RECEIVE)

PROFIBUS-FMS ALI (Application Layer

Interface):Communication with the FMS READ, WRITE and INFORMATION REPORT services.

CI (cyclic interface):(Cyclic interface):Cyclic I/O communication between S5 PLCs and slaves with the cyclic inter-face method.

Other interfaces/ services Global I/O interface:

I/O communication between S5 PLCs with the global I/O method.



3


Further details can be found in the manuals.

Notes:Only one of the global I/O, ZI and DP interfaces can be used at a time.Communication with existing CP 5430 TF is possible with the CP 5431 FMS/DP if no TF services are operated.


PG/OP communicationRemote programming of SIMATIC S5 via the PROFI-BUS network.

Real-time functionsNetwork-wide real-time syn-chronization, e.g. to provide messages with a real-time stamp. A selected CP 5431 FMS/DP assumes the tasks of the real-time master.

Notes:Owing to the CP’s combimaster fea-ture, it does not have the same response characteristics as a mono-master (e.g. IM 308-C) as far as DP services are concerned.

Services mapped to I/Os (distrib-uted I/O, global I/O, cyclic interface) may only be used alternatively.

Configuration Network-specific parameters, connections and assignments for the cyclic interface and the global I/O as well as for the

DP interface are configured on the programming unit with the COM 5431 FMS/DP system software.

The application range of the COM 5431 FMS/DP is rounded off by comprehensive documentation, test and net-work management functions.

Designed for Industry Easy integration of SIMATIC S5 in a vendor-independent automation network using PROFIBUS-FMS.

The user requires little knowledge of the PROFI-BUS-FMS specification due to autonomous data conver-sion on the CP

A system-wide time synchro-nization

Subprocess-oriented con-figuration of an automation solution by implementing several CPs

Universal applications due to the use of different com-munications services in parallel on the same CP.


Data transfer rate 9.6 ... 1500 Kbit/sconfigurable

Interfaces Connection to PROFIBUS

(electrical) Connection to PROFIBUS

(optical) PG/diagnostics

9-pin Sub-D socket1)

Duplex socket(plastic fiber)1)

15-pin Sub-D socket

1) Simultaneous use of both connections is not permitted

Supply voltage 5 V DC ±5%24 V DC +25%/–15%

Current consumption from 5 V DC from 24 V DC

450 mA70 mA with RS 485(typ. 100 mA when both powersupplies of the PG interface areused)

Power loss 4.65 W


0 °C to +60 °C–40 °C to +70 °C95% at +25 °C

Design Module format Dimensions (W × H × D) in mm Weight (memory submodule) Space required

Double-height Eurocard60 × 70 × 430.38 kg (0.1 kg)1 slot

Operation without fans Possible in AG S5-115U;Adapter cable required

Configuration software COM 5431 FMS/DP(for startup)Data handling blocks(for data transfer)

Quantity framework/performance data(extract)FMS:Number of ALI connectionsNumber of ZI connectionsLength of a variable max.The total number of ALI andCI connections max.

3232233 bytes

48

DP:Number of connectable DP slaves max.Number of inputs (total) max.Number of outputs (total) max.(no influence on global I/O connections)

32256 bytes256 bytes

FDL:Number of PLC/PLC connections max.Number of FDL connections max.Total number of connections(FMS-ALI, PLC/PLC, FDL) max.

3232 (55 without PLC/PLC and ALI)

55

Useful data length PLC/PLC max.Useful data length FDL max.

128 bytes/job242 bytes/job

GP:Number of global I/O stations max.Number of global I/O objects max.(in the entire network)Number of inputs max.(per global I/O station)Number of outputs max.(per global I/O station)

322048 bytes

256 bytes

64 bytes



3


Electrical Interfaces

Fig. 3/97 Electrical interfaces CP 5431 FMS/DP

88

Connecting cable 734-2(SIMATIC S5 PG+COM 5431 FMS/DP)

Connecting cable 830-1TBus terminal RS 485Bus connector

Duplex wireBFOC/duplex

Memory module

Connecting cable725-0

CP 5431 FMS DP

G_I

K10_

deP0

030s

Optical Interfaces

Fig. 3/98 Optical interfaces CP 5431 FMS/DP

88

Duplex wireBFOC/duplex

OLMOtherPROFIBUSsegments

CP 5431 FMS/DP

OLM/P11 or OLM/P12:Attention!Line monitor must be off.

Connection possibilities for otherPROFIBUS masters via FOC orother OLMs

G_I

K10_

deP0

031s


Communication processor CP 5431 FMS/DPFor connecting SIMATIC S5-115U/H, 135U, 155U/H to PROFIBUS

6GK1 543-1AA01

COM 5431 FMS/DPConfiguration softwareFor CP 5431 FMS/DPon 3½″ diskettewith "CP/COM 5431 FMS/DP" manual German English French Italian

6GK1 745-1AD00-0EA06GK1 745-1AD01-0EA06GK1 745-1AD02-0EA06GK1 745-1AD04-0EA0

"CP/COM 5431 FMS/DP"manual German English French Italian

6GK1 970-5AB01-0AA06GK1 970-5AB01-0AA16GK1 970-5AB01-0AA26GK1 970-5AB01-0AA4

Firmware upgrade kit For upgrading a CP 5430 TF or CP 5431 FMS to CP 5431 FMS/DP

6GK1 760-5FA00-2GA0

Adapter casing for AG 115U

6ES5 491-0LB11

Order No.

Memory module 376 (EPROM)

16 KByte 32 KByte 64 KByte

6ES5 376-1AA1

123

Memory module 377 (RAM)

16 KByte 32 KByte 64 KByte

6ES5 377-0AA

1 12 13 2

CUPOFLEX Duplex core PVC UL 2.2 mm BFOC/DuplexWith 2 BFOC and 1 Duplex connector,preassembled, 25 m

6XV1 821-2BN25

725-0 connecting cableFor point-to-point connection between CP 5431 FMS/DP and CPU(remote programming)0.9 m 2.5 m

6ES5 725-0AK006ES5 725-0BC50

734-2 connecting cableFor direct connection of aPG to CP 5431 FMS/DP5 m other lengths up to max. 1000 m

6ES5 734-2BF00see Catalog ST 50



3


1) Only with the S5-115H.2) Operation without fan is only possible on the left.

Slots for CP 5431 FMS/DP

Rack/unit Required accessories

S5-115U/H PLCCR 700-0LB Adapter casing

CR 700-2 Adapter casing



CR 701-3LH1) Adapter casing

Rack/unit

S5-135U PLCCC 135U/155U

EG 185U

Rack/unit

S5-155U PLCCC 135U/155U

EG 185U

Rack/unit

S5-155H PLCCC 155U

EG 185U


0 1 2 3 4 5 6 72)

2) 2) 2)


3 11 19 27 35 43 51 59 67 75 83 91 99 107 115 123 131 139 147 155 163


3 11 19 27 35 43 51 59 67 75 83 91 99 107 115 123 131 139 147 155 163


3 11 19 27 35 43 51 59 67 75 83 91 99 107 115 123 131 139 147 155 163

Slot not used Slot occupied



3

SIMATIC S5IM 308-C interface module

Overview • PROFIBUS-DP master and/or slave module for SIMATIC S5-115U/H to S5-155U/H

• Communications services– PROFIBUS-DP


S5 C FMS

Application Up to 122 passive devices, e.g. ET 200 distributed I/O stations or field devices with PROFIBUS-DP interfaces can be connected to one IM 308-C interface module.

By using the IM 308-C adapter kit, the SIMATIC-S5 module IM 308-C – a PROFIBUS-DP interface module – can be used in the SINUMERIK System 840C.

The adapter module also makes it possible to use the IM 308-C in central units 1, 2 and 3 of the SINUMERIK 840C. The adapter assembly comprises the PCB with the electronics required for con-verting the SINUMERIK 840C bus signals to those required by the SIMATIC S5 bus sys-tem as well as the mechanical components for assembly and installation of the adapter and IM 308-C.

Design The IM 308-C interface mod-ule is directly plugged into the SIMATIC S5-115U/H to S5-155U/H in the slot provided.

The module occupies one sin-gle-width slot.Connection to the PROFIBUS system is via

an RS 485 bus connector or an RS 485 bus terminal.

Functions As master, the IM 308-C interface module coordinates channel access and data communication via PROFIBUS-DP.It can also function as a PROFIBUS-DP slave and thus permits data exchange with other PROFIBUS-DP masters.

Master and slave functionality may be combined, i. e. in its capacity as slave, an IM 308-C receives data from another PLC and at the same time acts as master of, e.g., ET 200 I/O components.

Global Control:sync, freeze of I/O stations.

Addressing size:13 kByte data can be ad-dressed by the CPU per IM 308-C

Shared Inputs:the inputs of a slave can be read by several IM 308-C in-terface modules.

Configuration The IM 308-C is configured using the COM PROFIBUS configuration software (see page 3/367)



3

SIMATIC S5IM 308-C interface module

1) The modules 6ES5 374-1FH21 and 6ES5 374-1FJ21 can still be used.

For further informationsee Catalog NC 60.1.


Data transfer rate 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s

Interfaces Connection to PROFIBUS 9-pin Sub-D socket

Supply voltage +5 V DC via backplane bus

Current consumption Approx. 30 mA

Address capacity 13 Kbytes for inputs, outputs and diagnostics

Number of connectableI/O stations

Max. 122ET 200 U/B, S5-95U/DP and/or other field devices

Data volume 244 bytes for inputs andoutputs per slave


0 °C to +60 °C–40 °C to +70 °C95% at +25 °C

Design Module format Dimensions (W × H) in mm Weight Space required

Double-height Eurocard160 × 233.4/6.24 x 9.1500 g1 slot


IM 308-C SIMATIC interface For connecting the SIMATICS5-115U/H, S5-135U, S5-155U/Hto PROFIBUS-DPwith memory card

6ES5 308-3UC11

Memory Card 1)

EPROM 256 KByte EPROM 1 MByte

6ES5 374-1KH216ES5 374-1KK21

IM 308-C adapter assembly kit For IM 308C for installation in SINUMERIK 840C central unit

6FC5 147-0AA25-0AA0

COM PROFIBUSparameterization softwareFor programming the IM 308-Cand other DP master modules,executable on PG 720, PG 740 and PG 760 or AT-compatible PCV3.3With Windows 3.1 or Windows 95,on 3½″ diskettes, "ET 200 distributed I/O system” manual.Single license 6ES5 895-6SE3

V5.0 With Windows NTor Windows 95/98, on CD-ROM, including”COM PROFIBUS” manualin German, English, French,Spanish and Italian

6ES5 895-6SE03

Adapter assembly kit for SINUMERIK 840C

Overview • The IM 308-C adapter as-sembly kit is used to enable the SIMATIC S5 module IM 308-C to be used in the SINUMERIK system 840C.

• The adapter assembly kit comprises the PCB with the electronics required for con-verting the SINUMERIK 840C bus signals to those re-quired by the SIMATIC S5 bus system as well as the mechanical components for installation and deinstalla-tion of the adapter and IM 308-C.

• The complete functional scope of the IM 308-C can be used by the master(as in the SIMATIC S5 environment).

Design The IM 308-C is mounted in conjunction with the adapter and encapsulation and is plugged into the rack of the SINUMERIK 840C. The per-mitted PLC slots are for cen-tral unit 1: B3; central unit 2 and 3: C2 or C3.

The size of the adapter means that the IM 308-C module pro-trudes above the rack by 117.5 mm (without a connec-tor).

Depending on the type of bus connector, at least 140 mm space is therefore necessary in front of the rack.


IM 308-C adapter Adapter assembly for IM 308-Cfor installation of IM 308-C in SINUMERIK 840C central unit

6FC5 147-0AA25-0AA0



3

SIMATIC S7CP 342-5 communication processor

Overview • PROFIBUS-DP master or slave with electrical inter-face to connect the SIMATIC S7-300 and the SIMATIC C7 to PROFIBUS up to 12 Mbit/s (including 45.45 Kbit/s)

• Communication services:– PROFIBUS-DP– PG/OP communication– S7 communication– S5-compatible communi-

cation (SEND/RECEIVE)

• Simple configuration and programming using PROFIBUS

• PG/OP communication be-tween networks through S7 routing.

• Module changeover without PG.


S5 C FMS

Application The communication proces-sor CP 342-5 is the cost-opti-mized communication module of the SIMATIC S7-300 and the SIMATIC C7 for the PROFIBUS-DP bus system.The CP 342-5 offloads com-munication tasks from the CPU.

S7-300 communication options using communication modules: As a DP master or slave

for PROFIBUS-DP according to IEC 61158/EN 50 170

Communication with pro-gramming units, operator in-terface systems

Communication with other SIMATIC S7 systems

Communication with SIMATIC S5 PLCs.

The number of CPs that can be operated depends on the performance range of the CPU and the communication services used.Further details can be found in the Internet.

http://www.ad.siemens.de/net/ik-infoID No. 394550

Design The CP 342-5 offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300 system design: Compact design;

single standard width of the SM modules of the SIMATIC S7-300

If the adjacent modules do not join correctly when pre-decessor modules are ex-changed, a space holder module must be installed.

9-pin Sub-D socket for con-necting to PROFIBUS-DP.

4-pole terminal block for connecting the external sup-ply voltage of 24 V DC

Easy assembly; the CP 342-5 is mounted on the sectional rail of the S7-300 and connected to the adjacent modules by the bus connectors. There are no restrictions as to the slots used.

In conjunction with the IM 360/ 361, the CP 342-5 can also be operated in the expansion rack (ER).

User-friendly wiring: Sub-D socket and terminal are eas-ily accessible

The CP 342-5 can be oper-ated without a fan.A backup battery or memory module is not required

Functions The CP 342-5 provides the user with various communica-tions services for the PROFIBUS bus system: PROFIBUS-DP

(according to IEC 61158/EN 50 170, master or slave)

PG/OP communication S7 communication S5-compatible communica-

tion (SEND/RECEIVE).

PROFIBUS-DP masterThe CP 342-5 operates as a DP master according to IEC 61158/EN 50 170, Volume 2 and handles data transfer completely indepen-dently. It supports the utilities of master class 1 and 2.The data areas of the distrib-uted I/O are transferred con-sistently between CP and CPU. This pertains both to the use of the CP as DP master and as DP slave.

As DP master it facilitates interfacing to the S7-300, such as the CP 342-5 as the DP slave, or DP slaves of the ET 200 distributed I/O system. Additionally, the CP 342-5 offers the functions: SYNC, FREEZE, shared input/output as well as the activating/deactivating of DP slaves.



3



PROFIBUS-DP slaveThe CP 342-5 as a DP slave enables data transfer between the S7-300 and other PROFIBUS masters. This allows a mixed assembly of SIMATIC S5/S7, PCs, ET 200 and other field devices in accordance with PROFIBUS-DP. For DP communications, function calls (FCs) are nec-essary. These function calls (DP-SEND/DP-RECV) must be linked in the STEP 7 applica-tion program.

PG/OP communicationWith the help of PG/OP com-munication, all the S7 stations connected to the network can be remotely programmed. S7 routing

With S7 routing, PG/OP com-munication can be used across the whole network.

S7 communicationS7 communication is used for coupling: between SIMATIC S7

automation systems (S7-300: only servers).

to human-machine interface devices (OPs).

to PCs, e.g. with CP 5613 and S7-5613 software, CP 5511/CP 5611 and SOFTNET-S7 software is used.

No additional configuration is required for communications with programming devices and operator panels. The cen-tral controller can also be pro-grammed and configured in distributed configurations by way of the CP 342-5.

S5-compatible communica-tion (SEND/RECEIVE)Based on layer 2 (FDL) of PROFIBUS, the CP 342-5 offers a simple, optimum inter-face for process or fieldcom-munication. Using this interface, system-wide and high performance communication is possible between SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7, SIMATIC 505 and PC. In addition to the SDA service (PLC/PLC links), SEND/RECEIVE also offers the SDN service (broadcast, multicast).

Coupling partners are the programmable controllers SIMATIC S7

with CP 342-5, CP 343-5, CP 443-5

SIMATIC S5 with S5-95U with PROFIBUS interface, S5-115U/H, S5-135U, S5-155U/H with CP 5431 FMS/DP

SIMATIC 505 with CP 5434-FMS

PCs with CP 5511, CP 5611, CP 5613, CP 5614

as well as systems of other manufacturers which have FDL interface.

Function calls must be used with SEND/RECEIVE (PLC-SEND/PLC-RECEIVE), which must be integrated in the STEP 7 user program.

Configuration STEP 7 or STEP 7 and NCM S7 for PROFIBUS are neces-sary for configuring the CP 342-5 NCM S7 is com-pletely embedded in the STEP 7 environment.NCM S7 is, from version V5 upwards, an integral part of STEP 7 and is therefore always compatible with STEP 7. NCM S7 can no longer be ordered as a sepa-rate product and a single license is no longer necessary for NCM S7 version V5 upwards.

From STEP 7/NCM S7 version 5, the CP's configuration data can also be stored on the CPU and remain intact during a power failure. This means that modules can be replaced without reloading the product information from a program-ming unit. At power up, the CPU passes the configuration data on to the CP. Here, the memory size of the S7 CPU must be observed.

Configuration and program-ming of all SIMATIC S7 control-lers connected to the network is possible.The function blocks for PROFIBUS-DP are contained by the standard STEP 7 library. The function blocks for use of S5-compatible commu-nication (SEND/RECEIVE) are located in the SIMATIC NET library after installation of NCM S7.



3


1) Depending on the CPU used 1) necessary for previous version CP 342-5(6GK7 342-5DA01-0XE0)

Designed for Industry Expansion of the process I/O at SIMATIC S7-300 by several PROFIBUS-DP inter-faces

Flexible utilization of the pro-cess I/O by dynamic activa-tion of DP slaves


Integration of SIMATIC S7-300 in existing installa-tions due to S5-compatible communication.

Universal applications for the CP by using different communications services in parallel on one CP.

Suitable for closed loop con-trol tasks due to SYNC and FREEZE.


Data transfer rate 9.6 to 12 Mbit/s

Interfaces Connection to PROFIBUS Supply voltage

9-pin Sub-D socket4-pole terminal block


Current consumption from backplane bus from 24 V DC

150 mA250 mA

Power loss 6.75 W

Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity max. Operating altitude

0 °C to +60 °C–40 °C to +70 °C95% at +25 °C2000 m above mean sea level

Design Module format Dimensions (W × H × D) in mm Weight approx.

Compact assembly40 × 125 × 120300 g

Performance data

S7 communication Number of usable

connections max. 161)

S5-compatible interface(SEND/RECEIVE) Number of usable

connections max. Useful data/connections max.

16240 bytes(SEND and RECEIVE)

Multi-protocol operation Number of usable

connections Size of DP diagnostics data

per connected slave max.

32 (without DP); max. 28 (with DP)

240 bytes

DP master function Number of DP slaves Total size of DP data ranges

– DP input range – DP output range

Size of the DP data ranges per connected slave– DP input range – DP output range

124


244 bytes244 bytes

DP slave function Size of DP data ranges

– DP input range – DP output range

240 bytes240 bytes


CP 342-5 Communication processor for electrical connection of SIMATIC S7-300 to PROFIBUS up to 12 Mbit/s

6GK7 342-5DA02-0XE0

Configuration softwareNCM S7 for PROFIBUSConfiguration software for PROFIBUS-CPs for SIMATIC S7 V5.x,

runs under STEP 7 V5.x;with electronic manualon CD-ROM, German, English, French,Spanish, Italian

Delivered with STEP 7 V5Version 5

"NCM S7 for PROFIBUS" manualHardcopyfor V5.x (STEP 7 V5.x) German English French Spanish Italian

6GK7 080-5AA04-8AA06GK7 080-5AA04-8BA06GK7 080-5AA04-8CA06GK7 080-5AA04-8DA06GK7 080-5AA04-8EA0

PROFIBUS FastConnectRS 485 bus connectorWith 90° cable outlet;insulation displacement technique,max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s without PG interface with PG interface

6ES7 972-0BA50-0XA06ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0

PROFIBUS bus connector IP 20For connection to PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS without PG interface with PG interface

6ES7 972-0BA11-0XA06ES7 972-0BB11-0XA0

PROFIBUS bus terminal 12M Bus terminal for connecting PROFIBUS stations up to 12 Mbit/swith connecting cable

6GK1 500-0AA10

SIMATIC S7-300 DM 370 Space holder module;used for module replacement 1)

6ES7 370-0AA01-0AA0

"Communication with SIMATIC"manual German English French Spanish Italian

6ES7 398-8EA00-8AA06ES7 398-8EA00-8BA06ES7 398-8EA00-8CA06ES7 398-8EA00-8DA06ES7 398-8EA00-8EA0



3

SIMATIC S7CP 342-5 FO communication processor

Overview • PROFIBUS-DP master or slave with optical interface for connecting the SIMATIC S7-300 and the SIMATIC C7 to PROFIBUS up to 12 Mbit/s (including 45.45 Kbit/s)

• Direct connection to the op-tical PROFIBUS network via integrated fiber optic cable interface for plastic and PCF fiber optics



• Simple configuration and programming using PROFIBUS

• PG/OP communication between networks through S7 routing.



S5 C FMS

Application The CP 342-5 FO communica-tion processor is the cost-opti-mized communication pro-cessor of the SIMATIC S7-300 and the SIMATIC C7 for the optical bus system PROFIBUS-DP.The CP 342-5 FO has an FOC interface which allows con-nections insusceptible to interference even in environ-ments with a strong EMC interference.It offloads communication tasks from the CPU.

Communication of SIMATIC S7-300 and SIMATIC C7 with: the distributed ET200 I/O

system with integrated opti-cal interface

S7-300 with SIMATIC S7-400 with IM 467 FO and CP 342-5 FO

PC with CP 5613 FO/5614 FO other PROFIBUS nodes via

the Optical Bus Terminal (OBT)

The number of CPs that can be operated depends on the performance range of the CPU and the communication services used.Further details can be found in the Internet.


Design The CP 342-5 FO offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300 system design: Compact design;

single standard width of the SM modules of the SIMATIC S7-300

Integrated FOC interface;2 Duplex sockets for direct connection to the optical PROFIBUS by 2 × 2 simplex plugs and 2 plug adapters


Easy assembly; the CP 342-5 FO is mounted on the sectional rail of the S7-300 and connected to the adjacent modules by the bus connectors. There are no restrictions as to the slots used.

In conjunction with the IM 360/ 361, the CP 342-5 FO can also be operated in the expansion rack (ER).

User-friendly wiring: FOC socket and terminal are eas-ily accessible

The CP 342-5 FO can be operated without a fan.A backup battery or memory module is not required

Functions The CP 342-5 FO provides the user with various communica-tions services for the PROFIBUS bus system: PROFIBUS-DP

(according to IEC 61158/EN 50170, master or slave)

PG/OP communication S7 communication S5-compatible communica-

tion (SEND/RECEIVE).

PROFIBUS-DP masterThe CP 342-5 FO operates as a DP master according to IEC 61158/EN 50 170 and handles data transfer com-pletely independently. It supports the services of master class 1 and 2.The data areas of the distrib-uted I/O are transferred con-sistently between CP and CPU. This pertains both to the use of the CP as DP master and as DP slave.

As a DP master it allows con-nections to the distributed ET 200 I/O

system with integrated opti-cal interface

SIMATIC S7-300 with CP 342-5 FO as a slave

PC with CP 5614 FO as a slave and

the other DP slaves via the Optical Bus Terminal (OBT).

Additionally the CP 342-5 FO offers the functions SYNC, FREEZE, Shared Input/Output and activate/deactivate DP slaves.



3



PROFIBUS-DP slaveThe CP 342-5 FO as a slave enables data exchange between the SIMATIC S7-300 and the SIMATIC S7-400 via the IM 467 FO and with the other DP masters via the OBT. This allows a mixed assembly of SIMATIC S5/S7, PCs, ET 200 and other field devices in accordance with PROFIBUS-DP. Function calls are required for DP communication both as a master and as a slave. These (DP-SEND/DP-RECV) are supplied with STEP 7 and must be integrated in the application program.

PG/OP communicationWith the help of PG/OP com-munication, all the S7 stations connected to the network can be remote programmed. S7 routing:

Using S7 routing, PG/OP communication can be used between networks.

S7 communicationS7 communication is used for coupling: between SIMATIC S7 pro-

grammable controllers (S7-300 server only),

to operator interface sys-tems (operator panels).

to PCs, e.g. with CP 5613 and S7-5613 software, CP 5511/CP 5611 and SOFTNET-S7 software is used.

No additional configuration is required for communications with programming devices and operator panels. The cen-tral controller can also be pro-grammed and configured in distributed configurations by way of the CP 342-5 FO.

S5-compatible communica-tion (SEND/RECEIVE)Based on layer 2 (FDL) of PROFIBUS (IEC 61158/EN 50170) the CP 342-5 FO offers a simple and optimized interface for process or field communication. Using this interface, system-wide and high performance communication is possible between SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7, SIMATIC 505 and PC.

In addition to the SDA service (PLC/PLC links), SEND/RECEIVE also offers the SDN service (broadcast, multicast).Coupling partners are the programmable controllers SIMATIC S7

with CP 342-5, CP 343-5, CP 443-5



PCs with CP 5511, CP 5611, CP 5613 FO, CP 5614 FO


Function calls (PLC-SEND/PLC-RECEIVE), which must be integrated in the STEP 7 application program, must be used with SEND/RECEIVE.

Fig. 3/99 System configuration Optical PROFIBUS with CP 342-5 FO

PG/PC with CP 5613 FO S7-300 with CP 342-5 FO

ET 200X withintegrated optic

ET 200Mwith IM 153-2 FO

DP station withoutintegrated optic

Otherstations

Optical lineindividual line lengths: plastic up to 50 m,PCF up to 300 m

OBT

G_I

K10_

deP0

138s

Connecting cable830-1T

S7-400 with IM 467 FO

ET 200Swith IM 151 FO

DESINA cable



3


1) Depending on the CPU used

Designed for Industry The fiber optic technology is used when– the environment is sub-

jected to strong EMC interference,

– strong potential differ-ences exist and

– high transfer rates are required.

The CP 342-5 FO is connect-ed directly to the optical PROFIBUS and is therefore specially suited to the harsh industrial environment

Expansion of the process I/O at SIMATIC S7-300 by sever-al PROFIBUS-DP interfaces


Universal applications for the CP by using different communications services in parallel

Suitable for closed loop con-trol tasks due to SYNC and FREEZE


Baud Rates 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s(exception: 3 and 6 Mbit/s)


2 × Duplex socket4-pole terminal block



150 mA250 mA

Power loss 6.75 W

Maximum distance between 2 adjacent network stations Plastic FOC max. PCF FOC max.

50 m300 m





Performance data

S7 communication No. of usable connections max. 161)

S5-compatible communication(SEND/RECEIVE) No. of usable connections Useful data/connection

max.16max. 240 bytes (transmit and receive)

Multi-protocol operation No. of usable connections Size of the DP diagnostic data

per connected slave

32 (without DP); max. 28 (with DP)max. 240 bytes

DP master function Number of DP slaves Size of the DP data ranges in total

– DP input range– DP output range

Size of the DP data ranges per connected slave– DP input range– DP output range

124


244 bytes244 bytes

DP slave function Size of the DP data ranges

– DP input range– DP output range

240 bytes240 bytes


CP 342-5 FO Communication processor for optical connection of SIMATIC S7-300 to PROFIBUS up to 12 Mbit/s

6GK7 342-5DF00-0XE0

Configuration software NCM S7 for PROFIBUSConfiguration software for PROFIBUS-CPs for SIMATIC S7 V5.x, runs under STEP 7 V5.0;

including Service Pack 3; with electronic manualon CD-ROM, German, English, French,Spanish, Italian

Delivered with STEP 7Version 5



Manual for PROFIBUS-networksNetwork architecture, components (OLM (V3), OBT, ILM), configuration and assembly German English French Italian


PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic, Simplex plug/Polishing kit100 simplex plugs and 5 polishing kits for assembling PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic cables for the opticalPROFIBUS-DP

6GK1 901-0FB00-0AA0

PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic, Stripping Tool SetTools for stripping the outer casing and core casing of PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic cables

6GK1 905-6PA10

Plug adapter For installation of the plastic simplexplug in connection with CP 342-5 FO, IM 467 FO, IM 153-2 FO and IM 151 FO 50 pieces

6ES7 195-1BE00-0XA0



3


Overview • Master connection of the SIMATIC S7-300 and the SIMATIC C7 to PROFIBUS

• Communication services:– PG/OP communication– S7 communication– S5-compatible communi-

cation (SEND/RECEIVE)– PROFIBUS-FMS

• Simple to configure and program using PROFIBUS

• Easily integrated into the S7-300 system

• PG/OP communication between networks due to S7 routing.



S5 C FMS

Application The CP 343-5 communication processor is the module required for SIMATIC S7-300 and SIMATIC C7 for the PROFIBUS bus system.It offloads communication tasks from the CPU.

S7-300 communication options using communication modules: FMS communication with

PROFIBUS-FMS stations via PROFIBUS

Communication with programming units, operator interface systems


Communication with SIMATIC S5 programmable controllers

The number of CPs that can be operated depends on the performance range of the CPU and the communication services used.

Further details can be found in the Internet.


Design The CP 343-5 communica-tions module offers all the advantages of SIMATIC S7-300 design features: Compact design;

9-pin Sub-D socket for con-nection to PROFIBUS


The module is twice the standard width of SIMATIC S7-300 signal modules

Easy assembly; the CP 343-5 is mounted on the S7-300 sectional rail and connected to the adjacent modules via bus connec-tors. There are no slot rules

In conjunction with the IM 360/361, the CP 343-5 can also be operated in the expansion rack (ER)

User-friendly wiring;Sub-D sockets and terminal block are easily accessible and easy to operate

The CP 343-5 can be oper-ated without a fan. Neither a back up battery nor a mem-ory module are required.

Functions The CP 343-5 provides the user with various communica-tions services for the PROFIBUS bus system: PG/OP communication S7 communications

(PUs, operator panels, S7 PLCs)

S5-compatible communica-tion (SEND/RECEIVE)

PROFIBUS-FMS (according to IEC 61158/EN50 170).

PG/OP communicationWith PG/OP communication, all S7 stations connected to the network can be pro-grammed remotely. S7 routing


S7 communicationS7 communication is used for coupling: between SIMATIC S7 auto-

mation systems (S7-300: only servers)

to operator interface sys-tems (operator panels)

to SIMATIC 505 and to PCs, e.g. with CP 5613

and S7-5613 software, CP 5511/CP 5611 and SOFTNET-S7 software is used.

No additional configuration is required for communications with programming devices and operator panels. Further-more via the CP 343-5, the central controller can also be remotely programmed and configured.



3



S5-compatible communica-tion (SEND/RECEIVE)Based on layer 2 (FDL) of PROFIBUS (IEC 61158/EN 50170) the CP 343-5 FO offers a simple and optimized interface for process or field communication. Using this interface, system-wide and high performance communication is possible between SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7, SIMATIC 505 and PC. In addition to the SDA service (PLC/PLC links), SEND/RECEIVE also offers the SDN service (broadcast, multicast).Coupling partners are the pro-grammable controllers SIMATIC S7

with CP 342-5, CP 343-5, CP 443-5

SIMATIC S5 with S5-95U withPROFIBUS interface, S5-115U/H, S5-135U, S5-155U/H with CP 5431 FMS/DP




Function calls must be used with SEND/RECEIVE (PLC-SEND/PLC-RECEIVE), which must be integrated in the STEP 7 applicationprogram.

PROFIBUS-FMSPROFIBUS-FMS, according to PROFIBUS IEC 61158/EN 50 170, enables message transmission via various FMS services: READ, WRITE;

for reading or writing access to variables of the communi-cations partner from the application program (via variable index or variable name);for transmitting local vari-able values to the communi-cations partner.Partial access to variable values is supported. Com-munication is handled via acyclic connections (mas-ter/master, master/slave), acyclic connections with slave initiative as well as cyclic connections.

INFORMATION REPORT(Report) enables an FMS-Server unconfirmed trans-mission of variables. This task start is used particularly for transmission on broad-cast FMS connections.

IDENTIFY;for requesting the identifica-tion features of the commu-nications partner

STATUS;for requesting the partner status

Configuration STEP 7 or STEP 7 and NCM S7 for PROFIBUS are neces-sary for configuring the CP 343-5 NCM S7 is com-pletely embedded in the STEP 7 environment.The CP cannot be used until NCM S7 for PROFIBUS has been installed in the hardware catalog of STEP 7.NCM S7 is, from version V5 upwards, an integral part of STEP 7 and is therefore always compatible with STEP 7. NCM S7 can no longer be ordered as a separate prod-uct and a single license is no longer necessary for NCM S7 version V5 upwards.

From STEP 7/NCM S7 version 5, the CP's configura-tion data can also be stored on the CPU and remain intact during a power failure. This means that modules can be replaced without reloading the product information from a programming unit. At power up, the CPU passes the con-figuration data on to the CP.Here, the memory size of the S7 CPU must be observed.

Configuration and program-ming of all SIMATIC S7 control-lers connected to the network is possible.The function blocks for utiliza-tion of S5-compatible commu-nication (SEND/RECEIVE) are located in the SIMATIC NET library following installation of NCM S7.



3


1) Depending on CPU type

Designed for Industry Easy integration of SIMATIC S7 in a vendor-independent automation network using PROFIBUS-FMS.

The user requires little knowledge of the PROFIBUS-FMS specification due to simple configuration and au-tonomous data conversion on the CP.


Integration of SIMATIC S7-300 in existing installa-tions due to S5-compatible communication.



Data transfer rate 9.6 to 1500 Kbit/s


9-pin Sub-D socket4-pole terminal block



70 mA250 mA

Power loss 6.35 W





S7 communicationperformance data Number of usable

connections max. 161)

S5-compatible interfaceperformance data(SEND/RECEIVE) Number of usable



Performance data FMS function Number of usable

connections max. Variable length for READ Variable length for

WRITE and REPORT No. of configurable server variables No. of variables which can be loaded

from partner


256256


connections max. 48


CP 343-5 communication processorCommunication processor for connect-ing S7-300 to PROFIBUS,FMS, S5-compatible communciation,PG/OP and S7 communication

6GK7 343-5FA00-0XE0

Configuration software NCM S7 for PROFIBUSConfiguration software for PROFIBUS-CPs for SIMATIC S7V5.x,runs under STEP 7 V5.x;with electronic manualon CD-ROM, German, English, French,Spanish, Italian





6ES7 972-0BA50-0XA06ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0


6ES7 972-0BA11-0XA06ES7 972-0BB11-0XA0


6GK1 500-0AA10





3

SIMATIC S7CP 443-5 Basic communication processor

Overview • Master connection of the S7-400 to PROFIBUS

• Communication services:– PG/OP communication– S7 communication– S5-compatible communi-


• Time-of-day synchronization

• Simple programming and configuration via PROFIBUS

• PG/OP communication between networks due to S7 routing.

• Easy to integrate into the SIMATIC S7-400 system


• Operation in the SIMATIC H system for redundant S7 communication


S5 C FMS

Application The CP 443-5 Basic commu-nication processor is the mod-ule required for SIMATIC S7-400 for the PROFIBUS bus system.It offloads communication tasks from the CPU.

Communications options of the S7-400 via communica-tions modules: FMS communication with

PROFIBUS stations via PROFIBUS

Communication with pro-gramming devices, human machine interface devices


Communication with SIMATIC S5 PLCs.


Further details can be found in the Internet.

http://www.ad.siemens.de/net/ik-info ID No. 394550


9-pin sub-D socket for con-nection to PROFIBUS

Simple wide module Simple installation;

the CP 443-5 Basic is plugged to the subrack of the S7-400 and is connected

to the other modules of the S7-400 by the backplane bus. There are no restric-tions as to the slots used.

User-friendly wiring;sub-D socket is easily accessible and easyto use

The CP 443-5 Basic can be operated without a fan. Neither a back up battery nor a memory module are required.

When the SEND/RECEIVE interface is used, the num-ber of operable modules de-pends on the S7-400 CPU in use. Details can be found in the Internet.

Functions The CP 443-5 Basic makes available a number of different communication services with the PROFIBUS bus system: PG/OP communication S7 communication

(S7 controllers). S5-compatible communica-

tion (SEND/RECEIVE) PROFIBUS-FMS

(according to IEC 61158/EN 50170)

Time synchronization.



S7 communicationS7 communication is used for coupling: between SIMATIC S7 auto-

mation systems (S7-300: only servers).

to programming devices (PG/OP communication).

to PCs, e.g. with CP 5613/5614 and S7-5614 software CP 5511/5611 and SOFTNET-S7 software as well as

to operator interface sys-tems (OP).

The CP 443-5 Basic can be implemented in theSIMATIC H system for redun-dant S7 communication.



3


Functions (continued)

S5-compatible communica-tion (SEND/RECEIVE)Based on layer 2 (FDL) of PROFIBUS, the CP 443-5 offers a simple, optimum inter-face for data communication.Using this interface, system-wide, high performance com-munication is possible between SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7 and the PC.It provides the SDA (PLC/PLC connections) and SDN (broadcast / Multicast) ser-vices.Coupling partners are the pro-grammable controllers SIMATIC S7

with CP 342-5, CP 343-5, CP 443-5





Function calls (PLC-SEND/PLC-RECEIVE), which must be integrated in the STEP 7 application pro-gram, must be used with SEND/RECEIVE.

PROFIBUS-FMSPROFIBUS-FMS, accordingto IEC 61158/EN 50 170, enables message transmis-sion via various FMS-services: READ, WRITE;

for reading or writing access to variables of the communi-cations partner from the user program (via variable index or variable name); for trans-mitting local variable values to the communications part-ner.Partial access to variable values is supported. Com-munication is handled via acyclic connections (mas-ter/master, master/slave), acyclic connections with slave initiative as well as cyclic connections (mas-ter/slave).

INFORMATION REPORT(Report) enables an FMS-Server unconfirmed trans-mission of variables. This task start is used particularly for transmission on broad-cast FMS connections.

IDENTIFY;for requesting the identifica-tion features of the commu-nications partner

STATUS;for requesting the partner status

Time-of-day synchroniza-tionThe CP 443-5 Basic communi-cation processor is able to transmit the time from the S7-400 CPU to PROFIBUS. Inversely, the CP 443-5 Basic can provide the S7-400-CPU with an existing time on the PROFIBUS.

Configuration STEP 7 or STEP 7 and NCM S7 for PROFIBUS are neces-sary for configuring the CP 443-5 Basic. NCM S7 is completely embedded in the STEP 7 environment.The CP cannot be used until NCM S7 for PROFIBUS has been installed in the hardware catalog of STEP 7.NCM S7 is, from version V5 upwards, an integral part of STEP 7 and is therefore always compatible with STEP 7. NCM S7 can no longer be ordered as a separate prod-uct and a single license is no longer necessary for NCM S7 version V5 upwards.

From STEP 7/NCM S7 version 5, the CP's configuration data can also be stored on the CPU and remain intact during a power failure. This means that modules can be replaced without reloading the product information from a program-ming unit. At power up, the CPU passes the configuration data on to the CP.

Configuration and program-ming of all SIMATIC S7 con-trollers connected to the net-work is possible.The function blocks for use of S5-compatible communica-tion (SEND/RECEIVE) are located in the SIMATIC NET library after installation of NCM S7.



3



Designed for Industry Easy integration of SIMATIC S7 in a vendor-in-dependent automation net-work using PROFIBUS-FMS.

Suitable for use in high avail-ability systems due to redun-dant S7 communication.

The user requires little knowledge of the PROFIBUS-FMS specification due to simple configuration and au-tonomous data conversion on the CP.


Integration of SIMATIC S7-400 into existing installa-tions using S5-compatible communication.




Interfaces Transfer method Connections

RS 4859-pin Sub-D socket

Supply voltage 5 V DC ±5%

Power consumption from 5 V 1.2 A

Power loss 6.5 W

Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Operational height max. Relative humidity max.

0 °C to +60 °C–40 °C to +70 °C3000 m above mean sea level95% at 25 °C

Design Dimensions (W × H × D) in mm Weight approx.

25 × 290 × 210700 g


connections approx. 481)

S5-compatible communicationperformance data(SEND/RECEIVE) Number of usable



FMS functionperformance data Number of usable

connections max. READ variable length max. WRITE variable length max. No. of configurable server variables No. of variables which can be loaded

from partner

48237 bytes233 bytes5122640


connections max. (2 of which are reserved for PG/OP communication)

59


CP 443-5 Basiccommunication processorFor connection ofSIMATIC S7-400 to PROFIBUS Basic version

for PROFIBUS-FMS6GK7 443-5FX01-0XE0

Configuration software NCM S7 for PROFIBUSConfiguration software for PROFIBUS-CPs for SIMATIC S7V5.x,vruns under STEP 7 V5.x;with electronic manual,on CD-ROM,German, English, French,Spanish, Italian





6ES7 972-0BA50-0XA06ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0


6ES7 972-0BA11-0XA06ES7 972-0BB11-0XA0


6GK1 500-0AA10





3

SIMATIC S7CP 443-5 Extended communication processor

Overview • DP master connection of S7-400 to PROFIBUS

• For configuring additional PROFIBUS-DP lines.



• Time-of-day synchronization


• PG/OP communication between networks through S7 routing.

• Easy to integrate into the SIMATIC S7-400 system

• Module replacement without the need for a programming device.

• Operation in the SIMATIC H system for redundant S7 communication or DP master communication

• Data record routing(PROFIBUS-DP)


S5 C FMS

Application The CP 443-5 Extended com-munication processor is the module required for SIMATIC S7-400 for the PROFIBUS bus system.It offloads the CPU of commu-nications tasks and enables further additional connec-tions.

Communications options of the S7-400 via communica-tions modules: as a master for PROFIBUS-

DP according to IEC 61158/EN 50 170



Communication with SIMATIC S5 programmable controllers


Further details are available in the Internet.

http://www.ad.siemens.de/net/ik-info ID No. 394550


9-pin sub-D socket for con-nection to PROFIBUS-DP

Simple wide module Easy installation;

the CP 443-5 Extended is plugged into the S7-400 rack and is connected to the other modules of the S7-400 via the backplane bus.

User-friendly wiring;sub-D socket is easily accessible and easy to use

The CP 443-5 Extended can be operated without a fan. Neither a back up battery nor a memory module are required.

Up to 16 CPs can be operated.

If the CP 443-5 Extended is implemented as a DP master, at least 4 and up to 10 additional PROFIBUS-DP lines can be configured. The number of permissible PROFIBUS-DP lines is depen-dent on the SIMATIC S7-400 CPU used.

There are no slot rules when S7 communication is used. The number of S7 connec-tions which can be operated is dependent on the S7-400 CPU.When SEND/RECEIVE is used, the number of modules which can be operated is dependent on the S7-400 CPU.

Functions The CP 443-5 Extended makes available a number of different communication ser-vices with the PROFIBUS bus system:

PROFIBUS-DP (according to IEC 61158/EN 50170)

PG/OP communication S7 communication

(S7 controllers). S5-compatible communica-

tion (SEND/RECEIVE) Time synchronization.



3



Master for PROFIBUS-DPThe CP 443-5 Extended oper-ates as a DP master. It per-forms the data transfer com-pletely independently and allows the connection of slaves such as e.g. CP 342-5 as a DP slave, DP slaves of the distributed I/O system ET 200, etc. The CP 443-5 Extended is therefore able to connect the S7-400 station to PROFIBUS-DP or represent the ideal extension to the inte-gral DP master interfaces of the S7-400 CPUs for building up further PROFIBUS-DP chains.The CP 443-5 Extended as a redundant DP master can also be implemented in the SIMATIC S7 H system.In addition, the CP 443-5 Extended also supports the functions SYNC and FREEZE, equidistance, slave-to-slave direct traffic and data record routing.The distributed I/O is handled in the same way as the cen-tralized I/O from the user’s point of view. This means that there is no difference between CP 443-5 Extended and the DP master interface of the S7-400 CPU as far as configu-ration and parameterization is concerned. Regardless of the size of the system, the CP 443-5 can achieve mini-mum response times.



S7 communicationS7 communication is used for coupling: between SIMATIC S7

automation systems (S7-300: only servers).

to programming devices (PG/OP communication).

to PCs, e.g. with CP 5613 and S7-5613 software, CP 5511/5611 and SOFT-NET-S7 software as well as

to operator interface sys-tems (OP).

For redundant S7 communi-cation, the CP 443-5 Extended can also be used in SIMATIC-H systems.

S5-compatible communica-tion (SEND/RECEIVE)Based on layer 2 (FDL) of PROFIBUS, the CP 443-5 offers a simple, optimum inter-face for process or field com-munication.Using this interface, system-wide, high performance com-munication is possible between SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7 and the PC.It provides the SDA (PLC/PLC connections) and SDN (broadcast / Multicast) ser-vices.Coupling partners are the pro-grammable controllers SIMATIC S7

with CP 342-5, CP 343-5, CP 443-5





Function calls must be used with SEND/RECEIVE (PLC-SEND/PLC-RECEIVE), which must be integrated in the STEP 7 application program.

Time-of-day synchroniza-tionThe CP 443-5 Extended com-munication processor is able to transmit the time from the S7-400 CPU on PROFIBUS. Conversely, the CP is able to provide the S7-400 CPU with the current time on PROFI-BUS.

Data record routingThe CP 443-5 Extended sup-ports the data record routing function. By selecting this option, you can use the CP as a data record router for records routed to field devices (DP slaves). A tool which gen-erates such data records for parameterization and diag-nostics of field devices is the SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager). ApplicationThis enables e.g. a PA field device to be parameterized and diagnosed with SIMATIC PDM (on the PC) via Industrial Ethernet, S7-400 (CP 443-1, CP 443-5 Extended) and DP/PA-coupler/link.



3


Configuration STEP 7 or STEP 7 and NCM S7 for PROFIBUS are neces-sary for configuring the CP 443-5 Extended. NCM S7 is completely embedded in the STEP 7 environment.DP configuration and pro-gramming is performed for the CP 443-5 Extended in the same manner as for the inte-grated DP master interfaces of SIMATIC S7-400 CPUs with STEP 7.

NCM S7 is, from version V5 upwards, an integral part of STEP 7 and is therefore always compatible with STEP 7. NCM S7 can no longer be ordered as a separate prod-uct and a single license is no longer necessary for NCM S7 version V5 upwards.From STEP 7/NCM S7version 5, the CP's configura-tion data can also be stored on the CPU and remain intact during a power failure. This means that modules can be replaced without reloading the product information from a programming unit. At power up, the CPU passes the con-figuration data on to the CP.

Configuration and program-ming of all SIMATIC S7 control-lers connected to the network is possible.The function blocks for use of S5-compatible communica-tion (SEND/RECEIVE) are located in the SIMATIC NET library after installation of NCM S7.

Designed for Industry Increase the system avail-ability by redundant connec-tion of the process I/Os (e.g. ET 200 M) in the SIMATIC S7-400 H system

Particularly suitable for con-trolling tasks by SYNC/FREEZE and equidistant bus cycle



Integration of SIMATIC S7-400 into existing installa-tions using S5-compatible communication.

Universal applications for the CP by using different communications services in parallel.



3





Interfaces Transfer method Connections

RS 4859-pin Sub-D socket

Supply voltage 5 V DC ± 5%24 V DC ± 5%


Power loss 6.5 W




25 × 290 × 210700 g

Number of external DP chainsin a central rack 10

DP master functionperformance data Number of operable DP slaves max. Total size of DP

data areas– DP input range max.– DP output range max.

Size of DP data areas perconnected DP slave– DP input range max.– DP output range max.

125

4 Kbytes4 Kbytes

244 bytes244 bytes



S5-compatible communicationperformance data(SEND/RECEIVE) Number of usable



Multi-protocol operation Number of usable connections

(2 of which are reserved for PG/OP communication)– without DP max.– with DP max.

5955


CP 443-5 Extendedcommunication processorFor connection ofSIMATIC S7-400 to PROFIBUS Extended version

for PROFIBUS-DP6GK7 443-5DX02-0XE0

Configuration software NCM S7 for PROFIBUSConfiguration software for PROFIBUS-CPs for SIMATIC S7V5.x,vruns under STEP 7 V5.x;with electronic manual,on CD-ROM,German, English, French,Spanish, Italian


"NCM S7 for PROFIBUS"manualHardcopyfor V5.x (STEP 7 V5.x) German English v French Spanish Italian



6ES7 972-0BA50-0XA06ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0

PROFIBUS bus connector IP 20for connection to PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS without PG interface with PG interface

6ES7 972-0BA11-0XA06ES7 972-0BB11-0XA0


6GK1 500-0AA10

"Communication with SIMATIC"manual German English French Spanish Italian v




3

SIMATIC S7IM 467 and IM 467 FO interface module

Overview • For the master connections of the S7-400 toPROFIBUS-DP

• For configuring additional PROFIBUS-DP chains.

• Communication services:– PROFIBUS-DP– PG/OP communication


• Equipped with either RS 485 interface or integrated fiber-optic interface.


S5 C FMS

Application The IM 467 is the low cost communications module of SIMATIC S7-400 for the PROFIBUS-DP bus system.It offloads the CPU of commu-nications tasks and enables further additional connec-tions.

Communications options of the S7-400 via communica-tions modules: As a master for the ET 200

distributed I/O in accor-dance with EN 50170


The IM 467 FO is always used when the advantages of fiber optic cables (plastic and PCF) are to be exploited.

Design The IM 467 interface module offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-400 system design: Compact design;

9-pin Sub-D socket or FOC interface for connection to PROFIBUS-DP

Simple wide module Easy installation;

the IM 467 is mounted on the S7-400 rack and linked to neighboring S7-400 mod-ules via the backplane bus.

User-friendly wiring;the Sub-D socket/integrated FOC interface is well acces-sible and easy to operate.

The IM 467 does not require fans.Neither a back up battery nor a memory module are re-quired.

If the IM 467 is implemented as a DP master, up to 10 additional PROFIBUS-DP lines can be installed. The number of possible PROFI-BUS-DP chains depends on the SIMATIC S7-400-CPU used. No slot rules apply.

Functions The IM 467 offers the following communications services of the PROFIBUS bus system: PROFIBUS-DP

(according to IEC 61158/EN 50170)

PG/OP communication

PROFIBUS-DP masterThe IM 467 operates as a DP master according to IEC 61158/ EN 50170, Volume 2. It performs the data transfer completely independently and allows the connection of slaves such as CP 342-5 as a DP slave, DP slaves of the dis-tributed I/O system ET 200, etc. This puts the IM 467 in a position to connect the S7-400 station to PROFIBUS-DP or represent the ideal extension to the integral DP master interfaces of the S7-400 CPUs for building up further PROFIBUS-DP chains.The IM 467 also supports the functions SYNC and FREEZE, equidistance and direct slave-to-slave traffic.

The distributed I/O is handled in the same way as the cen-tralized I/O from the user’s point of view. This means that there are no differences in configuration and parameter-ization between the IM 467 and the integrated DP master interface of the S7-400 CPU. Regardless of the size of the system, the IM 467 can achieve minimum response times.





3

SIMATIC S7IM 467 and IM 467 FO interface module

1) Except 3 and 6 Mbit/s in the case of IM 467 FO2) Depending on CPU type

Configuration For configuring the IM 467, STEP 7 is necessary.DP configuration/program-ming is performed for the IM 467 in the same manner as DP configuration/program-ming of the integrated DP master interfaces of the SIMATIC S7-400 CPUs with STEP 7 from Version 4.0 upwards and from Version 5.0 upwards for the IM 467 FO.

The configuration data of the IM are stored on the CPU and are retained even following a power failure. This means that modules can be replaced without reloading the product information from a program-ming unit. At power up, the CPU passes the configuration data on to the IM.

Configuration and program-ming of all SIMATIC S7 con-trollers connected to the net-work is possible.

Designed for Industry Increased plant availability through redundant connec-tion of the process I/Os (e.g. ET 200M)

Subprocess-oriented con-figuration of an automation solution through the use of several IMs

Up to 14 additional DP bus lines can be connected to the S7-400.

Integration of the fiber-optic interface.


Data transfer rate 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbps1)

Interfaces Transfer method Connection to PROFIBUS-DP

IM 467RS 4859-pin Sub-D socket

IM 467 FOFOC/l = 660 nm2 × Duplex socket

Supply voltage 5 V DC ± 5%24 V DC ± 5%

Power consumption from 5 V 1.3 A via backplane bus

Number of modules operable max. in SIMATIC S7-400

10 in the CR2)




25 × 290 × 210700 g

PG/OP communicationperformance data Number of usable


DP master functionperformance data Number of operable DP slaves max. Total size of DP

data areas– DP input range max.– DP output range max.

Size of DP data areas perconnected DP slave– DP input range max.– DP output range max.

96

4 Kbytes4 Kbytes

244 bytes244 bytes


Interface module For connecting SIMATIC S7-400to PROFIBUS-DP IM 467 (RS 485) IM 467 FO

6ES7 467-5GJ02-0AB06ES7 467-5FJ00-0AB0


6ES7 972-0BA50-0XA06ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0

"Communication with S7-300/400"manual German English French Spanish Italian v


"Automation system forS7-300/400" manualPaper version German English French Spanish Italian v


PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic, Plug/Polishing kit100 simplex plugs and 5 polishing kits,for assembling PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic cables for the optical PROFIBUS-DP

6GK1 901-0FB00-0AA0

PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic, Stripping ToolTo remove the outer casing and core casing of plastic fiber optic connections

6GK1 905-6PA10

Plug adapter Pack of 50,for using the simplex connector with the IM 467 FO and the IM 153-2 FO

6ES7 195-1BE00-0XA0



3

SIMATIC C7Overview

Overview

Cost-effective, control systems for all appli-cations that require high-speed PLC performance and basic HMI functionality.

The control systems with the performance range of the C7-633 and additional higher level HMI functions.

The control system for com-plex applications requiring extensive programming and powerful HMI functions.

Fig. 3/100 Connection possibilities SIMATIC C7

Integrated PROFIBUSDP interface

Integrated digitaland analog I/Os



3

SIMATIC C7C7-633 DP

Overview • Value for money control system

• For all applications which re-quire fast PLC performance and easy to use HMI func-tionality

• With increased user memory for extensive user programs

• With the additional simple operation functions of the SIMATIC Operator Panel OP7

• With integrated PROFIBUS-DP interface

• Other communication possibilities via CP 342-5/CP 342-5 FO, or CP 343-5 with IM 361 in expansion rack of SIMATIC C7


S5 C FMS

Application The SIMATIC C7-633 is the value for money control sys-tem for all applications requir-ing rapid programmable con-troller performance, extensive program memory and simple control and monitoring func-tions.

The C7-633 DP has the com-fortable operator functions of the SIMATIC OP7.

Design The SIMATIC C7-633 DP consists of: SIMATIC CPU 315-2 DP, the

CPU with the integrated PROFIBUS-DP connection

SIMATIC Operator Panel OP7

Interface for expansion (integral IM 360)

Interface for MPI connection Interface for printer connec-

tion

Properties of the C7-633 CPU mode selection via

keys directly on the C7 front panel (protected by authori-zation input)

Flexible expansion using up to 24 S7-300 modules through integrated IM 360

Compact expansion for C7-633;with the C7 input/output module (16 DI, 16 DO, 4 AI, 4 AO, 4UI) the C7-633 DP can be fitted with I/Os while retaining the compact mod-ule form.

Note:Technical specificationssee catalog ST 70.



3

SIMATIC C7C7-633 DP


Control system SIMATIC C7-633 DP64 Kbytes RAM (PLC);with PROFIBUS-DP interface; without integrated inputs / outputs;128 Kbytes FEPROM for HMI data, backlit LCD display (4 lines, 20 characters / line, 8 mm character height);with mounting accessories, plug 24 V DC and backup battery

6ES7 633-2BF01-0AE3

Documentation package C7-633, C7-634comprising:Manual for C7-633, C7-634Manual for S7-300Device manual for OP7, OP17

6ES7 633-1AF00-1AF01

Manual S7-300, electronic incl. STEP 7, M7-300, C7-620, DPGerman

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0

"Communications for S7/M7"manual German English French Spanish Italian


Brochure "From SIMATIC S5 toSIMATIC S7" German English French Spanish Italian

6ES7 398-8AA01-8AB06ES7 398-8AA01-8BB06ES7 398-8AA01-8CB06ES7 398-8AA01-8DB06ES7 398-8AA01-8EB0

Order No.

Analog output module SM 4328 outputs, isolated, 13 Bit;for ±10 V, 0 to 10 V, 1 to 5 V,±20 mA, 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA

6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0

Memory Card FEPROM see Catalog ST 70

Accessories

SIMATIC C7 Simulators for all SIMATIC C7 with integrated 16 DI and 16 DO; with switches and LEDs to simulate 16 DI and 16 DO

6ES7 620-0AA00-4AA0

Spare parts

Backup battery 3.6 V, 1.5 Ahfor all C7 from C7-623Labelling strips 5 pages for C7-623 up to C7-626 DPService pack Seal, 4 holders forC7-623 to C7-626 DPConnector set for I/Os and power supplyfor all C7 with integrated inputs / outputs

6ES7 623-1AE00-5AA0

6ES7 623-1AE00-1AA0

6ES7 623-1AE00-3AA0

6ES7 623-1AE00-4AA0



3

SIMATIC C7C7-634 DP

Overview • SIMATIC C7-634 is the con-trol system for all applica-tions requiring fast programmable controller performance, extensive pro-gram memory and compre-hensive HMI functionality

• With increased application memory for extensive user programs, high-perfor-mance HMI unit and inte-grated DP interface

• The control section has the performance range of the C7-633

• C7-634 also has the user-friendly operating functions of the SIMATIC OP17

Design The C7-634 DP consists of: SIMATIC CPU 315-2 DP,

the CPU with integral PROFIBUS connection

SIMATIC OP17 Operator Panel

Expansion interface with S7-300 modules (integrated IM 360)


tion Compartment for back-up

battery

Properties of the C7-634: Selection of CPU operational

mode using buttons directly on the C7 front (security by means of authorization)

Compartment for back-up battery


Compact expansion for C7-634;with the C7 input/output module (16 DI, 16 DO, 4 AI, 4 AO, 4UI) the C7-634 DP can be fitted with I/Os while retaining the compact mod-ule form.




3

SIMATIC C7C7-634 DP


Control system SIMATIC C7-634 DP64 Kbytes RAM (PLC);with PROFIBUS-DP interface; without integrated inputs / outputs;128 Kbytes FEPROM for HMI data, backlit LC display(4 lines, 20 characters / line, 6 mm character height);with mounting accessories, 24 V DC plug and backup battery

6ES7 634-2BF01-0AE3

Documentation package C7-633, C7-634comprising: C7-633, C7-634 manual Manual for S7-300 Device manual for OP7, OP17

6ES7 633-1AF00-1AF01


6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0

"Communications for S7/M7" manual German English French Spanish Italian


Brochure "From SIMATIC S5 toSIMATIC S7" German English French Spanish Italian


Order No.

Analog output module SM 4328 outputs, isolated, 13 Bit;for ±10 V, 0 to 10 V, 1 to 5 V,±20 mA, 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA

6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0


Accessories

SIMATIC C7 Simulators for all SIMATIC C7 with integrated 16 DI and 16 DO; with switches and LEDs to simulate 16 DI and 16 DO

6ES7 620-0AA00-4AA0

Spare parts

Backup battery 3,6 V, 1.5 Ah for all C7 from C7-623Labelling strips 5 pages for C7-623 to C7-626 DPService pack Seal, 4 holders forC7-623 to C7-626 DPConnector set for I/O and power supplyfor all C7 with integrated inputs / outputs

6ES7 623-1AE00-5AA0

6ES7 623-1AE00-1AA0

6ES7 623-1AE00-3AA0

6ES7 623-1AE00-4AA0



3

SIMATIC C7C7-626 DP

Overview • The SIMATIC C7 -626 DP: the control system for com-plex applications requiring additional distributed struc-tures.

• With large program memory and powerful HMI functions.

• Graphical visualization and operator support make it particularly convenient to use.

Design The C7-626 DP consists of: SIMATIC CPU 315-2 DP with

128 Kbytes user memory SIMATIC OP25 Expansion interface with

S7-300 modules (integrated IM 360)


tion 16 digital inputs 16 digital outputs 4 analog inputs 1 analog output 4 universal outputs

Features of the C7-626: Selection of CPU modes

guided by on-screen user menus

Compartment for back-up battery


Compact expansion for C7-626/A and C7-626/P;with the appropriate C7 input/output module, the integrated I/Os can be dou-bled, while maintaining the compact construction




3

SIMATIC C7C7-626 DP


Control system SIMATIC C7-626/P DPsuccessor to C7-626 DP

128 KByte working memory (PLC);with PROFIBUS-DP connection;16 DI, 16 DO, 4 AI, 4 AO, 4 UI;1-MByte-FEPROM for HMI data;CCFL illuminated LC-Display(320 × 240 pixels);with installation accessories, connector set, backup battery and 1 set oflabelling strips

6ES7 626-2DG02-0AE3

C7-626, C7-626 DP Manual

German English French Spanish Italian

6ES7 626-1AG00-8A0

ABCDE


6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0

"Communications S7/M7" manual



Brochure "From SIMATIC S5 toSIMATIC S7"



Analog output module SM 432

8 outputs, isolated, 13 Bit;for ±10 V, 0 to 10 V, 1 to 5 V,±20 mA, 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA

6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0




3

SIMATIC C7SIMATIC C7 input/output module

Overview • To expand on the integrated I/O unit directly onto the SI-MATIC C7 control system

• 2 variants:16 DI, 16 DO, 4 AI and 4 AO;16 DI, 16 DO, 4 AI, 4 AO, 4 UI

Application The SIMATIC C7 input/output module is used to extend the integrated I/O directly on the device.

The C7 input/output module is available in two versions: with 16 DI, 16 DO, 4 AI,

4 AO, to be used withC7-623/A and C7-626/A

with 16 DI, 16 DO, 4 AI, 4 AO, 4 UI, for use with C7-633, -634, -623/P, -624/P, -626/P, -626/P DP

This minimizes the space requirements for the overall solution.

Design Compact design;the metal casing contains the I/Os and the connection to C7

Easy installation;the module is mounted on the back of a C7 unit and connected to the C7 unit with a bus connection cable.

Fig. 3/101 C7-626/A with input/output module


Version with 16 DI, 16 DO, 4 AI, 4 AOsee C7-623/A

see Catalog ST 70

Version with 16 DI, 16 DO, 4 AI, 4 AO, 4 UI, see C7-633/P

see Catalog ST 70


C7 input/output module with 16 DI, 16 DO, 4 AI, 4 AO, 4 UI, for use with C7-633, -634, -623/P, -624/P, -626/P, -626/P DP, incl. bus connection cables and plug set

6ES7 N630-0DA00-0AB0



3

SIMATIC 505CP 5434-FMS communication processor

Overview • Master connection of SIMATIC 505 to PROFIBUS-FMS according to IEC 61158/EN 50170 with CPU 545, 555, 565, 575



• Peerlink services(505 communication).


S5 C FMS

Application PROFIBUS-FMS master mod-ule for SIMATIC 505, flexible data exchange with third-party devices – HMI, drives, other PLCs, PCs Supports protocols for con-

nection to SIMATIC S5 and SIMATIC S7 controllers.1)

1) S7 communication,S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE)

Peerlink service – high speed peer-to-peer commu-nication between SIMATIC 505 controllers with up to 100 V memory words per PLC scan

Supports up to 32 links per module between any 12 slaves in a network.

Supports up to 48 prepro-grammed SEND/RECEIVE operations activated by the PLC.

Design The FMS master module is directly plugged into the lo-cal or remote basic unit of the SIMATIC 505 which sup-ports special modules.

9-pin Sub-D male connector (RS 232) for connection to PC with configuration soft-ware (for network and data transfer configuration)

9-pin Sub-D socket (RS 485) for connection to PROFIBUS

The module can be connect-ed by– a PROFIBUS RS 485 bus

terminal or– an RS 485 bus connectorto PROFIBUS.

Functions Communication with the following services:

– PROFIBUS-DP– S7 communication (READ/

WRITE, only servers).

– S5-compatible communi-cation (SEND/RECEIVE)

– PROFIBUS-FMS

Configuration Win95/Win NT configuration tool is supplied.

Configured via direct serial link or via PROFIBUS.



3

SIMATIC 505CP 5434-FMS communication processor

Designed for Industry Easy integration of SIMATIC 505 in a vendor-indepen-dent automation network via PROFIBUS-FMS.

User requires little knowl-edge of PROFIBUS-FMS specification due to simple configuration and automatic data conversion on the CP

Easy expansion of existing 505 installations with SIMATIC 7 systems using S7 communication.



Interfaces Coupling with PROFIBUS-FMS Coupling with PC/PG

9-pin Sub-D socket9-pin Sub-D male connector (RS 232)

Supply voltage 5 V DC via backplane


0 °C to +60 °C–40 °C to +70 °C95% at +25 °C

Design Module format Dimensions (W × H × D) in mm

Double-height Eurocard20 × 266 × 170


SIMATIC 505-FMS CP 5434-FMS communicationprocessorFor connection of the SIMATIC 505to PROFIBUS-FMS,with manual

PPX:505-CP5434-FMS

SIMATIC 505-FMS Manual, English

PPX:505-CDMANUAL-1



3

SIMATIC 505SIMATIC 505 FIM (field interface module)

Overview • DP master connection for SIMATIC 505 to PROFIBUS according to IEC 61158/EN 50 170

• Connectable systems SIMATIC 505 with CPU 545, 555 or 575

• Setting of remote I/O base address using rotary switch on the front of the moduleDP-M DP-S PG/OP S7 C

S5 C FMS

Application PROFIBUS-DP master mod-ule for SIMATIC 505.

Fast data exchange with dis-tributed field devices (I/O, drives, etc.).

Design 9-pin Sub-D male connector for connection of a SIMATIC PG or a PC (for loading protocols)

9-pin Sub-D socket for con-nection to the CPU via the remote I/O cable

9-pin Sub-D socket (RS 485) for connecting to PROFIBUS or for drive applications

The module is connected to the PROFIBUS bus cable by– RS 485 bus terminal– RS 485 bus connector

Setting the remote I/O base address and the protocol by miniature rotary switches on the front panel.

Functions As master module, the field interface module coordinates bus access and data trans-mission via PROFIBUS.Communication with following services:

DP interfaceI/O communication between SIMATIC 505 (DP master) and PROFIBUS-DP field devices (slaves) by means of the PROFIBUS-DP protocol.

Up to 16 slave stations can be connected and can each exchange up to 164 input/output bytes.

Configuration The communication protocol for the respective application (DP master, USS, SAMMS,

SPI) is selected by a switch on the front of the module.

Additional configuration software is not necessary.

Designed for Industry Use of SIMATIC 505 with dis-tributed field devices (I/O, drives, etc.) by PROFIBUS

Autonomous processing of the communications ser-vices relieves the PLC user program.



3

SIMATIC 505SIMATIC 505 FIM (field interface module)


Data transfer rate PROFIBUS-DP Simple/USS protocol interfaces

9.6 Kbit/s to 1.5 Mbit/s4.8 to 38.4 Kbit/s

Interfaces Connection to PROFIBUS Connection to 505 CPU

(same as remote I/O) Connection PC/PG

9-pin Sub-D socket9-pin SUb-D socket

9-pin Sub-D socket (RS 232)


Power loss 5 W at +5 V DC


0 °C to +60 °C–40 °C to +70 °C95% at +25 °C

Design Module format Dimensions (W × H × D) in mm Weight Space required

Double-height Eurocard20 × 266 × 170300 g1 slot

Number of static connections to be established simultaneously max. 16


SIMATIC 505 FIM (Field Interface Module)For connecting SIMATIC 505 to PROFIBUS;including manual and configuration tool

PPX:505-7202

"SIMATIC 505 FIM" manual German English French Italian

PPX:505-8124-2DPPX:505-8124-5PPX:505-8124-2FPPX:505-8124-2I



3

SIMATIC 505SIMATIC 505 PROFIBUS-DP(remote base controller)

Overview • Slave connection for SIMATIC 505 and SIMATIC 500 I/O modules to PROFIBUS according to IEC 61158/EN 50 170

• Any digital or analog I/O module for the SIMATIC 505 may be connected (with the exception of SF modules).

• Setting of PROFIBUS address using DIP switch on the front of the moduleDP-M DP-S PG/OP S7 C

S5 C FMS

Application The Remote Base Controller SIMATIC 505 PROFIBUS-DP RBC enables connection of a SIMATIC 505 expansion device as a PROFIBUS slave with data transfer rates up to 12 Mbit/s.

The programmable controller operates as a PROFIBUS slave with this interface.

All digital and analog I/O mod-ules for SIMATIC 505 can be connected.

Design The RBC is plugged directly into the SIMATIC 505 subrack, and requires one single-width slot.

9-pin Sub-D male connector for connecting a SIMATIC PG or a PC (for loading protocols).

9-pin Sub-D socket (RS 485) for connecting to PROFIBUS.

LED for status display.

Functions The RBC enables connection of a SIMATIC 505 expansion device as a PROFIBUS slave with data transfer rates up to 12 Mbit/s.

Exchange of up to 244 input bytes/output bytes with the higher-level DP master.

Up to 16 I/O modules can be used per RBC.

Configuration The PROFIBUS address is set with a DIP switch at the front of the module.

Additional configuration software is not necessary.

Designed for Industry Use of existing 505 I/O modules as distributed I/O via PROFIBUS



3

SIMATIC 505SIMATIC 505 PROFIBUS-DP

(remote base controller)


Baud Rates PROFIBUS-DP Serial interface

9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s0.300 to 38.4 Kbit/s

Interfaces Connection to PROFIBUS Connection PC/PG

9-pin Sub-D socket9-pin Sub-D male connector


Power loss 5 W at +5 V DC


0 °C to +60 °C–40 °C to +70 °C95% at +25 °C

Design Module format Dimensions (W × H × D) in mm Weight Space required

Double-height Eurocard40 × 266 × 170400 g1 CPU slot


SIMATIC 505 PROFIBUS-DPRBC remote base controller For connecting the I/O modules

of SIMATIC 505 to PROFIBUS For connecting the I/O modules

of SIMATIC 500 to PROFIBUS

PPX:505-6870

PPX:500-6870

Connecting cable For connecting a PG/PC with the RBC

PPX:2601094-8001



3

PG/PCOverview

Overview

PC card with its own microprocessorRecommended solution for: PC-based control systems

(Soft Control, PLC, Numeric Control, Robot Control)

Process control systems Human Machine Interface

(HMI) PROFIBUS systems with a

large quantity framework (more than 8 stations)

Multi-protocol operation Use of several CPs in one

computer Versions with Fiber

Optic interface (FO)

PC card without its ownmicroprocessorRecommended solution for: Configuration tools

(e.g. STEP 7) PROFIBUS-DP diagnostics

station (e.g. with COMPROFIBUS or as a DP mas-ter class 2)

PROFIBUS-DP slaveconnection

PROFIBUS systems with up to 8 stations

Monoprotocol mode

Fig. 3/102 System interfacing for PG/PC

CP 5613 (PCI)

CP 5613 FO (PCI)

CP 5614 (PCI)

CP 5614 FO (PCI)

CP 5511 (PCMCIA)

CP 5611 (PCI)

You will find software for the PC products under Windows on the SIMATIC NET/Windows-CD including the appropriate manuals in pdf format and other detailed information aboutSIMATIC NET products and communication.

The necessary configuration tools are contained in all software packages



3

PG/PCPerformance data overview

Note:The CP 5613 is the successor type to CP 5412 (A2)1) for credit = 1; PDU size ≤ 480 bytes2) for credit = 1

Performance of thePROFIBUS-CP

The maximum data through-put indicates how many digital input/output files can be read or written to or from the PROFIBUS application in 1 ms via the applicable PROFIBUS-CP (regardless of the physical characteristics of the bus).

Fig. 3/103 Performance in the case of almost equal CPU loading

CP 5X11 withSOFTNET-DP

CP 5613 1) withDP-RAM access

CP 5613 1) withDP-5613/Win NT

CP 5412 (A2) withDP-5412/Win NT

Perfo

rman

ce

G_I

K10_

deP0

035s

1) The CP 5613 is the successor type to CP 5412 (A2)

CPU loading andaccess time

A comparison of event access (via Interrupt) and polling access shows that the CPU loading in CP 5613 can be reduced considerably using the event/filter mecha-nism; at the same data throughput.

Fig. 3/104 Comparison of CPU loading for event/polling access

CP 5613with events via DP-RAM access

Other CPs with polling

CPU load at same data thruputto get current data of a slave

CPU

load

G_I

K10_

deP0

036s

Performance data of the PROFIBUS-CP

CP 5613/CP 5613 FO CP 5614/CP 5614 FO CP 5412 (A2) CP 5611 CP 5511

Number of connectable DP slaves max.No. of parallel FDL tasks to be processed max.No. of PG/OP and S7 connections max.No. of FMS connections max.

122

120

501)

402)

122

120

501)

402)

64

118

2932

60

100

8–

60

32

8–



3

PG/PCOPC server

Overview • OPC servers are supplied with the communication soft-ware

• Standard, open, manufac-turer-independent interface

• Interfacing of OPC-capable Windows applications to S7 communication and S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE).

• Builds upon software pro-gramming interfaces.

• Efficient data exchange for Windows NT 4.0 and Windows 2000 Pro

• OPC-Scout with Browser function as OPC-Client and OCX-Data-Control (only S7-OPC server)

Fig. 3/105 System integration with OPC server

FMS-PC

PC/Windows NT

SIMATIC NETOPC Manager

WinCCOPC Client

Office 97OPC Client

FMS protocol

FMS OPC Server

SIMATIC S7

SIMATIC S5

SIMATIC S7

ET 200X

SIMATIC S5(SEND/RECEIVE only)

S7-PC

DP OPC Server S7 OPC Server

PROFIBUS Ind. Ethernet

S7 OPC Server

DP protocol S7 communic. S5 comp. comm.(SEND/RECEIVE)

0 1

G_I

K10_

deP0

040s

Application Under Windows NT, OPC (OLE for Process Control) can be used as an extension to the communications inter-faces COM (Component Object Model) and DCOM (Distributed COM) for the user software.The basic principle of OPC is that OPC client applications can communicate with the OPC server through a stan-dard / open and thus manu-facturer-independent inter-face.Connection to OPC-compati-ble Windows applications already on the market (Office 97 or HMI systems) is possible.

The following OPC servers are available:PROFIBUS: DP-OPC server for

PROFIBUS-DP FMS-OPC server for

PROFIBUS-FMS S7-OPC servers for

S7 communication, alarms and events as well as S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE)

The OPC servers have: Standardized access to

SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC S5 for OPC-com-patible applications under Windows NT

Consistency between auto-mation products from differ-ent manufacturers

The same simple-to-use user interface for different components.

Accessibility from every computer in the LAN/WAN

High-performance data ac-cess via the Custom Inter-face (C++)

Easy to use via the "Automation Interface” (VB) or OCX Data Control (S7 and FMS-OPC server only), which is supplied.

Grouping of variables (items), whereby a large number of data can be processed in a short time

Functions Open standardization of ad-dressing using logical names for objects of an automation component or system.

Support of symbols from STEP 7

Efficient data exchange from a process component to a further processing applica-tion

Simultaneous use of several servers by one client appli-cation

Several clients can run on one OPC server at the same time

Server-specific configura-tion support



3

PG/PCOPC server


Interfaces– "Custom Interface” for

high-performance C++ applications

– "Automation Interface” for easy-to-create Visual Ba-sic or similar applications

– OCX Data Control for embedding directly in COM/ DCOM compatible Windows applications (S7-OPC server and FMS-OPC server only)

Fig. 3/106 Comparison of conventional client/server architecture with an OPC architecture

Application X Application Y

Server A Server CServer B

WinCCOPC Client

Application XOPC Client

FMS-OPCServer

XY-OPCServer

S7-OPCServer

DP-OPCServer

G_I

K10_

deP0

041s

Configuration The communications parame-ters can be completely config-ured using the tools in the software which is already installed.

The following demo programs are supplied as standard: For custom interface

in C++ For "Automation Interface”

with Visual Basic

Designed for Industry Simple use of different net-works and protocols through standard interface.

Reduced training and learn-ing requirements.

Easy integration in the sys-tem environment and office applications via C++ and Visual Basic interface

Short programming times for applications.

Easy to handle and cost-effective because the OPC servers are supplied with the communication software



3

PG/PCOPC server

Technical specifications – OPC server

Programming Open and standardized Can be used with different

manufacturers’ systems Variable (item) groups

Access to One set of variables, enabling processing of large data volumes in a short time

Interfaces Custom Interface (C++);OPC is therefore powerful

Automation Interface (VB, Excel, Access, Delphi, etc.); therefore easy to use

Graphics with OCX; allowing configuration instead of programming

Protocols DP protocol S7 communication FMS protocol S5-compatible communication

(SEND/RECEIVE)

Availability Windows NT 4.0, 2000 Professionalis automatically available for all applications after installation

Product versions

Product contains OPC servers for:

DP-5613 PROFIBUS-DP

S7-5613 S7 communication

FMS-5613 FMS communication

SOFTNET-S7 for PROFIBUS S7 communication

SOFTNET-DP PROFIBUS-DP

SOFTNET-DP slave PROFIBUS-DP slave

CP 5613/5614 and CP 5613 FO/5614 FOwith DP-Base software

S5 compatible communication (FDL)PROFIBUS-DP (master)(in preparation)Access to DP slave of the CP 5614 (in preparation)



3

PG/PCCP 5613 communication processor

Overview • PCI card with microproces-sor for system interfacing for PCs and SIMATIC program-ming devices/PC to PROFIBUS up to 12 Mbit/s

• Communication services:– PROFIBUS-DP master

according to IEC 61158/EN 50170

– PG/OP communication with STEP 5 and STEP 7.

– S7 communication– S5-compatible communi-

cation (SEND/RECEIVE) on the basis of the FDLinterface

– PROFIBUS-FMS according to IEC 61158/EN 50170

• Extensive diagnostic facili-ties for installation, commis-sioning and operation of the module

• High performance via direct Dual Port-RAM-access

• Event and filter mechanism for relieving the host CPU.

• OPC servers are supplied with the communication soft-ware


S5 C FMS OPC

Application The CP 5613 enables connec-tion to PROFIBUS for SIMATIC PG/PC and PCs with PCI slot under Windows NT 4.0 and Windows 2000 Professional.

The CP 5613 provides high performance support for con-trol tasks on the PC (e.g. PC- based control, numeric con-trol, robot control).

Design Short PCI card 9-pin Sub-D socket for con-

necting to PROFIBUS Diagnostic LEDs. Parallel operation of max.

4 CPs1)

The module is installed via PCI standard mechanisms (plug & play).

1) FMS-5613 supports a maximum 2 CP 5613/5614.

It is connected to the electri-cal PROFIBUS by bus connector and

PROFIBUS bus cable or bus terminal (e.g. 12M bus

terminal) and PROFIBUS bus cable.

It is connected to the optical PROFIBUS by: bus cable with 2 bus con-

nectors or 830-1T PROFIBUS connect-

ing cable to an OLM.

It is connected to the optical PROFIBUS with integrated interface and OBT by: bus cable with 2 bus con-


ing cable to an optical bus terminal (OBT) for PROFIBUS-DP.Direct connection to the opti-cal PROFIBUS with integrated interface by CP 5613 FO.

Functions PROFIBUS-DPAccess to process data with DP-BaseThe CP 5613 is operated as a PROFIBUS-DP master mod-ule which holds the process image (input/output and diag-nostic data) in the Dual Port-RAM (memory area on the CP). The high-performance data exchange with the PROFIBUS slaves is handled independently by the CP 5613 hardware. The user has direct access to the Dual Port-RAM.The process data of the slaves are always consistent, i.e. the user gets the data from one and the same DP cycle.Parallel operation of DP-Base and DP 5613 software is not possible.

Event/filter mechanism The user receives up-to-date data via two access mechanisms: Cyclic polling of the DP

slaves (higher load on host CPU)

Signalling by new kind of event/filter mode in the event of changes in the input data of a slave (minimum load on host CPU)

Both alternatives can be com-bined. Optimum utilization of the PC is therefore possible for the application in question.

The new event/filter mecha-nism can be used additionally for Signalling by Interrupt for

diagnostic messages from slaves

In equidistant mode signal-ling by interrupt:– Start DP cycle– End of cyclic data ex-

change with the DP slaves (from hardware version 3, in preparation)

Equidistant mode settable as of STEP 7 V5.1



3



FastLogic (rapid shutdown)FastLogic means that the CP 5613 can react automati-cally to up to 4 plant states. A fast response time and inde-pendence of the host applica-tion is achieved here, for example, for rapid equipment shutdown.DP programming interface The DP programming inter-face (DP-Base) of the CP 5613 has the following functions: DP master class 1

including acyclic DP exten-sions.

DP master class 2 (in preparation)incl. acyclic expansions

Access to the process data is directly through the Dual Port-RAM. The Dual Port-RAM interface not only offers fast access as a DP master but also a basis for portability to other operating system envi-ronments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS).Via a library (DP_BASE.DLL), administrative functional calls (initialization and manage-ment services) are offered.

Development Kit DK-5613The Development Kit DK-5613 offers access to the functions DP master class 1 including non-cyclic DP expansionsWith the software develop-ment kit DK-5613 the commu-nication processors CP 5613 and CP 5614 can be inte-grated in any operating sys-tem environments. The kit contains the necessary source code including the descriptions in PDF format and can be downloaded from Internet.

Access to process datawith DP-5613The user interface is compati-ble with software package DP-5412. DP master class 1The CP 5613 operates as a DP master class 1 according to IEC 61158/EN 50170 and handles data transfer with the distributed stations (DP slaves) completely indepen-dently. In a fixed, repetitive message cycle, the central controller exchanges informa-tion with the DP slaves (e.g. ET 200S). The DP program-ming interface (DPLib.DLL) provides the PC programmer with function calls for data transfer. In addition, the DP interface offers the functions SYNC and FREEZE as well as the activation and deactiva-tion of slaves.The DP functional expansions with respect to master class 1 enable non-cyclic read and write functions (DS_READ, DS_WRITE) as well as alarm acknowledgement (ALARM_ACK) to be per-formed parallel to cyclic data traffic. The non-cyclic trans-mitted data (e.g. parameter-ization data) are changed very rarely in comparison with the cyclic measured values and are transmitted with low priority parallel to the fast cyclic useful data transfer. Interrupt acknowledgment in the master ensures reliable transfer of the interrupts from DP slaves (DS_READ, DS_WRITE, DS_DATA_TRANSPORT).Parallel operation of DP-Base and DP 5613 software is not possible.

DP master class 2In addition to DP master class 1 services, the CP 5613 also offers DP master class 2 services in connection with the DP programming interface according to IEC 61158/EN 50170. Devices of this type (programming, configu-ration or operating devices) are used for commissioning, configuring the DP system or system operation in normal operation (diagnostics). The DP programming interface provides the following ser-vices:

– Master diagnostics– Slave diagnostics– Read inputs/outputs

of a slave– Reading configuration

data and– Changing the slave

address.The extended DP functions also include non-cyclic access to the parameters and measured values of a slave (e.g. field devices of the pro-cess automation, intelligent HMI devices. This type of slave must be supplied with extensive parameter data during startup and normal operation (DS_READ, DS_WRITE, DS_DATA_TRANSPORT).Configuration of PROFIBUS-DP takes place with the enclosed COM PROFIBUS PC-Edition.

Software forPG/OP communicationThis software enables pro-gramming of the SIMATIC S5/S7 controllers via PROFIBUS in connection with STEP 5/STEP 7.The PG/OP communication for the CP 5613 is already available after installing the CP 5613 (DP-Base). No addi-tional software package is needed.

S5-compatible communica-tion (SEND/RECEIVE basedon the FDL interface)SEND/RECEIVE (FDL inter-face) is already available after installation of the CP 5613 (DP-Base) and offers data exchange services for diag-nostics and management.No additional software pack-age is needed.



3



Software forS7 communication(S7-5613)The user interface is compati-ble with software S7-5412.SIMATIC S7 system compo-nents communicate with each other via S7 communication. The S7 programming inter-face enables PG/PC applica-tion programs access to SIMATIC S7 system compo-nents. The SIMATIC S7 data can be accessed easily and flexibly.The following services are available with S7 communica-tion:Administrative services Link management Mini database Trace.Data transfer services Reading/writing of variables BSEND/BRECEIVE

(up to 64 Kbytes per task).

Software forPROFIBUS-FMS interface(FMS-5613)The user interface is compati-ble with software FMS-5412.With the FMS programming interface, AT-compatible PCs can exchange data with FMS-capable controllers (e.g. S5/S7) and field devices of other manufacturers. The use of the FMS protocol ensures open communication.The following services are available via the FMS inter-face: Administrative services CRL management services FMS connection manage-

ment services Object directory manage-

ment services for clients and server.

Variable services for clients and server (read, write, infor-mation report).

Server functionality VFD (virtual field device)

services for clients and server.

Bus access information ser-vices (live list).

Trace and mini database

User interfaces OPC interface The OPC server contained in the respective software pack-age can be used as a stan-dard programming interface for the protocols PROFIBUS-DP, S7 communication and PROFIBUS-FMS to connect automation applications to OPC-capable Windows appli-cations (Office, HMI systems etc.). Programming interface via

C-Library The programming interfaces for existing applications are implemented as a Dynamic Link Library (DLL). The follow-ing compilers can therefore be used in conjunction with the SIMATIC NET products: Microsoft Visual C/C++

V6.0 Microsoft Visual Basic

V6.0For Borland programming interfaces (e.g. DELPHI) part-ner solutions of AIXO are available.For solutions for other operat-ing systems, see the Develop-ment Kit DK-5613.

The DK-5613can be found in the Internet.

http://www.ad.siemens.de/net/dk5613

Configuration For all packages mentioned above, the configuration tools are included in the scope of supply.

The complete configuration of the S7 communication is per-formed using STEP 7 V5.0 SP3 and higher. The configu-rations generated for the PCs using STEP 7 are stored in files which are subsequently transferred to the individual PCs.

Configuration of PROFIBUS-DP and FMS takes place with the enclosed COM PROFIBUS PC-Edition.

Diagnostics Extensive diagnostic tools are available (for installation, commissioning and opera-tion) for the module itself and for the PROFIBUS network.

Therefore a PROFIBUS network can be started up quickly and easily with a CP 5613.



3


1) for credit = 1; PDU size ≤ 480 bytes2) for credit = 1

Designed for Industry Fastest possible access to process data via Dual Port-RAM

Short response time with FastLogic

Process-consistent data from a DP cycle

Higher computing perfor-mance in the PC by relieving the host CPU.

Fast commissioning by Plug&Play and diagnostic tools

Easy portability to other op-erating systems by a Dual Port-RAM interface

Can also be used in a high temperature industrial envi-ronment.


Baud Rates 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s


Supply voltage (from PCI) 5 V DC ±5%


Power loss 6.5 W


– without fan– with fan (air current 0.5 m/s)

Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity max.

+5 °C to +40 °C+5 °C to +60 °C–40 °C to +70 °C95% at +25 °C

Design Module format Dimensions (W × H) in mm Weight approx. Space required

PCI card107 × 168250 g1 × PCI slot

Performance dataSingle protocol mode Number of connectable

DP slaves max. No. of parallel FDL tasks

to be processed max. No. of PG/OP and

S7 connections max. No. of FMS connections max.

122

120

50 1)

402)


CP 5613 communication processor

PCI card for connection to PROFIBUS incl. Windows NT 4.0, 2000 Pro drivers, DP-RAM interface for DP master incl. PG and FDL,configuration software; with electronic manual; on CD-ROM

6GK1 561-3AA00

Development KitDK-5613Software Development Kit for CP 5613/CP 5614/CP 5613 FO/CP 5614 FO for integration in any oper-ating system environments on systems with PCI slotDownload from Internetunder:http://www.ad.siemens.de/net/dk5613


DP-5613/Windows NT 4.0, 2000 Pro Software V2.1 for DP protocol on CP 5613/CP 5614/CP 5613 FO/CP 5614 FO, incl. PG, FDL and DP-OPC server,with electronic manual; on CD-ROM,German/English

6GK1 713-5DB21-3AA0

S7-5613/Windows NT 4.0, 2000 Pro Software V2.1 for S7 communicationon CP 5613/CP 5614/CP 5613 FO/CP 5614 FO, incl. PG, FDL and S7-OPC server,with electronic manual; on CD-ROM,German/English

6GK1 713-5CB21-3AA0

FMS-5613/Windows NT 4.0, 2000 ProSoftware V2.1 for FMS protocol on CP 5613/CP 5614/CP 5613 FO/CP 5614 FO, incl. PG, FDL and FMS-OPC server,with electronic manual; on CD-ROM,German/English

6GK1 713-5FB21-3AA0

Manual CP 5613/CP 5614and SOFTNET for PROFIBUSIncluding:Description of the interfaces(FMS, DP, S7, FDL), OPC server,configuration tools German English

6GK1 971-5DA00-0AA06GK1 971-5DA00-0AA1

PROFIBUS FastConnect RS 485 bus connectorPlug 180With 180° cable outlet

6GK1 500-0FC00


6GK1 500-0AA10

SIMATIC NET Software Update ServiceFor Industrial Ethernet, PROFIBUS, OPC server,including manuals, on CD-ROM,German/English

6GK1 704-0AA00-3AA2

Electronics manuals Communication systems,protocols, productson CD-ROMGerman/English

6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0



3

PG/PCCP 5613 FO communication processor

Overview • PCI card with microproces-sor for system interfacing for PCs and SIMATIC PUs/PC to the optical PROFIBUS with integrated interface up to 12 Mbit/s

• Integrated FOC interface for direct FO connection


according to IEC 61158/EN 50170



cation (SEND/RECEIVE) on the basis of the FDL interface


• Extensive diagnostic facili-ties for installation, commis-sioning and operation of the module

• High performance via direct Dual Port-RAM access


• Multiple protocol operation and parallel operation of up to 4 CPs



S5 C FMS OPC

Application The CP 5613 FO enables con-nection to the optical PROFIBUS with integrated interface for SIMATIC PG/PC and PCs with PCI slot under Windows NT 4.0 and Windows 2000 Professional.

The CP 5613 FO provides high performance support for control tasks on the PC (e.g. PC-based control, numeric control, robot con-trol).

Design Short PCI card 2 Duplex sockets for con-

nection of plastic and PCF FOCs with 2 simplex plugs each to the optical PROFI-BUS

Connection for external power supply. This means data transmission on the op-tical line is not interrupted when the PC is switched off.

Diagnostic LEDs. Parallel operation of up to

4 CPs.The module is installed via PCI standard mechanisms (plug & play).

It is connected to the optical PROFIBUS with integrated interface by: Plastic and PCF FOCs with

simplex plugs.It is connected to the electri-cal PROFIBUS by Plastic and PCF-FOC

with simplex plugs to an OBT.

Functions PROFIBUS-DPAccess to process data with DP-BaseThe CP 5613 FO is operated as a PROFIBUS-DP master module which holds the pro-cess image (input/output and diagnostic data) in the Dual Port-RAM (memory area on the CP). The high-perfor-mance data exchange with the PROFIBUS slaves is han-dled independently by the CP 5613 FO hardware. The user has direct access to the Dual Port-RAM.The process data of the slaves are always consistent, i.e. the user gets the data from one and the same DP cycle.Parallel operation of DP-Base and DP 5613 software is not possible.

Event/filter mechanism The user receives up-to-date data via two access mecha-nisms: Cyclic polling of the DP



Both alternatives can be com-bined. Optimum utilization of the PC is therefore possible for the application in question.

The new event/filter mecha-nism can also be used for: Signalling by Interrupt for


In equidistant mode signal-ling by interrupt:– Start DP cycle– End of cyclic data

exchange with the DP slaves (from hardware version 3, in preparation)




3



FastLogic (rapid shutdown)FastLogic means that the CP 5613 FO can react auto-matically to up to 4 plant states. A fast response time and independence of the host application is achieved here, for example, for rapid equipment shut-down.DP programming interface The DP programming inter-face (DP-Base) of the CP 5613 FO has the following functions: DP master class 1


DP master class 2 (in preparation)incl. acyclic expansions

Access to the process data is directly through the Dual Port-RAM. The Dual Port-RAM interface not only offers fast access as a DP master but also a basis for portability to other operating system envi-ronments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS).Via a library (DP_BASE.DLL), administrative functional calls (initialization and manage-ment services) are offered.

Development Kit DK-5613The Development Kit DK-5613 offers access to the functions DP master class 1 including non-cyclic DP expansions

With the software develop-ment kit DK-5613 the commu-nication processors CP 5613, CP 5614 and CP 5613 FO/CP 5614 FO can be inte-grated in any operating sys-tem environments. The kit contains the necessary source code including the descriptions in PDF format and can be downloaded from Internet

Access to process datawith DP-5613The user interface is compati-ble with software package DP-5412. DP master class 1The CP 5613 FO operates as a DP master class 1 and han-dles data transfer with the dis-tributed stations (DP slaves) completely independently. In a fixed, repetitive message cycle, the central controller exchanges information with the DP slaves (e.g. ET 200S). The DP programming

interface (DPLib.DLL) pro-vides the PC programmer with function calls for data transfer. In addition, the DP interface offers the functions SYNC and FREEZE as well as the activa-tion and deactivation of slaves.The DP functional expansions with respect to master class 1 enable non-cyclic read and write functions (DS_READ, DS_WRITE) as well as alarm acknowledgement (ALARM_ACK) to be per-formed parallel to cyclic data traffic. The non-cyclic trans-mitted data (e.g. parameter-ization data) are changed very rarely in comparison with the cyclic measured values and are transmitted with low priority parallel to the fast cyclic useful data transfer. Interrupt acknowledgment in the master ensures reliable transfer of the interrupts from DP slaves (DS_READ, DS_WRITE, DS_DATA_TRANSPORT).Parallel operation of DP-Base and DP 5613 software is not possible.

DP master class 2In addition to DP master class 1 services, the CP 5613 FO also offers DP master class 2 services in connection with the DP programming interface according to IEC 61158/EN 50170. Devices of this type (programming, con-figuration or operating devices) are used for commis-sioning, configuring the DP system or system operation in normal operation (diagnos-tics). The DP programming interface provides the follow-ing services:




address.The extended DP functions also include non-cyclic access to the parameters and measured values of a slave (e.g. field devices of the pro-cess automation, intelligent HMI devices. This type of slave must be supplied with extensive parameter data dur-ing startup and normal opera-tion (DS_READ, DS_WRITE, DS_DATA_TRANSPORT).Configuration of PROFIBUS-DP takes place with the enclosed COM PROFIBUS PC-Edition.

Software forPG/OP communicationThis software enables pro-gramming of the SIMATIC S5/S7 controllers via PROFIBUS in connection with STEP 5/STEP 7.The PG/OP communication for the CP 5613 FO is already available after installing the CP 5613 FO (DP-Base). No additional software package is needed.

S5-compatible communica-tion (SEND/RECEIVE basedon the FDL interface)SEND/RECEIVE (FDL inter-face) is already available after installation of the CP 5613 FO (DP-Base) and offers data exchange services for diag-nostics and management. No additional softwarepackage is needed.



3



Software forS7 communication(S7-5613)The user interface is compati-ble with software S7-5412.SIMATIC S7 system compo-nents communicate with each other via S7 communication. The S7 programming inter-face enables PG/PC applica-tion programs access to SIMATIC S7 system compo-nents. The SIMATIC S7 data can be accessed easily and flexibly.The following services are available with S7 communica-tion:Administrative services Link management Mini database Trace.Data transfer services Reading/writing of variables BSEND/BRECEIVE


Software forPROFIBUS-FMS interface(FMS-5613)The user interface is compati-ble with software FMS-5412.With the FMS programming interface, AT-compatible PCs can exchange data with FMS-capable controllers (e.g. S5/S7) and field devices of other manufacturers. The use of the FMS protocol ensures open communication.The following services are available via the FMS inter-face: Administrative services CRL management services FMS connection manage-









C-Library The programming interfaces for existing applications are implemented as a Dynamic Link Library (DLL). The follow-ing compilers can therefore be used in conjunction with the SIMATIC NET products: Microsoft Visual C/C++ V6.0 Microsoft Visual Basic V6.0For Borland programming interfaces (e.g. DELPHI) part-ner solutions of AIXO are available.For solutions for other operat-ing systems, see the Develop-ment Kit DK-5613.

The DK-5613 can be found inInternet.


Configuration For all packages mentioned above, the configuration tools are included in the scope of supply.The complete configuration of the S7 communication is per-formed using STEP 7 V5.1 and higher.

The configurations generated for the PCs using STEP 7 are stored in files which are sub-sequently transferred to the individual PCs.



Therefore a PROFIBUS net-work can be started up quickly and easily with a CP 5613 FO.

Designed for Industry Fastest possible access to process data via Dual Port-RAM



Direct connection to the op-tical PROFIBUS by integrat-ed FOC interface




Can also be used in a high temperature industrialenvironment.



3



1) Download from Internetunder:




Interfaces Connection to PROFIBUS External power supply (optical)

via standard external power supply

2 × Duplex socket (FO)Low voltage socket 3.5 mm/1.3 mm

Supply voltage from PCI 5 V DC ±5%12 V DC ±5%


1.4 A0.3 A

Power loss 7 W

Supply voltage (optional)external power supply Current consumption Power loss

9 –12 V DC

0.4 A3.6 – 4.8 W








DP slaves max. No. of parallel FDL tasks

to be processed max. No. of PG/OP and

S7 connections max. No. of FMS connections max.

122

120

50 1)

40 2)

+ –•


CP 5613 FO communication processor

PCI card for connection to PROFIBUS incl. Windows NT 4.0, 2000 Pro drivers, DP-RAM interface for DP master incl. PG and FDL,configuration software; with electronic manual; on CD-ROM

6GK1 561-3FA00

Development Kit 1)

DK-5613Software Development Kit for CP 5613/CP 5614 for integration in any operating system environments on systems with PCI slot

DP-5613/Windows NT 4.0, 2000 ProSoftware V2.1 for DP protocol on CP 5613/CP 5614/CP 5613 FO/CP 5614 FO, incl. PG, FDL and DP-OPC server,with electronic manual; on CD-ROM,German/English

6GK1 713-5DB21-3AA0

S7-5613/Windows NT 4.0, 2000 ProSoftware V2.1 for S7 communicationon CP 5613/CP5614/CP 5613 FO/CP 5614 FO, incl. PG, FDL and S7-OPC server,with electronic manual; on CD-ROM,German/English

6GK1 713-5CB21-3AA0

FMS-5613/Windows NT 4.0, 2000 ProSoftware V2.1 for FMS protocol on CP 5613/CP5614/CP 5613 FO/CP 5614 FO, incl. PG, FDL and FMS-OPC server,with electronic manual; on CD-ROM,German/English

6GK1 713-5FB21-3AA0


6GK1 971-5DA00-0AA06GK1 971-5DA00-0AA1


6GK1 704-0AA00-3AA2

Electronic manuals Communication systems,protocols, productson CD-ROMGerman/English

6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0



3


Overview • PCI card with microproces-sor for system interfacing for PCs and SIMATIC program-ming devices/IPC to PROFIBUS up to 12 Mbit/s


interface according to IEC 61158/EN 50 170 on a PCI card

– PROFIBUS-DP slave inter-face according to IEC 61158/EN 50 170 on a PCI card


– S7 communication

– S5-compatible communi-cation (SEND/RECEIVE) on the basis of the FDL interface


• High performance via direct Dual Port RAM access




S5 C FMS OPC

Application The CP 5614 enables connec-tion to PROFIBUS for SIMATIC PG/PC and PCs with PCI slot under Windows NT 4.0 and Windows 2000 Professional. It can be either a DP master or a DP slave independently of each other.

This means that two different PROFIBUS networks can be connected to a PC in a hierar-chic structure using one PROFIBUS card and data can be exchanged between the networks.

The CP 5614 provides high performance support for con-trol tasks on the PC (e.g. PC based control, numeric con-trol, robot control).

Design Short PCI card 2 × 9-pin Sub-D sockets for

connecting to PROFIBUS Diagnostic LEDs. Parallel operation of up to

4 CPs.The module is installed via PCI standard mechanisms (plug & play).

It is connected to the electri-cal PROFIBUS by bus connector and PROFI-

BUS bus cable or bus terminal (e.g. 12M bus

terminal) and PROFIBUS bus cable.

It is connected to the optical PROFIBUS by bus cable with 2 bus con-


ing cable to an OLM.

It is connected to the optical PROFIBUS with integrated interface and OBT by: bus cable with 2 bus con-


ing cable to an optical bus terminal (OBT) for PROFIBUS.Direct connection to the opti-cal PROFIBUS with integrated interface by CP 5614 FO.

Functions PROFIBUS-DPAccess to process data The CP 5614 is operated as a PROFIBUS-DP master and DP slave module which holds the process image (input/output and diagnostic data) in the Dual Port-RAM. The high-per-formance data exchange with the PROFIBUS slaves is han-dled independently by the CP 5614 FO hardware. The user has direct access to the Dual Port-RAM. The process data of the slaves are always consistent, i.e. the user gets the data from one and the same DP cycle.

Parallel operation of DP 5613 (DP master) and DP-Base (DP master, DP slave) is notpossible.Event/filter mechanism The user receives up-to-date data via two access mecha-nisms: Cyclic polling of the DP



Both alternatives can be com-bined. Optimum utilization of the PC is therefore possible for the application in question.The new event/filter mecha-nism can also be used for: Signalling by Interrupt for







3



FastLogic (rapid shutdown)FastLogic means that the CP 5614 can react automati-cally to up to 4 plant states. A fast response time and inde-pendence of the host applica-tion is achieved here e.g. fast switch off of devices.DP programming interface The DP programming inter-faces of the CP 5613 and CP 5614 are identical.The DP programming inter-face of the CP 5614 has the following functional scope: DP slave DP master class 1

Including acyclic DP exten-sions.

DP master class 2 (in preparation)incl. non-cyclic DP expansions

Access to the process data is directly through the Dual Port-RAM. The Dual Port-RAM interface not only offers fast access as a DP master/slave but also a basis for portability to other operating system environments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS).A DP master and a DP slave library (DP_BASE.DLL or DPS_BASE.DLL) offer admin-istrative function calls (initial-ization and management ser-vices as well as diagnostic functions).A transfer mechanism (appli-cation in the PC) can be set by software as a link for data exchange between the mas-ter and slave interface.In this manner, defined I/O data can be transferred between the master interface and the slave interface.The two connected PROFI-BUS networks can be oper-ated with different PROFIBUS bus parameters due to their mutual independence.

Development Kit DK-5613The Development Kit DK-5613 offers access to the functions DP master class 1 including non-cyclic DP expansions

With the software develop-ment kit DK-5613 the commu-nication processors CP 5613 and CP 5614 can be inte-grated in any operating sys-tem environments. The kit contains the necessary source code including the descriptions in PDF format and can be downloaded from Internet

Access to process datawith DP-5613The user interface is compati-ble with software package DP-5412. DP master class 1The CP 5614 operates as a DP master class 1 according to IEC 61158/EN 50170 and handles data transfer with the distributed stations (DP slaves) completely indepen-dently. In a fixed, repetitive message cycle, the central controller exchanges informa-tion with the DP slaves (e.g. ET 200S). The DP programming

interface (DPLib.DLL) pro-vides the PC programmer with function calls for data transfer. In addition, the DP interface offers the functions SYNC and FREEZE as well as the activa-tion and deactivation of slaves.The DP functional expansions with respect to master class 1 enable non-cyclic read and write functions (DS_READ, DS_WRITE) as well as alarm acknowledgement (ALARM_ACK) to be per-formed parallel to cyclic data traffic. The non-cyclic trans-mitted data (e.g. parameter-ization data) are changed very rarely in comparison with the cyclic measured values and are transmitted with low priority parallel to the fast cyclic useful data transfer. Interrupt acknowledgment in the master ensures reliable transfer of the interrupts from DP slaves (DS_READ, DS_WRITE, DS_DATA_TRANSPORT).Parallel operation of DP-Base and DP 5613 software is not possible.

DP master class 2In addition to DP master class 1 services, the CP 5614 also offers DP master class 2 ser-vices in connection with the DP programming interface according to IEC 61158/EN 50170. Devices of this type (programming, configu-ration or operating devices) are used for commissioning, configuring the DP system or system operation in normal operation (diagnostics)The DP programming inter-face provides the following services:




address.The extended DP functions also include non-cyclic access to the parameters and measured values of a slave (e.g. field devices of the pro-cess automation, intelligent HMI devices). This type of slave has to be supplied with extensive parameter data during startup and normal operation.(DS_READ, DS_WRITE, DS_DATA_TRANSPORT).Configuration of PROFIBUS-DP takes place with the enclosed COM PROFIBUS PC-Edition.



3



Software forPG/OP communicationThis software enables pro-gramming of the SIMATIC S5/S7 controllers via PROFIBUS in connection with STEP 5/STEP 7.The PG/OP communication for the CP 5614 is already available after installing the CP 5614 (DP-Base). No addi-tional software package is needed.

S5-compatible communica-tion (SEND/RECEIVE basedon the FDL interface)SEND/RECEIVE (FDL inter-face) is already available after installation of the CP 5614 (DP-Base) and offers data exchange services for diag-nostics and management.No additional software pack-age is needed.

Software forS7 communication(S7-5613)The user interface is compati-ble with S7-5412.SIMATIC S7 system compo-nents communicate with each other via S7 communication. The S7 programming inter-face enables PG/PC applica-tion programs access to SIMATIC S7 system compo-nents. The SIMATIC S7 data can be accessed easily and flexibly.The following services are available with S7 communica-tion:Administrative services Link management Mini database Trace.Data transfer services Reading/writing of variablesBSEND/BRECEIVE(up to 64 Kbytes per task).

Software forPROFIBUS-FMS interface(FMS-5613) The user interface is compati-ble with software FMS-5412. With the FMS programming interface, AT-compatible PCs can exchange data with FMS-capable controllers (e.g. S5/S7) and field devices of other manufacturers. The use of the FMS protocol ensures open communication.The following services are available via the FMS inter-face: Administrative services CRL management services FMS connection manage-






Bus access information ser-vices (live list).Trace and mini database




V6.0For Borland programming interfaces (e.g. DELPHI) part-ner solutions of AIXO are available.For solutions for other operat-ing systems, see the Develop-ment Kit DK-5613.





3






Therefore a PROFIBUS net-work can be started up quickly and easily with a CP 5614.

Designed for Industry Only 1 slot is required for a master and slave.

Fastest possible access to process data via Dual Port-RAM






Can also be used in a high temperature industrial envi-ronment.

Fig. 3/107 Configuration example with CP 5614

G_I

K10_

deP0

110s

PROFIBUS

PROFIBUS

Programming devicewith CP 5613

SIMATIC S7-300 with CP 342-5 (DP master)

Distributed I/O

SIMATIC ET 200M

Transfermecha-nism

DP slave

DP master

CP 5614

RS 485

SIMATIC ET 200S



3



1) Download from Internetunder:




Interfaces, connection PROFIBUS-DP master PROFIBUS-DP slave

9-pin Sub-D socket9-pin Sub-D socket

Supply voltage (from PCI)Current consumption from 5 V DC approx.Power loss approx.

5 V DC, ±5%

1.6 A8.0 W








DP slaves max. Data area of slave

interface:input data, output data, diagnostics data

No. of parallel FDL tasks to be processed max.

No. of PG/OP and S7 connections max.

No. of FMS connections max.

122

244 bytes each

120

50 1)

402)


Communication processor CP 5614PCI card with master and slave connection to PROFIBUS, incl. Windows NT 4.0, 2000 Pro drivers, DP-RAM Interface for DP master and slave, PG and FDL,configuration softwarewith electronic manualon CD-ROM

6GK1 561-4AA00

Development Kit 1)




6GK1 713-5DB21-3AA0

S7-5613/Windows NT 4.0, 2000 ProSoftware V2.1 for S7 communicationon CP 5613/CP5614/CP 5613 FO/CP 5614 FO, incl. PG, FDL and S7-OPC server,with electronic manual; on CD-ROM,German/English

6GK1 713-5CB21-3AA0

FMS-5613/Windows NT 4.0, 2000 ProSoftware V2.1 for FMS protocol on CP 5613/CP5614/CP 5613 FO/CP 5614 FO, incl. PG, FDL and FMS-OPC server,with electronic manual; on CD-ROM,German/English

6GK1 713-5FB21-3AA0


6GK1 971-5DA00-0AA06GK1 971-5DA00-0AA1


6GK1 500-0FC00


6GK1 500-0AA10

SIMATIC NET Software Update ServiceFor Industrial Ethernet, PROFIBUS, OPC serverIncluding manuals, on CD-ROM,German/English

6GK1 704-0AA00-3AA2


6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0



3


Overview • PCI card with microproces-sor for system interfacing for PCs and SIMATIC PUs/PC to the optical PROFIBUS with integrated interface up to 12 Mbit/s

• Integrated FOC interface for direct FO connection


interface according to IEC 61158/EN 50 170 on a PCI card

– PROFIBUS-DP slave inter-face according to IEC 61158/EN 50 170 on a PCI card



cation (SEND/RECEIVE) on the basis of the FDL interface


• High performance via direct Dual Port RAM access


• Multiple protocol operation and parallel operation of up to 4 CPs



S5 C FMS OPC

Application The CP 5614 FO enables con-nection to PROFIBUS-DP for SIMATIC PG/PC and AT-compatible PCs with PCI slot under Windows NT 4.0 and Windows 2000 Profes-sional.

It can be either a DP master or a DP slave independently of each other. In this way two dif-ferent PROFIBUS networks can be connected in a hierar-chical structure to one PC with a PROFIBUS card and can exchange data.

The CP 5614 FO provides high performance support for control tasks on the PC (e.g. PC-based control, numeric control, robot control).

Design Short PCI card 2 Duplex sockets for

connection of plastic and PCF FOCs with 2 simplex plugs each to the optical PROFIBUS

9-pin Sub-D socket for con-necting to PROFIBUS

Connection for external power supply. This means data transmission on the optical line is not inter-rupted when the PC is switched off.

Diagnostic LEDs. Parallel operation of up to

4 CPs. The software can switch as-

signment of master and slave to the optical and elec-trical interface.

The module is installed via PCI standard mechanisms (plug & play).

It is connected to the optical PROFIBUS with integrated interface and OBT by:Plastic and PCF FOCs with simplex plugs.It is connected to the electri-cal PROFIBUS by Plastic and PCF-FOC

with simplex plugs to an OBT.

Functions PROFIBUS-DPAccess to process data The CP 5614 is operated as a PROFIBUS-DP master and slave module which holds the process image (input/output and diagnostic data) in the Dual Port-RAM. The high-per-formance data exchange with the PROFIBUS slaves is han-dled independently by the CP 5614 FO hardware. The user has direct access to the Dual Port-RAM.The process data of the slaves are always consistent, i.e. the user gets the data from one and the same DP cycle. Parallel operation of DP 5613 (DP master) and DP-Base (DP master, DP slave) is not possi-ble.

Event/filter mechanism The user receives up-to-date data via two access mecha-nisms: Cyclic polling of the DP



Both alternatives can be com-bined. Optimum utilization of the PC is therefore possible for the application in question.The new event/filter mecha-nism can also be used for:

Signalling by Interrupt for diagnostic messages from slaves




FastLogic (rapid shutdown)FastLogic means that the CP5614 FO can react auto-matically to up to 4 plant states. A fast response time and independence of the host application is achieved here e.g. fast switch off of devices.



3



DP programming interface The DP programming inter-faces of the CP 5613 and CP 5614 FO are identical.The DP programming inter-face of the CP 5614 FO has the following functions: DP slave DP master class 1


DP master class 2 (in preparation)incl. non-cyclic expansions

Access to the process data is directly through the Dual Port-RAM. The Dual Port-RAM interface not only offers fast access as a DP master/slave but also a basis for portability to other operating system environments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS).A DP master and a DP slave library (DP_BASE.DLL or DPS_BASE.DLL) offer admin-istrative function calls (initial-ization and management ser-vices as well as diagnostic functions).A transfer mechanism (appli-cation in the PC) can be set by software as a link for data exchange between the mas-ter and slave interface.In this manner, defined I/O data can be transferred between the master interface and the slave interface.The two connected PROFI-BUS networks can be oper-ated with different PROFIBUS bus parameters due to their mutual independence.

Development Kit DK-5613The Development Kit DK-5613 offers access to the functions DP master class 1 including non-cyclic DP expansions.With the software develop-ment kit DK-5613 the commu-nication processors CP 5613 and CP 5614 can be inte-grated in any operating sys-tem environments. The kit contains the necessary source code including the descriptions in PDF format and can be downloaded from Internet.

Access to process datawith DP-5613The user interface is compati-ble with software package DP-5412. DP master class 1The CP 5614 FO operates as a DP master class 1 accord-ing to IEC 61158/EN 50170 and handles data transfer with the distributed stations (DP slaves) completely indepen-dently. In a fixed, repetitive message cycle, the central controller exchanges informa-tion with the DP slaves (e.g. ET 200S). The DP program-ming interface (DPLib.DLL) provides the PC programmer with function calls for data transfer. In addition, the DP interface offers the functions SYNC and FREEZE as well as the activation and deactiva-tion of slaves.The DP functional expansions with respect to master class 1 enable non-cyclic read and write functions (DS_READ, DS_WRITE) as well as alarm acknowledgement (ALARM_ACK) to be per-formed parallel to cyclic data traffic. The non-cyclic trans-mitted data (e.g. parameter-ization data) are changed very rarely in comparison with the cyclic measured values and are transmitted with low priority parallel to the fast cyclic useful data transfer. Interrupt acknowledgment in the master ensures reliable transfer of the interrupts from DP slaves (DS_READ, DS_WRITE, DS_DATA_TRANSPORT).Parallel operation of DP-Base and DP 5613 software is not possible.

DP master class 2In addition to DP master class 1 services, the CP 5614 FO also offers DP master class 2 services in connection with the DP programming interface according to IEC 61158/EN 50170. Devices of this type (programming, configu-ration or operating devices) are used for commissioning, configuring the DP system or system operation in normal operation (diagnostics).The DP programming inter-face provides the following services:




address.The extended DP functions also include non-cyclic access to the parameters and measured values of a slave (e.g. field devices of the pro-cess automation, intelligent HMI devices. This type of slave has to be supplied with extensive parameter data during startup and normal operation.(DS_READ, DS_WRITE, DS_DATA_TRANSPORT).Configuration of PROFIBUS-DP takes place with the enclosed COM PROFIBUS PC-Edition.



3



Software forPG/OP communicationThis software enables programming of the SIMATIC S5/S7 controllers via PROFIBUS in connection with STEP 5/STEP 7.The PG/OP communication for the CP 5614 FO is already available after installing the CP 5614 FO (DP-Base). No additional software package is needed.

S5-compatible communica-tion (SEND/RECEIVE basedon the FDL interface)SEND/RECEIVE (FDL inter-face) is already available after installation of the CP 5614 FO (DP-Base) and offers data exchange services for diag-nostics and management.No additional software pack-age is needed.

Software forS7 communication(S7-5613)The user interface is compati-ble with S7-5412.SIMATIC S7 system compo-nents communicate with each other via S7 communication. The S7 programming inter-face enables PG/PC applica-tion programs access to SIMATIC S7 system compo-nents. The SIMATIC S7 data can be accessed easily and flexibly.The following services are available with S7 communica-tion:Administrative services Link management Mini database Trace.Data transfer services Reading/writing of variablesBSEND/BRECEIVE(up to 64 Kbytes per task).

Software forPROFIBUS-FMS interface(FMS-5613)The user interface is compatible with software FMS-5412.With the FMS programming interface, AT-compatible PCs can exchange data with FMS-capable controllers (e.g. S5/S7) and field devices of other manufacturers. The use of the FMS protocol ensures open communication.The following services are available via the FMS inter-face: Administrative services CRL management services FMS connection manage-











V6.0For Borland programming interfaces (e.B. DELPHI) part-ner solutions of the AIXO Co. are offered.For solutions for other operat-ing systems, see the Develop-ment Kit DK-5613.





3



The complete configuration of the S7 communication is per-formed using STEP 7 V5.1 and higher. The configura-tions generated for the PCs using STEP 7 are stored in files which are subsequently transferred to the individual PCs.



Therefore a PROFIBUS network can be started up quickly and easily with a CP 5614 FO.

Designed for Industry Only 1 slot is required for a master and slave.

Direct connection to the op-tical PROFIBUS by integrat-ed FOC interface

Fastest possible access to process data via Dual Port-RAM



Higher computing perfor-mance in the PC by relieving the host CPU


Can also be used in a high temperature industrial envi-ronment

Flexible application byswitchable assignment of optical and electrical inter-face to master and slave

Fig. 3/108 Configuration example with CP 5614 FO

Switchable

G_I

K10_

deP0

109s

optical PROFIBUS

PROFIBUS

SIMATIC S7-300 with CP 342-5 FO

Distributed I/O

SIMATIC ET 200MSIMATIC ET 200S

Transfermecha-nism

DP slave

DP master

CP 5614 FO

FORS 485

Programming devicewith CP 5613 FO



3



1) Download from Internet under:




Basic interface setting PROFIBUS master PROFIBUS slave

2 × Duplex socket (FO)9-pin Sub-D socket

Interfaces switchable bysoftware call PROFIBUS master PROFIBUS slave

9-pin Sub-D socket2 × Duplex socket (FO)

External power supply (optional) via standard external power supply

Low voltage socket 3.5 mm/1.3 mm

Supply voltage (from PCI) 5 V DC ±5%12 V DC ±5%


1.6 A0.3 A

Power loss 8 W

Supply voltage (optional)external power supply Current consumption Power loss

9 –12 V DC

0.4 A3.6 – 4.8 W








DP slaves max. Data area of slave

interface:input data, output data, diagnostics data

No. of parallel FDL tasks to be processed max.

No. of PG/OP and S7 connections max.

No. of FMS connections max.

122

244 bytes each

120

50 1)

40 2)


CP 5614 FO communication processorPCI card with master and slave connection to PROFIBUS, incl. Windows NT 4.0, 2000 Pro drivers, DP-RAM interface for DP master and slave, configuration softwarewith electronic manualon CD-ROM

6GK1 561-4FA00

+ –•


Development Kit 1)



6GK1 713-5DB21-3AA0

S7-5613/Windows NT 4.0, 2000 ProSoftware V2.1 for S7 communicationon CP 5613/CP 5613 FO/CP 5614/CP 5614 FO, incl. PG, FDL and S7-OPC server,with electronic manualon CD-ROM,German/English

6GK1 713-5CB21-3AA0

FMS-5613/Windows NT 4.0, 2000 ProSoftware V2.1 for FMS protocol on CP 5613/CP 5613 FO/CP 5614/CP 5614 FO, incl. PG, FDL and FMS-OPC server,with electronic manualon CD-ROM,German/English

6GK1 713-5FB21-3AA0

PROFIBUS FastConnect RS 485 bus connectorPlug 180

6GK1 500-0FC00

PROFIBUS bus terminal 12M 6GK1 500-0AA10

PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic, simplex plug / polishing set

6GK1 901-0FB00-0AA0

PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic, stripping tool set

6GK1 905-6PA10

Connection adapters 50 pieces

6ES7 195-1BE00-0XA0


6GK1 971-5DA00-0AA06GK1 971-5DA00-0AA1

SIMATIC NET Software Update ServiceFor Industrial Ethernet, PROFIBUS, OPC serverIncluding manuals, on CD-ROM,German/English

6GK1 704-0AA00-3AA2


6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0



3


Overview • For connecting PG/PCs and notebooks with PCMCIA slot to PROFIBUS and MPI of the SIMATIC S7


class 1 with SOFTNET-DP.– PROFIBUS-DP master

class 2 including acyclic DP expansions with SOFTNET-DP.

– PROFIBUS-DP slave with SOFTNET-DP slave.

– PG/OP communication– S7 communication with

SOFTNET-S7.– S5-compatible communi-

cation (SEND/RECEIVE based on the FDL inter-face) with SOFTNET-DP or SOFTNET-S7.

• PCMCIA card type II;for PG/PCs with PCMCIA slot and notebooks

• Used with:– STEP 7, ProTool®,

Micro/Win, ProTool/Pro®, SIMATIC PDM(for PG/OP communica-tion)

– COM PROFIBUS– SOFTNET-S7

(for S7 communication).– SOFTNET-DP

(for DP).



S5 C FMS OPC

Application The CP 5511 enables connec-tion of programming devices and AT-compatible PCs to PROFIBUS and to the multi-point interface (MPI) of SIMATIC S7:

for connecting PCMCIA slot and notebooks

Design PCMCIA card type II Adapter with 9-pin Sub-D

socket for connection to PROFIBUS

Functions The CP 5511 is operated under different software pack-ages and allows the user to execute programming device functions and PC functions via PROFIBUS and the multipoint interface (MPI).Only one CP can be operated for each PG/PC/notebook. Similarly only one protocol (PROFIBUS-DP, S7 communi-cation or FDL) can be used for each CP.

The following software pack-ages support the CP 5511: STEP 7 as of V3.2

Drivers for the CP 5511 are supplied with STEP 7

SOFTNET-S7The S7 programming inter-face can be used with this package

SOFTNET-DPWith this the CP 5511 can be used as a PROFIBUS-DP master class 1 or 2

SOFTNET-DP slavefor using the CP 5511 as a PROFIBUS-DP slave

COM PROFIBUS as of V3.3With this package the CP 5511 can be used for commissioning or diagnos-tics (DP online functions) for PROFIBUS-DP systems

STEP 7-Micro/Win as of V2.1Hardware base for the pro-gramming software of the SIMATIC S7-200 program-mable controller

ProTool, ProTool/PROThe CP 5511 can be used as the hardware basis for the configuration tool for SIMATIC operator panels, touch panels and text dis-plays.



3


Designed for Industry Connection for notebooks or other portable PCs to PROFIBUS (e.g. for diag-nostics and commissioning)

Easy installation and commissioning



Interfaces Connection to PROFIBUS Connection to PG/PC

9-pin Sub-D socketPCMCIA slot type II

Supply voltage +5 V DC ±5%

Current consumption typ. 270 mA, max. 360 mA

Power loss 1.8 W


+5 °C to +40 °C–20 °C to +60 °C95% at +25 °C

Design Module format Dimensions (W × H × D) in mm Weight

– without adapter approx.– with adapter approx.

Space required

PCMCIA type II54 × 85 × 5

30 g130 g1 × PCMCIA slot type II


Communication processor CP 5511PCMCIA card for connectinga PG or PC to PROFIBUS or MPI

6GK1 551-1AA00

SOFTNET-S7/Windows 98, NT 4.0, 2000 ProSoftware V5.3 for S7 communicationincl. FDL and S7-OPC server,with electronic manualon CD-ROM

6GK1 704-5CW53-3AA0

SOFTNET-DP/Windows 98, NT 4.0, 2000 ProSoftware V5.3 for DP protocolincl. FDL and DP-OPC server,with electronic manualon CD-ROM

6GK1 704-5DW53-3AA0

SOFTNET-DP slave/Windows 98, NT 4.0, 2000 ProSoftware V1.2 for DP slave, incl. OPC server,with electronic manualon CD-ROM

6GK1 704-5SW12-3AA0


6GK1 500-0FC00


6GK1 971-5DA00-0AA06GK1 971-5DA00-0AA1


6GK1 704-0AA00-3AA2

Electronics Manuals Communication systems,protocols, productson CD-ROMGerman/English

6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0



3


Overview • For connecting PG/PC to PROFIBUS and MPI of the SIMATIC S7


class 1 with SOFTNET-DP.– PROFIBUS-DP master

class 2 including acyclic DP expansions with SOFTNET-DP.

– PROFIBUS-DP slave with SOFTNET-DP slave.

– PG/OP communication– S7 communication with

SOFTNET-S7.– S5-compatible communi-

cation (SEND/RECEIVE on the basis of the FDL in-terface) with SOFTNET-DP or SOFTNET-S7

• Short PCI card for programming device / PC with PCI slot.

• Used with:– STEP 7,

STEP 7-Micro/Win,ProTool, ProTool/Pro, SIMATIC PDM(for PG/OP communica-tion)

– COM PROFIBUS– SOFTNET-S7

(for S7 communication).– SOFTNET-DP

(for DP).



S5 C FMS OPC

Application The CP 5611 enables the con-nection of programming devices and PCs to PROFIBUS and multipoint-capable MPI interface of the SIMATIC S7.

For PUs/PCs with PCI slot.

Design Short PCI card 9-pin Sub-D socket

for connection to PROFIBUS

Functions The CP 5611 is operated under different software pack-ages and allows the user to execute programming device functions and PC functions via PROFIBUS and the multipoint interface (MPI).Only one CP can be operated for each programming device/PC. Similarly only one protocol (PROFIBUS-DP, S7 communication or FDL) can be used for each CP.

The following software pack-ages support the CP 5611: STEP 7 V3.2 upwards

under Windows 95 and NT 4.0; Windows 98 from V4.02 and K4.02.5. Drivers for the CP 5611 are included in the scope of supply of STEP 7.

SOFTNET-S7The S7 programming inter-face can be used with this package

SOFTNET-DPWith this the CP 5611 can be used as a PROFIBUS-DP master class 1 or 2

SOFTNET-DP slaveFor using the CP 5611 as a PROFIBUS-DP slave

COM PROFIBUS as of V3.3The CP 5611 can be used with this package for com-missioning or diagnostics (DP online functions) for PROFIBUS-DP systems

STEP 7-Micro/Win as of V2.1Hardware base for the pro-gramming software of the SIMATIC S7-200 program-mable controller

ProTool, ProTool/PROThe CP 5611 can be used as the hardware basis for the configuration tool for SIMATIC operator panels, touch panels and text dis-plays.



3


Designed for Industry Connection for portable PCs to PROFIBUS (e.g. for diag-nostics and commissioning)

Easy installation and com-missioning




Supply voltage +5 V DC ±5%

Current consumption 0.5 A

Power loss 2.0 W


+5 °C to +40 °C–20 °C to +60 °C95% at +25 °C

Design Module format Dimensions (H x D) in mm Weight approx. Space required



CP 5611 communication processor PCI card for connecting a PG or PC to PROFIBUS

6GK1 561-1AA00

CP 5611 MPI Consists of PCI cardCP 5611 and MPI cable, 5 m

6GK1 561-1AM00

SOFTNET-S7/Windows 98, NT4.0, 2000 ProSoftware V5.3 for S7 communicationincl. FDL and S7-OPC server,with electronic manualon CD-ROM

6GK1 704-5CW53-3AA0

SOFTNET-DP/Windows 98, NT 4.0, 2000 ProSoftware V5.3 for DP protocolincl. FDL and DP-OPC server,with electronic manualon CD-ROM

6GK1 704-5DW53-3AA0

SOFTNET-DP slave/Windows 98, NT 4.0, 2000 ProSoftware V1.2 for DP slave interface,with electronic manualon CD-ROM

6GK1 704-5SW12-3AA0


6GK1 500-0FC00


6GK1 500-0AA10


6GK1 971-5DA00-0AA06GK1 971-5DA00-0AA1


6GK1 704-0AA00-3AA2


6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0



3

PG/PCSOFTNET for PROFIBUS

Overview • Software for linking pro-grammable controllers/PCs and notebooks to automa-tion systems.

• Can be used in conjunction with CP 5511 (PCMCIA), CP 5611 (PCI) and integrat-ed PROFIBUS interface of the SIMATIC PG/PC/PC


class 1 – PROFIBUS-DP master

class 2 with non-cyclic ex-pansions

– PROFIBUS-DP slave– PG/OP communication– S7 communication– S5-compatible communi-

cation (SEND/RECEIVE based on the FDL inter-face)

Fig. 3/109 System configuration: SOFTNET for PROFIBUS



S5 C FMS OPC

s

CP 5611SOFTNETforPROFIBUS

S5-115U bis S5-155Uwith CP 5431 FMS/DP

S7-300 with CP 342-5or CP 343-5

S7-400 withCP 443-5

PROFIBUS

PG/PCCP 5511

G_I

K10_

deP0

039s

Application SOFTNET for PROFIBUS can be used to connect PCs to automation systems, e.g. SIMATIC S7, via PROFIBUS. The following are available as user interfaces:

DP protocol PG/OP communication for

SIMATIC S7 S7 communication S5-compatible communica-

tion (SEND/RECEIVE based on the FDL interface)

SOFTNET is available for the following interfaces: CP 5511 (PCMCIA card) CP 5611 (PCI card) Integrated PROFIBUS inter-

faces of SIMATIC program-ming devices/PCs.

Principle of operation SOFTNET processes the com-plete protocol stack in the PC.

This architecture means that, unlike CP 5613 or CP 5614 products the performance capability of the SOFTNET

packages depends on the construction and / or the work-load of the PCs used.

Functions Software for DP protocol(SOFTNET-DP) DP master class 1SOFTNET-DP offers DP master class 1 functions in conjunc-tion with the CP 5511 or CP 5611. In a fixed, repetitive message cycle, the central controller exchanges information with the DP slaves (e.g. ET 200S). The DP programming inter-face (DPLib.DLL) provides the PC programmer with function calls for data transfer. In addi-tion, the DP interface offers the functions SYNC and FREEZE as well as the activa-tion and deactivation of slaves. DP master class 2In addition to DP master class 1 services, SOFTNET-DP also offers DP master class 2 services.

Devices of this type (program-ming devices, configuration devices or operating devices) are used on startup, on con-figuring the DP system or for operating the system during normal operation (e.g. diag-nostics).The DP programming inter-face provides the following services: Master diagnostics, slave diagnostics, reading the inputs and outputs of a slave, reading configuration data and changing the slave address. The extended DP functions also include non-cyclic access to the parame-ters and measured values of a slave (e.g. field devices of the process automation, intelli-gent HMI devices. This type of slave must be supplied with extensive parameter data during startup and normal operation (DS_READ, DS_WRITE, DS_DATA_TRANSPORT).

DP slave (SOFTNET-DP slave)

A DP slave is an I/O device that reads input information and supplies output informa-tion to the I/O. The quantity of input and output information depends on the type of device and can be up to 244 bytes. The slave applications can be implemented on the PC using the functions SET_INPUT and SET_OUTPUT of the slave programming interface.Configuration of PROFIBUS-DP takes place with the enclosed COM PROFIBUS PC-Edition. For the slave interface, an example GSD file is provided which can be adapted to the relevant application.



3



Software forPG/OP communicationNo special programming packages are required for the CP 5511 and CP 5611 because the drivers are con-tained in the scope of supply of STEP 7. Programming with STEP 5 is not possible with the CP 5511/CP 5611.

Software forS7 communication(SOFTNET-S7)SIMATIC S7 system compo-nents communicate with each other via S7 communication. The S7 programming inter-face enables PG/PC applica-tion programs access to SIMATIC S7 system compo-nents. The SIMATIC S7 data can be accessed easily and flexibly.The following services are available with S7 communica-tion:Administrative services Link management Mini database Trace.Data transfer services Reading/writing of variables BSEND/BRECEIVE



Software forS5-compatible communica-tion (SEND/RECEIVE basedon the FDL interface)This layer 2 based interface is used for communication between PG/PC and SIMATIC S5 PG/PC and SIMATIC S7 PG/PC and PG/PC .SEND/RECEIVE offers the fol-lowing services: Management services Connection establishment

services Data transfer servicesThis interface is contained in SOFTNET-DP and SOFTNET-S7. Configuration is not nec-essary.



Version 6.0 Microsoft Visual Basic

Version 6.0For Borland programming interfaces (e.g. DELPHI) part-ner solutions of AIXO are available.



3


Configuration The necessary configuration tools are supplied with the appropriate packages.The complete configuration of the S7 communication is per-formed using STEP 7 V5.0 ServicePack 3 and higher.

The configurations generated for the PCs using STEP 7 are stored in files which are sub-sequently transferred to the individual PCs.

Configuration of PROFIBUS-DP takes place with the enclosed COM PROFIBUS PC-Edition.

Designed for Industry Low-cost integration as PROFIBUS-DP master of class 1 or master of class 2 with SOFTNET-DP.

as a PROFIBUS-DP slave with SOFTNET-DP slave

to S7 communication with SOFTNET-S7

Performance data: Single protocol operation

CP 5511 CP 5611

Number of connectable DP slaves max.No. of parallel FDL tasks to be processed max.No. of PG/OP and S7 connections max.

60

32

8

60

100

8


DP interface

SOFTNET-DP/Windows 98, NT 4.0, 2000 ProSoftware V5.3 for DP protocolincl. FDL protocol and DP-OPC server, with electronic manualon CD-ROM

6GK1 704-5DW53-3AA0

S7 communication

SOFTNET-S7/Windows 98, NT 4.0, 2000 ProSoftware V5.3 for S7 communication incl. FDL protocol and S7-OPC server, with electronic manualon CD-ROM

6GK1 704-5CW53-3AA0

SOFTNET-DP slave/Windows 98, NT 4.0, 2000 ProSoftware V1.2 for DP slave interface, with electronic manualon CD-ROM

6GK1 704-5SW12-3AA0


6GK1 971-5DA00-0AA06GK1 971-5DA00-0AA1


6GK1 704-0AA00-3AA2


6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0



3

SICOMP SMP16PROFIBUS-DP SMP-COM201 interface module

For further information and ordering data see the Catalog KT 51.

Overview • With the SMP16-COM201 communications card – SMP systems– SMP16 systems– AMS systems are connected to PROFIBUS-DP. Transfer rates up to 12 Mbit/s can be achieved

• The microcomputer system can operate as a PROFIBUS-DP master or DP slave with this interface module

Design 9-pin sub-D socket for PROFIBUS-DP SMP16-Bus ASIC for connecting to the SMP16 bus

Function units: ASIC ASPC 2®

(PROFIBUS-Controller); 256 KByte dual-port RAM Watchdog monitor ASBIC SMP16 bus interface

with I2C-EEPROM formodule configuration by software

System bus: SMP16 bus interface Interrupt signals

Front plate: Metal front plate to ensure

EMC Interface Sub-D socket,

9-pin Green LED to indicate

PROFIBUS activity

The communication module is connected to the PROFIBUS network via an RS 485 bus terminal for PROFIBUS via the 9-pin sub D male connector.The connection to the SMP16 bus is via the SMP16-Bus ASIC ASBIC.

Configuration Special software is available for operation of the module and autoconfiguration.


PROFIBUS-DP interface SMP16-COM201

6AR1 303-0ED00-0AA0



3

SICOMP compact computerIMC01 compact computer


Overview • Integrated PROFIBUS-DP slave connection

• Modular expandability

• Customer-specific modifica-tions (e.g. foil layout or I/O card) possible

Design 9-pin Sub-D socket for connection to PROFI-BUS-DP (RS 485)

Digital and analog I/O inter-faces

I/O interfaces modularly expandable by expansion card

Extended temperature range

Functions Easy operation by keyboard and soft keys

Easy to program in "C" or "STEP"

High computing perfor-mance for complicated ap-plications

Scope of delivery Compact computer IMC01 RMOS runtime license SoftPLC runtime license


Compact computer IMC01 without expansion card with expansion card

6AR1 025-1AA00-0AA06AR1 025-1AD00-0AA0



3

SICOMP compact computerIMC05 compact computer


Overview • The compact computer SI-COMP IMC05 offers three automation functions in a compact unit:– Open-loop control– Axis control and– Human machine interface

• Control functions can be programmed using the IMC05-PLC in STEP 5

• Graphic display and mem-brane keyboard provide a clear programming picture at all times

• With the new version of the IMC05 with PROFIBUS dis-tributed I/O can be coupled via PROFIBUS-DP (master/slave)

Design Digital and analog inputs and outputs

Measuring circuit inputs for incremental and SSI abso-lute value sensors

Counter inputs and serial interfaces

Functions The real-time operating sys-tem RMOS 3 implements very fast response times in con-nection with the 80368EX microprocessor both in the regulating functions and in the axis functions which can be configured with the IMC05-POS as in WF technology.

Using IMC05-CAV the user in-terface can be created simply and comfortably. You can cre-ate your own applications in C programming language.

SoftwareThe operating system for the IMC05 is RMOS 3.20.The runtime license for RMOS is supplied with the device.


IMC05 compact computerbasic unit without manual with coprocessor without coprocessor

6AR1 500-0EA00-0AA06AR1 500-0EA01-0AA0

IMC05 compact computerexpanded basic unitwithout manual with coprocessor without coprocessor

6AR1 025-0AA10-0AA06AR1 025-0AA00-0AA0

IMC05 compact computerwith PROFIBUS-DPwithout manual with coprocessor without coprocessor

6AR1 025-0AB10-0AA06AR1 025-0AB00-0AA0

IMC05 compact computerwith coprocessor and COM3without manual without PROFIBUS-DP with PROFIBUS-DP

6AR1 025-0AC10-0AA06AR1 025-0AE00-0AA0



3

SIMATIC HMIOverview

Overview

Communication withSIMATIC S7 Connection via integrated

interface of SIMATIC S7-CPU or CP 342-5, CP 443-5 and IM 467

Communication services:• PROFIBUS-DP (slave)1)

• PG/OP communication

1) Push button panels only

Communicationwith SIMATIC S5 Connection via CP 5431

FMS/DP and IM 308C Communication services:

• PROFIBUS-DP (slave)

Communicationwith SIMATIC 505 Connection via CP 5434 Communication services:

• PROFIBUS-FMS


http://www.siemens.com/panels

For further information, technical specifications and ordering data about these SIMATIC HMI devices, see the Catalog ST 80.

Fig. 3/110 System interfacing to SIMATIC HMI

PP7 PP17-I / PP17-II

TD17

OP27 / OP37

OP7 / OP17

TP27/TP37



3

SIMATIC HMIOverview

Overview

Communication withSIMATIC S7 Connection via integrated

interface of SIMATIC S7-CPU or CP 342-5,CP 443-5 and IM 467

Communication services:• PG/OP communication

Communicationwith SIMATIC S5 Connection via CP 5431

FMS/DP, IM 308C Communication services:

• PROFIBUS-DP (slave)• PG/OP communication

Communicationwith SIMATIC 505 Connection via CP 5434 Communication services:

• PROFIBUS-FMS


http://www.siemens.com/panels

For further information, technical specifications and ordering data about these SIMATIC HMI devices, see the Catalog ST 80.

Fig. 3/111 System interfacing to SIMATIC HMI

OP 170B

TP170A

TP170B

MP270

ProTool/Pro

MP370



3

SIMATIC HMIOverview

Communication Communication with SIMATIC S5

Communication between PP/OP/TD/TP (DP/slave) and SIMATIC S5 (DP/master) takes place with PROFIBUS-DP frames according to IEC 61158/EN 50170 with superposed profile which is handled in the programmable controller by the appropriate standard function block.With respect to the SIMATIC panels the PROFIBUS con-nection is always a logic point-to-point connection, i.e. a SIMATIC panel is always permanently assigned to a programmable controller.

Communication with SIMATIC S7

The communication with SIMATIC S7 is a client-server communication. The SIMATIC panels are S7/Clients, whilst the S7/M7-CPU is S7/Server. The panels are therefore active PROFIBUS nodes.Connection is via PG/OP com-munication via the multipoint-capable communication inter-faces of the SIMATIC panels and SIMATIC S7/M7. A stan-dard FB such as in SIMATIC S5 is not necessary.

Communication with SIMATIC 505(only possible in Windows-based systems)

Communication between OP/TP/MP (DP/slave) and SIMATIC 505 (DP/master) takes place via PROFIBUS-DP frames according to IEC 61158/EN 50170 with superposed profile.With respect to the SIMATIC panel the PROFIBUS the con-nection is always a logical point-to-point connection, i.e. a SIMATIC panel is always permanently assigned to a programmable controller.

For further information and ordering data see the Catalog ST 80.



3

SIMATIC HMISystem interfacing SIMATIC panels

1) S7-200 only per MPI (CPU 212 not possible)2) S7-CPU 215-DP also possible at PROFIBUS-DP interface by means of MPI protocol.

1) max. 1.5 Mbit/s2) max. 12 Mbit/s3) in OP37 and TP37 up to 8 connections possible dependent on

the configuration scope (communication)

System interfacing via PROFIBUS

Logic control SIMATIC HMI

Destination hardware (PROTOCOL)(plugs/physical components)

PP7 PP17

I II

SIMATIC S7 (MPI as a master)

S7-200, -300, -400 via MPI interface1) 2)

(9-pin Sub-D socket)

SIMATIC S5/S7 (PROFIBUS-DP standard slave)

via PROFIBUS at max. 1 ×S7-200 CPU 215-DP by means of MPI protocolS7-300, -400 with intergr. PROFIBUS interfaceS7-300 with CP 342-5S7-400 with CP 443-5

via PROFIBUS-DP to S5-95U/PROFIBUS-DP master (6ES5 095-8ME02)S5-115U, -135U, -155U with IM 308C,S5-115U, -135U,-155U with CP 5431 FMS/DP

System interfacing possible



TD17 OP7OP17 with versions

OP27OP37TP27TP37/PP /DP /DP-12

SIMATIC S5 (PROFIBUS-DP + Profile)

via PROFIBUS-DP at 1 ×S5-95U/L2-DP/master[6ES5 095-8ME02]

via PROFIBUS-DP at 1 ×S5-115U, -135U, -155Uwith IM 308Cexcept CPU 922 < release number 9,except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11],except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94 •-3UA11],except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94 •-3UA21],except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94 •-3UA22]< release number 5

via PROFIBUS-DP at 1 ×S5-115U, -135U, -155Uwith CP 5431 FMS/DPexcept CPU 922 < release number 9,except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11],except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94 •-3UA11],except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94 •-3UA21],except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94 •-3UA22]< release number 5

SIMATIC S7/M7 (MPI)

via PROFIBUS network(PG/OP communication)at max. 4 × S7/M7 -300, -400, WinAC

2) 1) 2) 3)




3

SIMATIC HMISystem interfacing of Windows-based systems

1) Connection via integrated MPI/PROFIBUS interface; the CP 5611 should be used in a standard PC2) max. 187.5 Kbit/s; only 1 x S7-300, -400 possible3) up to 8 connections possible depending on the scope of configuration (communication) in MP270, MP370;

up to 8 connections possible ProTool/ProRuntime

System interfacing via PROFIBUS



TP170A TP170BOP170B

MP270®

MP370ProTool/

Pro-Runtime

SIMATIC S5 (PROFIBUS-DP + Profile)

via PROFIBUS-DP at 1 ×S5-95U/L2-DP/master[6ES5 095-8ME02]

1)

via PROFIBUS-DP atS5-115U, -135U, -155U with IM 308Cexcept CPU 922 < release number 9,except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11],except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94 •-3UA11],except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94 •-3UA21],except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94 •-3UA22]< release number 5

1)

via PROFIBUS-DP atS5-115U, -135U, -155Uwith CP 5431 FMS/DPexcept CPU 922 < release number 9,except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11],except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94 •-3UA11],except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94 •-3UA21],except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94 •-3UA22]< release number 5

1)

SIMATIC S7/M7 (PPI/MPI)

via PROFIBUS-DP at 1 ×PLC 545, 555 with CP 5434

1)

SIMATIC S7/M7 (PPI/MPI)

via PROFIBUS-DP, FMS(PG/OP communication)at max. 4 × S7/M7 -300, -400, WinAC

2) 3) 1) 3)




3

SIMATIC HMISIMATIC ProTool/Pro

Overview • PC-based HMI solution at machine level which runs under Windows 95/98 and Windows NT/2000

• As a branch and technology neutral HMI software ProTool/Pro can be used universally

• SIMATIC ProTool/Pro con-sists of:– Runtime software SIMATIC

ProTool/Pro Runtime (RT) – Configuration software

SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Con-figuration (CS)

• ProTool/Pro includes the proven functions of ProTool for configuring all SIMATIC Panels, but also enables im-plementation of simple visu-alization tasks with PC-based systems

• Via PROFIBUS-DP, ProTool/Pro Runtime enables connection not only to S5/S7 programmable controllers but also to controllers of oth-er manufacturers.

Functions SIMATIC ProTool/Pro allows universal application in all automation applications in the form of a single station solu-tion.The full integration of ProTool/Pro in the world of SIMATIC S7 provides triple conformity in communication, data management and con-figuration/programming.SIMATIC ProTool/Pro has the following distinguishing fea-tures: Process visualization by

Windows-compliant, freely configurable user interface with pre-defined image ob-jects suchas– Numerical display– Text display, bar graphics,

curve graphics with scroll and zoom function

– Signal-dependent text and graphic lists

– Switches, buttons, selec-tion lists as an example for the process operation control

– Editing boxes for process values (signals)

Analog display, slide con-trollers as an example for further image object alarms and messages– System messages, event

messages, fault mes-sages

– Alarm S Archiving of messages and

process values– Different archive types– Online evaluation of pro-

cess value archives by curve graphics

– External evaluation by MS standard tools

Logging with log editor for time and event-controlled project documentation with free layout

Recipes– Creation of data records

with a configurable image object or distributed within the project by pro-cess images

– Transfer of data records from or to the controller

– Import/Export Flexibility due to Visual Basic

Script and OLE-Automation Library for pre-defined or

self-created diagram ele-ments

Simulation of process data and messages

OPC interface



3

SIMATIC HMISIMATIC ProTool/Pro

Application examples

Fig. 3/112 Application example SIMATIC ProTool/Pro

For further details, see Catalog ST80.


http://www.siemens.com/protool

Higher levelvisualization system

Local visualization

SIMATIC S7-400

SIMATIC S7-300 Controllers from other manufacturers

ProTool/ProProTool/Pro

OPC server

OPC server

OPC server

OPC client

OPC client



3

SIMATIC HMISIMATIC WinCC ®

Overview • PC-based HMI system with many possibilities for imple-menting automation solu-tions:– Client-Server structures

with simple installation– Safety in process opera-

tion and data integrity through redundancy

– Unlimited expansion of functions through linking of ActiveX elements

– Open communication through OPC (OLE for Process Control)

– Simple and fast configu-ration through integration with SIMATIC STEP7

• With its open communica-tion functions, SIMATIC WinCC offers the possibility of communicating with a number of other devices of other manufacturers in addi-tion to the SIMATIC S5/S7 programmable controllers, e.g. via PROFIBUS.

Design SIMATIC WinCC can be used as a single-user system or can be extended to a multi-user system in networked client-server configurations.The operator stations in the multi-user system are auto-matically coordinated during operation, e.g. for alarm acknowledgment.The operating system basis for SIMATIC WinCC is Win-dows NT 4.0 Service Pack 4/2000 1) from Microsoft.

Users are given access to third-party control systems with PROFIBUS interfaces through the FMS interface.WinCC communication via PROFIBUS is performed by: DP-5613/Windows NT 4.0,

Windows 2000 Pro 1)

FMS-5613/Windows NT 4.0,Windows 2000 Pro. 1)

The S7 communication is effected with S7-5613/Windows NT 4.0,

Windows 2000 Pro 1).

1) Windows 2000 as of WinCC V5.0 and Service Pack 2

Hardware requirements:– Pentium processor,

266 MHz with 64 MB RAM– Hard disk capacity

approx. 85 MB to 210 MB.

You can find further information about WinCC in the Internet.

http://www.siemens.com/wincc



3

SIMATIC HMISIMATIC WinCC

Fig. 3/113 WinCC single-user station system: PROFIBUS with S7 communication

1)

1)

SIMATIC NET

NC

M S

7

NC

M S

7

1) Optionally available as a fiber optic version

G_I

K10_

deP0

113s

PROFIBUS

Standard PCwith WinCCfull license

SIMATIC S7-400

WinCC

SIMATIC S7-300

PROFIBUS (S7 communication)

- CP 56136GK1 561-3AA00

- S7 5613(communication software)6GK1 713-5CB21-3AA0

- CP 342-5 (DP, S7, S/R)6GK7 342-5DA02-0XE0

- CP 343-5 (FMS, S7, S/R)6GK7 343-5FA00-0XE0

- Manual NCM S7PROFIBUS6GK7 080-5AA04-8AA0

- IM 467 (DP/M, S7)6ES7 467-5GJ02-0AB0

- CP 443-5 Extended(DP/M, S7, S/R)6GK7 443-5DX02-0XE0

- CP 443-5 Basic(FMS, S7, S/R)6GK7 443-5FX01-0XE0

- Manual NCM S7PROFIBUS6GK7 080-5AA04-8AA0

Fig. 3/114 WinCC single-user station system: PROFIBUS-FMS

1)

SIMATIC NET

1) Optionally available as a fiber optic version

G_I

K10_

deP0

114s

PROFIBUS-FMS

Standard PC withWinCC full license

+FMS channel-DLL6AV6 371-1CD05-0XC0

SIMATIC S7-400

WinCC

SIMATIC S5-115/135/155U

PROFIBUS-FMS

- CP 56136GK1 561-3AA00

- FMS-5613(communication software)6GK1 713-5FB21-3AA0

- CP 343-5 (FMS, S7, S/R)6GK7 343-5FA00-0XE0

SIMATIC S7-300

- CP 443-5 (FMS, S7, S/R)6GK7 343-5FA01-0XE0

- CP 5431 FMS/DP6GK1 543-1AA01

- COM 5431 FMS/DP6GK1 745-1AD00-0EA0



3

SIMATIC HMISIMATIC WinCC

1) From WinCC V5.0 + SP1.2) In addition to S5-PCM, the following software products are required:

PMC/LS-B signal function 6ES5 848-7WL01 PMC/LS-B status, 6ES5 848-7UL01

Standard images from V4.3 PMC PRO configuration software

from V2.2German 6ES5 886-4WF11English 6ES5 886-4WF21

3) Windows 2000 as of WinCC V5.0 and Service Pack 2

Communication components for PG/PC for the SIMATIC (as of WinCC V5.0 1))

PROFIBUS SIMATIC S5PROFIBUS-

FDL

SIMATIC S5 PMCPROFIBUS

SIMATIC S7Protocol

Suite

PROFIBUS-DP

PROFIBUS-FMS

Order No.

WinCC – channel DLL

SIMATIC S5 PROFIBUS-FDLChannel DLL for S5-FDL

contained in the basic pack

SIMATIC S5 PMCPROFIBUS2)

Channel DLL for S5-PMC 6AV6 371-1CD05-

0NX0

SIMATIC S7 Protocol SuiteChannel-DLL for S7 functions


PROFIBUS-DPChannel DLL for PROFIBUS-DP


PROFIBUS-FMSChannel DLL for PROFIBUS-FMS

6AV6 371-1CD05-0CX0

Communication components to supplement OS/OP

CP 5611PCI card for connecting PG/PC to PROFIBUS or MPI (communications software contained in the WinCC basic pack)

6GK1 561-1AA00

CP 5511PCMCA card for connecting PG/PC to PROFIBUS or MPI (communications software contained in the WinCC basic pack)

6GK1 551-1AA00

PC-AdapterRS 232, 9-pin, malewith RS 232/MPI convertermax. 19.2 Kbit/s

6ES7 972-0CA23-0XA0

CP 5613PCI card for connecting PC to optical PROFIBUS (communications software must be ordered separately)

6GK1 561-3AA00

CP 5613 FOPCI card for connecting PC to PROFIBUS (order communications software separately)

6GK1 561-3FA00

S7-5613Communications softwarefor S7 functions + FDL for Windows NT 4.0, 2000 Pro3)

6GK1 713-5CB21-3AA0

DP-5613Communications software for DP master + FDL for Windows NT 4.0, 2000 Pro3)

6GK1 713-5DB21-3AA0

FMS-5613Communications softwarefor PROFIBUS-FMS + FDL for Windows NT 4.0, 2000 Pro3)

6GK1 713-5FB21-3AA0




3

SINUMERIKOverview

Overview

SINUMERIK 840C The modular system espe-

cially for workshops and automated manufacturing.

Linking to PROFIBUS by IM 308C and the appropri-ate adapters

Sinumerik 840D1)

The digital system to meet the highest requirements is used in mold and tool manu-facture, complex large batch production and JOBSHOP manufacturing.

Interfacing with PROFIBUS via:• Optional integrated

PROFIBUS-DP-interface of the S7-300 CPU (master or slave)or

• CP 342-5 (PROFIBUS-DP)• CP 342-5 FO

(opt. PROFIBUS-DP)• CP 343-5

(PROFIBUS-FMS)

SINUMERIK 810D1)

The expandible digital com-pact system is the low-price start in the future-oriented digital CNC and drive envi-ronment.

Interfacing to PROFIBUS via • integrated PROFIBUS-DP

interface of the S7-300 CPU (master or slave)with CCU2 or

• CP 342-5, CP 342-5 FO (PROFIBUS-DP)

• CP 343-5 (PROFIBUS-FMS)

1) Note: Connection to the AS-Interface

via CP 342-2 Connection to Industrial Ether-

net via CP 343-1

Fig. 3/115 System connection for SINUMERIK/SIMODRIVE

Con

nect

ion

S7-3

00St

anda

rd I/

OC

onne

ctio

nS5

-115

U-1

55U



3

SINUMERIKOverview

Overview SINUMERIK 840Di Fully PC-integrated

numerical control Interfacing to

PROFIBUS-DP via:• Industrial PC with its own

PROFIBUS interface board (MCI-Board), oper-ating system Windows NT, COM and OPC application interface, NC control soft-ware

• Connection of the distribut-ed I/O ET 200

PROFIBUS-DP with Motion Control functionality (com-mon fieldbus for drive and I/O); allows distributed structure of drives and I/O modules

Sinumerik FM-NC Large-scale integrated

Risc-CNC unit for 4 bearing-controlled axles. Expansion to a 5th NC positioning axis is possible with FM 354. The SIMODRIVE 611 analog/universal converter system or a stepper motor power drive with clock and direc-tion signals can be connect-ed to the module

Connecting to PROFIBUS-DP• via S7-300 standard I/O or• CP 342-5 (PROFIBUS-DP)• CP 342-5 FO


(PROFIBUS-FMS)

SIMODRIVE 611 MCU The MCU 172 (Motion Con-

trol Unit) is a single-axis positioning control for the SIMODRIVE 611 digital conversion system

Connecting to PROFIBUS-DP• via S7-300 standard I/O or• CP 342-5 (PROFIBUS-DP)• CP 342-5 FO


(PROFIBUS-FMS)

For further information,see catalog NC 60.

Fig. 3/116 System connection for SINUMERIK/SIMODRIVE

Con

nect

ion

S7-3

00St

anda

rd I/

OC

onne

ctio

n of

dist

ribut

ed I/

O E

T 20

0



3

SINUMERIKSinumerik 840D

Example configuration

Fig. 3/117 Configuration example transfer lines with SINUMERIK 840D

0 1 0 1

G_I

K10_

deP0

131s

OP 12 with PCU 50

PROFIBUS-DP

PC/PG

Master

SINUMERIK840D

CP 342-5 CP 342-5

IM 361 IM 361

OP 12 with PCU 50

SINUMERIK840D

ET 200S ET 200X

ET 200L ET 200M

ET 200S ET 200X

ET 200L ET 200M

PROFIBUS-DP slaves PROFIBUS-DP slaves



3

SIMODRIVEOverview

SIMODRIVE 611 Universal SIMODRIVE 611 UniversalController units with analog speed set point interface and optional PROFlBUS-DP inter-face and with or without posi-tion functionality for:

• Synchronous motors 1FT6, 1FK6, 1FE1

• Asynchronous motors 1PH2, 1PH4, 1PH7, 1LA5, 1LA6 with/without encoder

• Linear motors1FN


SIMODRIVE 611 Universal

SIMODRIVE POSMO A SIMODRIVE POSMO A is an intelligent positioning motor with a power section and complete movement guiding in the motor and an interface via a communications and energy bus.

Typical applications are as follows

• Adjusting formats or limit stops

• Setting process variables (e.g. using motor valves)


SIMODRIVE POSMO A



3

SIMODRIVESIMODRIVE 611 universal

Overview • Controller units with analog speed set point interface and optional PROFlBUS-DP interface and with or without position functionality for:– Servo motors

1FT6, 1FK6, 1FN– Asynchronous motors

1PH2, 1PH4, 1PH7, 1FE1– Standard asynchronous

motors LA5, 1 LA6 with/without encoder

Application The universal controller unit not only has applications in machine tools, but also in other sectors, suchas

packaging, textile and glass machines and in the fields of handling and transport.

Design The following measurement systems can be analyzed using the sensor on the uni-versal controller unit: Resolvers

(number of pole pairs 1, 3, 4) Sensors with sin/cos signals

1 VPP Optical absolute value de-

tector with EnDat interface

The drive can be set up either using a 7 segment display and keyboard on the front side of the module or using the IBS tool SimoCom U for PC (Windows 95/NT)

1 axis or 2 axes version Resolver / optic sensor Closed loop position con-

trol/positioning, speedcontrol

PROFIBUS-DP slave (optional)

Terminals 8 inputs/8 outputs (optional)

Functions (selection) Analog speed setpoint inter-face

Angle increment sensor in-terface.If configured as an output, it serves to pass on the actual position in the form of a pulse direction signal to a superordinate controller.

4 digital inputs and outputs each, freely configurable

RS 232/RS 485 interface for connection to a PC for a comfortable IBS via the Windows-Tool SimoCom U.

Fig. 3/118 Configuration example with SIMODRIVE 611 universal

G_I

K10_

deP0

132s

S5-115U

S7-300

PG/PC withCP 5611CP 5613CP 5511

Parameterization andcommissioning tool

Control moduleSIMODRIVE 611 universal

Options modulePROFIBUS-DPor options moduleterminals

Mainssupplymodule

Intermediate circuit

Optionsmodule

Device bus

DP master, e.g. SIMATIC S5, S7

Motor and encoder,e.g. 1FK6 with resolver



3

SIMODRIVESIMODRIVE 611 universal

.Ordering data Order No.

SIMODRIVE 611 universal Optional unit for terminal expansion, DI 24 V, 8DO 24 V/500 mA (max.)galvanic isolation

6SN1 114-0NA00-0AA0

SIMODRIVE 611 universal Optional guide frame PROFIBUS-DP, PROFIBUS guide frame, DP standard slave for cyclic and non-cyclic data exchange up to 12 Mbit/s

6SN1 114-0NB00-0AA1

SIMODRIVE 611 universal Motion Control with PROFIBUS-DP, clock-synchronous standard slave for 2 axles cyclic and non-cyclic data exchange (DP V1 services)for transfer rates up to 12 MBaud

6SN1 114-0NB01-0AA0

SIMODRIVE 611 universal Digital control unit 2 axles, opt. sensor speedcontroller, analog setpoint interface for motors 1FT6, 1FK6, 1FE1, 1FN, 1PH2/4/6/7 standard motors, Optional unit prepared

6SN1 118-0NH00-0AA1

SIMODRIVE 611 universal Digital controller unit,1-axle, resolver, analog setpoint value interface, speed controllerfor motors 1FT6, 1FK6, 1FE1, 1FN, 1PH2/4/6/7 standard motors, optional unit prepared

6SN1 118-1NJ00-0AA1

SIMODRIVE 611 universal Digital controller unit, 2 axles, resolver, analog set point inter-face, speed controllerfor motors 1FT6, 1FK6, 1FE1, 1FN, 1PH2/4/6/7 standard motors, optional unit prepared

6SN1 118-0NK00-0AA1

Order No.

SIMODRIVE 611 universal Digital controller unit, 2-axles, connection opt. sensor posi-tioning or position setpoint ppfor motors 1FT6, 1FK6, 1FE1, 1FN, 1PH2/4/6/7 standard motors, optional unit prepared

6SN1 118-1NH00-0AA1

SIMODRIVE 611 universal Digital controller unit1-axle, connection, resolver, positioning or position setpoint pp, for motors 1FT6, 1FK6, 1FE1, 1FN, 1PH2/4/6/7 standard motors, optional unit prepared

6SN1 118-1NJ00-0AA1

SIMODRIVE 611 universal Digital controller unit2-axles, connection, resolver, positioning or position setpoint pp,for motors 1FT6, 1FK6, 1FE1, 1 FN, 1PH2/4/6/7, standard motors, optional unit prepared

6SN1 118-1NK00-0AA1

SIMODRIVE 611 universal SimoCom U/611 universal-TOOLBOXParameterization, commissioning and test tool in Ger., Engl., Ital. language, switchable incl. 611 universal firmware version, function block for S7-300 and example masks for OP17 on CD-ROM

6SN1 153-1NX20-0AG0

SIMODRIVE 611 universal Short description, hardcopy German English French Italian Spanish

6SN1 197-0AB40-0P2

ABDCE



3

SIMODRIVESIMODRIVE POSMO A

Overview Intelligent positioning motor as a distributed station for PROFlBUS-DP with the follow-ing features:

• Power section and complete movement guides in the motor

• Interface through communi-cations and power bus

Application Typical applications are as follows: Adjusting formats or limit

stops Adjustment of process vari-

ables (e.g. using motor valves) Areas of application include machine tools and transfer lines, in production machines in the fields of packaging, wood, glass, printing and plastics and even in medical diagnostics, e.g. in articulated beds or x-ray apparatus.

Additional features: The interface via the com-

munications and power bus simplifies the machine infra-structure

Simple communications in-terface to allow connection in any PROFIBUS-DP envi-ronment. Only uses the sim-ple PROFIBUS-DP services.

Two configurable terminals (inputs or outputs) for exter-nal monitoring or control of drive signals, e.g. clamping and limit switch

Extensive example program simplifies configuration us-ing STEP 7 in the SIMATIC environment

Simple to set up, simply by adjusting the parameters set as factory defaults.

Design Compact construction of power terminal, converter power section, motor control-ler, positioning control, com-munication and bus connec-tion to the motor.The motor can by equipped as a gear box with staggered planetary gearing (or worm gear on request).

The removable connection cover with built-in PROFI-BUS-DP address switch and terminating resistor allows one motor to be removed without interrupting commu-nication.

All connections use stan-dard cables

On site diagnostics with an LED (error / ready for opera-tion), and two diagnostics sockets (configurable ana-log outputs)

Principle of operation 1 axis adjustment drive:The drive is powered by a supply voltage of 24 V DC, which is conventional in mechanical engineering. PROFIBUS-DP transfers the whole range of process options, e.as Move to

end position at a certain speed and with controllable acceleration

Move arounda route, in a direction at a certain speed and with con-trollable acceleration

Move ata certain speed

PROFIBUS-DP allows fast cyclic data exchange between slave and higher-level PROFIBUS-DP master, e.g. between a SIMATIC S7 CPU, a communication pro-cessor with master capability, such as CP 5613, or a com-munications module, such as CP 342-5, but also with third-party standard masters.



3

SIMODRIVESIMODRIVE POSMO A


Motor Permanent magnet excited brushless servo motor (brushless DC: BLDC)

Degree of protection according to DIN EN 60529 (IEC 60529)CoolingAmbient temperature

Overload monitoring

IP 54Natural cooling+45 °C (up to +65 °C with power reduc-tion 5%/K)I2t limiting in the converter

Paint No paintwork

Built-in displacement sensorPoitioning accuracyrelated to motor shaft

Incremental

≤ ±1°

Motor rated voltageMotor rated speedMotor rated torqueMotor rated powerMotor rated currentConnection voltageConnection method

24 V DC3300 min–1

0.18 Nm62 W4.5 A24 V DC ±20%Terminals for bus connection(2-wire line), I/O signals and power

Connection terminals Load-PS PROFIBUS Electronics-SV,

I/O signals

up to 4 mm2

0.35 mm2

up to 0.75 mm2

without wire end ferrule

Communication PROFIBUS-DP up to 12 Mbit/s (DP standard slave with profile for positioning drives), 2 I/O terminals (parameterizable)

Functionality Built-in positioning functionality programmable motions

Program / sets Total of 27 movement sets, can be used as individual sets or programs. Of which two are freely programmable inching sets for inching ±.

Weight with gears approx. 3.7 kg


SIMODRIVE POSMO AProgrammable, brushless positioning-motor24 V, 62 W, 3000 min-1

PROFIBUS-DP standard slave,incremental displacement sensor,terminal connectionGear type/no. of steps/transmission no gear Planetary gear PLG 52.0,

1-step, i = 4.50 Planetary gear PLG 52.0,






1-step, i = 8 Worm gear,

i = 5 Worm gear,

i = 24 Worm gear,

i = 75

6SN2 132-11-1BA0

0 A A1 B C

1 C K

1 C R

1 C U

1 D E

1 D H

6SN2 132-1BF11-1BA0

6SN2 132-5KD11-1BA0

6SN2 132-5KM11-1BA0

6SN2 132-5KW11-1BA0

Power Management Modules PMMs must be used for avoiding over-voltages on stabilized power supplies (SITOP) during braking

9AL2 137-1AA00-1AA0

Functional description German, English, French

Italian, Spanish6SN2 197-0AA00-0YP1



3

SIMODRIVE detectorAbsolute value encoders

Overview • SIMODRIVE sensorsare opto-electronic built-on encoders for measuring dis-placements, angles and speeds in machines

• The absolute value encod-ers with PROFIBUS-DP con-nection can be used in conjunction with numeric controllers, programmable controllers, drives and position displays

Application Absolute encoders measure machine movements during power OFF and display the current position after power ON. Reference point approach is not necessary. All encoders are available in a synchronous flange and a clamping flange version.

Encoders with synchro-flange can be fixed to the machine with 3 clamps. Installation with axial screws is also possible. The encoder is driven via a push-on or spring disk cou-pling. Alternatively, belt disks can also be used.

The PROFIBUS absolute encoders are used as slaves. Data transmission between the encoder and controller is either via the synchronous serial interface (SSI) or via PROFIBUS-DP in absolute value sensors.

Principle of operation The SIMODRIVE DP sensors support transfer rates up to 12 Mbit/s. A major advantage is the bus interface integrated in the encoder with address setting and selectable bus

terminator for direct connec-tion to PROFIBUS-DP. A high degree of protection IP 65 is then achieved and further external components for the bus interface are not neces-sary.

The PROFIBUS absolute value sensors can be parame-terized. Resolution, zero shift, speed signal and counting direction can be set via PROFIBUS-DP.

Fig. 3/119 SIMODRIVE sensor dimensions



3

SIMODRIVE detectorAbsolute value sensors

See Catalog NC Z for further information.


Operating voltage 10 V to 30 V DC

Current consumption Approx. 300 mA to 100 mA (3.5 W)

Clock pulse inputData outputShort-circuit protectionData transfer rate

Via optocouplersLine driver acc. to. RS 422/RS 485Short-time12 Mbit/s with PROFIBUS controller

Stepping frequency LSB Max. 120 MHz valid code value

Speed mech. max. 6000 rev/min with multiturn 12000 rev/min with singleturn

Resolution 12 bits singleturn (4096 steps)24 bits multiturn (4096 × 4096steps)

Operating temperature –30 °C ... +70 °C (non-condensing)


Cable length to max.electronic circuitry

100 m to 12 Mbit/s200 m to 1.5 Mbit/s1200 m to 93.75 Kbit/s

No. of stations max. 99

Connection to PROFIBUS Terminal block/PG 9 radial

Parameterizable Resolution per revolution Total resolution Preset Counting direction Speed signal Position switch

Any 1...4096Any 1...4096YesYesYes2 pieces


PROFIBUS absolute value sensor 12 bits singleturnwith synchronous flange

6FX2 001-5FP12

PROFIBUS absolute value sensor 24 bits multiturnwith synchronous flange

6FX2 001-5FP24

PROFIBUS absolute value sensor 12 bits singleturnwith clamping flange

6FX2 001-5QP12

PROFIBUS absolute value sensor 24 bits multiturnwith clamping flange

6FX2 001-5QP24

Installation accessories

Clamping claw (three required)for encoder with synchronous flange and double track encoder

6FX2 001-7KP01

Spring disk coupling 6 mm/6 mm 6 mm/5 mm

6FX2 001-7KF106FX2 001-7KF06

Plug-in coupling 6 mm/6 mm 10 mm/10 mm

6FX2 001-7KS066FX2 001-7KS10

Documentation

User guide for commissioning and parameterization of the PROFIBUS encoderBilingual versionGerman/English

6SN1 197-0AB10-0YP1



3

Drive systemsSIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES/SIMOVIS

Overview • The SIMOVERT AC frequen-cy converters are required for variable-speed AC mo-tors

• SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES are available as converters and AC converters

• They provide the appropri-ate solution for all voltages from 200 V to 690 V, 50/60 Hz

• They can be used for single-motor and multi-motor drives from 2.2 to 6000 KW (in par-allel circuit)

• The communication module CBP 2 enables the connec-tion of MASTERDRIVES to PROFIBUS-DP

• They can be integrated eas-ily as standard options in the MASTERDRIVES devices

Application,Design

Variable-speed three-phase drives consist of a frequency converter and a three-phase motor.The speed is adjusted by changing the frequency of the motor when the voltage is adjusted to the setpoint accordingly.

Modular design Available as compact

plus, compact, built-inand switchgear units

Two optional control ver-sions depending on the ap-plication:MASTERDRIVES Vectorcontrol (VC)MASTERDRIVES Motioncontrol (MC)

The CBP 2 is plugged into the mounting rack of theMASTERDRIVES.The interface to PROFIBUS is designed in RS 485 and gal-vanically isolated.

Principle of operation The MASTERDRIVES AC fre-quency converters permit exact control of motor speeds.The modular design allows it to be customized to any appli-cation.For parameterization of the MASTERDRIVES the engi-neering tools DriveES Basic or SIMOVIS are available.As an option to the DriveES Basic the engineering tool DriveES Graphic can be used for user-friendly online and offline configuration of the drive functions with SIMATIC CFC.

MASTERDRIVES can be linked to all programmable logic controllers but particu-larly easily and comfortably in SIMATIC systems, because a library of finished standard blocks can be accessed here with DriveES SIMATIC.The data exchange between the drives and the automation takes place according to the definitions in the "PROFIBUS profile variable speed drives, PROFIDRIVE".The communications module CBP 2 supports both the mechanisms of the cyclic and non-cyclic data exchange with the PROFIBUS-DP mas-ter.

The process data (control/status words and nomi-nal/actual values) are always transferred cyclically, whilst the parameter data can be transferred either cyclically together with the process data or non-cyclically and therefore independently of the process data.Through a non-cyclic commu-nications channel a SIMATIC OP for a user friendly HMI can be connected directly to the drive.The CBP 2 also enables appli-cations for Motion Control with PROFIBUS-DP with the func-tions direct data exchange and equidistance.The devices of the controller series MASTERDRIVES Motion Control (MC) can be operated with the CBP 2 clock-synchronously on the equidistant PROFIBUS-DP.

For further information on the subject of SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES can be found in the catalogs DA 65.10 SIMOVERT MASTER-DRIVES Vector Control (E86060-K5165-A101-A1) and DA 65.11 SIMOVERT MASTER-DRIVES Motion Control (E86060-K5165-A111-A1).



3

Drive systemsSIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES/SIMOVIS


Data transfer rate CBP 2 max. 12 Mbit/s

Interfaces Connection to PROFIBUS-DP

CBP 2 9-pin Sub-D PROFIBUSconnector

Perm. ambient conditions Operating temperature Transport/storage temperature Relative humidity max.Design Dimensions (H × D) in mm

CBP 2

0 °C to +70 °C–25 °C to +70 °C95%

90 × 83


CBP 2 communication module 6SE7 090-0XX84-0FF5

CBP 2 communication module Upgrade set with plug and brief instructions

6SX7 010-0FF05

DocumentationCompendium SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES

Vector Control SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES

Motion Control

6SE7 080-0QX60

6SE7 080-0QX50



3

MICROMASTER/MIDIMASTER Vector/COMBIMASTEROverview

Standard converter forindustrial and buildingengineering

MICROMASTER and MIDIMASTER Vector are fre-quency converters in the 120 W to 75 kW range of per-formance. Their compact con-struction means they can be used in confined spaces. The sensor-free vector controller means that it can be used for medium performance appli-cations, even for demanding applications.

COMBIMASTER is a standard asynchronous motor from Siemens with integrated fre-quency converter.MICROMASTER Integrated is a frequency converter (IP 65), which is applied directly to DS-low voltage motors of different manufac-turers.

The series MICROMASTER/MIDIMASTER Eco are fre-quency converters specially designed for the requirements of heating, ventilation and air conditioning industries.

MICROMASTER/MICROMASTER Vector

MICRO MASTER makes of a three-phase motor between 0.12 kW and 7.5 kW a vari-able-speed drive. Extremely compact Quiet and inexpensive Two function classes U/f control and sensor-free

control.

MICRO MASTER can be con-trolled via PROFIBUS-DP with the CB15 PROFIBUS module.

For further information,see Catalog DA 64.

MICROMASTER Vector

MIDIMASTER Vector MIDI MASTER Vector units are frequency converters for up to 75 kW. Fully digitized User programmable Serial RS 485 interface An adjustable DC brake

for fast stopping Sensor-free vector control.

MICRO MASTER can be controlled via PROFIBUS-DP with CB 15 PROFIBUS module.

For further information, see Catalog DA 64.

MIDIMASTER Vector

COMBIMASTER/MICROMASTER Integrated

The COMBIMASTER is a stan-dard asynchronous motor with integrated frequency con-verter of the MICROMASTER series. The MICROMASTER Integrated is the converter part of the COMBIMASTER (i.e. without motor). Degree of protection:

COMBIMASTER IP 55 (MICROMASTER Integrated IP 65)

Rated output power: 0.12 kW – 7.50 kW

The CB155 PROFIBUS module can control COMBI-MASTER/MICROMASTER Integrated via PROFIBUS-DP.


COMBIMASTER/MICROMASTER Integrated



3

MICROMASTER/MIDIMASTER VectorPROFIBUS module CB15


Overview • The PROFIBUS module CB15 can be used to control a converter via PROFIBUS-DP. The CB15 can be used in conjunction with other PROFIBUS-DP I/O stations on the PROFIBUS.

• The CB15 PROFIBUS mod-ule is a common module for MICRO MASTER and MIDI MASTER.

Design Problem-free connection:The CB15 is plugged to the operator control panel.

9-pin Sub-D socket for con-necting to PROFIBUSThe pin assignments are as follows:Pin 3 PROFIBUS connection P;Pin 8 PROFIBUS connection N.

A separate power supply is not required.The CB15 has a built-in bus terminating resistor.

Principle of operation The CB15 permits fast, cyclic communication via PROFIBUS-DP.It can control up to 125 con-verters by means of the PROFIBUS-DP protocol.Data exchange with the CB15 is according to the VDI/VDE

Guideline 3689 "PROFIBUS profile for variable-speed drives".Process data, i.e. control words and setpoints or status information, actual values and parameters can be read or written in each message frame.

Parameterization and control can be optionally set sepa-rately by remote control or locally on the device. The structure of the user data is designated as parameter pro-cess data objects (PPO).The CB15 supports the PPO types 1 and 3.

Parameterization The CB15 is configured using keys on the MICRO-/MIDI-MASTER.A diskette is supplied with the CB15 to enable configuration of the PROFIBUS-DP system.

The diskette contains a device master file or – with corre-sponding configuration soft-ware for the PROFIBUS-DP master – a type description file.

Note:The CB15 can be integrated in a SIMATIC S7 controller using software package DVA-S7.



Interface Connection to PROFIBUS-DP 9-pin Sub-D socket



0 °C to +55 °C–40 °C to +70 °C95%

Design Dimensions (W × H × D) in mm 102 × 115 × 30


PROFIBUS module CB15 for connection ofMICRO-/MIDI MASTER Vectorto PROFIBUS-DP

6SE3 290-0XX87-8PB0

Software package DVA-S7 for linking of SIMATIC S7 to PROFIBUS-DP

6SX7 005-0CB00



3

MICROMASTER/MIDIMASTER IntegratedPROFIBUS module CB155

Overview • With the PROFIBUS module CB155 a COMBIMASTER/MICROMASTER Integrated can be controlled via the PROFIBUS-DP.

• The CB155 can be used in connection with other PROFIBUS-DP I/O stations on PROFIBUS.

• The PROFIBUS module CB155 is a common module for COMBIMASTER and MICROMASTER Integrated.

Design Problem-free connection: The CB155 is mounted ex-

ternally on the COMBIMAS-TER/MICROMASTER Integrated housing with two screws. A drop cable with round connectors enables the communications con-nection.

It is connected to PROFIBUS by two terminals (PG screwed joint for degree of protection IP 65).

No additional power supply is required. The CB155 has a built-in bus terminator.

Principle of operation The CB155 permits fast cyclic communication via PROFIBUS-DP.It can control up to 125 con-verters by means of the PROFIBUS-DP protocol.Data exchange with the CB155 is according to the VDI/VDE

Guideline 3689 "PROFIBUS profile for variable-speed drives".Process data, i.e. control words and setpoints or status information, actual values and parameters can be read or written in each message frame.

Parameterization and control can be optionally set sepa-rately by remote control or locally on the device. The structure of the user data is designated as parameter pro-cess data objects (PPO).The CB155 supports the PPO types 1 and 3.

Parameterization The CB155 is configured using the OPm2 plaintext operator control panel (optional).A diskette is supplied with the CB155 to enable configura-tion of the PROFIBUS-DP sys-tem.

The diskette contains a device master file or – with corre-sponding configuration soft-ware for the PROFIBUS-DP master – a type description file.

Note:The CB155 can be integrated in a SIMATIC S7 controller using software package DVA-S7.



Interface Connection to PROFIBUS-DP Terminal connection

(PG screwed joint)


–10 °C to +40 °C–40 °C to +70 °C99%



PROFIBUS module CB155 for connection of COMBIMASTER/MICROMASTER Integratedto PROFIBUS-DP

6SE9 996-0XA17



3

SIPART DROverview

Siemens offers for your pro-cess automation a series of intelligent field devices which can be integrated optimally in the environment of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process con-trol system.

All field devices on this page are available as device ver-sions with a PROFIBUS-PA interface and for communica-tion via the HART protocol.

For further information, technical specifications and ordering data about these field devices, see Catalog FI 01.

SITRANS P – transducer for measuring pressure

The SITRANS P transducer is suitable for measuring pres-sure, absolute pressure, dif-ferential pressure, flow and fill-ing level of non-aggressive and aggressive gases, vapors and liquids.

Different measuring cells are used for different measuring jobs, this enables optimum accuracy for the respective measuring job.

The SITRANS P measuring cell is fully welded to ensure full vacuum tightness, high overload strength and opti-mum service life of the trans-ducer. The measuring spans covered range from 1 mbar to 400 bar.

SITRANS F – transducer for flow rate

The SITRANS F ultrasound flow rate measuring unit is used to measure the flow rate of electrically conductive and non-conductive liquids.

The helix shaped sound guide means that the measurement is independent of the flow pro-file. Changes in the liquid’s temperature, density, viscos-ity or conductivity have no effect on the resulting mea-surement.

The free flow cross section avoids additional pressure loss and wear.SITRANS F PA is suitable for use in potentially explosive areas.

SITRANS LR – measuring unit for filling level

The SITRANS LR radar filling level measuring unit is used to measure the filling level of liq-uids and bulk products. The measuring method is largely independent of temperature and pressure. After entering a tank characteristic the mea-suring unit calculates the fill-ing volume. If the measuring media density is entered addi-tionally, the mass can also be output.

Special features are forexample Wide range of applications

due to media independent filling level measurement.

Minimum maintenance and wear due to non-contact measuring method

High long-term stability by means of high-stable, inter-nal reference.

High measuring accuracy and reproducibility by 24-GHz technology.

Self-monitoring and -diagnostics of all device functions.

SITRANS T – transducer for temperature

The SITRANS T transducer is used for measuring tempera-ture in connection with a sen-sor. All common temperature sensors and DC voltages sources can be connected due to its universal input stage, e.g. resistance

thermometers Pt 100, thermo-couples, resistance-type transmitters/ potentiometers of 24 Ω to 6000 Ω span and DC voltage sources of 17 mV to 1120 mV span.

The entire standardized tem-perature range for the differ-ent sensors can be measured. The characteristics of all sen-sors are linearized.

SIPART PS2 – position controller for pneumatic control valves

The SIPART PS2 electro-pneumatic position controller controls the valve or gate position on pneumatic thrust or swing drives.

The setpoint for the valve position is pre-set by the con-trol system and the actual value is fed back to the control system by SIPART PS2. Via a binary input the current valve position can be blocked or the valve is driven to a safety position.

SIPART PS2 PA is also avail-able for applications in poten-tially explosive areas.

SITRANS P

SITRANS F

SITRANS LR

SITRANS T

SITRANS PS2



3

SITRANSOverview

Liquid analysis with SIPAN

SIPAN means liquid analysis in the highest comfort class, both in 2-wire and in 4-wire technology, as a field housing or for Ex-protected panel mountings. In connection with a wide range of sensors and fittings, the entire application and measuring range spectrum is covered by a new tens potency with a single device. The self-explanatory operator control panel according to NAMUR guarantees a clear structuring

and the display shows mes-sages either in plaintext or by simple symbols. SIPAN meets the highest safety requirements. The devices are absolutely insus-ceptible to interference even in the vicinity of radio equip-ment or turbines and satisfy EMC regulations according to CE and NAMUR NE21. The self-diagnostics system monitors all the processes and procedures of analyzers and sensors equally.

Two sensor inputs enable a redundant pH measurement with averaging and therefore a higher measuring reliability. And the integrated logbook records all faults with their date and time. These data are stored safely in a non-volatile memory and satisfy the requirements of DIN ISO 9000. Of course they can also be read out and archived externally via an interface.

For further information, technical specifications and ordering data see catalog PA 20.

Gas analyzers ULTRAMAT / OXYMAT 6

The gas analyzers ULTRAMAT 6 and OXYMAT 6 are powerful analyzers for measuring IR components or oxygen.

ULTRAMAT 6 operates according to the NDIR dual-beam common mode method and measures gases whose absorption bands are in the infrared wavelength range of 2 to 9 µm highly selectively such as CO, CO2, NO, SO2, NH3, H2O, CH4 and other hydrocarbons.

OXYMAT 6 is based on the paramagnetic alternating pressure method and is used for measuring the oxygen content of gases.

For further information, technical specifications and ordering data, see the catalog excerpts PA 10.

Load cells SIWAREX M/U

Filling level and proportioning scales are configured quickly and efficiently with pre-assembled scales within material processes. Libraries with function blocks for the SIWAREX U and SIWAREX M load cell modules are offered for SIMATIC PCS 7. This enables simple and ratio-nal integration in the engineer-ing system on the one hand

and the scales can be oper-ated comfortably by scales variable blocks by the opera-tor stations on the other hand.Both function blocks SIWAREX U and SIWAREX M can be integrated directly as modules in the programmable logic controller and thus enable system-wide and indi-vidual automation solutions.

The variable blocks enable not only the visualization and operation of the scales, they also provide the system oper-ators with important diagnos-tic information. Integrated reporting behavior and main-tenance functions such as reading or writing all the scales parameters enable a high system availability and therefore short down times.

For further information, technical specifications and ordering data see Catalog KT 30.

Electrical actuators SIPOS 5

Function blocks for SIMATIC PCS 7 are available for SIPOS 5 ECOTRON and SIPOS 5 PROFITRON. They serve to connect SIPOS 5 actuators with PROFIBUS-DP interface to SIMATIC PCS 7. The connection can be made either by one or two channels (redundantly). The block sup-ports the PROFIBUS-DP pro-tocol in the redundant version for one of the two communica-tions channels of the SIPOS 5.

The function block for SIPOS 5 forms the interface between SIPOS 5 and the blocks of the PCS 7 libraries. It can also be connected to other SIMATIC S7 blocks. It can only be used on a SIMATIC S7 PROFIBUS-DP master.

SIPOS 5 PROFITRON offers the homogeneous integration of actuators in the I&C together with these function blocks, including parameter-ization accesses and visual-ization via OS faceplate.

Further information from:SIPOS Aktorik GmbH,Donaustr. 120D-90451 NürnbergTel: +49 911 63284-0Fax:+49 911 63284-111

Internet: www.sipos.de

SIPAN

OXYMAT 6

SIWAREX M/U

SIPOS 5



3

Industrial/process controller SIPART DRSIPART DR19

For further information see catalog MP 31, SIPART Controllers – Position Controllers – Software.

Overview • The SIPART DR19 is a digital controller which is mainly used for tasks associated with mechanical engineer-ing and also for the process engineering sector.

• The SIPART DR19 optionally contains a PROFIBUS-DP connection with a serial in-terface module. This inter-face module can be plugged in at the rear of the DR19.

Application,Design

It is configured as: Continuous controller Two-position controller for

heating and cooling Three-position step control-

ler for electric actuators.For time-regulated control functions, SIPART DR19 can be structured as a program-mer or a program controller.

The basic unit has: digital display for the actual

value x and the setpoint w, which can be switched over to the manipulated variable y

analog display for x, w, xd or y as well as

event and status displays.

The plug-in serial interface module for PROFIBUS-DP has a 9-pin sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS.SIPART DR19 is integrated in SIMATIC PDM for parameter-ization and configuration. Communication is possible either via RS 232 or PROFIBUS-DP.

Principle of operation The desired attributes are simply called from the func-tion set. It is possible to select various input circuits in addi-tion to functions such as lin-earization and square-rooting of the input signals, limits and safety values for setpoint and manipulated variable, set-point ramp,

signal monitoring and alarm output. With the PROFIBUS-DP link it is possible for higher-level systems to read process data and to read and write parame-ters and configuration values.

In addition, functions for switching over between man-ual and automatic modes, between internal and external setpoints and for setting w and y are possible via the interface.



Interface Connection to PROFIBUS 9-pin Sub-D socket

Degree of protection Front panel Connections

IP 64IP 20

Supply voltageAnalog inputs AE1

24 V DC; 115 V/230 V ACRTD, TC, R mVwith measuring range connector:0/4 to 20 mA or 0/2 to 10 V

Output/manipulated variable S output K output

2 relays (250 V AC, 8 A, 1250 VA)Analog output 0(4) to 20 mA


0 °C to +50 °C–25 °C to +75 °C95%

Design Dimensions (W × H × D) in mm

Weight approx.

96 × 96 × 199(for panel mounting)1.2 kg


SIPART DR19 industrial controllerBasic unit with K output and S output with program function for auxiliary power 24 V DC for auxiliary power 155 V AC/230 V

6DR1 900-46DR1 900-5

InterfacePROFIBUS-DP module

6DR2 803-8P

Measuring range plugfor l = 20 mA and U = 10 V

6DR2 805-8J

Comparison terminalfor TC, internal

6DR2 805-8A

SIPART DR19 manual German English

C73000-B7400-C142C73000-B7476-C142



3



Overview • The SIPART DR21 is a digital controller with a shal-low mounting depth for all standard tasks associated with process and mechani-cal engineering.

• The SIPART DR21 optionally contains a PROFIBUS-DP connection with a serial in-terface module. This inter-face module can be plugged in at the rear of the DR21.

Application,Design

It is configured as: Continuous controller Two-position controller for

heating and cooling Three-position step control-

ler for electric actuators.

The basic unit has: Analog display for the actual

value x and the setpoint w, Digital display for the actual

value x or the setpoint w, Digital display for the manip-

ulated variable y Event and status displays.

SIPART DR21 can process up to 4 analog input variables simultaneously.The plug-in serial interface module for PROFIBUS-DP has a 9-pin sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS.SIPART DR21 is integrated in SIMATIC PDM for parameter-ization and configuration. Communication is possible either via RS 232 or PROFIBUS-DP.

Principle of operation The desired attributes are simply called from the func-tion set. It is possible to select various input circuits in addi-tion to functions such as lin-earization and square-rooting of the input signals, limits and safety values for setpoint and manipulated variable, setpoint ramp, signal

monitoring and alarm signal-ing. With the PROFIBUS-DP link it is possible for higher-level systems to read process data and to read and write parameters and configuration values.

In addition, functions for switching over between manual and automatic modes, between internal and external setpoints and for setting w and y are possible via the interface.





IP 64IP 20

Supply voltageAnalog inputs AE1/AE2

24 V DC; 115 V/230 V AC0 (4) to 20 mA

Output/manipulated variable S output K output

2 relays (250 V AC, 8 A, 1250 VA)Analog output 0(4) to 20 mA


0 °C to +50 °C–25 °C to +75 °C95%


Weight approx.



Industrial controller SIPART DR21Basic unit with K output and S output for auxiliary power 24 V DC for auxiliary power 155 V AC/230 V

6DR2 100-46DR2 100-5

InterfacePROFIBUS-DP-Module

6DR2 803-8P


C73000-B7400-C143C73000-B7476-C143



3



Overview • The SIPART DR22 is a digital process controller be-longing to the upper perfor-mance range. It is preferably used for process engineer-ing applications. The large range of functions means that even complex control tasks can be solved.

• The SIPART DR22 optionally contains a PROFIBUS-DP connection with a serial interface mod-ule. This interface module can be plugged in at the rear of the DR22.

Application,Design

It is configured as: Continuous controller Three-position step control-

ler for electrical drives with up to two independent con-trol channels.

The basic unit has: analog and digital displays

for the setpoint (green) and actual value (red),

digital display for the manip-ulated variable y as well as

event and status displays.

The plug-in serial interface module for PROFIBUS-DP has a 9-pin sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS.SIPART DR22 is integrated in SIMATIC PDM for parameter-ization and configuration. Communication is possible either via RS 232 or PROFIBUS-DP.

Principle of operation The desired controller types and circuits are simply called from the function set using software switches. The user is guided through the individual parameterization and configu-ration levels by the clear display system.

Different input circuits can be selected. With the PROFIBUS-DP link it is possible for higher-level systems to read process data and to read and write parame-ters and configuration values.

In addition, functions for switching over between man-ual and automatic modes, between internal and external setpoints and for setting w and y are possible via the interface.





IP 64IP 20

Supply voltageAnalog input AE1/AE2/AE3

Analog outputs AA1/AA2/AA3

24 V DC; 115 V/230 V AC0 (4) to 20 mA or0 (2) to 10 V0 (4) to 20 mA


0 °C to +50 °C–25 °C to +75 °C95%


Weight approx.



Industrial controller SIPART DR22 Basic unit

for auxiliary power 24 V DC Basic unit

for auxiliary power 155 V AC/230 V

6DR2 210-4

6DR2 210-5

InterfacePROFIBUS-DP-Module

6DR2 803-8P


C79000-G7400-C154C79000-G7476-C154



3


For further informationsee Catalog MP 31, SIPART Controllers – Position Controllers – Software.

Overview • The SIPART DR24 is a digital process controller belonging to the upper performance range. It is preferably used for process engineering ap-plications. The large range of functions means that even complex control tasks can be solved.

• The SIPART DR24 optionally contains a PROFIBUS-DP connection with a serial in-terface module. This interface module can be plugged in at the rear of the DR24.

Application,Design

It is configured as: Continuous controller Three-position step control-

ler for electrical drives with up to 4 independent control channels.

The basic unit has two 4-digit analog

displays two 4-digit digital

displays one 3-digit digital display, event and status displays

as well as input keys.

The plug-in serial interface module for PROFIBUS-DP has a 9-pin sub-D socket for con-nection to PROFIBUS.The SIPROM DR24 program is available for parameteriza-tion and configuration. SIPROM DR24 offers the communication link via PROFIBUS-DP or RS 232/RS 485.

Principle of operation When configuring, the func-tions stored in memory are called by the software and linked together, to the inputs and outputs, and to the dis-plays and keys of the unit by simple allocating.32 different basic functions can be used a total of 109 times.

There are an additional com-plex functions which can be repeatedly called.With the PROFIBUS-DP link it is possible for higher-level systems to read process data and to read and write parame-ters and configuration values.

In addition, the input functions are possible via the interface.





IP 64IP 20

Supply voltageAnalog input AE1/AE2/AE3

Analog outputs AA1/AA2/AA3

24 V DC; 115 V/230 V AC0 (4) to 20 mA or0 (2) to 10 V0 (4) to 20 mA


0 °C to +50 °C–25 °C to +75 °C95%


Weight approx.



Industrial controller SIPART DR24 Basic unit

for auxiliary power 24 V DC Basic unit

for auxiliary power 155 V AC/230 V

6DR2 410-4

6DR2 410-5

Interface PROFIBUS-DP module

6DR2 803-8P


C79000-G7400-C153C79000-G7476-C153



3

Industrial/process controller SIPART DRSoftware

Overview • The SIPART S5 DP/S7 DP programs are used when linking the SIPART DR con-trollers to SIMATIC S5/S7 via PROFIBUS-DP.

• The function blocks present in the program for the SI-PART DR19, DR21, DR22 and DR24 controllers are mapped by the SIPART controllers in SIMATIC data blocks, thus greatly reduc-ing the engineering require-ments.

PROFIBUS-DP

SIMATIC S7 SIMATIC S5

DR19 DR21 DR22 DR24

Principle of operation The PROFIBUS link of the S5-115U, S5-135U and S5-155U to the compact control-lers is via the IM 308-C inter-face module.The process data, parameters and configuration values of the connected units are stored in SIMATIC data blocks.

The S7-300 and S7-400 auto-mation devices are connected via the integrated DP interface (CPU 315-2DP/ 413-2DP/414-2DP/416-2DP) or via the CP 342-5 or CP 443-5 Extended.These data blocks form the software interface in the pro-grammable controller, which can be accessed using the STEP 5/STEP 7 programming language.

Standard function blocks con-vert the controller data from the SIPART format into the SIMATIC format and vice versa.Software packages such as COROS LS-B or SIMATIC WinCC are available for operation and monitoring.


Hardware requirements SIMATIC S5-115U/-135U/-155USIMATIC S7-300 or S7-400CPU 315-2DP / 413-2DP / 414-2DP / 416-2DPCP 443-5 ExtendedSIMATIC PG 740/760PROFIBUS-DP interface modulefor SIPART DRSIPART DR controller

Software requirements Configuration software COM PROFIBUSSTEP 7 Version 3.1 or higher


SIPART S5 DP programon diskette 31/2″Standard function blocksConnection via PROFIBUS-DP and master interface IM 308-C to S5-115U, 135U, 155U (CPU 945, 928B, 948)Including user manualGerman/English for SIPART DR19, DR21, DR22 and

DR24German English

for SIPART DR19German English

6DR1 126-5PA006DR1 126-5PA01

6DR1 126-5PB006DR1 126-5PB01

SIPART S7 DP programon diskette 31/2″Standard function blocksfor SIPART DR19, DR21, DR22 andDR24Including user manualGerman/English PCS 7-compatible block

(CPU 414-2DP / 416-2DP)German English

Standard S7 block(CPU 315-2DP / 413-2DP / 414-2DP / 416-2DP)German English

6DR1 126-7PA006DR1 126-7PA01

6DR1 126-7PB006DR1 126-7PB01



3

SIPART PS2Electro-pneumatic positioner

SIPART PS2

Overview • The PROFIBUS-PA-compli-ant electro-pneumatic SIPART PS2 PA is used to control the position of the valve or the flap in pneumat-ic linear or rotary actuators. A binary coded current sig-nal from the control system is saved as the set point.

• The electro-pneumatic posi-tioner then forces the drive into a valve position appro-priate to this set point. A binary input can trigger a blocking function or a safety position.

Application To be built onto linear or rota-ry actuators

As a simple positioner in a metal or plastic casing for spring-loaded actuators

As a dual-effect positioner in a plastic casing for spring-free actuators

With or without explosion protection (EEx ib IIC).

Design The SIPART PS2 positioner is an intelligent field device with a highly integrated microcon-troller.

It is made up of the following components:

– Casing with lid– Printed circuit board with

analog and digital circuits

– LC display and keyboard for configuration and manual operation

– Actuator travel logging system

– Connection panel with screw terminals

– Piezo valve unit.

The piezo valve unit is in the housing, the pneumatic con-nections for air supply and actual pressure are on the right hand side of the casing. There is also an option to con-nect a pressure display block or safety magnetic valve there. The printed-circuit board con-tainer in the housing has room to build in other printed-circuit boards, to be ordered sepa-rately.

Principle of operation The SIPART PS2 electro-pneumatic positioner is fun-damentally different from units which work in the conven-tional way.The comparison of set and actual values is electronic and executed within a microcon-troller. If the microcontroller ascertains a control deviation, it uses a 5 point switch to trig-ger the piezo valve, which measures the flow of air into the chambers of the pneu-matic drives. The way that SIPART PS2 works and its integrated addi-tional functions offer the user considerable advantages when installing and using the unit:

The consumption of com-pressed air to operate the positioner is negligible compared to conventional systems.

The online adaptation pro-cess results in very high control quality, even under unfavorable framework conditions.

The fact that the masses moved are low means that the SIPART PS2 positioner is not sensitive to vibrations.

The influence of temperature and high incoming air pres-sure is negligible for the SIPART PS2 positioner.

Operation is maintenance-free.

The keyboard and display of the positioner mean that the valve can also be adjusted manually. A separate current sensor is not required.

The firmware of the SIPART PS2 positioner includes many different functions, which can be activated if required using a simple con-figuration process, for exam-ple, valve characteristic linearization, stroke limita-tion or split-range operation.

The "seal" function allows maximum actuating force on the valve seat.



3

SITRANS PMeasuring transducer for pressureSeries DS with PROFIBUS-PA

Overview • The measuring transducer measures the pressure of non-aggressive and aggres-sive gases, vapors and liq-uids. Different measurement spans are possible, depend-ing on the version.

• Measuring transducer with "intrinsically safe" type of protection and "pressur-ized housing" can be used in potentially explosive areas. The certificate of conformity complies with the European standard (CENELEC), the American standard (FM) and the Canadian standard (CSA).

• For special applications, such as measuring highly viscous materials, the mea-suring transducers can be supplied with various differ-ent pressure measurement systems.

Principle of operation The pressure is transferred to the silicon pressure sensor via the isolating diaphragm and the liquid inside, and its mea-surement diaphragm is dis-placed. This means that four Piezo resistors doped in a bridge circuit in the measure-ment membrane change their resistance values.

This change in resistance causes a bridge circuit output pressure which is proportional to the input pressure. This is amplified by a measuring amplifier and converted into a periodical signal in a voltage-frequency converter.

This signal is analyzed in a microcontroller corrected in terms of linearity and thermal characteristics. The measurement signal is then converted into a digital bus signal by the PROFIBUS-PA interface.

Configurationusing PROFIBUS-PAinterface

Configuration of SITRANS P measuring transducers with PROFIBUS-PA interface takes place from a central configu-ration station which is con-nected to a superordinate PROFIBUS-DP system.

Using the SIMATIC PDM configuration software, the parameters of SITRANS P can be altered remotely from the configuration station.



3

SITRANS PMeasuring transducer for pressure

Series DS with PROFIBUS-PA

For more versions and accessories for SITRANS, see Catalog MP17 · 1999.


Series DS (PROFIBUS-PA)7MF4032

Protocol Layer 1 and 2 according toPROFIBUS-PA,intrinsically safe in accordance with IEC 1158-2 slave functionLayer 7 (protocol layer) with PROFIBUS-DP functionality (all data acyclical, measurement value and status also cyclical)

Device and remote control function More than 100 parameters, profile as PROFIBUS-PA

Unit profile considering previousHART functionality for

Tag name Device organization Device type Device materials Hardware and firmware revision Sensor data Balance points Type and materials of

process connection Sensor temperature Limit value monitoring Slave pointer functions Alarm messages Status information Filter time Measured value in selected

dimension

Device address 1 when supplied

Current consumption of the device approx. 18 mA

Electronic current limiting Imax ≤ 27 mA in case of error, supplied with two

Measured value resolution 3 × 10–5 relative to range limitvalue

Package size Extended to 161 mm


SITRANS P measuring transducerfor pressure, series DS withPROFIBUS-PA 7MF4032-

Two-wire technology,including operating instructions (in thelanguage of the writing on the rating plate,see "Other versions”)

-1 -Z P01

Measuring cell filling Measur. cell cleaningSilicon oil normal Inert filling liquid grease-free

13

Measuring spanto 1 bar to 4 bar to 16 bar to 63 bar to 160 bar to 400 bar

BCDEFG

Material of parts which come into contact with the mediumIsolating diaphragm Parts of the measuring cellStainless steel Stainless steel Hastelloy Stainless steel Hastelloy Hastelloy Diaphragm pressure transducer type

ABCY

Process connection Connection tap G½A Female thread ½ – 14 NPT Oval flange and connection taps:

Stainless steel Fastening thread 7/16 – 20 UNF Max. span: 160 bar

01

2

Material of parts which do not come into contact with the mediumDie-cast aluminium housing Precision cast stainless steel housing

03

Explosion protection Without explosion protection With explosion protect., type of protection:

"Pressurized housing" (EEx d) Use in Zone 2n (TÜV) With explosion protection (FM)

explosion-proof (EEx d) With explosion protection (Ex ib)

A

DE

GQ

Electrical connection / cable entry Screwed joint M20 × 1.5 Screwed joint ½ – 14 NPT

BC

Display Basic version with housing cover

without inspection window (built-indigital display invisible)

Housing version with inspection window(built-in digital display visible)

1

6



3

SITRANS PMeasuring transducer for absolute pressureSeries DS with PROFIBUS-PA PN 32 and 160

Overview

Design The measuring transducer (smart version for series DS) measures the absolute pres-sure of non-aggressive and aggressive gases, vapors and liquids. Different measure-ment spans are possible, depending on the version.

Measuring transducers with "intrinsically safe" type of pro-tection and "pressurized housing" can be mounted in potentially explosive areas. The certificate of conformity complies with the European standard (CENELEC), the American standard (FM) and the Canadian standard (CSA).

For special applications, such as measuring highly viscous materials, the measuring transducers can be suppled with various different pressure measurement systems.

Principle of operation The absolute pressure is transferred to the silicon pres-sure sensor via the isolating diaphragm. The difference in pressure between the input pressure (pe) and the refer-ence vacuum on the minus side of the measurement cells displaces the measuring dia-phragm. This means that four Piezo resistors doped in a bridge circuit in the measure-ment membrane change their resistance values.This change in resistance causes a bridge circuit output pressure which is proportional to the input pressure.

This is amplified by a measur-ing amplifier and converted into a periodical signal in a voltage-frequency converter. This signal is analyzed in a microcontroller and corrected in terms of linearity and ther-mal characteristics. This mea-surement signal is then con-verted to a 4 to 20 A output current, or into a digital bus signal by the PROFIBUS-PA interface in a digital-analog converter.

The measurement cell specific data and the configu-ration data for the measuring transducers are saved in read-only EEPROM memory.The transducer and the elec-tronics are mounted opposite each other.






3

SITRANS PMeasuring transducer for differential pressure and

flow – Series DS with PROFIBUS-PA PN 32 and 160








dimension


Current consumption of thedevice approx. 18 mA





SITRANS P measuring transducerfor absolute pressure, series DS withPROFIBUS-PA 7MF4332-

Two-wire technology, Operating instructions (in thelanguage of the writing on the rating plate,see "Other versions”), 1 screw plug(materials as thrust cap)

1 -1 -Z P01

Measuring spanto .250 mbar to 1.300 mbar to 5.000 mbar to 30,000 mbar

DFGH

Material of parts which come into contact with the medium (stainless steel thrust caps)Isolating diaphragm Parts of the measuring cellStainless steel Stainless steel Hastelloy Stainless steel Hastelloy Hastelloy Tantalum Tantalum Monel Monel Gold1) Gold Diaphragm pressure transducer type2)

ABCEHLY

-Z G02

Process connectionFemale thread 1/4 – 18 NPT andflange connection acc. to DIN 19 213 with Locking screw opposite

process connectionFastening thread M10 Fastening thread 7/16 – 20 UNF

Locking screw on side ofthrust caps

Fastening thread M10 Fastening thread 7/16 – 20 UNF

02

46

Material of parts which do not come into contact with the mediumThrust cap Electronic housingscrewsSteel Diecast aluminium Stainless steel Diecast aluminium Stainless steel Precision cast stainless

steel

02

3



explosion-proof (EEx d) With explosion protection (EEx ib)

A

DE

GQ


BC




1

6



3

SITRANS PMeasuring transducer for differential pressure andflow – Series DS with PROFIBUS-PA PN 32 and 160

Overview

Application The measuring transducer is used for measuring differential pressure slight positive or negative

excess pressure or flow q ~

together with a chokeof gases, vapors and liquids.

Transducers with "intrinsically safe" and "pressurized hous-ing" type of protection can be used in potentially explosive areas.

For special applications, such as measuring highly viscous materials, the measuring transducers can be supplied with various different pressure measurement systems.

∆p

Principle of operation The differential pressure is transferred to the silicium pressure sensor via the parti-tion membrane and the liquid. If the measurement limits are exceeded, the central dia-phragm is displaced until one of the isolating diaphragms rests on the measurement cell body, thus protecting the sili-con pressure sensor from excessive pressure.The resulting differential pres-sure displaces the measure-ment diaphragm. This means that four Piezo resistors doped in a bridge circuit in the measurement membrane change their resistance val-ues.

This change in resistance causes a bridge output volt-age which is proportional to the differential pressure. This is amplified in a measuring amplifier and converted into a periodic signal by a voltage-frequency converter. This sig-nal is analyzed in a microcon-troller and corrected in terms of linearity and thermal char-acteristics.

The measurement signal resulting is converted into an output current of between 4 and 20 mA in a digital-analog converter, or into a digital bus signal.The measurement cell spe-cific data and the configura-tion data for the measuring transducer are saved in read-only EEPROM memory.






3

SITRANS PMeasuring transducer for differential pressure andflow - Series DS with PROFIBUS-PA PN 32 and 160

1) Not suitable for pressure sensor installation.2) Only in conjunction with max. measuring span > 60 mbar and not with

measuring span 600 mbar.3) Only in conjunction with stainless steel thrust cap screws.


Series DS (PROFIBUS-PA)7MF4432, 7MF4532


Device and remote control function More than 100 parameters, profile asPROFIBUS-PA




dimension







SITRANS P measuring transducerfor differential pressure and flow rate,series DS with PROFIBUS-PAPN 32 and PN 160, two-wire technology, incl. operating instructions (in the language of the writing on the rating plate,see "Other versions”), 2 screw plugs (materials as thrust cap)

7MF4432-

-1 -Z P01

Measuring cell filling Measur. cell cleaningsilicon oil normal inert filling liquid grease-free

13

Nominal pressure PN 32Measuring span 1 to 20 mbar1) B

Nominal pressure PN 160Measuring spanto .80 mbar to .250 mbar to .600 mbar to 1,600 mbar to 5,000 mbar to 30,000 mbar

CDEFGH

Material of parts which come into contact with the medium (stainless steel thrust caps)Isolating diaphragm Parts of the measuring cellStainless steel Stainless steel Hastelloy Stainless steel Hastelloy Hastelloy Tantalum2) Tantalum Monel2) Monel Gold2)3) Gold Diaphragm pressure transducer type

ABCEHLY

-Z G02

Process connectionFemale thread 1/4 – 18 NPT andFlange connection acc: to DIN 19 213 with Locking screw opp. process connection

Fastening thread M10 Fastening thread7/16 – 20 UNF

Locking screw on side of thrust capsFastening thread M10 Fastening thread 7/16 – 20 UNF

01

46

Material of parts which do not come into contact with the mediumThrust cap Electronics housingscrewsSteel Diecast aluminium Stainless steel Diecast aluminium Stainless steel Precision cast stainl. steel

023




A

DE

GQ


BC




1

6



3

SITRANS PMeasuring transducer for differential pressure andflow - Series DS with PROFIBUS-PA PN 32 and 160

1) Only in conjunction with max. PN 315 and thrust cap screwsstainless steel and not max. measuring span 600 mbar.

2) Only in conjunction with "D09" extension.

For further information and accessories for the SITRANS P, see Catalog MP 17 · 1999.


SITRANS P measuring transducer fordifferential pressure and flow,series DS with PROFIBUS-PA 7MF4532-

PN 420, two-wire technology, incl.operating instructions (in the language of the writing on the rating plate; see "Other Versions"), 2 screw plugs (material as thrust cap)

1 -1 -Z P01

Nominal value PN 420Measuring spanto .60 mbar to .600 mbar to 1,600 mbar to 5,000 mbar to 30,000 mbar

DEFGH

Material of parts which come into contact with the medium(stainless steel thrust caps)Isolating diaphragm Parts of the measuring cellStainless steel Stainless steel Hastelloy Stainless steel Gold1) Stainless steel

ABL

-Z G02

Process connectionFemale thread 1/4 – 18 NPT andflange connection acc. to DIN 19 213 with Locking screw opposite

process connectionFastening thread M10 Fastening thread 7/16 – 20 UNF

13

Material of parts which do not come into contact with the mediumThrust cap Electronics housingscrewsSteel Diecast aluminium Stainl. steel (≤PN 315) Diecast aluminium Stainl. steel (≤PN 315) Precision cast

stainless steel

02

3

Explosion protection Without explosion protection With explosion protection, type of protec-

tion: "Pressurized housing" (EEx d)

Use in Zone 2n (TÜV) With explosion protection (FM)


A

DE

GQ


BC



Housing cover with inspection window(built-in digital display visible)

1

6



3

SITRANS PMeasuring transducer for fill level

Series DS with PROFIBUS-PA

Overview

Application The SITRANS P measurement transducer with built-in flange measures the fill level of non-aggressive and aggressive liquids in open and sealed containers. Different measure-ment spans are possible, depending on the version.The nominal width of the built-in flange is DN 80 or DN 100, or 3 or 4 inches.

When measuring the fill level in open containers, the minus connection of the measure-ment cell remains open (mea-surement "against the atmo-sphere"), when measuring in sealed containers, this con-nection must be connected to the container to compensate for the static pressure.

The components which come into contact with the medium –are made of different materials - depending on the level of corrosion resistance –that is required (see technical speci-fications).

Principle of operation The input pressure (hydro-static pressure) is exerted on the measurement cell via the isolating diaphragm. The resulting differential pressure at the measurement cell is transferred to the silicon pres-sure sensor via the isolating diaphragm and the liquid in the body of the measurement cell, the measurement dia-phragm of which is displaced. Its measurement diaphragm is deflected.The measurement signal obtained in this way is con-verted into an output current of between 4 and 20 mA in a digital-analog converter, or into a digital bus signal.

This means that four Piezo resistors doped in a bridge circuit in the measurement membrane change their resis-tance values. This change in resistance causes a bridge output voltage which is pro-portional to the differential pressure. This is amplified in a measuring amplifier and con-verted into a periodic signal by a voltage-frequency con-verter.This signal is analyzed in a microcontroller and corrected in terms of linearity and ther-mal characteristics.

The measurement cell spe-cific data and the configura-tion data for the measuring transducer are saved in read-only EEPROM memory.The connection area and the electronics are arranged opposite.






3

SITRANS PMeasuring transducer for fill levelSeries DS with PROFIBUS-PA

For further information and accessories for the SITRANS P, see Catalog MP 17 · 1999.








dimension







SITRANS P measuring transducerfor fill level,series DS with PROFIBUS-PA 7MF4632-

Two-wire technology, incl. operating instructions (in thelanguage of the writing on the rating plate,see "Other versions”), 1 screw plug (materials as pressure cap)(built-in flange 7MF4912-3... pleaseorder separately)

-1 Y -1 -Z P01

Measuring spanto .250 mbar to .600 mbar to 1,600 mbar to 5,000 mbar

DEFG

Process connection on minus sideFemale thread 1/4 – 18 NPT andflange connection according to DIN 19 213 with fastening thread M10

7/16 – 20 UNF 02

Material of parts which do not come into con-tact with the mediumThrust cap Electronics housingscrewsSteel Diecast aluminium Stainless steel Diecast aluminium Stainless steel Precision cast stainless

steel

02

3

Explosion protection Without explosion protection With explosion protection,

type of protection: "Pressurized housing" (EEx d)

Use in Zone 2n (TÜV) With explosion protection (FM)


A

DE

GQ


BC



Housing cover with inspection window(built-in digital display visible)

1

6



3

SITRANS FUltrasound flow rate measuring unit

Overview The SITRANS® F ultrasound flow rate measuring unit is used to measure the flow rate of electrically conductive and non-conductive liquids. The helix shaped sound guide means that the measurement is independent of the flow pro-file. Changes in the liquid’s temperature, density, viscos-ity or conductivity have no effect on the resulting mea-surement.

Application The main applications of SITRANS F are in the following sectors: Chemical industry Petrochemicals Pharmaceuticals Power engineering.

For application in potentially explosive areas, the EC spe-cial test certificates for types of protection II 2G EEx dem [ia] IIC T6, II 2G EEx dem IIC T6 and II 2G EEx d IIC T6have been applied for.

Features SITRANS F is characterized by the following features: Measurement of flow rate for

laminar or turbulent flow and in transition areas

High measurement preci-sion over a very wide mea-surement range thanks to the helix shaped scanning of the flow profile.

Nominal ranges from DN 25 to DN 100

Compact design Measurement tube and

flange made of stainless steel

Separate connection area High level of long-term sta-

bility by means of digital sig-nal processing

EMC tested in accordance with EN 50 081, EN 50 082 and NAMUR

Self monitoring/diagnostics Simple menu-based opera-

tion with two-line display and four optical operation ele-ments.

Principle of operation The propagation rate of ultra-sound waves in a measuring medium is dependent on the sound speed c0 in this mea-surement material and from its flow rate vM (conduction effect).This effect is used in the ultra-sound flow rate measurement unit. Two ultrasound convert-ers send each other ultra-sound signals on an alternat-ing basis. The propagation times (tAB, tBA) are measured.

If there is a flow of liquid, the sound run time decreases when it is with the flow, and increases when it is against the flow. The resulting difference in run time is a measurement of the flow rate vM.The result is independent of the sound speed of the mea-surement material and therefore independent of the measurement material being measured.

The sound guide in the mea-surement tube is chosen to that the flow rate vM detected along the measurement path represents the average flow rate for any flow profile. The patented helix-shaped sound guide of the SITRANS F allows very good scanning of the flow profile. This means that the unit can achieve high pre-cision over a wide range of flow rates.

tAB =L

c0 + vM

tBA =L

c0 – vM



3

MOBY identification systemsASM interface modules

Overview

Fig. 3/120 System configuration with MOBY

G_IK10_deP0106s

PROFIBUS interface

Any PROFIBUS mastere.g. OP 37

MOBY identification system

Application Different efficient and low-cost interface modules (ASM) are available for integration of the identification systems MOBY F, E, I and V in the SIMATIC, SINUMERIK, PROFIBUS-DP and the PC.

The appropriate software modules (FB, FC) guarantee simple, quick integration in the application.

Up to 4 write/read devices (depending on the ASM) can be serially connected to one ASM.

You will find further infor-mation about thesecomponents in the March 2000 catalog to theCatalog KT 21 or inInternet:

http://www.ad.siemens.de/moby

MOBY-ASM with PROFIBUS-DP interface

ASM Write/read components MOBY identification system Available software

ASM 450 2 × SLG MOBY F / E / I / V FB240 (for S5)FC45 or FC44 (for S7)

ASM 451 (with file handler) 1 × SLG 4x MOBY I FC46 (for S7)

ASM 454 max. 4 × SLG 4x MOBY I FC45 (only S7)

ASM 455 (with file handler) max. 4 × SLG 4x MOBY I FC46 (for S7)

ASM 754 max. 4 × SLA 71 MOBY E FC45 (only S7)

ASM 850 1 × SLA 81 MOBY F FC45 (only S7)

ASM 854 max. 4 × SLA 81 MOBY F FC45 (only S7)



3

MOBY identification systemsASM 450/ASM 451 interface modules

Overview • The ASM 450/451 interface modules are modules for operating MOBY F/E/I/V components via PROFIBUS-DP with:– SIMATIC S5/S7– SINUMERIK– SICOMP IMC– any computers– PC’s– any PLC.

Design The ASM 450/451 interfaces are structured on the standard module ET200X. The appro-priate configuration and installation guidelines can be found in the ET 200X manual.

Expansion modules from the ET 200X range cannot be operated on the ASM 450/451.

Functions ASM 450The PROFIBUS-DP procedure in accordance with IEC 61158/EN 50170 is implemented on the ASM 450. Access to the data in the MDS is via abso-lute addressing.

The programming interface is open in the ASM 440 descrip-tion so that the ASM 450 can be connected to any PROFIBUS-DP server. With the FB240 or FC44 for the SIMATIC S5/S7, the ASM 450 operates in cyclic mode. With the FC45 for the SIMATIC S7, the ASM 450 operates in non-cyclic mode, i.e. the PROFIBUS-DP cycle is not loaded. This is advanta-geous for transferring large amounts of data.

ASM 451 (only for MOBY I)The PROFIBUS-DP procedure in accordance with IEC 61158/EN 50170 and the MOBY I file handler are implemented on the AM 451. Access to the data in the MDS is via file names.The FC46 function is available for SIMATIC S7.

Fig. 3/121 System configuration ASM 450/451

G_I

K10_

deP0

105s

PROFIBUS-DPmaster module,e.g. S7-400 CPU

AT-comp. PC

PROFIBUScable

24 V for SLGsto otherPROFIBUSstations 2. SLG

(not for ASM 451)

MDS MDS

1. SLG



3

MOBY identification systemsASM 454/455/754/850/854 interface modules

Overview • For connecting the MOBY I, E, E, F and V identification systems by means of PROFIBUS-DP to the systems (SIMATIC S7, SINUMERIK, SICOMP IMC,

PC, PLC etc.), various pow-erful interface modules with low-cost write and read antennae or write/read devices are available.

ASM Identification system

ASM 454/455 MOBY I

ASM 754 MOBY E

ASM 850/854 MOBY F

Functions ASM 454/455Up to 4 SLG 4x write/read devices from the MOBY I range can be connected and operated in parallel on the rugged housing. The MOBY I data memories can be read or written in dynamic mode, whereby the max. data vol-ume depends on the type of SLG, data memory speed etc.

ASM 454The ASM 454 accesses the data in the MDS directly by physical addresses. Commu-nication with the user is by the non-cyclic protocol service of PROFIBUS-DP-V1. The FC45 function is available to SIMATIC S7 users for sim-ple integration.

ASM 455The MOBY I file handler is implemented on the AS 455. The file handler is a DOS-like file management system for the MOBY I identification sys-tem. It consists of a program which is run on the interface module. The FC46 function is available to the SIMATIC user.On the PROFIBUS the ASM 455 operates exclusively in non-cyclic mode via DP-V1. This achieves an excellent data thruput.

ASM 754Up to four low-cost SLA 7x write/read antennae from the MOBY E range can be con-nected and operated quasi-parallel from the user point of view on the rugged housing. Internally, however, the chan-nels are processed in multi-plex mode so that the MOBY E data register can only be read or written in the static state when more than one SLA 7x is connected.The ASM 754 accesses the data in the MDS directly by physical addresses. Commu-nication with the user is by the non-cyclic protocol service of PROFIBUS-DP-V1. The FC45 function is available to SIMATIC S7 users for simple integration.

ASM 850/854Up to 4 SLA 81 write/read antennae from the MOBY F range can be con-nected and operated in paral-lel on the rugged housing. The MOBY F data registers can be read or written in dynamic mode, whereby the max. data volume depends on the read-ing distance of the SLA 8x, speed of the data register etc.The ASM 850/854 accesses the data in the MDS directly by physical addresses. Communication with the user is by the non-cyclic protocol service of PROFIBUS-DP-V1. The FC45 function is available to SIMATIC S7 users for easy integration. When operating with fixed code data registers operation via the process image of PROFIBUS-DP without FC45 is also possible.



3

MOBY identification systemsASM interface modules

You will find further information about these components in the March 2000 catalogto the Catalog KT 21 or in the Internet:http://www.ad.siemens.de/moby


ASM 450 interface modulewith PROFIBUS-DP-V1 interface(MOBY I/E/F/V)max. 2 SLG in multiplex modecan be connected, without plugs

6GT2 002-0EB00

ASM 451 interface modulewith PROFIBUS-DP-V1 interfacewith MOBY Filehandleronly 1 SLG 4x can be connected, without plugs

6GT2 002-0EB10

Plugsfor ASM 450/451for PROFIBUS-DP connectionand 24 V supply,3 pcs. per ASM 450/451 required

6ES7 194-1AA00-0XA0

ASM 454 interface modulewith PROFIBUS-DP-V1 interface, max. 4 standard SLG 4x (MOBY I)can be connected (parallel mode)

6GT2 002 - 2EE00

Order No.

ASM 455 interface module ASM 455with PROFIBUS-DP-V1 interface, with file handler;max. 4 standard SLG 4x (MOBY I)can be connected (parallel mode)

6GT2 002 - 2EF00

ASM 754 interface module ASM 754with PROFIBUS-DP-V1 interface, max. 4 MOBY E SLA 7x can be con-nected (quasi-parallel mode)

6GT2 002 - 2EE00

ASM 850 interface modulewith PROFIBUS-DP-V1 interface, only one MOBY F SLA 8x can be connected

6GT2 402 - 2EA00

ASM 854 interface modulewith PROFIBUS-DP-V1 interface, max. 4 MOBY F SLA 8x can be connected (parallel mode)

6GT2 402 - 2BB00



3

Low voltage switching devices SIRIUS NETOverview

SIRIUS NET stands for all low-voltage switching devices with communications func-tions from Siemens.

The PROFIBUS is primarily used with switching devices with increased communica-tions requirements, e.g. trans-mission of analog actual val-ues with minimum response times at the same time (max. data transfer rate 12 Mbit/s).

S7-300

ET 200X Master drive

SIMOCODE-DP3UF5

KNS/DP withcircuit breaker 3WN6

PROFIBUS-FMS

PROFIBUS-DP

0 1

SIMOCODE-DPcommunications-capablemotor protection andcontrol unit

. The SIMOCODE-DP commu-nications-capable motor protection and control unit is used in low-voltage motor control centers for protecting motors against thermal over-load.Moreover, SIMOCODE-DP with its internal control logic performs the entire control/locking of the load feeder. The integrated PROFIBUS-DP interface reduces wiring between motor feeder and PLC/PCS to one two-wire bus cable only.

The complete data exchange between the two levels takes place on this bus cable, i.e. control commands for the integrated control and enable functions as well as check-back signals, operational data, statistics and diagnos-tics data.

For further information, see Catalog NS K.

3UF50

Communications-capablecircuit breaker

. Circuit-breakers are used to switch systems and consum-ers and protect against over-load and short-circuit. The protection functions of the overload trigger do not require additional auxiliary supply, i.e. they work inde-pendently of the interference voltage. The selection and setting of the overload trigger depends on the particular application. Measured values, such as the current operating current, can also be made available.

The following circuit-breakers are available for communica-tion via PROFIBUS-DP: 3VF circuit-breaker –

compact, versatile and high-performance

3WN6 circuit-breaker –low-cost, universal, space-saving, low-maintenance

3WN1circuit-breaker –for the top performance

3WNI vacuum circuit-breaker – low mainte-nance for optimum service life

For further information,see Catalog NS K.PROFIBUS-DP interface

DP/3WN6



3

Low voltage switching devices SIRIUS NET3UF5 communications-capable

motor protection and control units

Overview SIMOCODE-DP is mainly used in the motor control cen-ters of the process industry. The four primary features of SIMOCODE-DP are particu-larly in demand here:

• Electronic motor protection including thermistor protec-tion and ground-fault protec-tion

• Standard control functions such asdirect starter, revers-ing starter, etc. with applica-tion-specific adaptation possibilities

• Extensive maintenance and diagnostic information

• Communication via PROFIBUS-DP.

• Easy integration in SIMATIC PC S7 by FB, face-plate and SIMATIC PDM

Design SIMOCODE-DP consists of modular components which can be configured arbitrarily: Basic unit 3UF50, incl.

PROFIBUS-DP and RS 232 interfaces, as well as four parameterizable inputs and four parameterizable out-puts

Expansion module with eight additional parameterizable inputs and four parameteriz-able outputs

Operator control module for installation in the cabinet door with six parameteriz-able LEDs and three param-eterizable keys

Win-SIMOCODE-DP soft-ware with LC display for parameter input, controlling, testing and for reading out the message and diagnostic data of the individual motor feeders (via RS 232 or PROFIBUS-DP.).

Principle of operation The unit can also be used in autonomous mode, independently of the PLC, via the protection functions and control logic integrated in SIMOCODE-DP.The connection to PROFIBUS-DP guarantees fast, reliable transmission of control com-mands, operating states,

diagnostic, service, statistical and parameter data from and to the higher level bus inter-face. This can be part of a PLC (e.g. SIMATIC S7), a pro-cess control system (e.g. PCS7) or a PC.

The SIMOCODE-DP cyclically occupies 4/8 bytes of I/O data in the process image. A fur-ther 20 bytes of diagnostic data can be scanned as required. The scope of parameter data is 211 bytes.

Parameterization The SIMOCODE-DP unit function can be set via:

RS 232-PC with Win-SIMOCODE-DP software.

PROFIBUS-DP with Win-SIMOCODE Professional software

The bus parameters must be set via the RS 232 interface.



3

Low voltage switching devices SIRIUS NET3UF5 communications-capablemotor protection and control units


Intelligentmotor protection

Communication withPLC (automation level)

Loggingoperational data

Analysis ofstatistics data

Control of aload feeder

SIMOCODE-DP protects electrical operational equip-ment such as single phase or three phase motors and transformers.

SIMOCODE-DP provides high performance communi-cation between individual control levels and automation levels via PROFIBUS-DP and the standard PROFIBUS-DP expansion (DPV1)

SIMOCODE-DP logs opera-tional data and makes it avail-able to the user via the bus and the Win-SIMOCODE-DP/Smart or /Professional software.

SIMOCODE-DP logs statistics data and makes it available to the user via the bus and the Win-SIMOCODE-DP/Smart or /Professional software.

SIMOCODE-DP allows a motor to be controlled manu-ally via the bus (operator module 3UF52 or "local" button) using the Win-SIMOCODE-DP/Smart or /Professional software

For rated currents from 0.25 A to 820 A

Trip classesCLASS 5/10/15/20/25/30

Overload, phase failure, non-symmetry of power and earth fault recognition, plus block protection and PTC, KTY or NTC thermistor motor protec-tion

Protection of EEx e motors

Two overload setting ranges for motors with two speeds.

Parameterizable power limit values for process protection

Recovery time5 min. set, can be extended to 60 min

Emergency start

Combined test/reset button

Manual / automatic resetRemote reset via bus or external button

High tripping accuracy

Self monitoring

Temperature range –25 °C to +60 °C

Data range: 4/12 bytes I/O cyclical20 bytes diagnostics 213 bytes parameter data

Configuration of the unit via bus baud rate, address and basic type must always be set using Win-SIMOCODE-DP /Smart or /Professional via the system interface (RS 232).

All operational and diagnos-tics data are available to the superordinate automation level.

If there is a bus error or if the communication processor or PLC CPU fails, SIMOCODE-DP switches off or maintains its operational status (config-urable). Manual control is authorized!

Control commands can be given from the automation level.

Current motor current in % of setting current Ie

Warning/tripping – Overload – Asymmetrical power – Thermistor-motor protec-

tion threshold exceeded– Earth fault – Power limit values

exceeded

Maximum motor current of last overload trip in % of the set current Ie

Cause of last trip

Operating hours

Number of starts

Number of overload trips

Configurable control functions: – Direct starter – Reversing starter – Star delta connection – Dahlander connection – Pole changing – Magnetic valve control – Slide valve control – SIKOSTART 3RW22

individual control functionsusing logic blocks such as: 4 truth tables, 2 timers, 2 counters and 4 signal ad-justment blocks.

Monitoring of process signals:– Runtime monitoring when

starting up and shutting down

– Locking for example Lock-ing of e.g. reverse drives between left and right run

– Power dependent switching from star to delta on star-delta run.

Control commands for manual operation: – from the control cabinet us-

ing the 3UF52 – from "on-site" using e.g.

encapsulated push-buttons – using manual operation unit – using system interface and

Win-SIMOCODE-DP /Smart or /Professional software.

Control commands for automatic operation: – via the bus from the user

program.

Operator control enables can be assigned and, e.g. a key-operated switch can be inte-grated for manual/automatic switching.

Function blocks Communicationsinterface

Transfer speed Transfer medium,max. distance

Number of stations

– Sequence start after failure of voltage in main power cir-cuit

– Operational protection OFF – Ready to start – Test mode (cold run) – Analysis of external errors – Time monitoring for under-

voltage OFF – Analysis of external

warnings – Emergency start

PROFIBUS-DPPROFIBUS-DPV1 IEC 61158/EN 50170

RS 485 interface physics

Connection method using ter-minals (connection cross sec-tion as for auxiliary contacts) or 9-pin sub-D socket

9.6; 45.45; 93.75; 187.5; 500; 1500 Kbit/s

– twisted, screened two-wire cable

– via optical link module plas-tic or gas light

– 9.6 km for two-wire cable – 425 m for plastic optical

fiber – 93 km for glass optical fiber

– 32 per segment – when using RS 485

repeaters, up to 122



3

Low voltage switching devices SIRIUS NET3UF5 communications-capable

motor protection and control units

1) Version depends on current setting range and selection of earth fault or thermistor evaluation (see Catalog NS K, Part 1).

2) Version depends on voltage of inputs (see Catalog NS K, Part 1).


3UF50 basic unitwith integrated PROFIBUS-DP interface 24 V DC 115 V AC 230 V AC

3UF5 00-3B.00-1 1)

3UF5 00-3J.00-1 1)

3UF5 00-3N.00-1 1)

3UF51 expansion unit8 inputs, 4 outputs

3UF5 100-0A00 2)

Handheld operator panel for SIMOCODE-DP and3WN6 circuit-breaker

3WX3 647-6JA00

Operating block 3UF52 for installation in the switchgear cabinet door

3UF5 202-1AA00-1

3UF57 system manualincluding system files German English

3UF5 700-0AA00-03UF5 700-0AA00-1

SICAM LCC Software to create a stan-dard visualization interface and show all important information about thedevices connected to PROFIBUS-DPincl. SIACM Valpro for analyzing the archived measured values. With SICAM LCC, the 3VF, 3WN6, 3WN1, 3WS1 cir-cuit-breakers and SIMOCODE-DP 3UF5 can be displayed. Win-SIMOCODE-DP/Professional and Win3WN6 can also be called up by SICAM LCC if an appro-priate communication processor is installed. Customer-specific expansions arepossible.

6MD54 402-0BA00-1AA0

Order No.

Win-SIMOCODE-DP/Professional Configuration, operation,monitoring and testingConfiguration, operation,monitoring and testingType of delivery:3.5″ diskettes, German / English (options) inc. online-help and example configuration files.Single licence

3UF5 710-0AA00-0via PROFIBUS-DP V1

via RS 232

Win-SOMOCODE-DP/Smart Configuration, operation,monitoring and testingType of delivery:3,5″ diskettes, German/English (options) incl. online help and configuration file examplessingle license

3UF5 711-0AA00-0via RS 232

OM-SIMOCODE-DP STEP 7 object manager to integrate SIMOCODE-DP as an S7 slave and to call up Win-SIMOCODE-DP Professional from STEP 7

3UF57 712-0AA00-0

PCS7 function block SIMOCODE-DPFunction block for integrating SIMO-CODE-DP in the PCS7 application pro-gram and visualization of the SIMOCODE-DP-specific data in a face-plateType of delivery:CD-ROM, German/English,single license

3UF5 720-0AA00-0



3

Low voltage switching devices SIRIUS NETOverview of functions

Selection of communica-tion-capable circuit break-ers 3VF

• The following should gener-ally be selected for commu-nication-capable circuitbreakers 3VF:1. A conventional circuit

breaker (see Catalog NSPS, Part 3VF)

2. An appropriate motor drive to switch on/off (see Catalog NSPS, Part 3VF)

3. The SIMOCODE-DP to match the 3VF circuit breaker (the measuring range of the SIMOCODE-DP covers the setting range Ir of the 3VF circuit breaker, see CatalogNS K)

For quick selection see Cata-log NSPS, part Communica-tions; prepared Order Nos. for selected communication-capable 3VF circuit breakers and the appropriate motor drives or SIMOCODE-DP.

For the complete useful data and functional scope of the circuit breakers see the system manual "Communications connec-tion of circuit breakers 3VF, 3WN6, 3WN1/3WS1 to PROFIBUS-DP".

Fig. 3/122 System configuration

3WN6

• For general selection of communication-capable circuitbreakers 3WN6 see Catalog NSPS, Part 3WN6. For quick selection, see Cat-alog NSPS, part Communi-cations prepared Order Nos. for selected types.

3WN1 or 3WS1

• For general selection of communication-capable cir-cuit breakers 3WN1 or 3WS1, the following should be noted:

1. At the 10th position of the circuit breaker's Order No. the letter R ("azn") or V ("azng") (for earth fault protection) must be speci-fied as a release.

2. The order No. is supple-mented with "–Z" and the order code "F01" .

3. In the case of a plug-in switch the Order No. of the guide frame (to be or-dered separately) must be supplemented with "–Z" and order code "R39" .

For quick selection see Cata-log NSPS, part Communica-tions, prepared Order Nos. for selected types of the 3WN1 circuit breaker.

G_I

K10_

deP0

104s

PLC

PROFIBUS-DP

PC/PG

3WE

3UF50 DP/3WN6

3WN6 3WN1, 3WS1

PLC programmable logiccontroller

PC Personal ComputerPG Programming device

DP/3WN6 DP/3WN1,3WS1

ET 200S

NSK-

8241


Circuit breaker 3VF(up to 800 A)

3WN6(up to 3200 A)

3WS1/3WN1(up to 2500/6300 A)

Interfaceused

SIMOCODE-DP(3UF50)

DP/3WN6 DP/3WN1,3WS1

ET 200

Switch commands– Switch on / off + + – +

Operational modes– ON / OFF– Ready to start

+–

++

––

++ (breaker with "–Z" andorder code "M10" )

Event messages– Trip messages

– Overload warning

+

+

+

+

–

–

+ (breaker with "–Z" andorder code "M02" )+

Measured values– Max. phase current Imax– Currents IL1, IL2, IL3– Current IN

+––

+++

++–

–––

Power management– Power P, work W,

power factor,voltage U

(use PROFIBUS measuring instrument)

+ (breaker with "–Z" andorder code "F05" )

(use PROFIBUS measuring instrument)

Parameter setting via bus(e.g. trip current)

+(values of SIMOCODE-DP)

+ –



3

Low voltage switching devices SIRIUS NETCommunication-capable 3VF circuit breaker

up to 800 A, for fixed mounting, 3-pole

For further versions, see Catalog NSPS, Part 3VF.An additional auxiliary contactor must be used for operating voltages < 220 V AC.

Selection and ordering data (examples for quick selection)

Rated operational voltage Ue up to 690 V ACWith auxiliary switch (1 changeover)and alarm switch (1 changeover)With motor drive for switching on/off220 to 240 V AC (order separately)1)

The SIMOCODE-DP interface is requiredas a communications link.

Technical specifications and other versions see Catalog NS K.

Functions on the PROFIBUS-DP: Switch on/off Operating status message

(switch on/off) Tripped signalling Overload message Transmission of maximum

phase current (ILmax) Change setting values (of the SIMOCODE-DP)

SIMOSCOPE-DP(3UF50)

3VF

Ratedcur-rentIn

Setting current of currentdependent,delayedoverloadtrip "n"Ir

Response currentof the undelayed short-circuit trip "n"II

Circuit breaker Required motor drive220 to 240 V AC 1)

(for switching on/off)

Interface:Motor protection and control unit SIMOCODE-DP (see also Catalog NS K)

Order No.(Order No. suppl. see below)

Order No. Order No.

A A A

80200250400500630

63– 80160–200200–250315–400400–500500–630

400– 8001000–20001250–25002000–40002500–50003150–6300

3VF31 11-BQ41-0AN13VF33 11-BX41-0AN13VF42 11-BM41-0AN13VF52 11-BM41-0AN13VF62 11-BK44-0AN13VF62 11-BM44-0AN1

3VF9 323-1ME103VF9 323-1ME103VF9 423-1ME103VF9 523-1ME103VF9 623-1ME103VF9 623-1ME10

3UF50 21-3BN00-13UF50 31-3BN00-13UF50 41-3BN00-13UF50 41-3BN00-13UF50 41-3BN00-13UF50 51-3BN00-1

800 400, 500,630, 800

15000 3VF71 11-BK60-0AN1 3VF9 723-1NE30 3UF50 51-3BN00-1

Rated short-circuitbreaking capacity(see Catalog NSPS, Part 4)

Order No. suppl. Circuit breaker

3VF . . . . - . . . . - . . . . 3VF11 3VF33 3VF4 3VF5 3VF62 11-.BK 3VF62 11-.BM 3VF71

Standard switching capacityHigh switching capacityVery high switching capacity

123

Accessories (absolutely necessary)

Version Order No.

System manualCommunications connection of circuit breakers3VF, 3WN6, 3WN1/3WS1 to PROFIBUS-DP

Fee E20001-P285-A644-V1

System manual for SIMOCODE-DPwith description of communication via PROFIBUS-DP German, including system files English, including system files

FeeFee

3UF57 00-0AA00-03UF57 00-0AA00-1

PROFIBUS connectorfor connecting the interface to PROFIBUS

6ES7 972-0BB40-0XA0

Connecting cablefor PC communication via the SIMOCODE-DP system interface,length 5 m

3RW29 20-1DA00

Parameterization software Win-SIMOCODE-DPWindows 95 or Windows NT-based software for parameterization, control, diagnostics and testing of SIMOCODE-DP through the SIMOCODE-DP system interface German/English switchable (without connecting cable), including parameter file for 3VF

3UF57 11-0AA00-0



3

Low voltage switching devices SIRIUS NETDP/3WN6 interface unit for3WN6 circuit-breakers

1) When selecting the circuit-breaker, ensure that the overcurrent trip unit is provided with the required communications module.

For further informationsee Catalog NS K.

Overview The 3WN6 circuit-breakers with a rated current of 630 to 3200 A at a breaking capacity of 75 kA are 3- or 4-pole switching devices for power distribution and for protecting motors, generators, trans-formers and distribution sys-tems.

The 3WN6 circuit-breakers are linked to the PROFIBUS-DP using the DP/3WN6 inter-face unit.It is then possible to transmit control commands and the comprehensive data of the 3WN6 circuit-breaker via a simple 2-wire cable or fiber-optic cable to programmable controllers compatible with PROFIBUS-DP.

Design The DP/3WN6 interface unit is fitted in a compact 70 mm housing for assembly on DIN rails.The units should preferably be fitted in rows without inter-spacing and positioned verti-cally.

The circuit-breaker is con-nected to the DP/3 WN6 inter-face unit using a precut/pre-assembled, 3 m long cable. The cable is included in the delivery of the interface unit.

One integrated 9-pin sub-D socket each is used for the interface to the 3WN6 circuit-breaker and for connection to PROFIBUS-DP.

Principle of operation The DP/3WN6 interface unit is connected to the 3WN6 cir-cuit-breaker via a point-to-point connection. The conversion to the PROFI-BUS-DP protocol is carried out in the interface unit.

It is only necessary to set the PROFIBUS-DP address in order to use the interface unit.The data transfer rate and other bus parameters are set by the master module – the interface unit is automatically set to these data.

The communications connec-tion to the circuit-breaker is made automatically when the supply voltage is connected.The interfaces to the circuit-breaker and to PROFIBUS-DP are monitored by the interface unit and the status signalled on two LEDs.

Parameterization The PROFIBUS-DP station"DP/3WN6 interface unit" is configured using the COM PROFIBUS parameterization software.

The circuit-breaker is parame-terized either using the keys on the overcurrent trip unit, the manual control unit of the circuit-breaker or the profile "PROFIBUS-DP”.

The DP/3WN6 interface unit occupies 12 bytes I/O data in the process image.A total of 224 bytes useful data can be addressed via the profile "PROFIBUS-DP”.


Data transfer rate max.Interfaces Connection to PROFIBUS

12 Mbit/s

9-pin Sub-D socket

Rated control voltage 24 V DC



0 °C to +55 °C0 °C to +55 °C95%, non-condensing

Design Dimensions (W × H × D) in mm Weight

70 × 95 × 800.3 kg



DP/3WN6 interface to connect 3WN6 circuitbreakers to PROFIBUS-DPincluding GSD file, type filesand documentation fileon 31/2″ diskette

3RK1 000-0JC80-0BA2

STEP 5/STEP 7 software module 3RK1 800-0AA00-0AA0

Circuit breaker 3WN6 1) see Catalog NS K, Section 11

Handheld operator panel for 3WN6 circuit-breakers andSIMOCODE-DP 3UF5

3WX3 647-6JA00

Win3WN6 Smart 3WX3 647-6AB00

Win3WN6 Professional 3WX3 647-6AC00



3

Low voltage switching devices SIRIUS NETCircuit breaker 3WN6 up to 3200 A

OverviewThe hardware and software opposite is required to communicate with the 3WN6 circuit breaker via PROFIBUS-DP.The overcurrent releases D, E/F, H, J/K, N or P, respectively with the additional functions 2 have basic communications capability.Unlike a standard circuit breaker, the communication-capable 3WN6 circuit breaker has an additional communica-tion module. For extended measuring functions, a com-munication module with mea-suring function (measuring module) must be ordered instead or the mere communi-cation module for the N, P releases.Extended measuringfunctions:1. Measuring of:

– Phase-to-neutral voltage– Direction of phase

rotation– Frequency– Active power, reactive

and apparent power– Power factor

2. Setting of alarm or release values for:– Phase imbalance voltage– Energy flow direction– Overfrequency,

underfrequency– Overvoltage,

undervoltage

Fig. 3/123 System components

NoteFor remote switching on of the circuit breaker via PROFIBUS, it must be fitted with a motor drive with closing solenoid (Y1). To switch off the 3WN6 remotely via PROFIBUS, the circuit breaker must be fitted accordingly with a shunt release F1 or F2.

The following accessories are absolutely essential in addi-tional to a communication-capable circuit breaker (see Catalog NS K): System manual

(for configuration and com-missioning support)

DP/3WN6 interface unit 24 V DC power supply for in-

terface PROFIBUS connector and

bus cables.

Recommended for the benefit of the full scope of communi-cations in connection with SIMATIC S5/S7:Software module.Up-to-date information of the individ-ual products and new product fea-tures can be found in the Internet.

http://www.ad.siemens.de/sicamlcc

G_I

K10_

deP0

103s

PLC

PROFIBUS-DP

PC/programming device (withCOM PROFIBUS software) Type/GSD file

(supplied withDP/3WN6)

Connector 6ES7

DP/3WN6

DP/3WN6

3WN6 circuit breaker

Connencting cable3WN6-DP/3WN6(3 m, supplied withinterface)

DC 24VPROFIBUS-DPinterface Power supply

Power supply for closing solenoid(Y1) and shunt release (F1, F2)

Overcurrent releaseD, E/F, H, JK,N or P

+ additional function 2+ communication module F01

Current measuring,signalling, ...

Overcurrent releaseN or P

+ additional function 2+ communication module with measuring function F05

Power management,signalling, ...

Software modulefor SIMATIC S5/S7

NSK-

8242

a



3

Low voltage switching devices SIRIUS NETCommunication-capable 3WN6 circuit breakerup to 3200 A, 3-pole

1) External voltage converters are included, see Catalog NS K.

Other communication-capable circuit breakers 3WN6 see Catalog NS K.


Rated operational voltage Ue up to 690 V ACRated limit short-circuitbreaking capacity ICU up to 500/690 V AC:Size I up to 65/50 kA;Size II up to 80/50 kAWith motor drive 24 V DCWith shunt release 24 V DCWith auxiliary switch (2 NO + 2 NC)

Technical specifications and other versions see Catalog NS K.

Functions on the PROFIBUS:see the Order No. supplements below.For full functionality, see the system manual "Communications connection of circuit breakers 3VF, 3WN6, 3WN1/3WS1 to PROFIBUS", see Accessories.

Framesize

Ratedcurrent In=converterrated currentIn

Settingrange ofsetting currentIr

Circuit breaker for fixed mountingwith horizontal main terminal, at rear

Circuit breaker in draw-out versionwith guide framewith horizontal main terminal, at rear

Order No. Order only with order code F01 or F05

Order No. Orderonly with order code F01 or F05A A

Circuit breaker with overcurrent release for overload and short-circuit protection

I

II

630800

100012501600200025003200

252– 630320– 800400–1000500–1250640–1600800–2000

1000–25001280–3200

3WN6 061-7D51-1BA1-Z3WN6 161-7E51-1BA1-Z3WN6 261-7F 51-1BA1-Z3WN6 361-7G51-1BA1-Z3WN6 461-7H51-1BA1-Z3WN6 561-7J 51-1BA1-Z3WN6 661-7K51-1BA1-Z3WN6 761-7M51-1BA1-Z

3WN6 081-7D51-1BA1-Z3WN6 181-7E51-1BA1-Z3WN6 281-7F 51-1BA1-Z3WN6 381-7G51-1BA1-Z3WN6 481-7H51-1BA1-Z3WN6 581-7J 51-1BA1-Z3WN6 681-7K51-1BA1-Z3WN6 781-7M51-1BA1-Z

Overcurrent release Functionality on the PROFIBUS Order No.supplement

Order No.supplement

"aznN"

"aznNg"

Transmission ofphase currents IL1, IL2, IL3, ILmax, Ig

Trip signalling Alarm signalling, Operating status signalling

(switch on/off), Switch on/off

D

E

F 0 1

F 0 1

D

E

F 0 1

F 0 1

"aznN"

"aznNg"

as , additionally: Remote parameterization of the setting

values and protection parameters of the circuit breaker

H

J

F 0 1

F 0 1

H

J

F 0 1

F 0 1

"aznN"

"aznNg"

as , additionally: Extended measuring functions

N

P

F 0 51)

F 0 51)

N

P

F 0 51)

F 0 51)

DP/3WN6

3WN6

Other version (recommended)

When ordering switches in the above versions, the full Order No. must be supplemented additionally with "-Z" and the order code "K01" .

Order No.3WN6 ..1-7..51-1BA1-Zand additionalorder code

Only for communication-capablecircuit breakers

With automatic mechanical reset device after release(without additional function K01, the cir-cuit breaker must be reset manually with the red RESET button on the circuit breakers after releases)

K 01

Accessories Order No.

To be ordered for communication-capable 3WN6 circuit breakers

System manualCommunications connection ofcircuit breakers 3VF, 3WN6,3WN1/3WS1 to PROFIBUS-DP

E20001-P285-A644-V1

DP/3WN6 interface unitrequired once per communication-capable circuit breaker (incl. 31/2″ dis-kette with type or GSD file)

3RK1 000-0JC80-0BA2

24 V DC power supplyfor interface DP/3WN6, current con-sumption max. 800 mA (including over-current release of the circuit breaker)

e.g. 4AV2, see Catalog NS K, Part 14


6ES7 972-0BB40-0XA0

Software modulefor SIMATIC S5 and S7; programming tool for handling communication, 31/2″ diskettes

3RK1 800-0AA00-0AA0



3

Low voltage switching devices SIRIUS NETCommunication-capable 3WN1 circuit breaker

up to 6300 A, 3-pole


Rated operational voltage Ue up to 690 V AC Rated limit short-circuitbreaking capacity ICU up to 500/690 V AC:Size I,II up to 80/60 kA;Size III, IV up to 100/80 kAWith motor drive 220 to 250 V ACWith shunt release 220 up to 240 V ACWith auxiliary switch (2 NO + 2 NC)

Technical specifications and other versions see Catalog NS K

Functions on the PROFIBUS: Transmission of phase currents Tripped signalling Alarm signalling Operating status message

(switch on/off) Switch on/off

For detailed selection of communica-tion-capable 3WN1 circuit breakerssee Catalog NS K

Framesize

Ratedcurrent In=converterrated currentInA

Setting-range of thesetting currentIr

A

Circuit breaker for fixed mounting on con-necting rails top and bottom vertical

Circuit breaker in draw-out versionwithout guide frame

Order No. Orderonly with order code F01

Order No. Orderonly with order code F01

Circuit breaker with overcurrent release for overload and short-circuit protection

I/1

I/2

II

III/1III/2IV

630800

1000125012501600200025003200400050006300

252– 630320– 800400–1000500–1250500–1250640–1600800–2000

1000–25001260–32001600–40002000–50002520–6300

3WN1 061-1D68-1JA5-Z3WN1 161-1E68-1JA5-Z3WN1 261-1F 68-1JA5-Z3WN1 261-1G68-1JA5-Z3WN1 361-1G68-1JA5-Z3WN1 461-1H68-1JA5-Z3WN1 561-1J 68-1JA5-Z3WN1 661-1K68-1JA5-Z3WN1 761-1M68-1JA5-Z3WN1 831-1P68-1JA5-Z––

F01F01F01F01F01F01F01F01F01F01

3WN1 071-1D68-1JA5-Z3WN1 171-1E68-1JA5-Z3WN1 271-1F 68-1JA5-Z3WN1 271-1G68-1JA5-Z3WN1 371-1G68-1JA5-Z3WN1 471-1H68-1JA5-Z3WN1 571-1K68-1JA5-Z3WN1 671-1K68-1JA5-Z3WN1 771-1M68-1JA5-Z3WN1 871-1P68-1JA5-Z3WN1 971-2Q68-1JA5-Z3WN1 971-2S68-1JA5-Z

F01F01F01F01F01F01F01F01F01F01F01F01

Overcurrent release Functionality on the PROFIBUS Order No.supplement

Order No.supplement

"azn"

"azng"

See interfaces R

V

R

V

DP/3WN1,3WS1

3WN1

Accessories for 3WN1 and/or 3WS1

Version Order No.

Guide framewith factory mounted connecting lead(Sub-D, 9-pin) for communication

Order only with order code R39

with T-connectors,without remote signalling of the circuit-breaker position,with hinged extension rails,without shutter,4 auxiliary plugswithout locking device against opening ofcabinet door or moving the switch

Frame size

IIIIIIIVIV

for switches

3WN1 0 to 3WN1 43WN1 5 and 3WN1 63WN1 7 and 3WN1 83WN1 9 to 5000 A3WN1 9 to 6300 A

3WX31 83-8CA00-1EA3-Z R393WX31 83-8DA00-1EA3-Z R393WX31 83-8GA00-1EA3-Z R393WX31 83-8HA00-1EA3-Z R393WX31 83-8UA00-1EA3-Z R39

Interfaces (at least or necessary per switch) DP/3WN1, 3WS1 for:

–Transmission of phase currents IL1, IL2, IL3, ILmax–Tripped signalling–Alarm signalling

ET 200B (8 DI, 8 DO) for:–Operating status signalling (e.g. switch on/off)–Switch on/offFor further information about ET 200, see Catalogs ST 50 / ST 70.

Terminal block (screw-type terminal)Electronics block

3RK1 002-0B00-0AA0

6ES7 193-0CA10-0XA06ES7 133-1BH01-0XB0

System manualCommunications connection of circuit breakers3VF, 3WN6, 3WN1/3WS1 to PROFIBUS-DP

Fee E20001-P285-A644-V1

24 V DC power supplyFor interface DP/3WN1, 3WS1, current consumption max. 800 mA (including overcurrent release of the circuit breaker)

e.g. 4AV2, see Catalog NS K, Part 14


6ES7 972-0BB40-0XA0



3

Low voltage switching devices SIRIUS NETCommunication-capable circuit breakersSoftware Win3WN6

1) Win3WN6 is only required once per system.

Overview • High-performance software packages are available for user friendly operation and use of the communication functions of the circuit breakers

• Time saved by efficient com-missioning (parameterize once then copy to different circuit breakers)

• Fast, easy documentation of switching parameters at the press of a button

• Avoidance/minimizing of system shutdowns by spe-cific diagnostics with access to all switch data by mouse-click

• Saves costs in comparison with customer visualization by use of a local tool

Functions Win3WN6 offers the user the full range of functions of the 3WN6 circuit breaker for oper-ation and monitoring at an attractive price.

Software features For release types D, E/F, H,

J/K, N, P Runs under Windows 95 and

Windows NT 4.0 Win3WN6 communicates

with the circuit breaker either via the RS 232 interface (at the release, in place of the handheld operator panel) or via the PROFIBUS-DP, SIMATIC S5, S7 or PC as a master

Switch state, tripped signal-ling overview (see Fig. 3/124)

Switching operations (password protected)

Operational data overview (e.g. phase currents)

Simple setting of protection parameters (password pro-tected)

Fig. 3/124 Win3WN6 menu masks

Main overview maskParameter mask

Operational data mask


Win3WN6 Professional V1.0 1)

1 packetParameterization, operation, monitoring, testing via PROFIBUS-DP or RS 232, incl. online help, German/EnglishswitchableTarget master systems: SIMATIC S5, S7, PROFIBUS-DP capable PC (CP 5613)Target system (RS 232): Laptop or PCScope of supply: CD, 31/2″ diskette, interface cable as well as mains adapter for RS 232

3WX36 47-6AC00

Win3WN6 Smart V1.0 1)

1 packetParameterization, operation, monitoring, testing via RS 232,including online help, German/English switchableTarget system: Laptop or PCScope of supply: CD, interface cable as well as mains adapter for RS 232

3WX36 47-6AB00

Order No.

Power supply unit1 packetrequired for RS 232 communication (e.g. for local parameterization),if the circuit breaker is not supplied additionally with 24 V DC.Only in connection with mains adapter (delivered with Win3WN6).

3WX36 47-6JA02

Upgrade Smartto Professional V1.01 packetSoftware package for upgrading from Win3WN6 Smart to Win3WN6 ProfessionalScope of supply: 31/2″ diskette

3WX36 47-6AD00

Demo Win3WN61 packetNavigation through masks of Win3WN6 without communications functionalityScope of supply: CD, including elec-tronic manual, online help, Ger-man/English switchable

3WX36 47-6AA00


PROFIBUS

3

Engineering toolsConfiguration software COM PROFIBUS

Overview The COM PROFIBUS facilitates interfacing of: ET 200 distributed I/O

stations. DP/AS-Interface link DP/PA link S7-200/300/400. other field devices

connected to the master interface.

IM 308-C. and other DP master

modules. IM 308-C.

The specified configuration of PROFIBUS-DP is stored on a memory card. The memory card is pro-grammed using the pro-gramming device or PC (with EPROM/EEPROM PG).The data is downloaded via the PC modules CP 5511, CP 5611 or the MPI interface.

Fig. 3/125 Configuration with COM PROFIBUS V5.0

PROFIBUS configuration for PC modules: – CP 5613 (DP and FMS)– CP 5614 (DP and FMS)– CP 5511 (DP) and– CP 5611 (DP).

COM PROFIBUS executes on the PG 720, PG 740 or PG 760 and AT-compatible PCs with Windows 3.11 or Windows 95 (COM PROFIBUS V3. 3) and with Windows NT or Windows 95/98 (COM PROFIBUS V5.0).

Functions The parameterization soft-ware COM PROFIBUS is installed in the programming unit or PC used. It allows simple and operator prompted creation of the address list and the parame-ters for the slave devices. The following entries are necessary: PROFIBUS address. Addressing range in which

the I/O modules should be addressed.

Start addresses of the I/O modules

Slave-specific parameter-ization, e.g. measuring range of an analog input channel.

The following also have to be specified: Setting for transmission rate. Setting for shutdown

response.

Fig. 3/126 Parameterization with COM PROFIBUS

The COM PROFIBUS parame-terization software can be used to locate faults during the startup phase or during

normal operation with an on-line connection between the programming unit/PC and the PROFIBUS-DP fieldbus.

PG

Programming

COMPROFIBUS

Memory Card

e.g. IM 308-C interface

S5-115US5-135US5-155U

S5-95U/DPMaster

G_I

K10_

deP0

045s


PROFIBUS

3

Engineering toolsConfiguration software COM PROFIBUS


When connecting ET 200 devices to master modules which have not been parame-terized with COM PROFIBUS or STEP 7 (operation on third-party master modules), a per-manently assigned GSD file can be generated with the COM PROFIBUS as ofVersion 3.1.

This file is then loaded into the configuration tool of the third-party manufacturer and can be used for simple parameter-ization of the station.This allows use of COM PROFIBUS’s user-friendly plaintext parameterization. There is no need for hexadec-imal code inputs in the manu-facturer’s configuration tool.


COM PROFIBUSparameterization softwareFor programming the IM 308-Cand other DP master modules,executable on PG 720, PG 740 and PG 760 or AT-compatible PCV3.3With Windows 3.1 or Windows 95,on 3½″ diskettes, "ET 200 distributed I/O system” manual.Single license German English French Italian Spanish

6ES5 895-6SE212345

V5.0 With Windows NTor Windows 95/98,on CD-ROM, incl. "COM PROFIBUS” manualand "ET 200 distributed I/O” manualon CD-ROMin German, English, French,Spanish and Italian

6ES5 895-6SE03


PROFIBUS

3

Engineering toolsSIMATIC PDM

Overview SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager) is a system-wide, manufacturer-neutral tool for configuring, parame-terizing, commissioning and diagnostics of intelligent pro-cess devices.

SIMATIC PDM enables a num-ber of process devices to be configured with one software under one common user inter-face.

This provides security and saves costs both in invest-ment, personnel training and consequential costs.

Application SIMATIC PDM can be used in two ways: independently of the system

supplier on a Personal Com-puter or programming unit under Windows 95 / 98 / NT operating systems.

with an option as an integrat-ed tool in STEP 7, the config-uration and programming tool of SIMATIC S7. In this way, SIMATIC PDM is also integrated in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control sys-tem.

SIMATIC PDM's routing function enables access from a central engineering station to all communication-capable process devices in the system. This is equally possible for field devices with PROFIBUS-PA or HART communication and PROFIBUS-DP devices suchas the SIPART control-lers or the motor protection and control unit SIMOCODE.

The representation of the device parameters and func-tions is uniform for all sup-ported process devices and independent of their commu-nications connection, e.g. via PROFIBUS-DP, PROFIBUS-PA or HART protocol.The primary functions of SIMATIC PDM are setting and changing, comparing, checking plausibility, simulation, administration and commissioning functionsof process device data.

In addition SIMATIC PDM allows process monitoring which displays the selected values, alarms and status signals on the screen.

User interface The user interface of SIMATIC PDM is designed according to Microsoft Win-dows standards. Menu struc-tures and toolbars are used as well as the Explorer view which makes navigation between parameter groups easier. Even complex devices with several hundred parame-ters can be represented clearly and processed quickly.The user interface supports several views: STEP 7 view

Process devices are config-ured in STEP 7 in HW Config and displayed graphically or as tables.

Process device network view The hierarchical structure of networks, communication components right up to the process devices is config-ured here. With integration in STEP 7 configuration data can be taken from there; this avoids repeated inputs.

Process device system view The devices configured in HW Config or in the Process device network view are au-tomatically transferred to the process device system view. Free groupability of these devices is in preparation; it will then be possible to ar-range the process devices hierarchically in a tree topology.

Parameter view Here the parameters of a selected process device can be displayed, modified and saved. Communication with the device is also estab-lished here. This parameter display is started by double clicking a process device in one of the other views.


PROFIBUS

3


User interface(continued)

The design of the user inter-face is based on DIN V19259. The appropriate IEC stan-dards are in preparation Within the user interface, the devices are represented homogeneously and easy-to-use with different communica-tion interfaces. The main emphasis is on efficiency.Fig. 3/130 shows an overview of the possible connection points of SIMATIC PDM Ver-sion V5 in a system. The PDM-logo shows where SIMATIC PDM can be connected.With SIMATIC PDM V5 you can use the so-called routing for the first time. Routing enables system-wide commu-nication from the engineering station to the field devices. Replugging the DP interface of the PC to the respective correct DP segment is no longer necessary and thus a possible source of error is eliminated. Travel times are no longer an item, device data are avail-able directly online. The device diagnostics data in particular are available imme-diately. This considerably increases the system reliabil-ity and reduces the costs of travel times.The PC/PG on which SIMATIC PDM is installed are connected to the system bus. This is either an engineering station ES or an engineer con-sole with SIMATIC PDM. Com-mon operation on one project data basis between different PC/PG is possible via LAN.Devices can be connected differently at field level: PROFIBUS PA devices to DP/PA couplers and DP/PA links or HART devices to the HART analog input/output modules. HART devices can also be con-nected to conventionalanalog input/output modules.

Fig. 3/127 STEP 7 view in HWCONFIG

Fig. 3/128 Parameter view

Fig. 3/129 Process device network view and system view

A HART-Multiplexer is shown on the right via which all con-nected HART devices can be accessed.The SIPART DR controllers and the SIMOCODE stand as representatives for PROFIBUS-DP devices.

The PROFIBUS-DP is con-nected to a SIMATIC S7-400 automation system here. Up to 5 DP segments can be connected to the S7-400. Other SIMATIC S7-400 can be connected to the system bus.


PROFIBUS

3


Fig. 3/130 Communication in an automation solution with SIMATIC PDM

G_IK10_deP0148s

Engineer console with STEP 7with Engineer consolewith STEP 7 with

Engineering station ES with STEP 7,WinnCC etc.with SIMATIC PDM

System busS7-400

Device on the workbench

SITRANS F

45.45 Kbit/s up to 12 Mbit/s

Fieldbus

PROFIBUS-DP HART-Protocol

SIPARTDR network

RS 232/RS 485

HART-Multiplexer

SIPART DR

HART device

Possible connectionpoint of a PC/PU withSIMATIC PDM

SIMOCODE

ET 200 M(IM 153-2 withHARTmodules)

SITRANS FSIPART PS2

HART

PROF

IBUS-

PA

DP/PAcoupler

SITRANS P

SIPAN

S7-400

PROFIBUS-DP

DP/PALink

PROF

IBUS-

PA

RS 232/RS 485

SIPART DRSITRANS

T3K

Communication SIMATIC PDM supports sev-eral communication protocols and components for commu-nicating with the following devices: Devices with PROFIBUS-DP

interfaceThese are connected direct-ly to PROFIBUS-DP. One ex-ample of this is the SIPART DR20 compact controller.

Devices with PROFIBUS-PA interface, e.g. the SITRANS P measuring transducerThe PROFIBUS-PA devices supported by SIMATIC PDM are connected to the PROFI-BUS-DP segment by a DP/PA link or DP/PA coupler.The integrated PROFIBUS-PA devices and almost allPROFIBUS-PA devices can be parameterized by the fol-lowing PA profiles of Version 2.0 and 3.0:– Pressure and temperature– Fill level and flow rate– Actuators– Discrete I/O– Analysis

(only PA profile version 3.0)

Devices with HART interfaceThese devices can be con-nected in different ways:– via the SIMATIC ET 200M

distributed I/O with the HART modules,

– via a HART modem with which a point-to-point connection is set up between the PC or engi-neering station and the HART device,

– via multiplexers, which pass on the frames trans-parently to the HART devices.

In addition to the fully inte-grated HART-capable devices almost all HART devices can be parameterized.

Controllers with serial SIPART DR communication via RS 232 / RS 485.In addition to the PROFIBUS the controllers SIPART DR19, DR20, DR21 and DR22 can also be parame-terized and configured via the so-called SIPART DR network.

An overview of the possible connection points of SIMATIC PDM in a system is shown in Fig. 3/130.


PROFIBUS

3


1) only in connection with the option "with integration in STEP 7"

Device DescriptionLanguage

The Device Description Lan-guage exists for parameter-ization of devices. This lan-guage is standardized, manu-facturer-neutral and very widely used.This language describes the parameters, communication and representation of the devices. SIMATIC PDM auto-matically creates the user interface using this descrip-tion.

The interdependence of the parameters is described in the Device Descriptions. SIMATIC PDM can recognize input errors at an early stage and report them to the user in this way. By describing the devices with Device Descriptions all common field devices can be integrated in SIMATIC PDM independently of their com-munication interface.

Device Descriptions for devices of different manufac-turers are created continu-ously for SIMATIC PDM. The device manufacturers are responsible for the Device Descriptions.A current list of the supported devices can be found in the Internet (www.feldgeraete.de).

Access protection SIMATIC PDM supports two different user groups: special-ists and technicians.

The technician can modify the operational data, the special-ist can access all parameters and functions.

A password is freely assign-able for the specialist user group as access protection.


Task Parameterization, commissioning and diagnostics of process devices with PROFIBUS-DP, PROFIBUS-PA, HART and SIPART DR communication

Computer hardware requirements PC/programming device with Pentium processor and 32 MByte RAM (recommended: 64 MByte and more)

Operating system Windows 95/98/NT (with integration in STEP 7: STEP 7 Version 5)

Memory requirements for SIMATIC PDM About 10 MByte,additional 70 MByte for SIMATIC PDM without option "Integration in STEP 7"

Industrial Ethernet connection or TCP/IP connection (interface board for PC)

Communication processor CP 1411CP 1511

6GK1 141-1AA006GK1 151-1AA00

PROFIBUS-DP connection

For PG 720 / PG 740 / PG 760 Built-in MPI interface

For Personal Computer Communication processor CP 5511*CP 5611*

6GK1 551-1AA006GK1 561-1AA00

* required drivers supplied with SIMATIC PDM and STEP 7

Transition PROFIBUS-DPto PROFIBUS-PA

DP/PA coupler

DP/PA link

Ex version Non-Ex version

6ES7 157-0AD00-0XA06ES7 157-0AC00-0XA06ES7 157-0AA00-0XA0

Transition PROFIBUS-DP to HART IM 153-2 interface moduleHART analog input moduleHART analog output module

6ES7 153-2AA01-0XB06ES7 331-7TB00-0AB06ES7 332-5TB00-0AB0

HART point-to-point connection via HART modem 7MF4 997-1DA


SIMATIC PDM V5.0.1for operation and parameterization of process devices incl. communication via HART modem

7MP5 000-0AA00-0AA0

Order No.

Options for SIMATIC PDM V5.0.1– without integration in STEP 7– with integration in STEP 7

7MP4 000- 7 X 7 7 0 - 7 7 7 07MP4 000- 07MP4 000- 1

– without routing– with routing via S7-400 1)

7MP4 000- 7 X A7MP4 000- 7 X B

– 16 TAGs from basic version– up to 128 TAGs– up to 512 TAGs– unlimited number of TAGs

7MP4 000- 7 7 A 07MP4 000- 7 7 A 17MP4 000- 7 7 A 27MP4 000- 7 7 A 3

– without communication – communication via PROFIBUS-DP

and -PA

MP4 000- 7 X 7 7 0 - 0MP4 000- 7 X 7 7 0 - 1

– without communication– communication via

HART modules in ET 200M

MP4 000- 7 X 7 7 0 - 7 AMP4 000- 7 X 7 7 0 - 7 B

– without communication– communication via standard HART

multiplexer

MP4 000- 7 X 7 7 0 - 7 7 AMP4 000- 7 X 7 7 0 - 7 7 B


PROFIBUS

3

Technology componentsASICs for PROFIBUS FMS/DP/PA

Overview • Simple connection of field devices to PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP/-PA1)

• Low Power Management is integrated for SPC 41, DPC 31® and SIM 1

• Various ASICs are available for different functional re-quirements and applica-tions:

1) PA = Process Automation with additional physical connection IEC H1 in accordance with IEC 61158-2 at 31.25 bit/s.

Application The PROFIBUS-DP-ASICs enable other manufacturers to connect their devices easily to PROFIBUS.They can be implemented at transmission rates of up to 12 Mbit/s.The PROFIBUS-DP interface modules are also based an these ASICs.Various ASICs are available in accordance with the different functional requirements and application areas: Master applications:

ASPC 2 for PROFIBUS-DP and FMS with hardware-con-trolled bus access.

Intelligent slaves:SPC 3® for PROFIBUS-DP,with hardware-controlled bus access;

DPC 31 for PROFIBUS-DP and PROFIBUS-PA with inte-grated 8031 core; SPC 41 for PROFIBUS-DP, PROFIBUS-FMS and PROFIBUS-PA (intrinsically safe areas), with hardware-controlled bus access.

Connection in intrinsically safe systems:SIM 1 (Siemens IEC H1 Me-dium Attachment Unit for PROFIBUS in process auto-mation) for physical connec-tion in intrinsically safe fieldbus systems as a Medi-um Attachment Unit for IEC H1 at 31.25 Kbit/s. Especial-ly in connection with the SPC 41 and DPC 31.

Simple slaves:SPM 2 with 64 input/output bits;LSPM 2 with 32 input/output bits for small space require-ments.

For original developments, an order quantity of 5 ASICs is allowed (not suitable for series mounting because the pack-aging can cause damage to the ASIC pins; please use packaging units of more than five).The number of ASICs con-tained in one packaging unit depends on the type of ASIC (see ordering data).

PROFIBUS-DP/FMS

PROFIBUS-PA

SegmentCoupler

IEC 61158-2

(ASPC 2 inside)

(DPC 31 inside)(LSPM 2 inside)(DPC 31 inside)(DPC 31 inside)(SPC 3 inside)

(SPC 41 inside)(DPC 31 inside)

OperatorPanel Drives I/O Station I/O Station S7-300

Transmitter(SIM 1 inside)

Transmitter(SIM 1 inside)

G_I

K10_

deP0

047s

Fig. 3/131 PROFIBUS overall concept


PROFIBUS

3


Design ASPC 2The ASPC 2 is a preprocess-ing communications chip for master applications with a maximum transmission rate of 12 Mbit/s. The ASIC is not open. The brief user guide includes a description of the pins and electrical character-istics of ASPC 2. A separate microprocessor and the appropriate firmware are required for operation. The firmware is adapted to the processor 80C165 and can be purchased by license.

SPC 3The SPC 3 is a preprocessing communications chip with processor interface. The SPC 3 handles the frame and address recognition, process-ing of data backup sequences and protocol pro-cessing for PROFIBUS-DP.An additional firmware is available for the SPC 3 (see ordering data).

DPC 31The DPC 31 is a preprocess-ing communications chip with a processor interface and integrated pro-cessor core (C31 core).It enables the connection of intelligent field devices as slaves to PROFIBUS-DP and PROFIBUS-PA.The DPC 31 processes all communications tasks totally independently and also has an integrated C31 core for fur-ther applications. It combines the communication character-istics of the SP C3 and SP C41 ASICs in a single chip. Moreover, the integrated C31 core can be user-pro-grammed. For the Siemens ASIC DPC 31, firmware is also offered (see ordering data).

SPC 41The SPC 41 is a preprocess-ing communications chip with processor interface. It has been designed for combined applications. Owing to its low-power management, it is par-ticularly suited for use in intrin-sically safe systems. A firm-ware package is available for the SPC 41 from TMG itec.1) Signals are adapted to PROFIBUS-PA by the SIM 1 chip.1) For ordering:

TMG itecD-76137 KarlsruhePhone: +49 721 82 80 60

SIM 1The SIM 1 supplements the SPC 41 or DPC 31. Only a few external components are required in addition to these ASICs to connect to an intrin-sically safe network according to PROFIBUS-PA field devices.In conjunction with the SPC 41 or DPC 31, PROFIBUS-PA slave functions, from physical connection to communica-tions control, may be optimally executed.The SIM 1 supports all send and receive functions as well as the high-impedance isola-tion of the auxiliary power from the bus cable. It provides three stabilized supply volt-ages and permits the imple-mentation of an isolated power supply.It can be connected to all Manchester encoder/decod-ers according to IEC 61158-2.

SPM 2The SPM 2 is a single-chip solution with 64 input/output bits. The SPM 2 handles all data interchange indepen-dently.There is no need for an addi-tional microprocessor or firm-ware.

LSPM 2With regard to its functionality, the LSPM 2 is similar to the SPM 2. However, only 32 input/output bits are available. Because of its smaller chip housing, it is particularly suit-able for applications with small space requirements.


PROFIBUS

3



LSPM 2 SPM 2 SPC 3 DPC 31 SPC 41 ASPC 2 SIM 1

Protocol PROFIBUS-DP PROFIBUS-DP PROFIBUS-DP PROFIBUS-DP,PROFIBUS-PA

PROFIBUS-DP,PROFIBUS-FMS,PROFIBUS-PA

PROFIBUS-DP,PROFIBUS-FMS,PROFIBUS-PA

PROFIBUS-PA

Application slaves slaves intelligent slaves

intelligent slaves

intelligent slaves

master mediummanagement

Data transfer rate max. 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s 31.25 Kbit/s

Bus access in ASIC in ASIC in ASIC in ASIC in ASIC in ASIC –

Automatic establishment of transmission rate

yes yes yes yes yes yes –

Microprocessor required no no yes integrated yes yes –

Firmware not necessary not necessary 4...24 Kbytes 4..24 Kbytes 8..30 Kbytes 80 Kbytes not necessary

Message frame memory – – 1.5 Kbytes 6 Kbytes 2 Kbytes 1 Mbyte (externally)

–

Current supply 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 3.3 V DC 5 V DC; 3.3 V 5 V DC via bus

Power loss max. 0.35 W 0.5 W 0.5 W 0.2 W 0.6 W at 5 V0.01 W at 3.3 V

0.9 W 0.1 W

Perm. ambient temperature –40 °C to +75 °C

–40 °C to +55 °C(worst case at full load)

–40 °C to +85 °C

–40 °C to +85 °C

–40 °C to +85 °C

–40 °C to +85 °C

–40 °C to +85 °C

Package MQFP, 80-pin PQFP, 120 pin PQFP, 44-pin PQFP, 100-pin TQFP, 44-pin P-MQFP, 100 pin

TQFP, 44-pin

Package size 4 cm2 10 cm2 2 cm2 4 cm2 2 cm2 4 cm2 2 cm2

Supply quantities (units) 5/66/330/4950/9900

5/24/100/5000/10000

5/96/576/4608/9792

5/60/300/5100/10200

5/96/960 5/66/660/4620/9900

5/160/960/1000


PROFIBUS

3


.

Internet links:http://www.ad.siemens.de/csi/dp(German) Distributed I/Os Others Technology components

... manualshttp://www.ad.siemens.de/csi_e/dp(English) Distributed I/O Others Development Components

... manuals


ASIC LSPM 2For assembling simple slave interfaces (quantity discount) 5 pcs 66 pcs 330 pcs

6ES7 195-0BA01-0XA06ES7 195-0BA11-0XA06ES7 195-0BA21-0XA0

ASIC SPM 2For assembling simple slave interfaces (quantity discount) 5 pcs 24 pcs 100 pcs

6ES7 195-0BB00-0XA06ES7 195-0BB10-0XA06ES7 195-0BB20-0XA0

ASIC SPC 3For assembling intelligent slave interfaces (quantity discount) 5 pcs 96 pcs 576 pcs

6ES7 195-0BD01-0XA06ES7 195-0BD11-0XA06ES7 195-0BD21-0XA0

Firmware for Siemens-ASIC SPC 3 DP firmware DPV1 firmware DPV1 firmware upgrade

6ES7 195-2BA00-0XA06ES7 195-2BA01-0XA06ES7 195-2BA02-0XA0

ASIC DPC 31For assembling intelligent slave interfaces (quantity discount) 5 pcs 60 pcs 300 pcs

6ES7 195-0BE01-0XA06ES7 195-0BE11-0XA06ES7 195-0BE21-0XA0

Firmware for Siemens-ASICDPC 31 DPV1 firmware 6ES7 195-2BB00-0XA0

Order No.

ASIC SPC 41For assembling intelligent slave interfaces (quantity discount) 5 pcs for laboratory development 96 pcs (1 tray) 960 pcs (10 trays) 960 pcs (Tape & Real)

6GK1 588-1AA006GK1 588-1AA106GK1 588-1AA206GK1 588-1AA21

ASIC SIM 1For connecting acc. to IEC H1with a transfer rateof 31.25 Kbit/s 5 pcs for laboratory development 160 pcs (1 tray) 960 pcs (6 trays) 1000 pcs (Tape & Real)

6GK1 588-2BA006GK1 588-2BA166GK1 588-2BA206GK1 588-2BA21

ASIC ASPC 2For assembling masterinterfaces (quantity discount) 5 pcs 66 pcs 660 pcs

6ES7 195-0AA03-0XA06ES7 195-0AA13-0XA06ES7 195-0AA23-0XA0


PROFIBUS

3

Technology componentsDevelopment packages

Development packages The development packages permit development and test-ing of PROFIBUS hardware and software applications using various PROFIBUS-ASICs or the included inter-face modules (IMs).The wide range of well matched hardware and soft-ware components reduces the development overhead for a PROFIBUS device consider-ably.The packages offer a func-tional developing environment which the developers can use as a basis for their special hardware and software requirements.The documentation of the packages is enclosed on CD in German and English.The packages make Siemens PROFIBUS know-how also available to users of non-Sie-mens systems. Our develop-ment team supports new users also in developing their own systems – this consulting service forms part of the development packages.On completing a develop-ment the devices the devices may be certified on request by our specialist PROFIBUS interface center – we can sup-port new users also in this respect.

Development package 4for PROFIBUS-ASIC SPC 3, IM 183-1, IM 184 and IM 180/181Development package 4 enables the development and testing of master and slave applications for connection to PROFIBUS-DP.

Hardware included: IM 180 master interface

module and IM 181 carrier board

IM 181-1 slave interface module (intelligent slave with ASIC SPC 3)

IM 184 slave disconnect Bus connector and cable

Software included: COM PROFIBUS

(for configuring the bus sys-tem or the IM 180 interface module)

Firmware for IM 183-1 (original firmware for ASIC SPC 3, including develop-ment license)

Simulation software for de-velopment package 4 (for testing and operating the components of the de-velopment package)

Development of slavesThe package contains all components required for developing a PROFIBUS slave with the ASIC SPC 3.Accordingly, the IM 183-1 (as piggy-back for separate elec-tronics) can be used directly for the development of PROFI-BUS slaves.

Master system with IM 180The IM180 and the included simulation software are used to configure a functional PROFIBUS master. This example and the use of the IM 180 (as piggy-back for separate electronics) enables fast implementation of a mas-ter application.

Own master systemsIf the IM 180 is not to be used as a hardware basis (as a so- called piggy-back) the ASPC master firmware pack can be purchased with a relevant license. It is available as object code or source code. The firmware has been cre-ated for the 80C165 proces-sor.The license and software are not part of the development package. Consult our experts at the interface centers if nec-essary.

Fig. 3/132 Components of the development package 4

G_I

K10_

deP0

145s

IM 180 master interfacewith IM 181 carried board

Slave interfaceIM 184

Slave interfaceIM 183-1

Hardware part

Software part

Configuration softwareCOM PROFIBUS

Demo softwarefirmware

Personal computeror programming device


PROFIBUS

3

Technology componentsDevelopment packages

Development packages(continued)

PROFIBUS-DP/PAdevelopment packageThe package permits the configuration of PROFIBUS slaves in accordance with various PROFIBUS standards: PROFIBUS-DP V1 (RS 485) PROFIBUS-PA (IEC 1158)

and PROFIBUS based on fiber-

optic conductorsThe development environ-ment shows the implementa-tion of applications using the PROFIBUS-ASICs DPC 31.The use of the ASICs SIM1 as a Medium Attachment Unit for adapting to PROFIBUS-PA Physics in accordance with IEC 1158-2 is also explained.

Hardware included: DPC 31 development board;

for developing/testing the own application

CP 5613;serves as a master interface for the PC (PCI card)

Optical bus terminal;for converting between cop-per and fiber optic cables

Prefabricated PROFIBUS cables

Software included: Test and simulation software

under WinNT for using on the PC in connection with the master module CP 5613

Demo program for the DPC 31 board

DPC 31 DPV1 original firm-ware, including developer li-cense

Parameterization software for CP 5613 "COM PROFI-BUS" for DP operation

PDM demo software (PDM = Process Device Manager) for PA operation

For developing PROFIBUS-PA applications, a PROFIBUS-DP/PA coupler (6ES7 157-0AC80-0XA0) is required, which must be ordered sepa-rately.The DP/PA coupler imple-ments the transition between PROFIBUS-DP and PROFI-BUS-PA.This module is not part of the development package.

Fig. 3/133 Block diagram of the PROFIBUS-DP/PA development board

G_I

K10_

deP0

147s

ASYNC

Internal/ExternalCrystal orOscillator

SELECTION

Socket for80C31Emulation

64 kB Flash 32 kB SRAM

Host interface

External Microprocessor

Area for additionalapplications

PB

PF

Boot/Bus

DIP switch

LEDs

Mode Configuration

PROFIBUS DP

PROFIBUSFiber Optic

PROFIBUS PA

RS 485

LIKO

ASICSIM1

MUX

DIP switch

DPC31


Development package 4 for PROFIBUS-ASIC SPC 3,IM 183-1 and IM 180/181,German/English

6ES7 195-3BA00-0YA0

DP/PA development package for PROFIBUS-ASICDPC 31 and SIM1,German/English

6ES7 195-3BA10-0YA0


PROFIBUS

3

Technology componentsPROFIBUS-DP interfaces

Application Various interface modules are available for different func-tional requirements and areas of application.

Interface modules for master: IM 180 to connect a field de-

vice to PROFIBUS-DP in the form of a master

IM 181 PC carrier board for adapting the IM 180 to the ISA bus of a PC

Interface modules for slaves: IM 182-1PC slave board for

connection of AT-compatible PCs as DP slaves

IM 183-1 to connect a field device to the PROFIBUS-DP as a slave

IM 184 to connect a simple third-party device to the PROFIBUS-DP as a slave

Fig. 3/134 Classification of the interfaces according to their applications

The PROFIBUS-DP interface modules make it easy to con-nect devices to PROFIBUS-DP.They are based on the described ASICs from the Siemens AG.

The interface modules can be used for a data transfer rate of up to 12 Mbit/s.

G_IK10_deP0146s

Masterapplica-tions

IM184

Intelligentslaveapplica-tions

Simpleslaveapplica-tions

IM182-1

IM183-1

IM180

IM181-1

Design IM 180 interface moduleThe IM 180 interface module consists primarily of an 80C165 microprocessor, the ASPC 2 ASIC and an OTP-EEPROM and RAM.A dual-port RAM serves as the interface to the host sys-tem.

IM 181PC carrier board-1The IM 181 -1 PC carrier board is used to accommo-date the IM 180 if this is to be operated in a PC system with ISA bus.

Drivers for Windows NT and demo software are offered as accessories to demonstrate incorporation of the IM 180/IM 181-1 into the DOS environment.

IM 182-1 PC slave boardThe simple IM 182-1 PC slave board (ISA bus) is based on the SPC3 ASIC. It contains all physical bus components.3 A 9-pin sub D connector is used for connec-tion to PROFIBUS-DP. The firmware of the SPC 3 can be used in the PC as an accessory. The 1.5 Kbyte RAM of the SPC 3 forms the interface to the host system. A driver for Win-dows NT is also offered.

IM 183-1 interface moduleThe IM 183-1 interface mod-ule consists primarily of the SPC 3 ASIC, the 80C32 micro-processor, an OTP EEPROM as well as an RS 485 interface for connection to the PROFIBUS-DP.An additional RS 232 interface is located on the module.

IM 184 interface moduleThe IM 184 interface module consists primarily of the LSPM 2 ASIC, OTP EEPROM mem-ory as well as an RS 485 inter-face for connection to the PROFIBUS-DP.The IM 184 can provide 32 input/output bits.Further details can be found in the product brief "PROFIBUS Technology Components", Order No.: 6ZB5310-0CT01-0BA7.

Manuals for PROFIBUS-DP interfaces are available free inInternet.

Internet links:http://www.ad.siemens.de/csi/dp(German) Distributed I/Os Others Technology components

... manualshttp://www.ad.siemens.de/csi_e/dp(English) Distributed I/O Others Development Components

... manuals



3

Technology componentsPROFIBUS-DP interfaces


Interface modules IM 184 IM 183-1 IM 182-1 IM 180 IM 181

Application simple slaveapplications

simple slaveapplications

simple slaveapplications

master applications carrier board for IM 180 interface

Data transfer rate max. 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s –

Protocols PROFIBUS-DP PROFIBUS-DP PROFIBUS-DP PROFIBUS-DP –

ASIC LSPM 2 SPC 3 SPC 3 ASPC 2 –

Microprocessor not necessary 80C32 (20 MHz) Processor of the PC/PG

80C165 (40 MHz) –

Firmware size not necessary 4 to 24 KByte(incl. test program)

4 to 24 KByte(incl. test program)

80 Kbytes –

Memory capacity – 32 KByte SRAM64 KByte EPROM

– 2 × 128 KByte –

Host interface – – – Dual-port RAM –

Perm. ambient temperature 0 °C to +70 °C 0 °C to +70 °C 0 °C to +60 °C 0 °C to +70 °C –

Current supply 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC –

Current input typ. 150 mA 250 mA 250 mA 250 mA –

Board size in mm 85 × 64 mm 86 × 76 mm 168 × 105 mm 100 × 100 mm 168 × 105 mm


SIMATIC S5/S7 IM 180 master modulefor PROFIBUS-DP, max. 12 Mbit/s

6ES7 180-0AA00-0XA0

IM 181 PC carrier module for IM 180max. 12 Mbit/s

6ES7 181-0AA01-0XA0

SIMATIC S5/S7 IM 182-1 PC slave boardfor PROFIBUS-DP, max. 12 Mbit/s

6ES7 182-0AA01-0XA0

SIMATIC S5/S7 IM 183-1 slave modulefor PROFIBUS-DP, max. 12 Mbit/s

6ES7 183-0AA01-0XA0

SIMATIC S5/S7 IM 184 slave modulefor PROFIBUS-DP, max. 12 Mbit/s

6ES7 184-0AA00-0XA0


PROFIBUS

3

Partner solutionsSCOPE for PROFIBUS diagnostic software

Overview • Low-cost software package.

• Requires CP 5613

• Can be used in PROFIBUS-DP (DP/V1) – and with seg-ment transceiver in PA net-works

• Runs under Windows 95/98/NT 4.0, Windows 2000 in preparation

• No configuration required.

Fig. 3/135 SCOPE for PROFIBUS diagnostic software system environment

CP 5613 SCOPE for PROFIBUS

S7-300ET 200M

SIMODRIVES7-400

G_I

K10_

deP0

049s

System requirements SCOPE for PROFIBUS requires at least: Pentium 233 MHz processor and 8 MB RAM.

The CP 5613 is necessary for connecting to PROFIBUS (see page 3/281).

Functions SCOPE for PROFIBUS has the task of monitoring the data traffic on a PROFIBUS net-work passively, i.e. without any active intervention in the network, (online mode) and recording it for later evaluation (offline mode). The informa-tion exchanged on the bus between the stations is recorded with time tags, stored on layer 2 (FDL) or interpreted as a DP or DP/V1 message. User interface in accor-

dance with Windows con-ventions

Mouse or keyboard control

On-line help Automatic baud rate detec-

tion

On-line mode Recording of bus data in the

ring buffer or buffer file ac-cording to set filter and trig-ger conditions with pre and post-history

Measurement stop accord-ing to trigger frequency

Display of all bus stations or display of data senders only (live list)

Display of the net bus load (net data above the layer 2 frame)

Display of the gross bus load

Off-line mode Loading and analysis of

saved measurements, sav-ing and printing of measur-ing results

Message viewing function on layer 2 (FDL), DP or DP/V1

Search for frame types Filter settings for viewing

and recording messages Trigger settings for aborting

measurements Settable trigger events


Hardware requirements PC with 3½" diskette driveand color monitor

CP 5613 communication

System requirements Windows 95, Windows 98 or Windows NT 4.0


SCOPE for PROFIBUSdiagnostic softwareRuns under Windows 95,Windows 98 or Windows NT 4.0including authorization diskette and manual German/English

Can be ordered directly from:Technologie ManagementGruppe i-tec Gesellschaft für industrielleInformationstechnik mbHMr. Wolf-D. ZabelBrauerstr. 50D-76137 KarlsruhePhone: +49 721/828 06-0Fax: +49 721/828 06-10E-mail: [email protected] No.: PB-0PV1 MON-0


PROFIBUS

3

Partner solutionsPROFIBUS slave software for SPC 41

Overview • Specially adapted to the SPC 41 or SPC 4®

• Comprises protocol and ap-plication interface.

• Supports PROFIBUS-DP, FMS and PA.

• Can be used in energy-sav-ing field devices of process automation and engineering or in field devices of manu-facturing automation and building engineering

TMG i-tec provides this soft-ware as processor-related source codes for various microcontrollers. The follow-ing processors are supported at present: INTEL 80 C 32. Siemens SABC 165. Mitsubishi M 37702. Mitsubishi M 16 C. Motorola 68 HC 16. Motorola 683 XX

(e.g. 68322). Hitachi H 8/520.Other implementations/portability solutions on request.


Necessary processor resources 1 timer, 1 interrupt, 1 reset

RAM requirement Approx. 3 Kbytes, plus Heap

CODE volume Depending on compiler processorapprox. 25...38 Kbytes,including application example

Data transfer rate 9.6 Kbit/s ... 12 Mbit/s asynchronous via RS 485.31.25 Kbit/s synchronous acc. toIEC 61158-2 with SPC 4/SPC 41and SIM1

Supply schedule Hardware test program in ANSIC for establishing the elec-trical connection between the microcontroller and SPC 4-ASIC

SPC 4/SPC 41 software in pro-cessor-related source code

User description of the SPC 4/SPC 41 software interface in German or English

Program example for a DPV1 application with associated GSD file


DP slave software SPC 41 (DPE software/SPC 41)For DP/V1with cyclic and acyclic functions,e.g. for PROFIBUS-PA,as processor-dependent source code

PB-SPC4-2XX

Combi slave software SPC 41 (Server software/SPC 41)For standard FMS and cyclic DP, as processor-dependent source code

PB-SPC4-3XX

Contact partnerfor sales, service and training:

Technologie ManagementGruppe i-tec Gesellschaft für industrielleInformationstechnik mbHMr. Wolf-D. ZabelBrauerstr. 50D-76137 KarlsruhePhone: +49 721/828 06-0Fax: +49 721/828 06-10E-mail: [email protected]


PROFIBUS

3

Partner solutionsSNAP-DP and SNAP-S7 for Borland Delphi

Note:A demo version can be downloaded from the Internet.The complete version of SNAP-DP and SNAP-S7 can also be ordered online.

http://www.Aixo.com

Overview The SNAP software products offer object-oriented inter-faces for Delphi develop-ments with access toPROFIBUS.The following protocols are offered: PROFIBUS-DP (SNAP-DP)

for the software DP-5613 with CP 5613/CP 5614 or SOFTNET-DP with CP 5511 or CP 5611

S7 communication(SNAP-S7)for the software S7-5613 with CP 5613/CP 5614 or SOFTNET-S7 with CP 5511/ CP 5611

SNAP forms the real stations of the PROFIBUS network such as PC, SIMATIC S7 or DP slaves on Delphi components.SNAP provides the following benefits for developers: Fast and effective applica-

tion development by visual combination of the appropri-ate components on a Delphi form.

Simplified initialization through definition of object properties.

User-friendly, object-orient-ed access to the PROFIBUS devices.

Designed for Industry Interface for the Borland en-vironment to SIMATIC NET.

Visual programming using Delphi components.

Developments run on computers with ISA, PCI or PCMCIA slots.


System requirements Borland Delphi 3.0 or higher or Borland C++ Builder

Windows 95, Windows 98,Windows NT 4.0,Windows 2000 Professional

CP 5511, CP 5611, CP 5613/CP 5614

Software packages for CP 5613/CP5614 orCP 5511, CP 5611


SNAP-DP for Borland DelphiRuns under Windows 95,Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0,Windows 2000 Professional,including demo program,German documentationSNAP-S7 for Borland Delphi or C++-BuilderRuns under Windows 95,Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0,Windows 2000 Professional,including demo program,German documentation

SNAP-DP

SNAP-S7-PB

For further details, contact: Aixo Informationstechnologie GmbHContact partner for sales,service and trainingDomenico CarapezzaDennewartstr. 27D-52068 AachenPhone: +49 2 41/963-1128Fax: +49 2 41/963-1123E-mail: [email protected]


PROFIBUS

3

Notes

Profibus from IKPI 2000[1]

Documents

Transcript of Profibus from IKPI 2000[1]